PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP
10-K, 1996-04-15
REAL ESTATE
Previous: RED LION HOTELS INC, DEF 14A, 1996-04-15
Next: NHP INC, 8-K, 1996-04-15



================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31,1995

                         Commission file number: 0-25780

                             PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          British Virgin Islands                                 N/A
      (State or other jurisdiction of                     (I.R.S. Employer
      incorporation or organization)                     Identification No.)

c/o Hemisphere Management (Cayman) Limited
Zephyr House, Mary Street, Grand Cayman,
Cayman Islands, British West Indies                              N/A
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (809) 295-9166

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:     None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value US $.01 per share                      None
- -----------------------------------------             ----------------------
         (Title of each class)                        (Name of each exchange
                                                        on which registered)

Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1) has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ]   No [   ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best
of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ X ]

Indicate by check mark whether the  registrant  filed all  documents and reports
required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a
court.  Yes [ X ]   No [   ]

Indicate  the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuers  classes of
common stock, as of the last practicable date:
     As of March 1, 1996, there were 8,766,569 Class A Common Shares, U.S.
     $.01 par value, outstanding.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------


                 Item                                                          
                 ----

PART I.    1.    Business                                                       

           2.    Properties                                                     

           3.    Legal Proceedings                                              

           4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders            

PART II.   5.    Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and             
                 Related Stockholder Matters

           6.    Selected Consolidated Financial Data                           

           7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition    
                 and Liquidation Activities

           8.    Financial Statements and Supplemental Data                     

           9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting    
                 and Financial Disclosure

PART III.  10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant             

           11.   Executive Compensation                                         

           12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

           13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                 

PART IV.   14.   Financial Statements, Exhibits, and Reports on Form 8-K        

SIGNATURES
<PAGE>
         The  statements  contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K which are
not historical or current may contain  forward-looking  statements  that involve
risks and uncertainties,  including, but not limited to, business conditions and
growth in the general  economy,  and the  ability of the Company to  effectively
manage its operating businesses and to liquidate its assets.

PART I

Item 1. BUSINESS.
        --------
General

         Presidio Capital Corp. ("Presidio") and its subsidiaries (collectively,
the "Company") are engaged in the sale,  liquidation or other disposition of the
assets (the "Acquired  Assets") of Integrated  Resources,  Inc.  ("Integrated"),
title or rights to which were  acquired  by the  Company  pursuant  to the Sixth
Amended  Plan  of  Reorganization  Submitted  by the  Steinhardt  Group  and the
Official  Committee of  Subordinated  Bondholders,  as amended (the  "Plan"),(1)
confirmed  August 8, 1994 in Integrated's  Chapter 11  reorganization  case. The
Acquired Assets include deferred origination fees,  installment  obligations and
other  indebtedness  owed by  various  real  estate  investment  or "net  lease"
partnerships  to the Company under written  agreements  ("Contract  Rights") and
various operating businesses, real estate and other assets.

         The Company is managed by Presidio Management  Company,  LLC ("Presidio
Management"),  a limited  liability company and Steinhardt  Management  Company,
Inc. ("Steinhardt Management"), and is administered by Wexford Management LLC, a
Connecticut  limited  liability  company  ("Wexford")  as  successor  to Wexford
Management Corp., formerly Concurrency  Management Corp., a Delaware corporation
("Concurrency").  In this Form 10-K, unless the context otherwise requires,  all
references  to "Wexford"  for periods  prior to such  assignment  shall refer to
Concurrency  and for  periods  subsequent  to such  assignment  shall  refer  to
Wexford.  Presidio and its non-U.S.  subsidiaries are  administered  offshore by
Hemisphere Management (Cayman) Limited ("Hemisphere").  See "Material Agreements
and Instruments" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

Background

         Presidio  was  organized  on August 29,  1994,  in the  British  Virgin
Islands under The International Business Companies Act (Cap. 291). In connection
with the Plan, Integrated(2)  transferred to the Company title and rights to the
Acquired  Assets and the Company  assumed  certain of  Integrated's  obligations
effective  November  3, 1994 (the  "Consummation  Date").  Pursuant to the Plan,
Presidio  controls and is entitled to the remaining  assets of  Integrated  that
were not transferred to the Company or any other party on the Consummation Date.
Such assets were not transferred  due to restrictions on their  transferability;
however,  the United States  Bankruptcy  Court,  Southern  District of New York,
ordered control of such assets to be placed with Presidio  pursuant to the order
that confirmed the Plan.




- -----------------
(1)  The Plan includes  certain  pre-confirmation  modifications  and amendments
     which are filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K.

(2)  Pursuant to Article 3 of Regulation S-X, Integrated is considered to be the
     predecessor of Presidio.
<PAGE>
         The following  summarizes the material  events  relating to the Company
which occurred pursuant to the Plan on the Consummation Date:

         (i)      an  asset  purchase  agreement,  dated  as of May 5,  1994 (as
                  amended,  the  "Asset  Purchase  Agreement")  was  consummated
                  pursuant to which Presidio  acquired,  directly or indirectly,
                  from Integrated the Acquired Assets;

         (ii)     holders of allowed  and  disputed  Integrated  senior  general
                  unsecured and subordinated claims  (aggregating  approximately
                  $1.9 billion)  received  Presidio's 8.8 million Class A Common
                  Shares,  U.S.  $.01 par  value  ("Class  A  Shares"),  and 8.8
                  million  shares of the common  stock of XRC Corp.,  a Delaware
                  corporation which succeeded to assets of Integrated with a net
                  value of less  than $5  million  pursuant  to the  Plan  ("XRC
                  Corp.");

         (iii)    IR Partners,(3) contributed approximately $35.8 million to the
                  Company  for  the  purchase  of the  Acquired  Assets  and the
                  funding  of the  Plan.  In  consideration  therefor,  Presidio
                  issued  to IR  Partners  1.2  million  of its  Class B  Common
                  Shares, U.S.$.01 par value ("Class B Shares"),  representing a
                  12% economic interest in Presidio.  See "Security Ownership of
                  Certain Beneficial Owners and Management";

         (iv)     a  reserve  for  disputed  claims in the  Integrated  case was
                  established  and funded by  Presidio  with $46 million in cash
                  and 162,932 Class A Shares. At December 31, 1995 approximately
                  $7 million in cash and 47,081 shares remained in reserve.  See
                  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
                  and Liquidation Activities";

         (v)      Presidio  made  payments of $23.1 million in the aggregate for
                  the  consummation  of an  agreement  of  settlement  (the "B&S
                  Settlement  Agreement") relating to 47 lawsuits (including six
                  class   action   suits)   brought  by  various   investors  in
                  partnerships syndicated by Integrated (the "B&S Actions"). See
                  "Material Agreements and Instruments";

         (vi)     Presidio's  Board of Directors  was  increased to five members
                  and  classified  into two  classes  by the  addition  of three
                  directors  appointed by the Integrated  creditors'  committees
                  (the "Class A  Directors")  and Presidio  issued 4,550 Class A
                  Shares to each of its then Class A Directors; and

         (vii)    Presidio entered into the various  agreements  described under
                  "Material Agreements and Instruments" below.

- ---------------------
(3)  IR Partners is a general  partnership whose general partners are Steinhardt
     Management,  certain  of its  affiliates  and  accounts  managed  by it and
     Roundhill Associates,  L.P. ("Roundhill Associates").  Roundhill Associates
     is a limited partnership whose general partner is Charles E. Davidson,  the
     principal  of  Presidio  Management  and the  Chairman of the Board of Both
     Presidio and Wexford.  Joseph M. Jacobs,  the President and Chief Executive
     Officer of Presidio and the President of Wexford,  has a limited  partner's
     interest  in  Roundhill  Associates.  Robert  Holtz,  a  Vice-President  of
     Presidio  and a  Senior  Vice-President  of  Wexford,  also  has a  limited
     partner's interest in Roundhill.
<PAGE>
Description of Assets of the Company

         Set forth below is a description of the Company's assets, together with
the principal  strategies  that the Company  currently plans to use to liquidate
such assets.  The description of the Company's assets has been divided into four
major categories:  Contract Rights, Operating Businesses,  Real Estate and Other
Assets.

     Contract Rights.(4)
     ---------------

         The Contract Rights  evidence  deferred  origination  fees and contract
right  obligations  owed in connection with  Integrated's  (or its  affiliates')
organization  and  syndication,  from 1978 to 1985,  of more than 100  privately
offered net lease partnerships (the  "Partnerships").  The Partnerships invested
in  commercial  real estate leased  primarily to investment  grade tenants under
long-term, "triple net" leases. The leases generally provide for 25-year primary
terms and tenant  renewal  options for additional  periods  aggregating up to 30
years.  The  leases  are  generally  non-cancelable  except in  certain  limited
circumstances.

         These  Partnerships  were  originally  organized by  Integrated  or its
affiliates  for the purpose of investing in  commercial  properties.  When these
Partnerships were originally organized and funded, Integrated (or one or more of
its affiliates) became entitled by agreement to receive certain syndication fees
and other  compensation  from the  Partnerships in  consideration of the various
financial and other services which  Integrated (or its  affiliates) had rendered
to the Partnerships,  as well as in exchange for providing the Partnerships with
the  opportunity  to  purchase  the  properties.

         The term of the agreements  evidencing the Contract Rights is typically
40 years.  The  Contract  Rights  generally  provide  for the  accrual of simple
interest  during the entire  lease term.  Most of the existing  agreements  also
provide for the complete  amortization  of the principal  amount of the Contract
Right obligation over the primary and renewal terms of the underlying leases. In
general,  no payments of  principal  or interest  are to be made on account of a
Contract  Right  during the first 15 years of the primary  lease term,  although
interest will accrue, on a non-compounded  basis, during that time. A portion of
the accrued  interest is to be paid during the balance of the primary lease term
and,  generally,  the remaining Contract Right obligations are to be paid during
the renewal lease terms.

         CONTRACT  RIGHT  MODIFICATION.  Pursuant  to the  Agreement  to  Modify
Contract Right Agreements (the "Modification Agreement"),  dated as of September
29, 1994, and amended on October 20, 1995, among Presidio and  substantially all
of the Partnerships,  modifications  were made in various ways which intended to
make the Contract Rights more readily saleable and/or financeable.







- --------------------
(4)  The discussion contained herein describes a typical Contract Right. Some of
     the  individual  Contract  Rights  held by the  Company  differ in  certain
     respects.  The Company,  however,  believes that such  differences,  in the
     aggregate, are not material.
<PAGE>
         Among other things,  the  Modification  Agreement  provided for (i) the
restatement of the Contract  Rights as negotiable  promissory  notes in order to
better  evidence  the existing  Contract  Right  obligations  and provide a more
definitive  payment  schedule,  (ii) the  delivery of  subordinate  mortgages or
negative  pledges in order to secure the  Partnerships'  obligations  under such
negotiable  promissory notes,  (iii) the introduction of a paying agent in order
to collect monies payable by tenants under leases in excess of amounts  required
to service existing first mortgage indebtedness,  thereby protecting against the
diversion  of such  monies by the  Partnerships,  (iv) the  delivery  of certain
estoppels  and other  certificates  by the  Partnerships  and  various  tenants,
superior mortgagees and ground lessors in order to provide the Company with more
detailed  information  regarding the Partnership,  the tenant,  the property and
existing  operating  leases and (v)  payments  made by the Company at closing of
approximately   $5.7  million  in  the   aggregate  for  the  purchase  of  such
modifications  from the  Partnerships  and (vi)  payments of all legal  expenses
incurred by the  Partnerships.  In  addition,  the Contract  Right  modification
documents  restricts the  Partnerships'  ability to refinance  equity out of the
properties by limiting the aggregate amount of mortgage  indebtedness  which can
be senior to the Contract Right mortgage.

         SECURITIZATION AND RELATED  TRANSACTIONS.  In a private  securitization
transaction  completed on March 28, 1996 (the "Closing Date"),  the Company sold
117 of the 123 Contract Rights owned directly or indirectly by the Company. Such
securitized  transaction,  which was unanimously approved by Presidio's Board of
Directors,  yielded proceeds before expenses and reserves of approximately  $233
million, approximately $205 million of which has been distributed to Presidio or
one  of  its  subsidiaries.  The  following  describes  the  structure  of  such
securitization.

         SECURITIZATION.  On the Closing Date,  Presidio CR Holdings,  L.P. (the
"Seller"),  a limited  partnership that is indirectly  wholly-owned by Presidio,
Presidio and Integrated Resources Life Companies Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary
of Presidio ("IRL" and, with Presidio,  the "Affiliated  Sellers"),  sold all of
their right,  title and interest in 117  Contract  Rights to the Contract  Right
Grantor  Trust  (the  "Grantor  Trust"),  formed  pursuant  to a  Grantor  Trust
Agreement,  dated as of January 1, 1996,  as amended and restated by the Amended
and Restated Grantor Trust Agreement (the "Grantor Trust  Agreement"),  dated as
of January 1, 1996,  among the Seller,  the  Affiliated  Sellers,  Bankers Trust
Company,  as servicer and Union Bank, as trustee (the "Grantor Trust  Trustee").
The Grantor Trust issued a certificate (the "Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate") to
a trust  (the  "Trust")  formed  pursuant  to a Pooling  Agreement,  dated as of
January 1, 1996,  among the Grantor  Trust,  acting  through  the Grantor  Trust
Trustee,  as  depositor,  Bankers  Trust  Company,  as  servicer,  and The First
National  Bank of  Chicago,  as trustee in  exchange  for the  Certificates  (as
defined below).

         The Grantor Trust also issued a second  certificate and certain related
assets (the "Grantor Trust T-2 Certificate") to T-Two Partners, L.P., a Delaware
limited  partnership  (the "T-2  Holder"),  in exchange  for  approximately  $20
million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities. The Grantor Trust T-1
Certificate  evidences  the  interest  of  the  Trust  in  the  Contract  Rights
transferred to the Grantor Trust,  and are secured by  substantially  all of the
payment stream from the primary term of such Contract Rights.  The Grantor Trust
T-2 Certificate evidences the balance of all payments on such Contract Rights as
well as the six other  Contract  Rights  sold  directly  to the  Grantor  Trust.
Payments made in respect of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificate  will be deposited
in a reserve fund as security for the T-2 Holder's  obligation  to indemnify the
Trust against losses on the Contract Rights.

         The Trust  consists,  among other things,  of all the right,  title and
interest  arising from and in connection with the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate.
A "real estate mortgage  investment conduit" ("REMIC") election has been made in
connection  with  certain  assets  of the  Trust  for U.S.  Federal  income  tax
purposes.  The  Trust  issued  five  classes  of  certificates:  the  Class  A-1
Certificates,  the Class B-1  Certificates,  the Class C-1  Certificates and the
Class D-1 Certificates (collectively,  the "Offered Certificates") and the Class
R   Certificates   (collectively,    with   the   Offered   Certificates,    the
"Certificates").  The  Class R  Certificates  transferred  to a new  corporation
affiliated with the T-2 Holder, T-Two Corp.

         Upon the transfer of the  Certificates to the Grantor Trust in exchange
for the  Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate,  the  Grantor  Trust sold the  Offered
Certificates  to  Bear,  Stearns  &  Co.  Inc.  ("Bear  Stearns")  in a  private
placement,  which  Bear  Stearns,  in  turn,  intended  to sell in  transactions
pursuant  to Rule 144A under the  Securities  Act.  The  Grantor  Trust  applied
substantially  all of the proceeds from the sale of the Offered  Certificates as
the purchase price for the Contract Rights.

         PRESIDIO  LOAN. On the Closing Date,  Presidio  loaned $31.5 million to
Roundhill  Associates L.P. and Roundhill  Associates II L.P.,  both  Connecticut
limited partnerships (collectively, the "T-2 Organizers").  Charles E. Davidson,
Chairman of the  Company,  is the  managing  general  partner  with a 50 percent
partnership interest in each of the T-2 Organizers,  Joseph M. Jacobs, President
of the Company, is the limited partner with a 45 percent partnership interest in
each of the T-2 Organizers and Robert Holtz, Vice President of the Company,  has
the remaining 5% limited partnership  interest in the T-2 Organizers.  Such loan
(i) is obligated to be repaid on the completion of the rights offering discussed
below but no later  than March 28,  1999,  (ii)  bears  interest  payable on the
payment  of  principal  at the rate of 25% per annum and (iii) is  secured  by a
pledge of 100% of the membership  interests in a newly-formed  limited liability
company ("T-2 LLC").

         CAPITALIZATION  OF T-2 LLC.  In order to  capitalize  T-2 LLC,  the T-2
Organizers contributed the entire $31.5 million loan from Presidio to T-2 LLC in
exchange for 100% of the  membership  interests of T-2 LLC. T-2 LLC  contributed
$20.0  million of such amount to the T-2 Holder in  exchange  for all of the T-2
Holder's limited partnership interest (which constitutes 99% of the T-2 Holder's
partnership  interests)  and $9.9 million to T-Two Corp.  in exchange for 99% of
the Common Stock of T-Two Corp. The capital  contribution  to (i) the T-2 Holder
was used to fund its purchase of the T-Two  Certificate and related  assets,  as
well as for working  capital  purposes and (ii) T-Two Corp. will be used to fund
T-Two Corp.'s tax liabilities and working capital.  T-2 LLC retained the balance
of such funds for working capital purposes.

         RIGHTS OFFERING. Pursuant to the Rights Offering Agreement, dated as of
March 19, 1996,  among T-2 LLC,  Presidio and the T-2  Organizers,  T-2 LLC will
conduct a rights  offering as soon as practicable,  which Presidio  believes may
not occur until early 1997. Until the rights offering is completed,  the T-2 LLC
is precluded from making any  distributions to its members.  The rights offering
will be an offering of transferable rights to purchase the equivalent of 100% of
the  membership  interests in T-2 LLC. The rights  offering  will be made to the
holders of Presidio  common stock at an exercise  price and on such terms as are
approved by a majority of the Class A  Directors,  except that  interests in T-2
LLC may only be held by U.S. persons. Pursuant to the Rights Offering Agreement,
the  T-2  Organizers  will  sell  their  membership  interest  to T-2  LLC  upon
completion  of the rights  offering to the extent that the rights  issued in the
rights  offering  are  subscribed  and will  receive out of the  proceeds of the
rights  offering  in  exchange  for an amount  equal to the  following:  (i) the
purchase price for such  interests,  (ii) their  interest  payments on the $31.5
million loan from  Presidio,  (iii) their net tax liability as a consequence  of
owning the interests being sold,  computed based upon the marginal effective tax
rates of the individual partners of the T-2 Organizers, minus 12% of the losses,
if any,  recognized by them as a consequence of their ownership of such interest
plus (iv) $50,000  representing  the anticipated  out-of-pocket  expenses of the
affiliates  of the T-2  Organizers  in  maintaining  their  investments  through
certain  entities in the T-2 Holders (as  described  below) in a manner that was
designed to facilitate the completion of the Contract Rights securitization.

         T-TWO  STRUCTURE.  The  general  partner of the T-2 Holder is a limited
partnership, T-Two General, L.P. ("T-2 GP"), the 1% corporate general partner of
which is owned by Messrs.  Davidson  and Jacobs and the 99% limited  partnership
interests of which is owned by Joseph Jacobs. Such limited partnership interests
may later be sold to  individual  retirement  accounts of Messrs.  Davidson  and
Jacobs. T-2 Holder and another affiliate of Messrs.  Davidson and Jacobs, CD/JJ,
LLC,  are  required  to ensure that they make  contributions  to T-2 LLC and its
related  entities in the same aggregate  amount that a 1% interest holder in T-2
LLC would have to make to acquire and retain a 1%  interest  in T-2 LLC.  CD/JJ,
LLC acquired a 1% interest in T-Two Corp.  which,  as noted above, is the holder
of the residual Certificate issued in the Contract Rights securitization.  As of
March 31, 1996, T-2 GP and CD/JJ,  LLC had made aggregate  contributions  to the
T-Two Holder and to T-Two Corp. of approximately $303,000.

         Operating Businesses.
         ---------------------

         The Company holds interests in several partnerships which have invested
in operating  businesses.  The Company and Presidio Management have been working
closely with existing  management in order to maximize value consistent with the
Company's fiduciary obligations to the limited partners of such partnerships.

         CABLE  INTERESTS.  The Company acquired  Integrated's  interests in six
limited partnerships which solely invested in cable television systems. Of these
six partnerships,  five have sold substantially all of their cable system assets
and have  distributed  the  majority of the funds  received to their  respective
partners.  The balance of funds remaining in four of the  partnerships are being
held  in  reserve  to  cover  any  additional  contingent  liabilities  of  such
partnerships.  These  liabilities  include potential taxes,  professional  fees,
closing costs and settlement of partnership  litigation relating to the sales of
the  partnerships'  assets.  The Company is  awaiting  final  distribution  with
respect  to  one  of  the  partnerships  (ACT  IV)  for  which  distribution  is
anticipated to be approximately $2.4 million.

         During the first  quarter of 1995,  the Company  withdrew as co-general
partner in ACT V which  represented  the Company's  only  remaining  operational
cable interest.  It is anticipated  that the Company will receive  approximately
$500,000 on account of such interest.

         A discussion of other material  operating  business  investments of the
Company follows:

         INTERGEN  COMPANY,  L.P.  ("Intergen").  Intergen  markets  biochemical
products from animal,  human,  synthetic and semi-synthetic  sources,  primarily
from bovine  (cow)  plasma and serum.  The  products  are sold  primarily to the
pharmaceutical  and  biotechnology  industries  for  research,  development  and
manufacturing of products.  The Company holds a general partnership  interest in
Intergen  Investors,   L.P.  which  entitles  the  Company  to  30%  of  profits
distributed  after an 8% per  annum  priority  return to the  limited  partners.
Intergen Investors, L.P. owns approximately 75% of Intergen.  Additionally,  the
Company holds a Deferred Origination Note valued at approximately $2 million and
is entitled to an annual management fee of $50,000.

         MAJCO BUILDING  SPECIALTIES,  L.P. ("Majco").  The Company,  through an
indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  owned a general partnership interest in the
general partner of Majco. On September 29, 1995,  Majco  consummated the sale of
substantially  all of its assets for a gross sales price of $66.6  million.  The
Company's  allocable  distribution from this sale was approximately $12 million.
In addition,  approximately $3 million of the gross sales price is being held in
escrow  through  December  1997  of  which  the  Company's  allocable  share  is
approximately $2 million.

         NORTHEASTERN TELEVISION INVESTORS,  L.P. ("NETV"). Part of Integrated's
consideration  when its  interests  in NETV were sold on December  17, 1993 (the
"NETV  Closing") was a $400,000,  9%,  accreting note which is due April 1, 1999
and a contingent  payment of $500,000 in the event that all or substantially all
of the partnership's  assets are sold prior to the fifth anniversary of the NETV
Closing.

         TOLEDO   TV   INVESTORS,   L.P.   ("Toledo").   Part  of   Integrated's
consideration  when its  interests  in Toledo  were sold on June 30,  1994 was a
$700,000,  9% accreting  note which is due on December 27, 1999 and a contingent
payment  of  $1,500,000  in  the  event  that  all or  substantially  all of the
partnership's assets are sold on or prior to July 1, 1996.

         Real Estate.
         ------------

         The  Company  continues  to  manage  publicly-  and   privately-offered
investment  programs organized by Integrated which have invested in residential,
retail and commercial real estate and mortgages. The Company retains an interest
in the following series of investment programs which have been  publicly-offered
and are in existence: High Equity Partners ("HEP");  Resources Pension Shares 5;
Vista   Properties,   one   publicly-offered   investment   program  which  made
highly-leveraged  commercial  real estate  investments;  and  Resources  Accrued
Mortgage  Investors,  two  investment  programs  which made zero coupon loans to
public and private real estate investment  programs (including programs in which
the Company retains an interest).

         In addition to the foregoing  interests,  the Company  retains  various
interests in real property issued by privately-offered  investment programs. The
Company  believes  that the  liquidation  values of these assets are  immaterial
relative to the total assets of the Company.  Such interests include  wraparound
mortgages  secured  by  subordinated  liens on  various  commercial  properties,
investment  program interests and other notes and mortgages issued by investment
programs.

         The  Company   plans  to  liquidate   most  of  its  interests  in  the
subsidiaries   which  serve  as  the  general   partners  of  and   advisers  to
publicly-offered  real estate  investment  programs.  Management will consider a
variety of  liquidation  alternatives  to maximize the value of such  interests,
including, but not limited to, individual sales, bulk sales, securitizations and
converting limited partnerships to publicly traded  corporations.  The Company's
ability to sell such interests  could be affected by actual or potential  claims
of limited  partners  against the interests  being conveyed by the Company,  the
settlement  of  pending  litigation  involving  such  limited  partnerships  and
compliance  with  applicable   provisions  of  Regulation  S-K  of  the  federal
securities law. Both the timing of, and the amount that the Company will be able
to  realize  upon,  the sale of these  assets  depends  upon  numerous  factors,
including market  conditions,  prevailing  interest rates and issues specific to
the individual properties.

Information on specific real estate investments follows:

         HEP. The "HEP  Partnerships" are a series of three public  partnerships
(HEP-85, HEP-86 and HEP-88) which invested in unleveraged commercial real estate
between  1985-1989.  The HEP Partnerships'  portfolios  consist of 21 properties
with an original cost of approximately $285 million.  The real estate properties
in which such Partnerships either own or maintain a material interest consist of
eight shopping centers,  locations currently leased to five supermarkets,  three
office buildings,  two office parks, two industrial warehouses and one parcel of
land.  Subsidiaries  of  Presidio  ("the  HEP  Subsidiaries")  serve as  general
partners and hold a 5.0% interest in each of the HEP partnerships.  For managing
the affairs of the HEP Partnerships,  the HEP Subsidiaries  receive  partnership
management fees, property management fees and certain expense  reimbursements of
approximately $4,500,000.

         HEP is subject to a class action  lawsuit as described in Item 3 "Legal
Proceedings".

         In  connection  with such  proceedings  the parties have entered into a
settlement  agreement  that is subject to court  approval and  submission  to an
approval by limited partners of the HEP Partnerships.

         The settlement  provides for the  reorganization  of HEP  Partnerships,
through  an  exchange  (the   "Exchange")   in  which   limited   partners  (the
"Participating  Investors") of the  partnerships  participating  in the Exchange
(the   "Participating   Partnerships")   would  receive,  in  exchange  for  the
partnership  units,   shares  of  common  stock  ("Shares")  of  a  newly-formed
corporation,  Millenium  Properties  Inc.  ("Millenium").  Millenium  intends to
qualify as a real estate  investment trust.  Such  reorganization  would only be
effected  with respect to a particular  partnership  if holders of a majority of
the outstanding units of the partnership consent to such reorganization pursuant
to a Consent Solicitation Statement (the "Consent Solicitation Statement") which
would be sent to all limited  partners  after the  settlement is approved by the
court.  84.65% of the Shares to be issued in the Exchange  would be allocated to
Participating  Investors in the aggregate (assuming each of the HEP Partnerships
participate  on the  Exchange)  and 15.35% of the Shares to be  allocated to the
General  Partners in  consideration  of the Company's  existing  interest in the
Participating Partnerships and its relinquishment of entitlement to receive fees
and expense  reimbursements,  and the payment by the Company of certain  amounts
for legal fees.

         As part of the Exchange, Shares issued to Participating Investors would
be  accompanied  by options  granting  such  Investors the rights to require the
Company to  purchase  such  Shares at a price of $11.50  per share,  exercisable
during the three month period commencing nine months after the effective date of
the Exchange. A maximum of 1.5 million Shares (representing  approximately 17.7%
of the total Shares  issued to investors  if all HEP  Partnerships  participate)
would  be  required  to be  purchased  if all  partnerships  participate  in the
Exchange.  Also as part of the  Exchange,  the  Company  would agree that in the
event that  dividends  paid with respect to the Shares do not aggregate at least
$1.10 per share  for the first  four  complete  fiscal  quarters  following  the
effective date of the Exchange,  it would make a supplemental payment to holders
of such Shares in the amount of such a difference.  The Company would provide an
amount not to exceed $2,232,500 in the aggregate,  for the payment of attorneys'
fees and reimbursable  expenses of class counsel,  as approved by the court, and
the  costs of  providing  notice  to the  class  (assuming  that all  three  HEP
Partnerships  participate in the Exchange). The Company would advance to the HEP
Partnerships  the amounts  necessary to cover other fees and  expenses  (but not
their litigation costs and expenses, which the Company would bear in full).

         RESOURCES  PENSION  SHARES 5 ("RPS-5").  RPS-5 is a public  partnership
which invested  approximately  $50 million in first mortgage loans on commercial
real estate.  Subsidiaries  of Presidio serve as general  partner of RPS-5.  For
managing the affairs of the partnership,  servicing mortgage loans made by RPS-5
and acting as a supervisory manager on the properties,  subsidiaries of Presidio
received a partnership  management fee, a mortgage  servicing fee and a property
management fee of approximately $800,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995.

         OTHER REAL ESTATE. The Company also acquired from Integrated  interests
in or rights to numerous other real  estate-related  assets including rights and
claims to an interest in an apartment  complex,  a receivable in connection with
the  refinancing  of  certain  net  lease   partnerships  and  approximately  10
subordinated  purchase  money  mortgages  on net leased  real  estate  which are
collateralized  by second liens on commercial  real estate  properties  owned by
limited partnerships. In March 1996 Presidio received $1.4 million as prepayment
on a note obtained by Integrated in a restructuring  of a commercial real estate
partnership.  The Company  believes that the  liquidation  values of these other
real  estate  interests  are  immaterial  relative  to the  total  assets of the
Company.

         Other Assets.
         -------------

         The  Company  acquired  title or rights to various  other  assets  from
Integrated on the  Consummation  Date.  These interests  include  receivables on
leased   equipment,   expected   proceeds  from   liquidation  of  interests  in
equipment-related   limited   partnerships,   a  receivable  from  the  sale  of
Integrated's  tax  shelter  annuity  business in 1989 to  Metropolitan  Life and
common and  preferred  stock  interests in certain  private and publicly  traded
corporations.  The Company  intends to pursue value  maximizing  alternatives to
sell or wind up its  interests  in  these  assets.  A  description  of the  more
significant other assets follows:

         EQUIPMENT LEASING ACTIVITIES.  As of March 1, 1996 the Company, through
its  subsidiaries,   owns  interests  in  33  publicly-  and   privately-offered
investment  programs (the "Leasing  Programs")  which have invested in equipment
subject to leases to third  parties.  These  programs  are in the form of single
investor  transactions,  limited partnerships and grantor trusts. In April 1995,
the Company engaged  Fieldstone  Private Capital Group L.P.  ("Fieldstone"),  an
entity  unaffiliated  with the Company or its  subsidiaries,  for the purpose of
managing such interests.  In  consideration  for such services,  Fieldstone will
receive:  (i)  aggregate  fixed  fees of  approximately  $1,015,000  in 1996 and
$527,000 in 1997; (ii)  performance  fees depending upon their ability to reduce
contingent  liabilities and  successfully  manage any pending  litigations;  and
(iii)  reimbursement of their  out-of-pocket  expenses.  Actual fees,  including
performance  fees,  paid  to and  accrued  for  Fieldstone  in  1995  aggregated
approximately  $1.5 million.  The engagement with Fieldstone expires on November
3, 1997,  but may be terminated by Presidio upon 60 days notice to Fieldstone or
at any time for cause, as defined in the Fieldstone Agreement.

         Fieldstone  manages for the Company  three  series of  publicly-offered
investment  programs which have invested in various  equipment subject to leases
with third parties:  five American Leasing Investors limited  partnerships;  two
National Lease Income Fund limited  partnerships  and Aircraft  Income  Partners
L.P., a limited  partnership  owning  commercial  aircraft.  The Company through
Fieldstone also manages 25,  privately  offered  investment  programs which have
invested  in  equipment,   including  satellite  transponders,   commercial  and
corporate  aircraft,   manufacturing   equipment,   energy  management  systems,
telephone  switches  and  trailers  subject  to leases  with third  parties.  In
addition to its  involvement  in  equipment  leasing  investment  programs,  the
Company has direct ownership  interests in aircraft and aircraft engines subject
to leases with commercial airline  end-users.  The equipment group also realizes
revenues  by  managing  the assets  owned by  investment  programs  after  their
expiration.   At  present,   the  equipment  group  is  involved  in  four  such
transactions.

         The Company anticipates that the investment programs which own aircraft
may encounter severe competition in attempting to re-lease aircraft as they come
off-lease due in part to the substantial  costs  associated with maintaining and
bringing  used  aircraft  into   compliance   with  FAA  noise  and  maintenance
requirements  adopted since 1990.  Additionally,  such investment  programs will
also have to compete with newer, more  fuel-efficient  aircraft that comply with
the recently-adopted FAA noise requirements. The Company also believes that as a
result of the factors  listed above there has been a significant  decline in the
re-sale  value  of  narrow-body  aircraft  of the  types  owned  by the  various
investment programs.

         TAX SHELTERED  ANNUITIES  ("TSA").  Integrated sold its TSA business to
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company of America ("Met Life") effective  September
30,  1989 in  consideration  for a deferred  payment  arrangement.  The  Company
acquired  Integrated's  deferred  payment  rights  which  provide  that  through
December 31, 2000,  the Company will receive  monthly  payments based on varying
percentages of (a) the assets under management that were in place on the date of
sale; (b) all new collections  relating to annuity  contracts that were in place
on the date of sale;  and (c) all new  business  written  and  collected  by the
transferred sales force. In 1995, the Company received  approximately $7 million
and anticipates to receive  comparable annual payments through December 31, 2000
under such arrangements. The Company is currently reviewing certain options with
a goal to yield  the  maximum  return  in  exchange  for its  interests  in TSA.
Preliminary discussions have focused on the potential for securitization of cash
flow generated by TSA, or sale of this asset.  The amounts  ultimately  realized
from such a  disposition  as well as the  timing of such a  transaction  will be
dependent on, among other things, current market conditions, prevailing interest
rates and the ability to settle certain outstanding issues with Met Life.

         FIRST BRITANNIA.  The Company owns 836,956 common and 154,487 preferred
shares in a private U.K. fund which has invested in mezzanine  debt of leveraged
buy out transactions.

         NORTH AMERICAN  MORTGAGE COMPANY  ("NAMCO").  NAMCO is a New York Stock
Exchange listed company primarily engaged in the mortgage banking business.  The
Company owned 278,737 shares of NAMCO common stock, all of which were subject to
an Escrow  Agreement,  dated as of July 15, 1992,  by and among  NAMCO,  certain
shareholders  of NAMCO parties  thereto and the Bank of New York as Escrow Agent
(the "Escrow  Agreement").  Upon expiration of the Escrow  Agreement in November
1995,  the Company sold its interests in NAMCO for  approximately  $6 million or
$21.53 per share.

Material Agreements and Instruments

         The  management  and  liquidation of the Company is governed by several
arrangements,  as well as by the provisions of a letter (the "No Action Letter")
from  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  (the   "Commission").   These
arrangements were developed  through the negotiations of various  constituencies
(including  the  official  creditors'  committees)  involved  in the  Integrated
bankruptcy. These arrangements are for the most part contained in the Management
Agreements   with   Presidio   Management   and   Steinhardt   Management,   the
Administrative  Services Agreement with Wexford, the Indemnification  Agreements
(the "Indemnification  Agreements") and Indemnification  Security Agreement (the
"Indemnification Security Agreement") with certain former officers and directors
of  Integrated,   the  B&S   Settlement   Agreement  and   indemnification   and
indemnification  trust  agreements  entered into with  officers and directors of
Presidio.  The material  terms of these  agreements and  instruments  and the No
Action  Letter  are  summarized  below  and  elsewhere  in this Form  10-K.  The
summaries of such  agreements and  instruments and the No Action Letter included
in this Form 10-K do not purport to be complete and are subject to and qualified
in their entirety by reference to all of the  provisions of such  agreements and
instruments  and the No Action  Letter,  including  the  definitions  thereof of
certain terms.

         The Management Agreements.
         --------------------------

         Effective  as of the  Consummation  Date,  the Company  entered  into a
management   agreement  with  Presidio  Management  (the  "Presidio   Management
Agreement")  and  a  management   agreement  with  Steinhardt   Management  (the
"Steinhardt  Management  Agreement"  and together  with the Presidio  Management
Agreement,  the "Management  Agreements").  Pursuant to the Presidio  Management
Agreement,  Presidio  Management  will oversee the management of the Company and
the  management  and  liquidation  of  the  Company's  assets.  Pursuant  to the
Steinhardt  Management  Agreement,  Steinhardt  Management  will be available to
consult  with  Presidio   Management  in   connection   with  certain   material
transactions  relating  to  the  Company's  assets.  Each  Management  Agreement
provides  for a fixed fee of $1.25  million per year,  payable in equal  monthly
installments.

         Pursuant to the Presidio Management Agreement,  Presidio Management has
full discretion and authority,  without the need for any subsequent  approval of
the Board of Directors or shareholders of Presidio, or any subsidiary, except as
expressly  required by Presidio's  Articles of Association or otherwise required
by law,  to manage and to  liquidate  the  Company's  assets  (whether  by sale,
hypothecation,   securitization   or  otherwise)  in  such  manner  as  Presidio
Management   considers   appropriate,   subject  to  restrictions  on  affiliate
transactions and except as follows:

         1.       The  Board  of   Directors   of  Presidio   must  approve  any
                  transaction  or series of related  transactions  involving the
                  sale,  pledge or other disposition of Presidio's assets having
                  a fair market value exceeding $10,000,000 or the resolution or
                  incurrence of liabilities exceeding $10,000,000; PROVIDED that
                  Presidio  Board  of  Directors  approval  is not  required  in
                  connection  with,  among other  matters,  any of the following
                  transactions  (the  "Transactions")  because the  Transactions
                  were approved in connection with the consummation and approval
                  of the Plan:  (i) the sale of the rights to deferred  payments
                  from Metropolitan Life Insurance Company to the Company for an
                  amount not less than $26.5 million; and (ii) the restructuring
                  of one or more of the HEP partnerships  through the HEP Rollup
                  so that Presidio's  subsidiaries receive in exchange for their
                  right to fees  receivable  from  such  partnerships  and their
                  general partner interests therein, and the limited partners of
                  such  partnerships  receive in exchange for their  partnership
                  interests,  shares  of  common  stock of a  newly-formed  real
                  estate   investment  trust.   Additionally,   no  approval  is
                  anticipated to be required by shareholders of Presidio for any
                  of the Transactions.

         2.       Presidio  Management  may  not  enter  into  any  contract  or
                  arrangement  for the  provision  of services  to Presidio  (i)
                  which is  terminable by the other party thereto as a result of
                  the termination of the Presidio  Management  Agreement or (ii)
                  which is not terminable by Presidio without premium or penalty
                  on not more  than 60 days  notice,  unless  in each  case such
                  contract  or   arrangement   is  approved  by  a  majority  of
                  Presidio's  Class A Directors or, if  Presidio's  Board is not
                  then  classified,  by a majority of  Presidio's  directors (in
                  each  case  excluding  any  director   nominated  by  Presidio
                  Management,   Steinhardt   Management   or   either  of  their
                  affiliates).

         3.       The Presidio  Management  Agreement  also  prohibits  Presidio
                  Management from  contractually  restricting its employees from
                  being retained independently by Presidio following termination
                  of the Presidio Management Agreement.

         Pursuant to the Presidio Management  Agreement,  Presidio Management is
required to provide each of Presidio's  directors reasonable prior notice of any
material transaction  involving the Company's assets where such transaction,  or
series of related transactions, has a fair market value or a cost exceeding $5.0
million and any  modifications  of Contract  Rights  having a fair market  value
exceeding  $2.0  million,  which  modifications  reasonably  are  expected to be
considered a reissuance of such Contract Rights for tax purposes. The Steinhardt
Management Agreement requires Steinhardt Management to provide notice to each of
Presidio's  directors of any such  transaction of which it has knowledge (to the
extent such notice is not given by Presidio Management).

         Under the Presidio Management Agreement, Presidio Management may direct
Presidio to pay up to 50% of the $1.25 million annual management fee directly to
Joseph M. Jacobs or a corporation  controlled by him.  Presidio  Management  has
directed  Presidio to pay 50% of such  management  fee to Mr.  Jacobs.  In March
1996,  the Board of Directors of Presidio  approved the  assignment  of Presidio
Management's Agreement to Wexford,  whereby Wexford is now fully responsible for
the day to day operations of the Company.  Charles E. Davidson,  the Chairman of
Presidio, has a significant interest in both Wexford and Presidio Management.

         The term of each of the  Management  Agreements  expires on November 3,
1997. The Management Agreements may be terminated without cause by Presidio upon
not less than 10 days notice.  Each  Management  Agreement is also terminable if
Presidio  Management  or  Steinhardt  Management,  as the case may be,  has been
grossly  negligent  or has  committed  willful  malfeasance  in carrying out its
duties, or is in material breach of its obligations thereunder.  In the event of
early termination of either of the Management Agreements,  Presidio shall pay on
the date of the termination a lump sum amount equal to the aggregate  management
fee  that  would  have  been  payable  had the  Management  Agreement  not  been
terminated,  unless  Presidio  has  deposited  such amount with an escrow  agent
satisfactory to Presidio  Management or Steinhardt  Management,  as the case may
be, with a  distribution  thereof upon entry of a final court order  determining
that such  termination  was not for cause.  If either  Management  Agreement  is
terminated by Presidio,  the other Management  Agreement shall be deemed to have
been similarly terminated.

         Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  each   Management   Agreement,   Presidio
Management,  Steinhardt  Management  and  each of their  respective  affiliates,
whether acting  individually  or jointly with one another,  are prohibited  from
purchasing  any equity in, or any general or limited  partnership  interests of,
any obligor under any Contract Rights.

         Presidio  Management  and  Steinhardt  Management  are each required to
render their  services at their own  expense.  Presidio is  responsible  for all
other expenses relating to its assets, including,  without limitation,  services
of  attorneys,  accountants  and  other  third  party  professionals,  employees
provided  to  Presidio  and  other  operating  expenses,  and must  periodically
reimburse  Presidio  Management  for any  such  expenses  advanced  by  Presidio
Management.

         Pursuant  to Section  1295 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended,  shareholders  of Presidio may elect to pay tax each year on Presidio's
undistributed  income for such year as if Presidio  had made a  distribution  of
such income. If on February 15 of any year, the tax liability  (calculated at an
assumed  effective  tax rate of 40%) of  Presidio's  shareholders  on Presidio's
income for all prior years would,  assuming that all of Presidio's  shareholders
had made such an  election,  exceed the actual  distributions  made by  Presidio
through  such  date,  Steinhardt  Management  must  cause  one  or  more  of its
affiliates to purchase  debt  securities  issued by Presidio (the  "Distribution
Securities") on such date to the extent  necessary to fund a Tax Distribution by
Presidio,  subject to a maximum of $25  million  aggregate  principal  amount of
Distribution  Securities at any time outstanding.  The "Tax Distribution"  would
equal the  excess of (i) 40% of the amount  shareholders  of  Presidio  would be
required  to include in their  taxable  income in respect of  Presidio's  income
(including income of any subsidiaries)  pursuant to Section 1295 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for all years ending prior to the beginning of
such year over (ii) the total  distributions made by Presidio through such date.
Distribution  Securities  must (i) bear interest at the prime rate as determined
by Citibank N.A. on the date issued plus 1%, (ii) have a term of four years with
optional  prepayments,   (iii)  be  mandatorily  redeemable  out  of  Presidio's
available cash,  prior to distributions to shareholders and (iv) have such other
terms  as  Presidio's  Class  A  Directors  may  approve.  Presidio  has  waived
Steinhardt  Management's  obligation to fund a Tax Distribution  relating to the
period ended February 15, 1996.

Administrative Services Agreement.
- ----------------------------------

         Effective with the Consummation of the Plan,  Concurrency  entered into
an Administrative  Services Agreement (the "Administrative  Services Agreement")
with Presidio providing certain  administrative  and management  services to the
Company.  Effective January 1, 1996 the  Administrative  Services  Agreement was
assigned to Wexford.  Joseph M. Jacobs is a Member and the President of Wexford.
Robert Holtz is a Member and a Senior Vice President of Wexford. Jay L. Maymudes
is the Chief Financial  Officer and a Senior Vice President of Wexford.  Charles
E. Davidson,  the Chairman of the Board of Presidio, is a Member and Chairman of
Wexford.  Wexford  provides  management and other services to third parties that
are not related to the Company.

         Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement, Wexford oversees the
day-to-day  management  and  administration  of the Company.  In such  capacity,
Wexford  has  agreed  to make  available  (i) Mr.  Jacobs  to serve as the Chief
Executive  Officer,  President  and a Class B Director of Presidio,  (ii) Robert
Holtz to  serve as Vice  President  and  Secretary  of  Presidio,  (iii)  Jay L.
Maymudes to serve as Chief  Financial  Officer,  Vice President and Treasurer of
Presidio,  (iv) such other  persons  as may be  necessary  to fulfill  Wexford's
obligations  under  such  agreement  and (v)  persons to serve as  officers  and
directors of Presidio's direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates.  Presidio
retains  the right to remove any  employee  of Wexford  serving as an officer or
director of the Company.

         The Administrative  Services Agreement expires on November 3, 1997, but
may be terminated by (A) Presidio or Presidio  Management (so long as it remains
the Manager  pursuant to the Presidio  Management  Agreement)  (i) upon 60 days'
prior written notice to Wexford or (ii) at any time for cause (as defined in the
Wexford Administrative Services Agreement) and (B) Wexford at its option upon 60
days' prior notice to Presidio.

         Pursuant to the Administrative Services Agreement,  Presidio has agreed
to indemnify Wexford and its direct or indirect officers,  directors,  partners,
employees and agents (including, without limitation, persons serving as officers
of the Company) from losses  occurring after the  Consummation  Date,  provided,
among other things,  that such losses resulted from (i) a mistake of judgment or
action or inaction  taken by such person in  connection  with  Wexford's  duties
under the Administrative Services Agreement honestly and in good faith that such
person  reasonably  believed to be in the best interests of Presidio or (ii) the
negligence,  dishonesty  or bad faith of any agent  selected by such person with
reasonable care on behalf of Presidio.

         Presidio is  obligated  to pay Wexford  annual  amounts of $350,000 and
$125,000  in  respect of the  services  performed  by Messrs.  Jacobs and Holtz,
respectively,  and for its direct and indirect costs  properly  allocable to the
performance  of its  duties  under the  Administrative  Services  Agreement  and
providing officers and directors of the Company. Such expenses include,  without
limitation,  payroll, payroll taxes, costs of employee benefit plans approved by
Presidio  Management or by Presidio's board of directors,  accounting fees, rent
and other  overhead  expenses of Wexford,  and any  legally  required  severance
payments to Wexford's employees (other than Messrs. Jacobs, Holtz and Maymudes).
Any other  bonus,  severance  or similar  payments  is subject  to  approval  of
Presidio Management or, in the case of such payments to Messrs. Jacobs, Holtz or
Maymudes or if required by Presidio's  organizational  documents or the Presidio
Management Agreement, the board of directors of Presidio.

         Indemnification Agreements and Indemnification Security Agreement.
         -----------------------------------------------------------------

         Presidio  has entered  into  Indemnification  Agreements  with  certain
former officers and directors of Integrated and its subsidiaries (the "Qualified
Indemnitees").  Pursuant to the Indemnification Agreements, Presidio assumed the
obligations of Integrated to indemnify the Qualified Indemnitees pursuant to the
orders of the Bankruptcy  Court,  Integrated's  charter documents and applicable
Delaware   corporate  law,  for  acts  or  omissions  taken  by  such  Qualified
Indemnitees  on or after February 13, 1990 (the date on which  Integrated  filed
for  protection  under Chapter 11 of the  Bankruptcy  Code),  provided that such
obligations  constitute  (or would  constitute)  an  administrative  claim under
Section 507(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code ("Qualified Indemnity Obligations").

         Presidio's   obligations  under  the  Indemnification   Agreements  are
unlimited  and are secured by certain  cash  collateral  and a pledge of all the
outstanding  shares of stock or  partnership  interests of Presidio's  direct or
indirect non-U.S.  subsidiaries  ("ForeignCo")  pursuant to the  Indemnification
Security  Agreement.  ForeignCo is subject to various  covenants  which require,
among other things, ForeignCo to maintain certain minimum net worth requirements
for the term of the Indemnification  Agreements, and which restrict, among other
things,  the payment of any dividends or other  distributions by Presidio to its
shareholders.  Presidio has also agreed to certain covenants restricting,  among
other things, sales and other transfers of assets to its affiliates.

         Under the Indemnification  Agreements and the Indemnification  Security
Agreement,  ForeignCo must maintain assets in excess of liabilities  (other than
Qualified Indemnity  Obligations) having a minimum fair market value (as defined
therein)  until  November 3, 1997,  of at least $20 million,  and  thereafter $5
million until the termination of the Indemnification Agreements.

         The  Indemnification   Agreements  and  the  Indemnification   Security
Agreement  will  terminate  upon the later of  November  3, 1997 or the end of a
consecutive  nine month  period  (commencing  no earlier  than  February 3, 1997
during which no claims in respect of a Qualified Indemnity Obligation or certain
actions arising from the conduct of Integrated or its subsidiaries or syndicated
partnerships are pending, threatened in writing or asserted).

         B&S Settlement Agreement.
         -------------------------

         Presidio  entered  into  a  Second  Amended  and  Restated   Settlement
Agreement,  dated as of September  29, 1994 (as amended on October 5, 1994,  the
"B&S Settlement  Agreement")  with  Steinhardt  Management and Beigel Schy Lasky
Rifkind  Goldberg  &  Fertik.  The B&S  Settlement  Agreement  provides  for the
settlement  of  47  lawsuits  (six  class  actions  and  41  non-class  actions)
(collectively,  the "B&S  Actions")  brought  by  certain  limited  partners  of
partnerships  syndicated by Integrated  against the partnerships,  their general
partners, and subsidiaries and affiliates of Integrated.

         The  plaintiffs in the B&S Actions  generally  alleged claims of common
law  fraud,  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  and  negligent   misrepresentation  in
connection with the syndication of the partnerships.  Except as described below,
the settlement of each B&S Action was  consummated on or about November 2, 1994.
The consideration paid to the plaintiffs in the B&S Actions primarily  consisted
of cash  settlement  payments in the  aggregate  amount of  approximately  $23.1
million  on the  Consummation  Date.  For the  plaintiffs  in the three  actions
captioned CLAYTON NEUMAN, ET AL. V. INTEGRATED RESOURCES EQUITY CORPORATION,  ET
AL.,  CLAYTON  NEUMAN,  ET AL. V.  ARTHUR G.  GOLDBERG,  ET AL.,  and  BIGBIE V.
GOLDBERG, the primary consideration for settlement was Integrated's offer of the
DPOs to the general  partners of Partnerships  obligated under Contract  Rights.
See "Business -- Background." In addition,  promissory notes executed by certain
limited partners in favor of the partnerships  (and now held by Presidio) in the
aggregate principal amount of approximately $1,372,000 were forgiven.

         The B&S  Settlement  Agreement  has been  consummated  pursuant  to its
terms, except that the terms of the B&S Settlement Agreement relating to the HEP
Action currently are being renegotiated. See "Legal Proceedings."

         Restrictions Under the No Action Letter.
         ----------------------------------------

         On August 5, 1994,  Presidio  obtained  the No Action  Letter  from the
Staff of the Division of Investment  Management (the "Staff") of the Commission.
The No Action Letter applies to Presidio, as well as Presidio CR Holdings,  L.P.
(which  holds the  Contract  Rights)  along with the direct  and  indirect  U.S.
subsidiaries  of  Presidio  (the  "DomesticCos")  set up to acquire  assets from
Integrated.  The No Action Letter  provides  Presidio  assurances that the Staff
would not recommend  enforcement  action to the SEC if Presidio did not register
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Company Act").

         Receipt  of the No  Action  Letter  was  based  on and  subject  to the
continued  accuracy of various  representations  as well as agreements to comply
with  certain  restrictions  set forth in the  letter  requesting  the No Action
Letter, and summarized in the No Action Letter. In order to obtain the No Action
Letter,  the  proposed  managers of Presidio  were also bound to comply with the
restrictions.  Consequently,  both Presidio Management and Steinhardt Management
have agreed to abide by the following restrictions:

         A. LIQUIDATION. Presidio's activities must be geared to the liquidation
of its assets and the  distribution of the net proceeds  therefrom to holders of
its shares.  Presidio should (i) not identify in any communications  released to
its  shareholders,  the  press  and the  public,  as  well as in any  regulatory
filings,  that  its  purpose  or  plans  consist  of  any  activity  other  than
liquidation  and  distribution  of  proceeds  (see also item D below),  and (ii)
refrain  from any  "investment"  activities  which  are  inconsistent  with this
restriction (see items B and C below). Of course,  orderly liquidation of assets
may require (i) continuing to operate "going concern"  businesses  pending sale,
(ii)  reorganizations  and  restructuring of assets to facilitate  sales,  (iii)
securitizations  to  realize  value;  and (iv)  similar  actions  related to the
orderly liquidation of assets.

         B. NO TRADE OR  BUSINESS.  Presidio may not conduct a trade or business
other than maintaining as a going concern each business acquired from Integrated
pending sale or liquidation thereof (see items A above and D below).

         C. NO  INVESTMENTS.  Presidio  must promptly  distribute  proceeds from
sales of its assets,  and may not make investments with such proceeds.  Presidio
may, however,  make temporary  investments in (a) money market instruments,  (b)
short-term  government  securities or (C) other investment grade short term debt
securities,  pending distribution of liquidation proceeds to holders of Presidio
shares.

         D. NO "HOLDING OUT" AS INVESTMENT COMPANY. Presidio may not hold itself
out to the public as an  investment  company,  but rather only as a  liquidating
entity.  Compliance with this condition requires that no communications released
to  shareholders,  the  press,  the  public  or in  regulatory  filings  contain
statements which would characterize holding shares in Presidio as an "investment
opportunity."  This  restriction  is  based  on the  concern  that  shareholders
themselves,  or potential  transferees,  would view  Presidio as an  "investment
company" rather than a liquidating entity,  which in turn might lead to interest
in trading in Presidio shares.

         E. 5-YEAR TERM.  Presidio must dissolve on or before  November 3, 1999,
unless  updated  "no-action"  assurance is obtained from the Staff  permitting a
longer liquidation period.

         F. NO ACTIVE TRADING MARKET. In order to obtain the "No Action" Letter,
Presidio  represented  to the Staff that "it is  unlikely  that ...  trading [in
Presidio  shares]  will be active or that a  significant  market will develop of
holders far beyond the initial  holders ..." In granting  the No Action  Letter,
the Staff explicitly relied on this  representation,  which they restated as "an
active trading market in the common stock of [Presidio] is unlikely to develop."

         In support of this  representation,  Presidio and  Presidio  Management
agreed to restrictions on their own conduct,  as follows.  Neither  Presidio nor
Presidio Management may:

         1.       cause   Presidio's   shares  to  be  listed  on  any  national
                  securities exchange or NASDAQ;

         2.       engage the services of any market maker;

         3.       facilitate  the  development  of an active  trading  market in
                  Presidio's securities, nor encourage others to do so;

         4.       place any  advertisements in the media promoting an investment
                  in Presidio; or

         5.       except as otherwise required by the Securities Exchange Act of
                  1934,  as amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  collect or publish
                  information  about  prices at which  Presidio's  shares may be
                  transferred.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing  restrictions,  Presidio or its offshore
administrator may provide information to shareholders and their  representatives
regarding  matters  legitimately  related to their holdings of Presidio  shares,
including  information about current portfolio assets and cash held by Presidio,
status of  transactions  and  securitizations  of  portfolio  assets,  timing of
distributions  of  assets to  shareholders  and  prospects  for  liquidation  of
portfolio assets.  Shareholders may reasonably expect to obtain such information
from  time to  time,  even  if the  shareholder  requests  such  information  in
connection  with a proposed  transfer  of Presidio  shares.  This is because the
scope of the No Action Letter permits,  and even contemplates,  a limited amount
of  transfers  or even  trading  of stock of  Presidio  in order to  accommodate
liquidity needs of holders.

         G. FINANCIAL REPORTING.  Presidio voluntarily agreed in the request for
the No  Action  Letter  to  issue  audited  year-end  financial  statements  and
unaudited  quarterly  financial  statements (all on a consolidated basis) to all
shareholders of record, in each case with  management's  discussion and analysis
thereof, regardless of whether compliance with the Exchange Act is required.

         Hemisphere Administration Agreements.
         -------------------------------------

         Presidio and two of its non-U.S.  subsidiaries,  Presidio GP Corp.  and
Presidio  LP Corp.  (collectively,  the "BVI  Group"),  have each  entered  into
Administration  Agreements (the  "Hemisphere  Administration  Agreements")  with
Hemisphere,  pursuant to which  Hemisphere will act as the BVI Group's  offshore
administrator.  Pursuant to the Hemisphere Administration Agreements, Hemisphere
shall,  among  other  things,  (i)  provide  office  facilities,  personnel  and
accommodations required by the BVI Group in the Cayman Islands, (ii) communicate
with  shareholders  and the  general  public on the BVI  Group's  behalf,  (iii)
maintain corporate books and records and a shareholder  register,  (iv) call and
hold all meetings of  shareholders  and  directors,  (v) disburse all  necessary
payments on behalf of the BVI Group and (vi) accept subscriptions for shares and
make  redemptions  and  repurchases  of  shares,  in each  case,  subject to the
provisions of the Memorandum and Articles of the respective companies within the
BVI Group and under the supervision of their respective  directors and officers.
In  consideration  for such  services,  Hemisphere  receives an aggregate fee of
$18,000  per  annum   (subject  to  annual   review  and  reduction  in  certain
circumstances)  and  reimbursement  of  its  out-of-pocket   expenditures.   The
Hemisphere Administration Agreements are effective for successive one-year terms
unless and until  terminated by either party on 30 days'  written  notice to the
other  party,  or upon  written  notice of the  occurrence  of any  breach and a
failure to cure such breach within 10 days thereafter.

Competition

         The Company is subject to substantial  competition in each of its lines
of business  and in each such line  competes  with others  having  substantially
greater financial and other resources than those available to the Company.

         Inasmuch  as the  Company  is not  presently  offering  new  investment
products,  the principal  competition faced by the Company is from other parties
that may be selling assets  similar to those held by the Company.  The principal
competitive  factors in connection with such sales relate to matters such as the
nature and quality of the assets to be disposed of, their prior  performance and
their future anticipated performance.

         In  addition,  to the extent  that cash  payments  to the  Company  are
dependent upon the performance of assets,  the Company's results will be subject
to competition from other  businesses  which own similar  properties and compete
for  tenants (in the case of real  property)  or compete  with other  businesses
owned by the Company.

Employees

         Presidio does not have any  employees.  Pursuant to the  Administrative
Services  Agreement,  Wexford  provides  all  of  the  administrative  personnel
required by the Company  (including  the Company's  executive  officers) and the
Company reimburses the expenses of Wexford.

Item 2. PROPERTIES.
        ----------

         Certain  domestic  subsidiaries of Presidio  currently lease offices at
411 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich,  Connecticut,  under a lease expiring in July
1998.  The lease of office space in Greenwich is in an office  building in which
Charles  E.  Davidson,  the  Chairman  of the Board of  Presidio,  and Joseph M.
Jacobs, the Chief Executive Officer and President of Presidio, have an ownership
interest  of  approximately   67%.  See  "Certain   Relationships   and  Related
Transactions."  The  Company  believes  such office  space is  adequate  for the
continuing operations of such domestic subsidiaries.

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
        -----------------

         Presidio and its subsidiaries are parties to various legal  proceedings
as successors to Integrated and its subsidiaries. The following is a description
of material litigation in which the Company is involved.

THE HALLWOOD GROUP INCORPORATED V. STEINHARDT  MANAGEMENT COMPANY,  INC., ET AL.
Presidio and two  subsidiaries,  Presidio LP Corp.  and  Presidio GP Corp.  (the
"Presidio  Defendants"),  have been named as  defendants  in this  action  which
commenced  in May 1995 in the  United  States  District  Court for the  Southern
District of New York.  The complaint  alleges that the Presidio  Defendants  are
affiliates  of Steinhardt  Management  and as such are liable for a $1.5 million
fee allegedly owed the plaintiff under a written  agreement  between  Steinhardt
Management  and the  plaintiff.  The Presidio  Defendants  have filed an answer,
dated July 7, 1995 denying the material  allegations of the complaint.  Document
discovery is underway, but there have not yet been any depositions taken in this
case.

WEBBCO V. TELE-COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., ET AL.; THE CARTER REVOCABLE TRUST V. TELE
COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., ET AL. IR-Daniels II and IR-Daniels III, two partnerships
(the "Daniels General Partners") in which an indirect  subsidiary of Presidio is
the co-general partner, and Integrated Cable Corp. have been named as defendants
in two Integrated Cable Corp. class action lawsuits  commenced in September 1994
in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. The complaints
allege  that the Daniels  General  Partners,  which  serve as  managing  general
partners of two publicly held  partnerships  (the "Daniels  Partnerships"),  and
certain affiliated entities committed  violations of Sections 10(b) and 14(a) of
the Exchange Act and breached their fiduciary  duties to limited partners of the
Daniels  Partnerships in connection  with the sale of the Daniels  Partnerships'
assets.  The complaints  assert that the proxy  statements  issued in connection
with those sales  contained  material  false or  misleading  information  and/or
failed to disclose material information and assert that certain actions taken in
connection with the sales constituted breaches of fiduciary duty. The complaints
seek unspecified  monetary damages.  The defendants filed motions to dismiss the
complaint,  which were denied by the District  Court.  The defendants  intend to
contest vigorously the allegations asserted against them.

MARK ERWIN,  TRUSTEE,  ET. AL. V. RESOURCES HIGH EQUITY, INC., ET. AL. (THE "HEP
ACTION").  Resources High Equity,  Inc.,  Resources Capital Corp. and Integrated
Resources Equity Corporation,  three former indirect  subsidiaries of Integrated
(the "HEP Subsidiaries"),  together with a number of other defendants, including
certain former officers of Integrated (collectively the "HEP Defendants"),  have
been named as defendants in this  purported  class action which was commenced in
May 1993 in the Superior Court for the State of California for the County of Los
Angeles (the "Court").  One derivative cause of action relating to assertions of
breach of fiduciary duty was dismissed with prejudice in January 1995. As to the
remaining claims in the HEP Action,  the B&S Settlement  Agreement  requires the
Company to relinquish their right to collect and receive future asset management
fees,  in exchange for an increase in their  general  partnership  interest from
five percent to  twenty-five  percent and the dismissal of the remaining  claims
with  prejudice.  The HEP Action was stayed while the parties  renegotiated  the
terms of the B&S Settlement Agreement as it pertains to this action.

On July 19,  1995,  the Court  preliminarily  approved a  settlement  of the HEP
Action and approved the form of a notice (the "Notice") concerning such proposed
settlement.  In  response  to  the  Notice,  approximately  4%  of  the  limited
partnership interests in the HEP Partnerships requested exclusion and 15 limited
partners  filed written  objections to the proposed  settlement.  The California
Department of Corporations also sent a letter to the Superior Court opposing the
settlement. Five objecting limited partners,  represented by two law firms, also
made motions to intervene so they could participate more directly in the action.
The motions to intervene were granted by the Court on September 14, 1995.

In October and  November  1995,  the  attorneys  for the  plaintiffs-intervenors
conducted  extensive  discovery.   At  the  same  time,  there  were  continuing
negotiations concerning possible revisions to the proposed settlement.

On November 30, 1995,  the original  plaintiffs and the  intervening  plaintiffs
filed a Consolidated  Class and Derivative  Action Complaint (the  "Consolidated
Complaint") against the Company and the HEP Partnerships,  alleging, among other
things, breach of fiduciary duties, breach of contract and negligence.

On or about  January  31,  1996,  the  parties to the HEP Action  agreed  upon a
settlement,  which  would be  significantly  more  favorable  to the HEP limited
partners than the previously proposed settlement. (See "Description of Assets of
the Company - Real Estate - HEP").  Upon  effectuation of this revised Exchange,
the B&S Litigation would be dismissed with prejudice.

On  February  8,  1996,  at a hearing on  preliminary  approval  of the  revised
settlement,  the Court  determined  that in light of renewed  objections  to the
settlement by the California Department of Corporations, the Court would appoint
a securities  litigation  expert to evaluate the  settlement,  and to advise the
Court as to  whether  any  changes  need to be made.  If final  approval  of the
settlement  is  granted  by  the  Court,  The  Consent  Solicitation   Statement
concerning the settlement  and the  reorganization  would be sent to all limited
partnerships.  The reorganization of the HEP Partnerships  cannot be consummated
unless a majority of the limited partners in the HEP Partnerships  affirmatively
approve the settlement.

600 GRANT STREET  ASSOCIATES  LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP V. GENERAL  ELECTRIC  CAPITAL
CORPORATION,  ET AL. Sivram Corp.  and Grant  Property  Corp.  (the  "Affiliated
Defendants"),  two  indirect  subsidiaries  of  Presidio,  have  been  named  as
defendants  in this action which was  commenced in December 1994 in the Court of
Common Pleas of Philadelphia County,  Pennsylvania.  The complaint asserts three
causes of action  against  the  Affiliated  Defendants  for breach of  contract,
declaratory   relief  that  the  plaintiff  has  not  breached  its  contractual
obligations,  and an accounting.  The claim for breach of contract seeks damages
in excess of $50 million as well as punitive damages. The Affiliated  Defendants
have filed an answer  denying the  material  allegations  of the  complaint  and
intend to vigorously contest the allegations against them.

WRIGHT V. INTEGRATED AIRCRAFT FUND MANAGEMENT CORP., ET. AL. Integrated Aircraft
Fund Management  Corp.,  Integrated  Resources  Marketing,  Inc., and Integrated
Resources Equity Corp., three indirect subsidiaries of Presidio, have been named
as  defendants  in this  purported  class action which was commenced in February
1994 in the  Supreme  Court of the State of New York for the County of New York.
The first  amended  complaint  asserts  causes of actions  for fraud,  breach of
fiduciary  duty and  negligent  misrepresentation  based upon  alleged  material
misrepresentations  and  omissions  by the  defendants  in  connection  with the
offering for sale of limited  partnership units in the Aircraft Income Partners,
L.P. partnership.  The plaintiffs seek unspecified monetary damages,  rescission
and punitive damages.  The defendants have filed a motion seeking to dismiss the
complaint.  On October 2, 1995,  the Supreme  Court of the State of New York for
the County of New York  ordered  that the motion to dismiss  was granted and the
amended  complaint  was  dismissed  in its  entirety  without  leave to replead.
Plaintiffs  served a Notice of Appeal  dated  January  26,  1996,  however,  the
defendant's  counsel believe plaintiffs appeal to be untimely and intend to move
to strike the Notice.

INTEGRATED RESOURCES EQUITY CORPORATION LITIGATION.  Integrated Resources Equity
Corporation  ("IREC"),  an indirect subsidiary of Presidio,  has been named as a
defendant or respondent in approximately 23 lawsuits and arbitration proceedings
arising  out  of  its  conduct  as a  broker-dealer  in  securities.  Integrated
Resources  Marketing  Corporation  ("IRMI"),   another  indirect  subsidiary  of
Presidio, has also been named as a defendant or a respondent in several of these
actions.  The majority of these  lawsuits seek damages for former  customers of
IREC  arising  out of  purchases  or sales  of  securities.  IREC and the  other
defendants in these actions are  vigorously  defending  each of the lawsuits and
arbitration proceedings.

PRESIDIO CR HOLDINGS,  L.P. V. BOFORD ASSOCIATES LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP ET. AL. In
November  1994,  Integrated  filed a complaint in the United  States  Bankruptcy
Court for the  Southern  District of New York  against 20  partnerships  and all
unknown  interested  parties.  The named  partnership  defendants are parties to
agreements pursuant to which certain Contract Rights (representing approximately
18% of the aggregate Contract Rights,  based on scheduled Primary Term Payments)
were  granted to former  subsidiaries  of  Integrated  (which were  subsequently
merged into Integrated). The complaint alleged that documentation underlying the
Contract  Rights has been lost or misplaced  and sought a  declaratory  judgment
that the Contract  Rights are held and owned by Integrated.  As the successor in
interest under the Plan,  Presidio CR Holdings,  L.P., whose general and limited
partners are wholly-owned  subsidiaries of Presidio,  filed an amended complaint
to make it clear that the declaratory  judgment  relates solely to the ownership
of the  Contract  Rights  prior to the  Consummation  Date.  On October 10, 1995
Presidio CR Holdings,  L.P.  obtained a judgement that such Contract Rights were
property of Integrated's estate as of the Consummation Date.

ISRAEL AIRCRAFT INDUSTRIES V. INTEGRATED AIRCRAFT CORP. On or about December 14,
1995, a complaint was filed by Israel  Aircraft  Industries LTD (Bedek  Aviation
Division)  ("IAI"),  in the Ontario Court (General  Division) in the Province of
Ontario,  City of Toronto (the "Ontario  Action").  The Ontario  Action named as
defendants  Integrated  Aircraft  Corp.  ("IAC") (a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Presidio  Equipment  Leasing),  Jetall Airways,  Inc ("Jetall"),  Jetall Holding
Corp.  and Arie  Tall.  IAC is the  lessor  of a Boeing  737-200  aircraft  (the
"Aircraft")  leased to Jetall pursuant to a lease agreement dated August 6, 1993
(the "Lease").  Pursuant to a letter agreement dated August 11, 1993, IAC agreed
with IAI to provide  Jetall with up to $850,000 of rental  credits  owing to IAC
under the Lease in order to induce IAI to perform  certain work on the Aircraft.
The complaint  alleged,  among other things,  that IAC and Jetall  conspired and
illegally agreed to interfere with the contractual  relationships  existing with
IAI and that IAC induced  Jetall to breach its agreement with IAI. The complaint
seeks US$386,500 for breach of agreement and exemplary  damages in the amount of
$1  million,  plus  interest.  IAC's  counsel  has filed a motion to dismiss the
action based on lack of jurisdiction,  inconvenient  form and failure to state a
claim.

BENTLEY KING  ASSOCIATES V. FILLMORE  CENTER  PROJECTS CORP. ET. AL. On December
12, 1995,  Bentley King  Associates  ("BKA") filed suit against  Fillmore Center
Project Corp.  ("FCPC"),  Presidio  Fillmore  Corp.,  Presidio and Citicorp Real
Estate,  Inc. and several of its  participant  banks ("CREI")  alleging  various
causes of action  relating to a consulting  agreement  between BKA and FCPC. The
claims asserted are for breach of contract,  breach of fiduciary duties,  fraud,
interference with contractual and prospectus  advantage,  breach of the covenant
of good faith dealing,  negligence,  negligent  misrepresentation and fraudulent
conveyance.  BKA alleges that the defendants  conspired in order to avoid having
to pay  BKA  (1) a  percentage  of  lawsuit  proceeds  stemming  from  defective
construction  of its  apartment/retail  complex,  and  (2) a  percentage  of the
proceeds from the sale of that complex.  As of March 1, 1996,  neither  Presidio
Fillmore  Corp. nor Presidio had been served.  Accordingly,  neither has made an
appearance  in BKA's  lawsuit.  If served,  both  Presidio  Fillmore  Corp.  and
Presidio intend to vigorously defend BKA's lawsuit.


Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
        ---------------------------------------------------

         No matter was  submitted  during the fourth  quarter of the fiscal year
covered by this report to a vote of security holders.

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
        --------------------------------------------------------------------

         There is no existing market for Presidio's Class A Shares and an active
trading market is unlikely to develop.  In connection with the No-Action Letter,
Presidio represented that neither it nor its managers will (i) cause the Class A
Shares to be listed on any national  securities  exchange or NASDAQ, (ii) engage
the  services  of any market  maker,  facilitate  the  development  of an active
trading market or encourage others to do so, (iii) place any  advertisements  in
the media promoting investment in the Class A Shares, or (iv) collect or publish
information regarding the price at which Class A Shares may be transferred.

         CONVERSION OF CLASS B SHARES.  The 1,200,000  Class B Shares held by IR
Partners are convertible in certain  circumstances  into an equivalent number of
Class A Shares which are reserved for such  conversion.  The Class B Shares will
automatically  convert  into a like number of Class A Shares upon the earlier of
(i)  the  first  anniversary  of the  termination  of  each  of  the  Management
Agreements,  (ii) the 90th day (or, if earlier,  the date of the annual meeting)
following  the date upon which more than 80% of  Presidio's  outstanding  common
stock is held by three or fewer entities (counting entities under common control
or  managed  by a common  adviser  as a single  entity)  or (iii) if  Steinhardt
Management  and  all  of  its  affiliates   (including  any  funds  under  their
management)  beneficially  own in the  aggregate  less than 5% of the  Company's
outstanding  shares.  In  addition,  in the  event a  holder  of  Class B shares
transfers  or  disposes  of any such  shares by  operation  of law or  following
termination of the Management  Agreements and the transferee is not an affiliate
of the transferor or of Steinhardt  Management,  such  transferred  shares shall
automatically be converted into a like number of Class A Shares.

         RESTRICTIONS  ON TRANSFERS OF CLASS B SHARES.  Until  November 3, 1997,
the Class B Shares are nontransferable except (i) transfers by operation of law,
(ii)  transfers to an  affiliate  of the holder  thereof,  (iii)  following  the
termination of each of the Management  Agreement or (iv) pursuant to liquidating
distributions  to such holder's  shareholders  or partners.  The  Memorandum and
Articles of Association  impose no such restrictions on the  transferability  of
the Class A Shares.  Otherwise  no Class A Shares  are  subject  to  outstanding
options, warrants or convertible securities.

         As of March 1, 1996,  there  were 307  holders of record of the Class A
Shares.

         Presidio has paid  dividends with respect to Class A Shares and Class B
Shares,  and  expects  to  declare  and pay  dividends  from time to time in the
future, depending on available cash balances generated by the liquidation of the
Acquired Assets.  Presidio's Articles of Association provide that Presidio shall
make  quarterly  distributions  of cash to the  holders  of Class A and  Class B
Shares in certain  circumstances  to the extent it appears to the  directors  of
Presidio to be justified by available  cash and surplus.  From  November 3, 1994
through  December 31, 1995,  the Company has paid $85 million or $8.49 per share
in  dividends.  Subsequent  to December  31, 1995,  the Company paid  additional
dividends of $30 million or $3 per share through  March 14, 1996.  Additionally,
on March 27, 1996,  a dividend of $32.5  million or $3.25 per share was declared
to be paid on April 12, 1996 to all shareholders of record as of April 3, 1996.

         The  Indemnification   Agreements  and  the  Indemnification   Security
Agreement contains certain  restrictions on Presidio's ability to pay dividends.
See "Business -- Material Agreements and Instruments."

Item 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.
        ------------------------------------

         The following table sets forth selected consolidated  financial data at
the end of and for the  periods  set  forth  below.  The  selected  consolidated
financial  data for  Integrated for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1991 and
1992 have been  derived  from the audited  financial  statements  of  Integrated
presented in  Integrated's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1992. The selected  consolidated  financial data for Integrated for
the nine months ended  September  30, 1993 have been derived from the  financial
statements of Integrated audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,  independent auditors
(the report for which expresses an unqualified  opinion and includes an emphasis
of a matter paragraph).  The selected consolidated  financial data of Integrated
for the period  ended  December 31, 1993 and for the period from January 1, 1994
to November 2, 1994 have been derived from Integrated's statements of net assets
in liquidation  audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP (the report for which expresses
an unqualified opinion and includes an emphasis of a matter paragraph).

         Presidio's selected consolidated statements of changes of net assets in
liquidation  for the period ended  December 31, 1994 and the year ended December
31, 1995 and the selected  consolidated  statements of net assets in liquidation
at November 3, 1994,  December 31, 1994, and December 31, 1995 have been derived
from Presidio's  consolidated  financial statements audited by Deloitte & Touche
(the report for which expresses an unqualified  opinion and includes an emphasis
of a matter paragraph).

         The financial  statements of Integrated and Presidio have been prepared
on the liquidation basis of accounting for all periods  subsequent to October 1,
1993.  The  liquidation  basis of accounting  is  appropriate  when  liquidation
appears  imminent,  a company is no longer viewed as a going concern and the net
realizable  value of a company's assets is reasonably  determinable.  Under this
method of accounting,  assets are stated at their estimated net realizable value
and  liabilities  are  stated  at  their  anticipated  settlement  amounts.  The
valuations  presented in these  financial  statements are based on current facts
and circumstances and may differ materially from amounts ultimately realized.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     INTEGRATED
                                                     ----------


                                                For the period ended                        For the year ended

                                       NOV. 2,        DEC. 31,          SEP. 30,         DEC. 31,         DEC. 31,
                                          1994            1993              1993             1992             1991
                                          ----            ----              ----             ----             ----

                                              (in thousands, except per share amounts)

INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
<S>                                          <C>           <C>         <C>               <C>               <C>
Revenues                                     N/A           N/A         $  93,061         $124,098          $133,546
General and administrative costs             N/A           N/A            25,659           60,927            66,289
Restructuring costs and expenses             N/A           N/A            10,683           25,464            14,913
Extraordinary items                          N/A           N/A             1,568           19,562            10,350
Net income                                   N/A           N/A            38,763           23,829            15,718
Income per common share                      N/A           N/A              3.39             2.08              1.37

<CAPTION>
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
IN LIQUIDATION DATA:

Increase (Decrease)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>
Adjustment for adoption of
    liquidation accounting              $      0       $   [19,207]
Net revaluation of assets and
    liabilities                                0            38,928
Adjustment of liabilities to
    estimated settlement amounts               0         1,032,210
Net change in net assets
    in liquidation                             0         1,071,138

<CAPTION>
STATEMENT OF NET ASSETS
IN LIQUIDATION DATA:
<S>                                     <C>            <C>       
Total assets                            $992,402       $1,052,330
Total liabilities - net of
  adjustment to estimated
  settlement amounts                    $992,402       $1,052,330
Net assets in liquidation                      0                0

===================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PRESIDIO

                                      (in thousands of United States dollars)




                                          __________ For the period ended ___________


                                          DEC. 31, 1995                 DEC. 31, 1994                 NOV. 3, 1994
                                          -------------                 -------------                 ------------

<S>                                            <C>                           <C>                          <C>       
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
IN LIQUIDATION DATA:

Increase from revaluation of
  assets and liabilities                       $ 73,808                      $      0                     $        0
Interest income                                   7,038                             0                              0
Dividends paid/accrued                          (95,014)                            0                              0
Net change in net assets
  in liquidation                                (14,168)                            0                              0


STATEMENT OF NET ASSETS
IN LIQUIDATION DATA:

Total assets                                   $470,775                      $533,820                     $1,028,173
Total liabilities                                85,547                       134,424                        628,777
Net assets in liquidation                       385,228                       399,396                        399,396
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
        -------------------------------------------------
        CONDITION AND LIQUIDATION ACTIVITIES.
        ------------------------------------

          The following  section  includes (i) a discussion  and analysis of the
liquidity and capital  resources and  liquidation  activities of the Company for
the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the period November 3, 1994 to December
31, 1994,  and (ii) a discussion  and analysis of the  historical  liquidity and
capital   resources  and  liquidation   activities  of  Integrated  for  periods
subsequent to Integrated's  adoption of liquidation  accounting as of October 1,
1993. A discussion and analysis of the historical results of Integrated prior to
October 1, 1993 are set forth in the excerpts from Integrated's Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended  September 30, 1993,  incorporated  herein by
reference.

Liquidity and Capital Resources -- The Company

Consummation Date Activities and Organization

         The  Company  was  organized  in  accordance  with the Plan,  which was
consummated  on November 3, 1994. The Plan called for the issuance of Presidio's
Class A Shares to the  former  creditors  of  Integrated  ("Creditors")  and the
issuance of  Presidio's  Class B Shares to IR Partners,  the funder of the Plan.
Creditors  received a  combination  of cash,  approximately  8.8 million Class A
Shares and approximately 8.8 million shares of XRC Corp. common stock in lieu of
forgiveness of approximately $1.4 billion of liabilities recorded by Integrated.
IR  Partners  paid  approximately  $35.8  million on the  Consummation  Date and
received 1.2 million  Class B Shares in  accordance  with the  provisions of the
Plan.  Substantially  all assets and remaining  liabilities  of Integrated  were
transferred  to and assumed by the  Company.  Additionally,  certain  assets and
liabilities  were  transferred to and assumed by XRC Corp.  (which serves as the
nominal  successor  corporation to Integrated as required under bankruptcy law).
The total net assets  transferred to XRC Corp. were  approximately $3.6 million.
The Company will act as a liquidating  entity and  accordingly  net cash will be
distributed   subject  to  restrictions   imposed  by  various   indemnification
agreements  and  amounts not  retained  for working  capital  requirements.  See
"Business -- Background."
<PAGE>
         As of the Consummation  Date, the Company disbursed  approximately $456
million to discharge various claims filed by Creditors.  Such disbursements were
made as follows:

              Class                                 Amount
              -----                                 ------
                                                (in thousands)
        Senior Claims                            $ 394,858
        General Unsecured Claims                    34,677
        Sub Debt Claims                             13,427
        Other Claims (1)                            13,215
                                                 ---------
                                                 $ 456,177 (2)
                                                 =========    

         The  Company  also  reserved  $46 million  for  disputed  claims on the
Consummation  Date,  approximately  $7 million of which  remained  in reserve at
December 31, 1995. Such claims are currently being evaluated. As settlements are
reached on these  claims,  cash will either be  disbursed  to the  claimant,  or
released to the Company. In addition,  162,932 of the 8.8 million Class A Shares
reserved  for  Creditors   were  reserved  for  such  disputed   claims  on  the
Consummation  Date.  These shares will also be released  upon  settlement of the
disputed claims.  Reserved shares for disputed claims that are expunged, will be
made  available for sale to  Creditors.  During 1995,  settlements  were made on
certain  claims and 115,851 of such shares were  disbursed.  As of December  31,
1995, 47,081 Class A Shares remained in reserve for disputed claims.

          On the  Consummation  Date, the Company  deposited  amounts in various
escrow accounts as security for  indemnification  of certain former officers and
directors of Integrated and the Class A Directors of Presidio.

         Indemnity  for the former  officers  and  directors  of  Integrated  is
secured by $10 million in cash and all of the  Company's  stock and  partnership
interests  in certain  of its  non-U.S.  subsidiaries.  The  Company's  non-U.S.
operations  must  meet  certain  minimum  net  worth  requirements  for  certain
specified  periods after the Consummation  Date. All  distributions  made by the
Company are limited by a requirement that the Company have sufficient net assets
after  distributions to discharge any pending and expected  Qualified  Indemnity
Obligations.   See  "Business  --  Material   Agreements   and   Instruments  --
Indemnification Agreement and Indemnification Security Agreement."

- -------------------

(1)       Other claims include pre- and post-bankruptcy  Administrative  Claims,
          Priority Tax Claims and Small Claims as defined in the Plan.

(2)       Amounts  exclude (a)  approximately  $40 million  disbursed  to former
          subsidiaries  of Integrated  (currently  subsidiaries  of Presidio) in
          satisfaction of post-petition  Administrative  Intercompany Claims (as
          defined in the Plan) filed by them and (b) approximately $23.1 million
          for the settlement of the B&S Actions.
<PAGE>
          The Plan also provided for indemnification of the Class A Directors of
Presidio (the "Class A  Indemnification").  This  indemnification  agreement was
secured by a $1 million escrow deposit made on the Consummation  Date.  Presidio
is also required to deposit the greater of $750,000, or 1% of distributions made
per quarter to this escrow account for additional  indemnification  security. As
of December 31, 1995,  approximately  $3 million has been  deposited and will be
held in escrow for a period of six years subsequent to the Consummation Date. At
the end of six  years  any  remaining  Class  A  Indemnification  funds  will be
returned to Presidio.  All such security amounts are classified in the financial
statements as restricted cash.

          On the Consummation  Date, the Company disbursed  approximately  $23.1
million  as  settlement  of the  B&S  Actions  pursuant  to the  B&S  Settlement
Agreement.  Under the B&S Settlement Agreement,  Presidio remains obligated with
respect to certain  claims and costs in amounts  which are not  material  in the
aggregate.   See  "Business  --  Material  Agreements  and  Instruments  --  B&S
Settlement Agreement."

Current Liquidity

          The Company is currently  liquidating its assets pursuant to the Plan.
The liquidation  basis of accounting has been adopted and, as such,  comparisons
of results of operations to prior periods are not meaningful.  The  Consolidated
Statements of Net Assets in Liquidation  of Presidio filed herewith  reflect the
net realizable value of assets,  estimated costs of liquidation  through the end
of the  process  and  estimated  costs  relating  to the  settlement  of certain
disputed claims.

          The Company has accrued a liability of  approximately  $64 million and
$113 million as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively,  in anticipation of
costs needed to liquidate  the entire  portfolio of assets,  including  expected
liabilities for the settlement of remaining  bankruptcy claims. The actual costs
may be  higher  or lower  depending  on a number of  factors  including  but not
limited to the amount of time necessary to dispose of the remaining  assets,  as
well as current and future market conditions.

          Presidio's  ability  to make  distributions  to  shareholders  remains
limited in accordance with the terms of the  indemnification  obligations of the
former officers and directors of Integrated and its  subsidiaries.  Presidio has
no basis for believing  that any of those  indemnification  obligations  will be
material,  however,  pursuant  to the  terms  of such  agreements,  Presidio  is
required to notify  beneficiaries  thereunder  of  dividends  and certain  other
transfers of cash made by subsidiaries of Presidio to Presidio and to retain the
value of  certain  collateral  granted  as  security  for  such  indemnification
obligations.  Although such  restrictions may impede the timing of distributions
to Presidio  shareholders,  Presidio does not anticipate that those restrictions
will materially impair its liquidity. Presidio made $85 million of distributions
to  shareholders  during  1995 for  which  notice  to the  beneficiaries  of the
Indemnification  Agreements was provided. Such distributions were not challenged
by the beneficiaries.

         In accordance with  restrictions  under the No Action Letter,  Presidio
has only made  temporary  investments  in money market  instruments,  short-term
government  securities or other  investment  grade  short-term debt  securities.
Because of the liquid nature of such investments,  compliance with the No Action
Letter would generally be expected to increase liquidity.
<PAGE>
         As of December 31, 1995,  Presidio had restricted  cash of $22 million,
primarily comprised of reserves for disputed bankruptcy claims of $7 million and
deposits for escrow accounts as security for  indemnification  of certain former
officers and  directors of  Integrated  and the Class A directors of Presidio of
$14 million.

         The  Company's  primary  objective  is to  liquidate  its assets in the
shortest  time period  possible  while  realizing  the  maximum  values for such
assets.  Although the Company  considers its assumptions and estimates as to the
values and timing of such  liquidations to be reasonable,  the period of time to
liquidate  the assets and  distribute  the proceeds of such assets is subject to
significant business,  economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies,
many of which  are  beyond  the  Company's  control.  Cash and cash  equivalents
decreased by $53 million  during the year ended  December 31, 1995 primarily due
to dividends paid during the year. The components of the change in cash and cash
equivalents, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   (Millions)
                                                                   Year Ended
                                                                December 31, 1995
                                                                -----------------
<S>                                                                 <C>                        
Cash Inflows
Operating cash receipts                                             $   88.6                   
Interest income                                                          7.0               
                                                                    --------                   
   Total Cash Inflows                                                   95.6               
                                                                    --------                   
Cash Outflows                                                                
Dividends paid                                                          85.0               
Bankruptcy claims paid                                                  21.6               
Steinhardt Management Co., Inc. expense reimbursement                    2.1               
Legal, accounting and consulting fees                                    9.2               
Legal and other expenses - Contract Rights                              14.5               
Miscellaneous general and administrative costs                          16.5               
                                                                    --------                   
    Total Cash Outflows                                                148.9             
                                                                    --------                   
(Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                (53.3)            
                                                                    --------                   
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period                         173.9             
                                                                    --------                   
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period                            $  120.6             
                                                                    ========               
</TABLE>
                                                                    
         Presidio believes that cash on hand,  revenues generated from interests
in businesses that continue to operate and the proceeds from sales of businesses
and other assets will be sufficient to support Presidio's  operations and to pay
its obligations as they become due.

         Dividends of $10 million  ($1.00 per share) and $20 million  ($2.00 per
share)  were paid on January 12, 1996 and  February  9, 1996,  respectively.  On
March 27, 1996, the Company declared a cash dividend of $3.25 per share or $32.5
million, payable on April 12, 1996, to all shareholders of record as of April 3,
1996.
<PAGE>
Liquidation Activities -- The Company

1995
- ----
         The Company  seeks to balance  the goals of  liquidating  the  Acquired
Assets in the quickest  time period  possible and realizing  maximum  values for
such assets.  Although the Company considers its assumptions and estimates as to
costs and timing of such  liquidation  to be  reasonable,  the period of time to
liquidate  the  Acquired  Assets and  distribute  the proceeds of such assets is
subject to significant  business,  economic and  competitive  uncertainties  and
contingencies,  many of which are beyond the  Company's  control.  The  Acquired
Assets are reflected in the  financial  statements  filed  herewith at their net
realizable value based on the Company's planned disposition strategies.

Contract Rights

         In October  1995,  certain of the Company's  subsidiaries  modified the
contract  right  obligations  pursuant to the Agreement to Modify certain of the
Contract  Right  Agreements,  dated as of September 29, 1994  (collectively  the
"Modification").  Among other  things,  the  Modification  provided  for (i) the
restatement  of the  Contract  Rights  as  promissory  notes in order to  better
evidence the existing  Contract  Right  obligations  and provide a more definite
payment schedule, (ii) the delivery of subordinate mortgages or negative pledges
in  order  to  secure  the  Partnerships'   obligations  under  such  negotiable
promissory notes,  (iii) the creation of a paying agency arrangement (the paying
agent  agreement was executed  with Bankers  Trust  Company) in order to collect
monies  payable under leases in excess of amounts  required to service  existing
first  mortgage  indebtedness,  and (iv) the delivery of certain  estoppels  and
other certificates by the Partnerships and various tenants,  superior mortgagees
and  ground  lessors  in  order  to  provide  the  Company  with  more  detailed
information  regarding the  Partnership,  the tenant,  the property and existing
operating  leases.  The  Modification  made the  Contract  Rights a more readily
saleable/financeable instrument.

         On March 28, 1996 (the "Closing Date"),  the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries  sold 117 of its 123  Contract  Rights in a private  securitization
transaction.  Net  proceeds  realized by the Company  after  securitization  and
related  hedge  position  costs  and  reserves  to be held for more than 90 days
relating to the securitization were approximately $205 million. After completion
of the securitization  there are six Contract Rights remaining which the Company
estimates have an approximate net realizable value of $38 million.

         The   securitization   certificates  that  were  sold  are  secured  by
substantially  all of the payment  stream  from the primary  term of the related
Contract Rights.  The certificates sold in the  securitization are not backed by
the  Company.  Most  of the  remaining  payment  stream,  which  is  effectively
subordinated to the  certificates  sold in the  securitization,  will be used to
make  payment to the holder of another  certificate,  99% of which was sold to a
newly formed company, T-Two Holding, LLC (the "LLC"), an entity owned by certain
affiliates of Presidio (the  "Affiliates").  These  Affiliates are controlled by
Charles Davidson and Joseph Jacobs, respectively,  the Chairman of the Board and
the  President of Presidio.  On the Closing Date  Presidio  made a $31.5 million
recourse loan to the Affiliates; the proceeds of which were used to purchase the
Affiliates interests in the LLC. The LLC will conduct a rights offering directed
to the Company's shareholders as soon as practicable, which the Company believes
may not occur until early 1997,  enabling the Company's  shareholders to acquire
all of the LLC.

         For the year ended December 31, 1995, 13 tenants purchased their leased
property from the Company as permitted under the terms of their leases for $15.4
million. During the year, the Company received $900,000 as scheduled payments on
Contract  Rights and two tenants who had been leasing  property from the Company
prepaid $2.1 million as final payments on an existing Contract Right.

         In May 1995,  Presidio  entered  into a series of interest  rate hedges
(the  "Hedges")  through the short sales of ten-year  U.S.  government  treasury
notes (the  "Notes")  maturing  in February  and March 2005.  These Notes had an
aggregate notional value of $225 million, and were designed to reduce the impact
of interest rate  fluctuations  on the projected  proceeds from future  Contract
Right  transactions.  At December 31, 1995, the Company had unrealized losses of
approximately $14.7 million on this position.  During the first quarter of 1996,
amid increases in prevailing interest rates, this loss decreased  substantially.
In March,  1996 the Company  settled its  position  with  regard  to the Hedges,
realizing a loss of $2.6 million.

HEP Partnerships

         The Company has reached a preliminary  settlement in connection  with a
class action lawsuit  against among others,  indirect  subsidiaries  of Presidio
that served as general partners of, or were otherwise  alleged to be involved in
the  offering of limited  partnership  interests  in,  three  public real estate
partnerships.  The settlement  involves the reorganization of these partnerships
into a real estate  investment  trust. The facts and  circumstances  surrounding
existing litigation, as well as the proposed settlement are more fully described
in Item 3 "Legal Proceedings".

Equipment Leasing

         During 1995, the Company  increased its estimated net realizable  value
on its Equipment Leasing interests by $7 million. This increase is primarily due
to (i) the Company's  decision to manage its Equipment  Leasing programs through
respective  dissolution instead of selling them in order to maximize future cash
flow and (ii) the successful  elimination and/or reduction of many contingencies
associated  with its aircraft  portfolio,  including  the  mitigation of certain
return condition obligations under existing leases.

         In March 1995, the Company entered into a management and administrative
services agreement with Fieldstone Private Capital Group L.P. ("Fieldstone") for
the  purposes of managing  Presidio's  interests  in certain  equipment  leasing
related  subsidiaries,  for which $1,045,000 has been paid during the year ended
December 31, 1995.

Operating Businesses

         The  Company,  through an  indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  owned a
general   partnership   interest  in  the  general  partner  of  Majco  Building
Specialties,  L.P. ("Majco").  On September 29, 1995, Majco consummated the sale
of  substantially  all of its assets  for a gross  sale  price of $66.6  million
inclusive of $3.3 million which was paid into escrow.  The  Company's  allocable
share from this sale was  approximately  $12 million  (exclusive  of any amounts
from escrow) from its interest in Majco. The Company had valued this asset at $8
million at December 31, 1994. In addition, approximately $3 million of the gross
sales  price is  being  held in  escrow  through  December  1997,  of which  the
Company's allocable share is approximately $2 million.

         Presidio  owned a deferred fee  receivable  from Rotor Tool,  L.P., the
manufacturer of a comprehensive  line of high quality  semi-customized  portable
pneumatic  assembly  and  other  tools.  In  December  1995,  Rotor  Tool,  L.P.
consummated  the sale of 100% of all its common  stock  interests  in Rotor Tool
Company.  As a result,  Presidio  received  approximately  $3.55  million on the
deferred fee due from the partnership.

Other

         In December  1995, a subsidiary of the Company  received  approximately
$1.1  million as a  brokerage  commission  on a sale of assets of a  partnership
owning a health care facility in which the Company  served as a general  partner
of the general  partner.  Presidio had not previously  recorded a value for this
asset at December 31, 1994.

         During the fourth quarter of 1995, Presidio sold approximately  279,000
shares of stock in a publicly  traded  company  engaged in the mortgage  banking
business  for an  average  price of $21.53  per  share,  realizing  proceeds  of
approximately $6 million on the transactions.  Presidio had valued this asset at
$2 million at December 31, 1994.

         During the third  quarter a third party note  receivable  relating to a
property  sold by  Integrated  in April 1993 was prepaid.  The Company  received
proceeds of $3.6 million, equal to the estimated net realizable value.

         During the second  quarter,  the Company sold a first mortgage note and
assigned its interests in a wrap around mortgage, in two separate  transactions,
from which the  aggregate  proceeds  were  $500,000,  and which  resulted in the
release of non-recourse indebtedness obligations and notes and other receivables
of approximately $353.9 million.

         As  part  of  the  Company's  ongoing  review  of  the  claims  against
Integrated, the Company recorded a $6.5 million reduction in its debt during the
second quarter of 1995.

1994
- ----
         During the period from November 3, 1994 through December 31, 1994 there
were no material  dispositions of assets, except that (a) in November 1994 ACT 4
and  ACT  5,  partnerships  in  which  indirect  subsidiaries  of  Presidio  own
co-general  partnership  interests,  entered  into a  contract  for the  sale of
certain  assets  in cable  television  partnerships  and (b) in  December  1994,
Presidio  disposed  of rights  to  receive  56% of all  payments  relating  to a
Contract Right in settlement of the claims of certain creditors.

Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Integrated

         On  February  13,  1990,  Integrated  filed a  voluntary  petition  for
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Subsequent
to that date,  Integrated continued to effect changes in its business,  reducing
its overhead and  disposing of its assets in an attempt to  accumulate a pool of
cash to distribute to its creditors, pursuant to a plan of reorganization. Under
this scenario,  Integrated  operated under the assumption that it would continue
as a going concern.

         Effective October 1, 1993,  Integrated adopted the liquidation basis of
accounting.  This basis of accounting is to be adopted when liquidation  appears
imminent.  As a result  of this  change,  Integrated  revalued  its  assets  and
liabilities  to their net  realizable  values.  The net adjustment to assets and
liabilities  was $39 million,  which is reflected in  Integrated's  Consolidated
Statement of Changes in Net Assets in Liquidation  for the period ended December
31, 1993.

         As of November 2, 1994,  Integrated had  approximately  $620 million in
cash and short-term investments,  substantially all of which were distributed to
Integrated's creditors or to the Company in accordance with the Plan.

Liquidation Activities -- Integrated

         During the period January 1, 1994 through November 2, 1994,  Integrated
sold certain  interests  in various  cable  companies  for  approximately  $12.6
million.  Additionally,  Integrated  also disposed of various  other  investment
program interests for approximately $7.7 million.

         Due to the absence of required approvals to assignments, certain assets
and  properties  remain with  Integrated  subsequent to the  Consummation  Date.
Presidio  controls  such assets and  properties  and is entitled to the proceeds
from  any  dispositions  thereof.  The  assets  and  properties  remaining  with
Integrated  include stock in a corporation  which owns an apartment  complex and
stock in NAMCO. See "Business -- Description of Assets of the Company."
<PAGE>
Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
         ------------------------------------------

                 INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
                   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Financial Statements - Presidio Capital Corp. and Subsidiaries (Liquidation
Basis)

Independent Auditors' Report                                                    

Consolidated Statements of Net Assets in Liquidation at December 31, 1995       
and 1994 and November 3, 1994 (Consummation Date)

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets in Liquidation for the Year
Ended December 31, 1995 and for the period November 3, 1994 (Consummation Date)
through December 31, 1994

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                      

Financial Statements - Integrated Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries (Liquidation
Basis)

Independent Auditors' Report                                                    

Consolidated Statement of Net Assets in Liquidation at December 31, 1993        

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets in Liquidation for the 
periods January 1, 1994 through November 2, 1994 and October 1, 1993 through
December 31, 1993

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                      

Financial Statements - Integrated Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(Going Concern Basis)

Independent Auditors' Report                                                    

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Nine-Month Period                  
Ended September 30, 1993

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Nine-Month Period Ended            
September 30, 1993

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                      
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors of
Presidio Capital Corp:

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of net  assets in
liquidation  of Presidio  Capital  Corp.  and  subsidiaries  (the  "Company") at
December  31,  1995 and 1994 and  November 3, 1994  (Consummation  Date) and the
related consolidated  statements of changes in net assets in liquidation for the
year ended December 31, 1995 and for the period  November 3, 1994  (Consummation
Date)  through  December 31, 1994 (all  expressed in thousands of United  States
dollars).  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the  United  States of  America.  Those  standards  require  that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and the disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects,  the net assets in liquidation of the Company at December 31,
1995 and 1994 and  November 3, 1994  (Consummation  Date) and the changes in its
net assets in  liquidation  for the year  ended  December  31,  1995 and for the
period  November  3, 1994  (Consummation  Date)  through  December  31,  1994 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America on the basis described in the preceding paragraph.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company was
formed in accordance with the Sixth Amended Plan of Reorganization  confirmed by
the United States  Bankruptcy Court for the purpose of purchasing  substantially
all of the assets of Integrated Resources, Inc. and liquidating and distributing
capital to the Company's shareholders. The Company adopted the liquidation basis
of  accounting   effective  November  3,  1994   (Consummation   Date)  and  the
consolidated  financial  statements  reflect  assets at estimated net realizable
amounts and liabilities at anticipated settlement amounts.

As emphasized in Notes 1 and 12 to the consolidated  financial  statements,  the
Company  determined the amounts realizable from the disposition of the remaining
assets, the amounts of certain liabilities,  and the outcome of litigation using
various assumptions about future events.

Deloitte & Touche





April 9, 1996
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION
                         (Expressed in thousands of United States dollars)


                                                                                         November 3,
                                                                                           1994
                                                    December 31,      December 31,     (Consummation
                                                        1995              1994              Date)
                                                    ------------      ------------      -------------
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>               <C>       
Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents  (including
  restricted cash of $21,603 and $42,176 at
  December 31, 1995 and 1994,
  respectively) .............................        $  120,613        $  173,944        $  656,826
Investments .................................            32,769            50,546            50,546
Contract rights .............................           235,681           215,000           215,000
Notes and other receivables (net of
  non-recourse indebtedness of $17,599 and
  $372,204 at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
  respectively) .............................            76,193            89,683           101,154
Other assets ................................             5,519             4,647             4,647
                                                     ----------        ----------        ----------
                Total assets ................        $  470,775        $  533,820        $1,028,173
                                                     ----------        ----------        ----------
Liabilities:

Debt ........................................        $    4,895        $   11,381        $   11,381
Dividends payable ...........................            10,014              --                --
Estimated costs of liquidation ..............            64,638           113,043           607,396
Estimated tax liability .....................             6,000            10,000            10,000
                                                     ----------        ----------        ----------
                Total liabilities ...........            85,547           134,424           628,777
                                                     ----------        ----------        ----------
                    Net Assets in Liquidation        $  385,228        $  399,396        $  399,396
                                                     ==========        ==========        ==========





                           See notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION
                (Expressed in thousands of United States dollars)



                                                                      November 3,
                                                                         1994
                                                                  (Consummation Date)
                                                    Year Ended          through
                                                December 31, 1995  December 31, 1994
                                                -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>      
Net Assets in Liquidation,
  beginning of period .....................         $ 399,396          $ 399,396

Dividends .................................           (95,014)              --

Increase from revaluation of
  assets and liabilities ..................            73,808               --

Interest income ...........................             7,038               --
                                                    ---------          ---------

Net change in net assets
  in liquidation ..........................           (14,168)              --

Net Assets in Liquidation,
  end of period ...........................         $ 385,228          $ 399,396
                                                    =========          =========









                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                     PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)


NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- ---------------------------------------------------------

Presidio Capital Corp. ("Presidio" and, collectively with its subsidiaries,  the
"Company") was organized on August 29, 1994, in the British Virgin Islands under
the International  Business  Companies Act (Cap. 291), to purchase,  directly or
through  its  subsidiaries,  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  Integrated
Resources,  Inc.  ("Integrated") for the purpose of liquidation and distribution
of capital to shareholders.  The Company was formed in accordance with the Sixth
Amended  Plan  of  Reorganization   Submitted  by  the  Official   Committee  of
Subordinated Bondholders and the Steinhardt Group, (the "Plan") confirmed by the
United  States  Bankruptcy  Court  for the  Southern  District  of New York (the
"Bankruptcy  Court")  by order  dated  August 8, 1994.  The Plan was  officially
consummated on November 3, 1994 (the "Consummation Date").

The Plan gave  creditors of  Integrated  the right to receive 88% of  Presidio's
Class A shares in lieu of all or part of their cash  distribution  as defined in
the Plan. The remaining 12% of stock was issued to and purchased by IR Partners,
a general partnership among Steinhardt  Management Company Inc.,  ("Steinhardt")
certain of its affiliates and an affiliate of Charles E. Davidson, the principal
of Presidio Management Company, LLC ("Presidio  Management") and Chairman of the
Board of the  Company  and Joseph M.  Jacobs,  the Chief  Executive  Officer and
President of the Company, for approximately $36 million,  under the terms of the
Asset  Purchase  Agreement.  In  addition  to the  issuance  of Class A  shares,
subsequent to the  Consummation  Date,  Presidio  disbursed  approximately  $456
million to the former  creditors in  satisfaction  of bankruptcy  claims against
Integrated.

The Company is co-managed by Presidio Management and Steinhardt, who direct on a
discretionary  basis,  the  disposition,  liquidation  and sale of the Company's
assets. The administration of these liquidating responsibilities is performed by
Wexford  Management LLC  ("Wexford").  Upon  consummation of the Plan,  Presidio
entered into an Administration  Services  Agreement with Concurrency  Management
Corp.  ("Concurrency").  Effective  January 1, 1996,  Wexford  Management  Corp.
previously   Concurrency   assigned  this  agreement  to  Wexford.   Wexford  is
principally  responsible for the  implementation of the day to day operations as
well as the  liquidation  of the Company.  A fixed annual fee is paid to each of
the co-managers.

Liquidation Basis

As a result of the  consummation  of the  Plan,  the  Company  has  adopted  the
liquidation  basis  of  accounting.  The  liquidation  basis  of  accounting  is
appropriate  when  liquidation  appears  imminent  and the  Company is no longer
viewed as a going concern. Under this method of accounting, assets are stated at
their  estimated  net  realizable  values  and  liabilities  are stated at their
anticipated  settlement  amounts.  The valuations  presented in these  financial
statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars  under  U.S.   Generally  Accepted
Accounting Principles.
<PAGE>
The valuation of assets and liabilities requires many estimates and assumptions,
and there are substantial  uncertainties  in  implementing  the Plan. The actual
value of any  liquidating  distributions  will  depend upon a variety of factors
including,  among others,  the actual market prices of any assets distributed in
kind,  the proceeds from the sale of any of the Company's  assets and the actual
timing of distributions.

The  valuations  presented  in the  accompanying  Statements  of Net  Assets  in
Liquidation  represent estimates,  based on current facts and circumstances,  of
the  estimated  net   realizable   value  of  assets  and  estimated   costs  of
implementation of the Plan. The net values  ultimately  realized could be higher
or lower than the amounts recorded.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include time deposits, certificates of deposit and all
instruments   (including   commercial  paper,   treasury  bills  and  repurchase
agreements)  with original  maturities of three months or less.  Restricted cash
represents  cash held in escrow as security  under various  officer and director
indemnification  agreements,  and  cash  reserved  for the  payment  of  certain
bankruptcy related claims.

Investments

Investments in corporate equity securities and interests in limited partnerships
are valued at their estimated net realizable value.

Non-Recourse Indebtedness

Non-recourse  indebtedness  represents  obligations  on wraparound  mortgages of
certain real estate subsidiaries.  These obligations are collateralized by first
liens on commercial real estate properties owned by limited partnerships and are
recorded net of related receivables.

Estimated Costs of Liquidation

The estimated  costs of liquidation  represent the estimated  costs of operating
the Company  through its expected  termination.  These costs include  management
fees,  estimated  reimbursable  expenses,  the  fees of  outside  professionals,
estimated  liabilities  for the  settlement of remaining  bankruptcy  claims and
other  costs,  and are based on  various  assumptions.  The  estimated  costs of
liquidation  assume liquidation within three to five years from the Consummation
Date,  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the Plan.  Actual total costs of
liquidation are likely to differ from estimated costs and these  differences may
be material.

Income Taxes

Income taxes  include  taxes that will be payable on account of and upon sale or
disposition of interests in operating businesses, real estate or other assets.
<PAGE>
Net Realizable Value

In determining the net realizable values of the assets,  the Company  considered
each asset's  ability to generate  future cash flow,  offers received from third
parties,  if any, and other general market  information.  Such  information  was
considered in conjunction with the Company's plan for its disposition of assets.
Computations  of net realizable  value  necessitate  the use of assumptions  and
estimates.  Future events,  including  economic  conditions  that relate to real
estate  markets in general,  may differ from those  assumed or  estimated in the
computations. As a result, the amounts ultimately realized may materially differ
from those currently reflected in these financial statements.

Consolidation

The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of Presidio and its
subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENTS
- --------------------

Investments held by the Company consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       December 31,    December 31,
                                                           1995           1994
                                                       ------------    ------------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>    
Equity securities ..............................         $ 1,630         $ 3,709
Interests in limited partnerships ..............          31,139          46,837
                                                         -------         -------
                                                         $32,769         $50,546
                                                         =======         =======
</TABLE>

Investments in equity  securities at December 31, 1995 include equity  interests
in a privately  held company which was valued at its  estimated  net  realizable
value.  The  December  31, 1994 amount  includes  both equity  investments  in a
privately  held  company  and a publicly  traded  corporation.  During  1995 the
publicly traded stock was sold on the open market for  approximately $6 million.
These securities were valued at approximately $2 million at December 31, 1994.

Interests  in limited  partnerships  include  general  and  limited  partnership
interests  in both public and  privately  held  partnerships  which  invested in
leveraged and unleveraged  real estate and various  operating  businesses.  (See
Note 12 - Litigation).  The net realizable value of these interests was based on
recent  offers  received  from  third  parties,  expected  management  fees  and
distributions   through   estimated   dates  of  disposal  and/or  expected  net
liquidation  proceeds  to be  realized  upon  dissolution  of these  partnership
interests.
<PAGE>
The  Company,  through  an  indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  held a  general
partnership interest in the general partner of Majco Building Specialities, L.P.
("Majco").  On September 29, 1995,  Majco  consummated the sale of substantially
all of its  assets for a gross sale  price of $66.6  million  inclusive  of $3.3
million which was paid into escrow.  The Company's  allocable distribution  from
this sale was approximately  $12 million  (exclusive of any amounts from escrow)
for which the Company realized after tax proceeds of  approximately  $10 million
from its interest in Majco.  In addition  approximately  $3 million of the gross
sales  price is  being  held in  escrow  through  December  1997,  of which  the
Company's allocable share is approximately $2 million.

NOTE 3 - CONTRACT RIGHTS
- ------------------------

Presidio,  through two wholly-owned  non-U.S.  subsidiaries,  is entitled to (i)
certain  compensation  representing  deferred  acquisition fees plus interest in
connection  with  Integrated's  organization,  from 1978 to 1985,  of  privately
offered  net  lease  partnerships  (the  "Partnerships")  and (ii)  payment  for
providing the Partnerships with the opportunity to purchase certain  properties.
Such  Partnerships  invested in  commercial  real  estate  leased  primarily  to
investment grade tenants under non-cancelable, long term, triple net leases that
generally  provided for 25 year primary terms,  with options to renew granted to
the tenant for additional terms of up to 30 years.

In May  1995,  Presidio  entered  into a series of  interest  rate  hedges  (the
"Hedges")  through the short sales of ten-year U.S.  government  treasury  notes
(the "Notes")  maturing in February and March 2005. These Notes had an aggregate
notional  value of $225  million,  and are  designed  to  reduce  the  impact of
interest rate fluctuations on the projected  proceeds from future Contract Right
transactions.  At December  31, 1995,  based on the current  market value of the
position, the Company had deferred unrealized losses of $14.7 million.

RECENT  DEVELOPMENT  - During  the first  quarter  of 1996,  amid  increases  in
prevailing interest rates, this loss decreased substantially.  In March 1996 the
Company  settled its position with regards to the Hedge realizing a loss of $2.6
million.

On March  28,  1996  (the  "Closing  Date"),  the  Company  and  certain  of its
subsidiaries  sold 117 of its 123  Contract  Rights in a private  securitization
transaction.  After  completion  of the  securitization  there are six  Contract
Rights remaining, which the Company estimates have an approximate net realizable
value of $38 million.

The securitization  certificates that were sold are secured by substantially all
of the payment stream from the primary term of the related Contract Rights.  The
certificates sold in the securitization  are not backed by the Company.  Most of
the  remaining  payment  stream,  which  is  effectively   subordinated  to  the
certificates  sold in the  securitization,  will be used to make  payment to the
holder of another  certificate,  (the "T-Two Holder") 99% of which was sold to a
newly formed company, T-Two Holding, LLC (the "LLC"), an entity owned by certain
affiliates of Presdio (the "Affiliates"). These Affiliates are controlled by the
Chairman  of the  Board and the  President  of  Presidio.  On the  Closing  Date
Presidio made a $31.5 million  recourse loan to the Affiliates;  the proceeds of
which were used to purchase  the  Affiliates  interests in the LLC. The LLC will
conduct a rights  offering  directed to the  Company's  shareholders  as soon as
practicable, which the Company believes may not occur until early 1997, enabling
the Company's shareholders to acquire all of the LLC.
<PAGE>
The  following  reconciles   securitization  proceeds,  and  related  costs  and
commissions to the recorded value at December 31, 1995:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>     
         Gross proceeds from securitization                            $233,030
         Reserves transferred to the T-Two Holder                       (23,043)
         Net commissions paid at closing                                 (3,487)
         Contract Rights not sold                                        38,000
         Reserves to be returned to Company within 90 days                9,415
         Legal, professional and other closing costs *                  (15,621)
         Loss on Hedges                                                  (2,613)
                                                                       --------
         Estimated net realizable value - December 31, 1995            $235,681
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>

* Includes all costs incurred  subsequent to December 31, 1995 through the
  Closing Date.

NOTE 4 - NOTES AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
- ------------------------------------

Notes and other receivables  primarily consist of deferred payment  arrangements
on  assets  previously  liquidated  by  Integrated  and  economic  interests  of
equipment  leasing  subsidiaries  (including  management fees  receivable).  The
Company has recorded  liquidation values on deferred payment  arrangements based
on estimated  recoverable cash flows based on the specific  liquidation strategy
for each asset. The receivables  relating to the equipment leasing  subsidiaries
are based primarily on scheduled  lease payments as well as recurring  quarterly
distributions  and fees  received  from  partnerships  originally  sponsored  by
Integrated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31,     December 31,
                                                        1995             1994
                                                    ------------     ------------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>      
Receivable from TSA Note (a) ...................      $  29,030       $  26,469
Notes and other receivables (b) ................         38,764          54,276
Receivable from sale of life insurance
  operations ...................................          7,499           8,235
Other (c) ......................................         18,499         372,907
                                                      ---------       ---------
                                                         93,792         461,887
Less non-recourse indebtedness (c) .............        (17,599)       (372,204)
                                                      ---------       ---------

                                                      $  76,193       $  89,683
                                                      =========       =========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
(a)      Represents the value of a receivable relating to deferred cash proceeds
         from the sale of  Integrated's  tax shelter  annuity  business  through
         December 31, 2000.  The  components of the change in the net realizable
         value from December 31, 1994 to December 31, 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>    
                      December 31, 1994                       $26,469
                      Cash proceeds received                   (7,709)
                      Asset revaluation                        10,270
                                                              -------
                      December 31, 1995                       $29,030
                                                              =======
</TABLE>

The net realizable  value of these deferred cash proceeds have been increased by
$10.3 million,  based on recent  independent third party appraisals  received by
the Company.

(b)      Includes receivables of the Company's equipment leasing subsidiaries of
         approximately  $23 and $29  million  at  December  31,  1995 and  1994,
         respectively.

(c)      Includes  wraparound  mortgages due from certain  limited  partnerships
         with  interest at 7% to 14.55% and due in  installments  through  2014,
         which are collateralized principally by second liens on commercial real
         estate  properties  owned  by  limited  partnerships.  The  unamortized
         principal  amount  of  such  mortgages  receivable,  including  accrued
         interest,   exceeds  the  corresponding   unamortized   amount  of  the
         underlying  mortgages  payable  (non-recourse   indebtedness  of  $17.6
         million).

         During the second  quarter,  the Company sold a first mortgage note and
         assigned  its  interest  in a wrap  around  mortgage  in  two  separate
         transactions   aggregating   $500  thousand.   As  a  result  of  these
         transactions,  the Company was  released of  non-recourse  indebtedness
         obligations of approximately $353.9 million.


NOTE 5 - ESTIMATED COSTS OF LIQUIDATION
- ---------------------------------------

The estimated costs of liquidation include current accounts payable, obligations
under disputed  bankruptcy claims,  obligations of the Company and the estimated
future costs to liquidate the Company pursuant to the Plan.

Estimated costs of liquidation include the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       December 31,   December 31,
                                                           1995           1994
                                                       ------------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>      
Reserve for disputed claims ......................       $  7,000       $ 31,026
Estimated general and administrative
     costs .......................................         46,323         74,266
Other ............................................         11,315          7,751
                                                         --------       --------
                                                         $ 64,638       $113,043
                                                         ========       ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Pursuant to the  consummation  of the Plan,  certain  amounts were  reserved for
claims filed by creditors of Integrated,  which, due to either the nature of the
claim or the  amount  requested,  had not yet been  resolved.  Reserves  for the
maximum  amounts under the provisions of the Plan were recorded.  As settlements
are  reached on these  claims,  cash is either  disbursed  to the  claimant,  or
released to the  Company.  As of December  31,  1995,  approximately  $7 million
remained in reserve for disputed claims.

Estimated  general and  administrative  costs are based upon  current  facts and
circumstances,  and has decreased  from the prior year primarily due to payments
made in 1995.

A summary of the changes in estimated costs of liquidation are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>      
     Balance - November 3, 1994                                       $ 607,396
     Amounts paid for bankruptcy claims,
         settlements, administration and operations  (A)               (494,353)
                                                                      ---------

     Balance - December 31, 1994  (B)                                   113,043
                                                                      ---------

     Amounts paid for bankruptcy claims,
         settlements, administration and operations (C)                 (45,826)
     Adjustments to estimated costs of liquidation                       (2,579)
                                                                      ---------

     Balance - December 31, 1995 (B)                                  $  64,638
                                                                      =========
</TABLE>
(A)      Includes  payments  on allowed and  disputed  bankruptcy  claims  filed
         against  Integrated  of  approximately  $447  million  and $9  million,
         respectively.

(B)      The estimated  costs of  liquidation  may be adjusted in future periods
         primarily due to the timing and type of asset sales and the  resolution
         of disputed  claims.  Actual costs of liquidation  are likely to differ
         from estimated costs and these differences may be material.

(C)      Includes payments of approximately $21.6 million on disputed bankruptcy
         claims that were settled during 1995.

NOTE 6 - ESTIMATED INCOME TAX LIABILITY
- ---------------------------------------

As a result of the inability of Presidio to use  Integrated's net operating loss
carry forwards, the Company has recorded an estimated tax liability.
<PAGE>
Estimated tax liabilities consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     December 31,      December 31,
                                                         1995              1994
                                                     ------------      ------------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>    
Contract rights ............................           $ 3,000           $ 8,000
Other ......................................             3,000             2,000
                                                       -------           -------
Estimated income tax liability .............           $ 6,000           $10,000
                                                       =======           =======
</TABLE>

Actual tax obligations may differ from estimated  amounts,  primarily due to the
timing of future liquidation activities and these differences may be material.

During  1995,  the  Company  paid  taxes  of $2.2  million  primarily  from  the
liquidation of its general partnership interests in Majco (See Note 2).

NOTE 7 - COMMON STOCK
- ---------------------

The Company has 11.25  million  shares of common  stock  authorized,  with a par
value of U.S. $.01 per share.  Creditors of  Integrated  were issued 8.8 million
Class A shares (including  162,932 shares reserved in respect of disputed claims
of which 47,081 shares remained in reserve at December 31, 1995) and IR Partners
received 1,200,000 Class B shares.

The rights and privileges of the Class A and Class B shares are identical except
with respect to elections of directors and certain  restrictions  on transfer of
Class B shares. Additionally, 13,650 shares were issued to the Class A directors
on the  Consummation  Date  (4,550 of which  were  forfeited  to the  Company in
February  1995 and later  reissued to a new  director).  The  1,200,000  Class B
shares held by IR Partners  are  convertible  in certain  circumstances  into an
equivalent number of Class A shares.

NOTE 8 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
- -----------------------------------

On November 3, 1994, Presidio entered into an administrative  services agreement
with  Concurrency,  whereby  Concurrency  will be responsible for the day to day
administration  of the Company.  Effective  January 1, 1996,  this agreement was
assigned  to  Wexford.  Concurrency  was 100%  owned by  Joseph M.  Jacobs,  the
President and a director of Presidio.  Charles E.  Davidson,  the Chairman and a
director of Presidio,  and the beneficial owner of Presidio  Management LLC, and
Joseph M. Jacobs are members of Wexford.

The Company has also entered into management agreements with Presidio Management
and Steinhardt pursuant to which Presidio Management will manage the Company and
its liquidation and Steinhardt  will render certain  consulting  services to the
Company.

These  agreements  require  the  Company  to pay both  Presidio  Management  and
Steinhardt  management  fees of $1.25  million  per year for a three year period
expiring  November 3, 1997.  Presidio  Management  has directed  that 50% of its
annual  management  fee be paid to Mr.  Jacobs.  In  March  1996,  the  Board of
Directors of Presidio approved the assignment of Presidio Management's Agreement
to  Wexford.  During  1995,  Presidio  reimbursed  Concurrency  $4.3  million in
connection with the operation and administration of the Company.
<PAGE>
NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
- --------------------------------------

The Company  established  a reserve on the  Consummation  Date of $46 million in
cash ($7 million of which  remained in reserve at December 31, 1995) and 162,932
Class A shares in respect of disputed claims against Integrated (47,081 of which
remained  in reserve at  December  31,  1995).  These  claims  represent  claims
unresolved as of the Consummation  Date.  Additionally,  certain  creditors have
disputed the amounts of cash and common shares  received upon  completion of the
distribution  process.  As such claims are resolved,  cash and or shares will be
disbursed  to the  prevailing  claimant.  If claims are resolved in favor of the
Company,  reserved cash will revert back to the Company,  while reserved  shares
will be made available for purchase to the current Class A shareholders.

Presidio has reserved  $10 million to provide for  indemnification  of Qualified
Indemnities  (former officers and directors of Integrated and its  subsidiaries)
against claims  relating to certain pre-  bankruptcy  conduct.  The indemnity is
secured by $10 million in cash  collateral as well as the stock of the Company's
non-U.S.  subsidiaries.  Under this  agreement,  the Company must also  maintain
certain minimum net worth requirements  throughout the liquidation process which
may restrict Presidio's ability to pay future dividends.

Additionally,  Presidio  has  deposited  into an escrow  account  $1  million as
security for the indemnification of the Company's Class A Directors. Presidio is
obligated  to increase  such  security by the greater of $750  thousand or 1% of
distributions made in each quarter up to a maximum of $10 million.  During 1995,
the Company  deposited  $2.25 million as additional  security into this account.
All security holders are reflected as restricted cash.

NOTE 10 - REVALUATION OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
- -----------------------------------------------

The increase in Net Assets in Liquidation  resulting from  revaluation,  for the
year ended December 31, 1995 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended
                                                                   December 31, 1995
                                                                   -----------------
<S>                                                                    <C>     
Increase in estimated net
   realizable value of assets (a) ..........................           $ 66,988

Decrease in estimated costs
   of liquidation ..........................................              2,579

Return of overpayments and
   bankruptcy settlements ..................................              3,619

Other ......................................................             (1,173)

Decrease in estimated tax liability ........................              1,795
                                                                       --------
                                                                       $ 73,808
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>
(a)      Such increases relate principally to Contract Rights, $30 million (Note
         3), TSA, $10 million (Note 4) and Investments, $10 million (Note 2).
<PAGE>
NOTE 11 - DIVIDENDS PAID/ACCRUED
- --------------------------------

During 1995,  Presidio  paid  dividends of $8.49 per share ($85  million) to all
shareholders of record.  On December 27, 1995,  Presidio  declared a dividend of
$1.00 per share ($10  million) to all  shareholders  of record as of January 12,
1996. This dividend is reflected as a liability at December 31, 1995. On January
23, 1996  Presidio  declared  dividends of $2.00 per share ($20  million) to all
shareholders of record as of January 29, 1996.  These dividends were paid in the
first quarter of 1996.  Additionally,  on March 27, 1996, Presidio announced the
approval for payment of a $3.25 per share ($32.5  million)  dividend  payable on
April 12, 1996 to all shareholders of record as of April 3, 1996.

NOTE 12 - LITIGATION
- --------------------

Presidio  and its  subsidiaries  are  parties to various  legal  proceedings  as
successors to Integrated and its subsidiaries. The following is a description of
material litigation in which the Company is involved.

THE HALLWOOD GROUP INCORPORATED V. STEINHARDT  MANAGEMENT COMPANY,  INC., ET AL.
Presidio and two  subsidiaries,  Presidio LP Corp.  and  Presidio GP Corp.  (the
"Presidio  Defendants"),  have been named as  defendants  in this  action  which
commenced  in May 1995 in the  United  States  District  Court for the  Southern
District of New York.  The complaint  alleges that the Presidio  Defendants  are
affiliates  of Steinhardt  Management  and as such are liable for a $1.5 million
fee allegedly owed the plaintiff under a written  agreement  between  Steinhardt
Management  and the  plaintiff.  The Presidio  Defendants  have filed an answer,
dated July 7, 1995 denying the material  allegations of the complaint.  Document
discovery is underway, but there have not yet been any depositions taken in this
case.

WEBBCO V. TELE-COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., ET AL.; THE CARTER REVOCABLE TRUST V. TELE
COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., ET AL. IR-Daniels II and IR-Daniels III, two partnerships
(the "Daniels General Partners") in which an indirect  subsidiary of Presidio is
the co-general partner, and Integrated Cable Corp. have been named as defendants
in two Integrated Cable Corp. class action lawsuits  commenced in September 1994
in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado. The complaints
allege  that the Daniels  General  Partners,  which  serve as  managing  general
partners of two publicly held  partnerships  (the "Daniels  Partnerships"),  and
certain affiliated entities committed  violations of Sections 10(b) and 14(a) of
the Exchange Act and breached their fiduciary  duties to limited partners of the
Daniels  Partnerships in connection  with the sale of the Daniels  Partnerships'
assets.  The complaints  assert that the proxy  statements  issued in connection
with those sales  contained  material  false or  misleading  information  and/or
failed to disclose material information and assert that certain actions taken in
connection with the sales constituted breaches of fiduciary duty. The complaints
seek unspecified  monetary damages.  The defendants filed motions to dismiss the
complaint,  which were denied by the District  Court.  The defendants  intend to
contest vigorously the allegations asserted against them.
<PAGE>
MARK ERWIN,  TRUSTEE,  ET. AL. V. RESOURCES HIGH EQUITY, INC., ET. AL. (the "HEP
Action").  Resources High Equity,  Inc.,  Resources Capital Corp. and Integrated
Resources Equity Corporation,  three former indirect  subsidiaries of Integrated
(the "HEP Subsidiaries),  together with a number of other defendants,  including
certain former officers of Integrated (collectively the "HEP Defendants"),  have
been named as defendants in this  purported  class action which was commenced in
May 1993 in the Superior Court for the State of California for the County of Los
Angeles (the "Court").  One derivative cause of action relating to assertions of
breach of fiduciary duty was dismissed with prejudice in January 1995. As to the
remaining claims in the HEP Action,  the B&S Settlement  Agreement  requires the
Company to relinquish their right to collect and receive future asset management
fees,  in exchange for an increase in their  general  partnership  interest from
five percent to  twenty-five  percent and the dismissal of the remaining  claims
with  prejudice.  The HEP Action was stayed while the parties  renegotiated  the
terms of the B&S Settlement Agreement as it pertains to this action.

On July 19,  1995,  the Court  preliminarily  approved a  settlement  of the HEP
Action and approved the form of a notice (the "Notice") concerning such proposed
settlement.  In  response  to  the  Notice,  approximately  4%  of  the  limited
partnership  interests in of the HEP  Partnerships  requested  exclusion  and 15
limited  partners  filed  written  objections  to the proposed  settlement.  The
California  Department of Corporations  also sent a letter to the Court opposing
the settlement.  Five objecting limited partners,  represented by two law firms,
also made motions to intervene so they could  participate  more  directly in the
action. The motions to intervene were granted by the Superior Court on September
14, 1995.

In October and  November  1995,  the  attorneys  for the  plaintiffs-intervenors
conducted  extensive  discovery.   At  the  same  time,  there  were  continuing
negotiations concerning possible revisions to the proposed settlement.

On November 30, 1995,  the original  plaintiffs and the  intervening  plaintiffs
filed a  Consolidated  Class  and  Derivative  Action  Complaint  ("Consolidated
Complaint") against the Company and the HEP Partnerships,  alleging, among other
things, breach of fiduciary duties, breach of contract and negligence.

On or about January 31, 1996,  the parties to the B&S  Litigation  agreed upon a
revised  settlement,  which would be  significantly  more  favorable  to the HEP
limited  partners  than  the  previously  proposed  settlement.  The  settlement
provides for the  reorganization  of the HEP  Partnerships,  through an exchange
(the  "Exchange") in which limited partners (the  "Participating  Investors") of
the   partnerships   participating   in   the   Exchange   (the   "Participating
Partnerships")  would receive,  in exchange for the partnership units, shares of
common stock  ("Shares") of a newly-formed  corporation,  Millennium  Properties
Inc.  ("Millennium").  Millennium intends to qualify as a real estate investment
trust. Such  reorganization  would only be effected with respect to a particular
partnership if holders of a majority of the outstanding units of the partnership
consent to such reorganization pursuant to a Consent Solicitation Statement (the
"Consent  Solicitation  Statement")  which would be sent to all limited partners
after the settlement is approved by the Court. 84.65% of the Shares to be issued
in the Exchange would be allocated to  Participating  Investors in the aggregate
(assuming  each of the  Partnerships  participate in the Exchange) and 15.35% of
the Shares to be  allocated  to the Company in  consideration  of the  Company's
existing  interest in the Participating  Partnerships and its  relinquishment of
entitlement to receive fees and expense  reimbursements,  and the payment by the
Company of certain amounts for legal fees.
<PAGE>
As part of the  Exchange,  shares  issued to  Participating  Investors  would be
accompanied by options granting such Investors the rights to require the Company
to purchase such shares at a price of $11.50 per share,  exercisable  during the
three month  period  commencing  nine  months  after the  effective  date of the
Exchange. A maximum of 1.5 million Shares  (representing  approximately 17.7% of
the total Shares issued to investors if all partnerships  participate)  would be
required to be purchased if all partnerships  participate in the Exchange.  Also
as part of the  Exchange,  the  Company  would  agree  that  in the  event  that
dividends  paid with  respect to the shares do not  aggregate at least $1.10 per
share for the first four complete fiscal quarters  following the Effective Date,
it would make a supplemental  payment to holders of such shares in the amount of
such  a  difference.   The  Company  would  provide  an  amount  not  to  exceed
approximately $2.2 million in the aggregate,  for the payment of attorneys' fees
and  reimbursable  expenses of class counsel,  as approved by the Court, and the
costs of providing notice to the class (assuming that all three HEP Partnerships
participate in the Exchange).  The Company would advance to the HEP Partnerships
the amounts necessary to cover other fees and expenses (but not their litigation
costs and expenses, which the Company would bear in full). Upon the effectuation
of this revised Exchange, the B&S Litigation would be dismissed with prejudice.

On February 8, 1996, at a hearing on preliminary approval of the settlement, the
Court  determined  that in light of renewed  objections to the settlement by the
California  Department  of  Corporations,  the Court would  appoint a securities
litigation  expert to  evaluate  the  settlement,  and to advise the Court as to
whether any changes  need to be made.  If final  approval of the  settlement  is
granted  by  the  Court,  the  Consent  Solicitation  Statement  concerning  the
settlement and the reorganization would be sent to all limited partnerships. The
reorganization of the HEP Partnerships  cannot be consummated  unless a majority
of the  limited  partners  in the HEP  Partnerships  affirmatively  approve  the
settlement.

600 GRANT STREET  ASSOCIATES  LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP V. GENERAL  ELECTRIC  CAPITAL
CORPORATION,  ET AL. Sivram Corp.  and Grant  Property  Corp.  (the  "Affiliated
Defendants"),  two  indirect  subsidiaries  of  Presidio,  have  been  named  as
defendants  in this action which was  commenced in December 1994 in the Court of
Common Pleas of Philadelphia County,  Pennsylvania.  The complaint asserts three
causes of action  against  the  Affiliated  Defendants  for breach of  contract,
declaratory   relief  that  the  plaintiff  has  not  breached  its  contractual
obligations,  and an accounting.  The claim for breach of contract seeks damages
in excess of $50 million as well as punitive damages. The Affiliated  Defendants
have filed an answer  denying the  material  allegations  of the  complaint  and
intend to vigorously contest the allegations against them.
<PAGE>
WRIGHT V. INTEGRATED AIRCRAFT FUND MANAGEMENT CORP., ET. AL. Integrated Aircraft
Fund Management  Corp.,  Integrated  Resources  Marketing,  Inc., and Integrated
Resources Equity Corp., three indirect subsidiaries of Presidio, have been named
as  defendants  in this  purported  class action which was commenced in February
1994 in the  Supreme  Court of the State of New York for the County of New York.
The first  amended  complaint  asserts  causes of actions  for fraud,  breach of
fiduciary  duty and  negligent  misrepresentation  based upon  alleged  material
misrepresentations  and  omissions  by the  defendants  in  connection  with the
offering for sale of limited  partnership units in the Aircraft Income Partners,
L.P. partnership.  The plaintiffs seek unspecified monetary damages,  rescission
and punitive damages.  On October 2, 1995, the Supreme Court of the State of New
York for the County of New York  ordered  that the motion to dismiss was granted
and the  amended  complaint  was  dismissed  in its  entirety  without  leave to
replead.  Plaintiffs  have served a Notice of Appeal  dated  January  26,  1996,
however, defendant's counsel believe plaintiffs appeal to be untimely and intend
to move to strike the Notice.

INTEGRATED RESOURCES EQUITY CORPORATION LITIGATION.  Integrated Resources Equity
Corporation  ("IREC"),  an indirect subsidiary of Presidio,  has been named as a
defendant or respondent in approximately 23 lawsuits and arbitration proceedings
arising  out  of  its  conduct  as a  broker-dealer  in  securities.  Integrated
Resources  Marketing  Corporation  ("IRMI"),   another  indirect  subsidiary  of
Presidio, has also been named as a defendant or a respondent in several of these
actions.  The majority of these  lawsuits  seek damages for former  customers of
IREC  arising  out of  purchases  or sales  of  securities.  IREC and the  other
defendants in these actions are  vigorously  defending  each of the lawsuits and
arbitration proceedings.

PRESIDIO CR HOLDINGS,  L.P. V. BOFORD ASSOCIATES LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP ET. AL. In
November  1994,  Integrated  filed a complaint in the United  States  Bankruptcy
Court for the  Southern  District of New York  against 20  partnerships  and all
unknown  interested  parties.  The named  partnership  defendants are parties to
agreements pursuant to which certain Contract Rights (representing approximately
18% of the aggregate Contract Rights,  based on scheduled Primary Term Payments)
were  granted to former  subsidiaries  of  Integrated  (which were  subsequently
merged into Integrated). The complaint alleged that documentation underlying the
Contract  Rights has been lost or misplaced  and sought a  declaratory  judgment
that the Contract  Rights are held and owned by Integrated.  As the successor in
interest under the Plan,  Presidio CR Holdings,  L.P., whose general and limited
partners are wholly-owned  subsidiaries of Presidio,  filed an amended complaint
to make it clear that the declaratory  judgment  relates solely to the ownership
of the  Contract  Rights  prior to the  Consummation  Date.  On October 10, 1995
Presidio CR Holdings,  L.P.  obtained a judgement that such Contract Rights were
property of Integrated's estate as of the Consummation Date.
<PAGE>
ISRAEL AIRCRAFT INDUSTRIES V. INTEGRATED AIRCRAFT CORP. On or about December 14,
1995, a complaint was filed by Israel  Aircraft  Industries LTD (Bedek  Aviation
Division)  ("IAI"),  in the Ontario Court (General  Division) in the Province of
Ontario,  City of Toronto (the "Ontario  Action").  The Ontario  Action named as
defendants  Integrated  Aircraft  Corp.("IAC")  (a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of
Presidio Equipment Leasing), Jetall Airways, Inc ("Jetall"), Jetall Holding Corp
and Arie Tall. IAC is the lessor of a Boeing 737-200  aircraft (the  "Aircraft")
leased  to  Jetall  pursuant  to a lease  agreement  dated  August  6, 1993 (the
"Lease").  Pursuant to a letter agreement dated August 11, 1993, IAC agreed with
IAI to provide  Jetall with up to $850  thousand of rental  credits owing to IAC
under the Lease in order to induce IAI to perform  certain work on the Aircraft.
The complaint  alleged,  among other things,  that IAC and Jetall  conspired and
illegally agreed to interfere with the contractual  relationships  existing with
IAI and that IAC induced  Jetall to breach its agreement with IAI. The complaint
seeks  US$386  thousand  for breach of agreement  and  exemplary  damages in the
amount of $1 million, plus interest. IAC's counsel has filed a motion to dismiss
the action based on lack of jurisdiction, inconvenient form and failure to state
a claim.

BENTLEY KING  ASSOCIATES V. FILLMORE  CENTER  PROJECTS CORP. ET. AL. On December
12, 1995,  Bentley King  Associates  ("BKA") filed suit against  Fillmore Center
Project Corp.  ("FCPC"),  Presidio  Fillmore  Corp.,  Presidio and Citicorp Real
Estate,  Inc. and several of its  participant  banks ("CREI")  alleging  various
causes of action  relating to a consulting  agreement  between BKA and FCPC. The
claims asserted are for breach of contract,  breach of fiduciary duties,  fraud,
interference with contractual and prospectus  advantage,  breach of the covenant
of good faith dealing,  negligence,  negligent  misrepresentation and fraudulent
conveyance.  BKA alleges that the defendants  conspired in order to avoid having
to pay  BKA  (1) a  percentage  of  lawsuit  proceeds  stemming  from  defective
construction  of its  apartment/retail  complex,  and  (2) a  percentage  of the
proceeds from the sale of that complex.  As of March 1, 1996,  neither  Presidio
Fillmore Corp. nor Presidio have been served.  Accordingly,  neither has made an
appearance  in BKA's  lawsuit.  If served,  both  Presidio  Fillmore  Corp.  and
Presidio intend to vigorously defend BKA's lawsuit.

         The Company is involved in certain other legal  proceedings  arising in
the ordinary course of the Company's business. The Company does not believe that
such claims or lawsuits,  individually or in the aggregate, will have a material
adverse effect on its financial condition or operations.

<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors of
Integrated Resources, Inc.

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of net  assets in
liquidation of Integrated  Resources,  Inc. (the "Company") and  subsidiaries at
December  31, 1993 and the  related  consolidated  statements  of changes in net
assets in liquidation for the periods  January 1, 1994 through  November 2, 1994
and October 1, 1993  through  December 31, 1993.  These  consolidated  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts  and the  disclosures  in the  financial  statements.  An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by  management,   as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall   financial   statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

The Company  filed for voluntary  reorganization  under Chapter 11 of the United
States  Bankruptcy  Code and  operated  as a  debtor-in-possession  through  the
consummation of the Sixth Amended Plan of Reorganization confirmed by the United
States   Bankruptcy  Court.  As  a  result  of  the  approval  of  the  plan  of
reorganization,  the Company adopted the liquidation basis of accounting for all
periods  subsequent to September 30, 1993;  as such the  consolidated  financial
statements reflect assets at estimated net realizable amounts and liabilities at
anticipated settlement amounts.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the net assets in liquidation of the Company and subsidiaries
at December 31, 1993 and the changes in their net assets in liquidation  for the
periods  January 1, 1994  through  November 2, 1994 and October 1, 1993  through
December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally accepted  accounting  principles
on the basis described in the preceding paragraph.

As emphasized in Notes 1 and 6 to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the
Company  determined the amounts realizable from the disposition of the remaining
assets,  the amounts of certain  liabilities and the outcome of litigation using
various assumptions about future events.

Deloitte & Touche LLP





New York, New York
August 4, 1995
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    INTEGRATED RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION
                                 (Expressed in thousands of United States dollars)


                                                                    December 31,
                                                                        1993
                                                                    -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>        
Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents .................................         $   582,273

Investments ...............................................              77,179

Contract rights ...........................................             220,755

Notes and other receivables (net of non-
  recourse indebtedness of $378,222) ......................             149,158

Other assets ..............................................              22,965
                                                                    -----------

         Total assets .....................................         $ 1,052,330
                                                                    -----------

Liabilities:

Short-term loans ..........................................         $   765,058

Estimated costs of liquidation ............................             460,804

Senior indebtedness .......................................             252,167

Subordinated indebtedness .................................             606,511

Adjustment of liabilities to
  estimated settlement amounts ............................          (1,032,210)
                                                                    -----------

         Total liabilities ................................           1,052,330
                                                                    -----------

             Net Assets in Liquidation ....................         $      --
                                                                    ===========


                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   INTEGRATED RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS IN LIQUIDATION
                (Expressed in thousands of United States dollars)


                                                   January 1,        October 1,
                                                  1994 through      1993 through
                                                   November 2,      December 31,
                                                      1994              1993
                                                  -----------       ----------- 
<S>                                               <C>               <C>      
Net Liabilities in Liquidation,
  beginning of period ......................      $      --                --

Shareholders' deficit, October 1,
  1993 (going concern basis) ...............             --         $(1,051,931)

Adjustments to reflect change to
  liquidation basis ........................             --             (19,207)
                                                  -----------       ----------- 

Net liabilities in liquidation
   October 1, 1993 .........................             --          (1,071,138)

   Increase to estimated net
     realizable value of assets ............             --              38,928

   Adjustment of liabilities to
     estimated settlement amounts ..........             --           1,032,210
                                                  -----------       ----------- 

      Net change in net assets in
        liquidation ........................             --           1,071,138
                                                  -----------       ----------- 

Net Assets in Liquidation, end of
  period ...................................      $      --         $      --
                                                  ===========       ===========


                 See notes to consolidated financial statements
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                   INTEGRATED RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- ---------------------------------------------------------

During June 1989,  Integrated  experienced  liquidity and financial problems. On
February  13, 1990,  Integrated  filed a voluntary  petition for  reorganization
under  Chapter  11  of  the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code.  Subsidiaries  of
Integrated  did not file  Chapter  11  petitions.  Under the  provisions  of the
Bankruptcy  Code,  Integrated  operated its  business as a  debtor-in-possession
subject to the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court. Integrated operated in this
manner  through  the  Consummation  Date,  when all assets  were  either sold or
distributed to creditors in accordance with the Plan.

Liquidation Basis

Integrated  adopted the  liquidation  basis of accounting  effective  October 1,
1993.  The  liquidation  basis of accounting  is  appropriate  when  liquidation
appears  imminent and a company is no longer  viewed as a going  concern.  Under
this method of accounting,  assets are stated at their  estimated net realizable
values and liabilities are stated at their estimated settlement amounts.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include time deposits, certificates of deposit and all
liquid debt  instruments  (including  commercial  paper and treasury bills) with
original maturities of three months or less.

Net Assets Held For Sale

Net  assets  held for sale  includes  assets or  businesses  held for sale which
management intends to liquidate. Such assets have been recorded at estimated net
realizable value.

Non-recourse Indebtedness

Non-recourse  indebtedness  represents  obligations  on wraparound  mortgages of
certain real estate subsidiaries.  These obligations are collateralized by first
liens on commercial real estate properties owned by limited partnerships and are
recorded net of related receivables.

Estimated Costs of Liquidation

The estimated  costs of liquidation  represent the estimated costs of operations
through expected  termination.  These costs include  management fees,  estimated
reimbursable  expenses,  the fees of outside  professionals and other costs, and
are based on various  assumptions.  The estimated  costs of  liquidation  assume
liquidation within three to five years, in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan.  Actual  total costs of  liquidation  are likely to differ from  estimated
costs and these differences may be material.
<PAGE>
Net Realizable Value

In determining the net realizable values of the assets,  each asset's ability to
generate future cash flow, offers received from third parties, if any, and other
general market  information was considered.  Such  information was considered in
conjunction  with  the plan  for  disposition  of  assets.  Computations  of net
realizable  value  necessitate  the use of  assumptions  and  estimates.  Future
events,  including  economic  conditions  that relate to real estate  markets in
general,  may differ from those assumed or estimated in the  computations.  As a
result,  the  amounts  ultimately  realized  may  differ  from  those  currently
reflected in these financial statements.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Integrated and its
subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.


NOTE 2 - INVESTMENTS
- --------------------

Investments held by Integrated consist of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       December 31,
                                                                          1993
                                                                         -------

                                                                         (000's)

<S>                                                                      <C>    
Equity securities ...........................................            $ 4,160
Interests in limited partnerships ...........................             73,019
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $77,179
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

Interests  in limited  partnerships  include  general  and  limited  partnership
interests  in both public and  privately  held  partnerships  which  invested in
leveraged and unleveraged real estate and various operating businesses.  The net
realizable  value of these  interests was based on recent  offers  received from
third parties,  expected  management fees and  distributions  through  estimated
dates of disposal and/or  expected net liquidation  proceeds to be realized upon
dissolution of these partnership interests.

Interests in limited  partnerships  also include  interests in certain  programs
which were liquidated in 1994.  Total proceeds from these sales aggregated $20.3
million.

NOTE 3 - CONTRACT RIGHTS
- ------------------------

Integrated is entitled to deferred  acquisition fees plus interest in connection
with its  organization,  from  1978 to 1985,  of  privately  offered  net  lease
Partnerships (the "Partnerships"). Such Partnerships invested in commercial real
estate leased primarily to investment grade tenants under  non-cancelable,  long
term, triple net leases that generally  provided for 25 year primary terms, with
options to renew granted to the tenant for additional terms of up to 30 years.
<PAGE>
Contract  rights  ("Contract  Rights")  are  agreements  that were  entered into
between a Partnership  and  Integrated or an Integrated  subsidiary  pursuant to
which the Partnership agreed to pay certain amounts over the primary and renewal
terms of the underlying  lease.  The Contract  Rights provide for the accrual of
simple  interest  for the term of contract  right,  which is generally 40 years.
During the first 15 years of the leased term,  interest  accrues and no payments
on the  contract  right are made by the  Partnership.  A portion of the  current
interest is paid during the  remainder  of the  initial  lease term.  Generally,
payments  over the renewal  periods of the lease,  would be sufficient to retire
the  Contract  Rights  assuming  the  tenants  renew  their  leases and make all
payments  thereunder.  At present,  however,  it is  impossible to predict which
tenants,  if any, will choose to renew their leases. The Contract Rights are due
upon certain events including disposition of the property by the Partnership.

Payment  of the  contract  right  is  subordinate  to any  outstanding  mortgage
indebtedness  which is expected to be fully amortized during the primary term of
the lease  (assuming such mortgages have not been  refinanced with new mortgages
whose debt  service  extends  into the  renewal  term of the  lease).  While the
Contract  Rights are financial  obligations  of the  Partnerships  that own real
estate,  the substantial  majority of their value is not related to the value of
the underlying  real estate.  Rather the key  determinate of value of a Contract
Right is the credit  worthiness of the tenant on the underlying  net lease,  not
the value of the property itself without such tenancy.

As the Contract  Right  portfolio is  considered  the  equivalent of a financial
instrument,  the  valuation of the  portfolio is contingent on current or future
economic  events.  The net  realizable  value of the  Contract  Right  portfolio
considered numerous factors including tenant credit rating, expected future cash
flows  under  their  terms  of the  Contract  Rights  (as  amended)  and  market
conditions.  Such events may cause  future  changes to the value of the Contract
Right  portfolio.  The  foregoing  discussions  related to the Contract  Rights,
generally.  The terms and provisions of individual Contract Rights may differ in
certain respects.

NOTE 4 - NOTES AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
- ------------------------------------

Notes and other receivables  primarily consist of deferred payment  arrangements
on  liquidated  assets and  receivables  from  interests  of  equipment  leasing
subsidiaries (including management fees receivable.)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     December 31,
                                                                         1993
                                                                      ---------
                                                                       (000's)
<S>                                                                   <C>      
Receivable from TSA Note (a) ...............................          $  33,464
Notes and other receivables (b) ............................             82,299
Interest receivable ........................................             24,457
Receivable from sale of life insurance
  operations ...............................................              8,235
Other (c) ..................................................            378,925
                                                                      ---------
                                                                        527,380
Less non-recourse indebtedness (c) .........................           (378,222)
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      $ 149,158
                                                                      =========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
(a)      Represents the value of a receivable relating to deferred cash proceeds
         from the sale of  Integrated's  tax shelter annuity  business,  through
         December 31, 2000.

(b)      Includes receivables of the Company's equipment leasing subsidiaries of
         approximately $37 million.

(c)      Includes  wraparound  mortgages due from certain  limited  partnerships
         with  interest at 7% to 14.55% and due in  installments  through  2014,
         which are collateralized principally by second liens on commercial real
         estate  properties  owned  by  limited  partnerships.  The  unamortized
         principal  amount  of  such  mortgages  receivable,  including  accrued
         interest,   exceeds  the  corresponding   unamortized   amount  of  the
         underlying mortgages payable  (non-recourse  indebtedness of $378,000),
         substantially  all of which is not reflected  here in  accordance  with
         Company's policy to record all such assets at their realizable value.


NOTE 5 - ADJUSTMENT OF LIABILITIES TO ESTIMATED SETTLEMENT AMOUNTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

The adoption of the liquidation basis of accounting  required the revaluation of
assets to their estimated net realizable value. The adjustment of liabilities to
estimated  settlement  amounts  assumes  that all assets  will be  disbursed  as
settlement  of  Integrated's  obligations,   and  the  ultimate  obligations  of
Integrated are not to exceed the expected net realizable value of its assets.

NOTE 6 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
- --------------------------------------

Integrated  had more than 50  lawsuits  brought by certain  limited  partners of
various  partnerships  against its  subsidiaries  and former  affiliates.  These
actions claimed among other things,  violations of state and federal  securities
laws,  common law fraud,  negligence,  breach of fiduciary duty and violation of
the federal RICO laws and certain state fraud statutes.

A  subsidiary  of  Integrated  that  was  engaged  in the  sale of  Integrated's
investment  products is a party to a number of actions that arose in the conduct
of  its  former  securities  business.   Integrated's  successor  is  vigorously
defending  all such  actions and is unable to predict the  eventual  outcome and
impact of such litigation, on the consolidated financial statements.
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors of
Integrated Resources, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of operations and cash
flows of Integrated  Resources,  Inc. (the "Company") and  subsidiaries  for the
nine-month  period ended September 30, 1993. These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements,  on November 3,
1994, a plan of reorganization  was consummated;  as such, the Company commenced
liquidation  in accordance  with the plan and as a result,  changed its basis of
accounting from the  going-concern  basis to the liquidation basis of accounting
for all periods subsequent to September 30, 1993.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects,  the results of their operations and their cash flows for the
nine-month period ended September 30, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

As emphasized in Note 9 to the consolidated  financial statements,  the Company
is party to several class actions and  shareholder  derivative  suits  resulting
from the Company's liquidity and financial problems.



New York, New York
August 4, 1995
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INTEGRATED RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                       Nine-Month
                                                                        Period
                                                                         Ended
                                                                      September 30,
                                                                          1993
                                                                      -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>    
REVENUES:
  Interest and net investment income ................................    $66,022
  Income from investment programs ...................................      3,690
  Commissions, fees and miscellaneous income ........................     23,349
                                                                         -------
                                                                          93,061
                                                                         -------
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Selling, general and administrative ...............................     25,659
  Interest ..........................................................     25,184
  Restructuring costs and expenses ..................................     10,683
                                                                         -------
                                                                          61,526
                                                                         -------

            Income from continuing operations before income taxes ...     31,535

INCOME TAX PROVISION ................................................          0
                                                                         -------
           Income from continuing operations ........................     31,535

INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS -
  Net of tax ........................................................      5,660
                                                                         -------
           Income before extraordinary items ........................     37,195

EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS -  Net of tax ...................................      1,568
                                                                         -------
NET INCOME ..........................................................    $38,763
                                                                         =======

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
INTEGRATED RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS -- Continued
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                       Nine-Month
                                                                        Period
                                                                         Ended
                                                                      September 30,
                                                                          1993
                                                                      -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>    
INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
  Primary:
    From continuing operations ......................................       3.53
    From discontinued operations ....................................       0.63

           Income before extraordinary items ........................       4.16

    From extraordinary items ........................................       0.18
                                                                         -------
           Income per common share - primary ........................    $  4.34
                                                                         =======
  Fully diluted:
    From continuing operations ......................................    $  2.76
    From discontinued operations ....................................       0.49
                                                                         -------
           Income before extraordinary items ........................       3.25

    From extraordinary items ........................................       0.14
                                                                         -------
           Income per common share - fully diluted ..................    $  3.39
                                                                         =======

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INTEGRATED RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In Thousands)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                             Nine-Month
                                                                               Period
                                                                               Ended
                                                                            September 30,
                                                                                1993
                                                                            -------------
<S>                                                                          <C>      
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Income before extraordinary items .................................        $  37,195
  Adjustments to arrive at net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization ...................................            1,184
    Amortization of prepaid acquisition costs .......................                4
    Realized gains from investments .................................           (2,051)
    Gain on sale of other assets ....................................          (11,767)
    Charge for uncollectible amounts due from limited partnerships
      and unaffiliated corporations .................................            1,283
    Recovery of net assets of businesses sold, to be
      disposed of or discontinued ...................................           (4,223)
    Other writedowns of assets, net .................................               10
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Investments ...................................................            1,508
      Notes and receivables .........................................          (12,892)
      Net assets held for sale ......................................              (19)
      Accounts payable and other liabilities ........................            1,735
      Other, net ....................................................            1,670
                                                                             ---------
           Net cash provided by operating activities ................           13,637
                                                                             ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net ...................              (53)
  Change in short-term investments ..................................          (35,589)
  Sale of investments ...............................................            5,835
  Sales of net assets held for sale or syndication ..................           98,623
  Change in notes and receivables, net ..............................           20,752
  Other .............................................................              262
                                                                             ---------
           Net cash provided by investing activities ................           89,830
                                                                             ---------

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
INTEGRATED RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS -- Continued
(In Thousands)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                             Nine-Month
                                                                               Period
                                                                               Ended
                                                                            September 30,
                                                                                1993
                                                                            -------------
<S>                                                                          <C>      
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Payments of scheduled long-term debt ..............................           (1,334)
  Payments of short-term borrowings .................................             (530)
                                                                             ---------
           Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities ......           (1,864)
                                                                             ---------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ...........................          101,603

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR ........................          399,577
                                                                             ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR ..............................        $ 501,180
                                                                             =========
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
  Cash payments for the following were:
    Interest ........................................................        $   1,855
                                                                             =========
    Income taxes ....................................................        $   1,230
                                                                             =========
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE>
INTEGRATED RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NINE-MONTH PERIOD
ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993

(In Thousands, Except Shares and Per Share Amounts)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.      BASIS OF PRESENTATION OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Integrated
        Resources,  Inc. ("Integrated") and its subsidiaries (Integrated and its
        subsidiaries  are  referred  to  collectively  as  the  "Company").  All
        significant  intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated
        in consolidation.

        During  June  1989,  Integrated   experienced  liquidity  and  financial
        problems.  On February 13, 1990,  Integrated filed a voluntary  petition
        for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code
        (the  "Bankruptcy  Code").  Subsidiaries  of  Integrated  have not filed
        Chapter 11  petitions.  Under the  provisions  of the  Bankruptcy  code,
        Integrated is operating its business as a  debtor-in-possession  subject
        to the  jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy  Court (the "Court").  During May
        1994,  the Company filed the Eighth  Amended Plan of  Liquidation  ("the
        Company-sponsored Plan") with the Court. Such plan is designed to effect
        a settlement  of claims of  Integrated's  creditors and interests of its
        equity  security  holders and to result in the liquidation of Integrated
        after the disposition of the remainder of the estate.  At that time, the
        Sixth Amended Plan of Reorganization submitted by the Official Committee
        of Subordinated  Bondholders and the Steinhardt  Group (the  "Steinhardt
        Plan") was also submitted.  The two plans were voted on together and, on
        August 8, 1994, the Court confirmed the Steinhardt  Plan. The Steinhardt
        Plan is expected  to be  consummated  on or about  November 2, 1994 and,
        accordingly,  the Company-sponsored  Plan will function only as a backup
        to the Steinhardt Plan.

        All the financial  statements  included  herein were  originally  issued
        prior  to the  conclusion  of the  voting  period  for  the  plans  and,
        accordingly,  were  prepared on the  assumption  that the Company  would
        continue as a going concern.  That  assumption no longer is valid.  As a
        result,  all financial  statements  issued  hereinafter will be prepared
        using the liquidation basis of accounting.  Nevertheless,  the financial
        statements have not been restated using the liquidation basis.

        As a result of filing a Chapter 11 petition,  unless otherwise permitted
        by the Court,  Integrated may not pay any of its liabilities  which were
        incurred prior to February 13, 1990 or any  liabilities of  subsidiaries
        which were guaranteed by Integrated.

        No interest expense or amortization of debt issuance costs of Integrated
        has been recorded  subsequent to February 12, 1990.  Interest expense of
        all consolidated subsidiaries is included for all periods shown.
<PAGE>
        The Court  entered an order  which set  September  12,  1990 as the date
        ("Bar  Date") by which  claims in existence at the date of filing of the
        Chapter 11  petition  had to be filed with the  Court.  With  respect to
        certain  classes of  creditors,  later bar dates have been  established.
        Holders of claims subject to the order which were not filed by that date
        are barred from voting upon or receiving  distributions pursuant to such
        claims  under the plan of  reorganization  of  Integrated.  Thousands of
        claims  were  asserted  prior to the Bar Date and  amounts  claimed  are
        substantially  in excess of the  liabilities  recorded  on  Integrated's
        balance sheet.  Since the Bar Date, the Company has continued to analyze
        the claims  filed  against  Integrated  and has  allowed  or  expunged a
        substantial  number  of the  claims.  Based  on its  analysis  to  date,
        Integrated  does not  expect  the  remaining  claims  reflected  in such
        filings to result in a significant increase in Integrated's liabilities.
        However,  because the analysis has not yet been completed,  there can be
        no  assurance  that  additional  liabilities  will not  result  from the
        pre-petition claims filed.

        In response to the  liquidity  and  financial  problems  that led to the
        Chapter 11 filing,  Integrated adopted a business plan pursuant to which
        the Company (i) has sold or intends to sell, dispose of or discontinue a
        substantial   portion  of  its  businesses  and  operations;   (ii)  has
        terminated  sponsoring  and  offering  publicly-  and  privately-offered
        limited  partnerships  and real estate  investment  trusts  ("Investment
        Programs");  (iii) has made and intends to continue to make  substantial
        reductions in selling,  general and administrative  expenses and (iv) is
        seeking  to  maximize  its  available   invested  cash   balances.   The
        consolidated  financial statements give effect to certain decisions made
        pursuant to this business plan, as amended. As a result of this plan and
        other effects of the Chapter 11 filing,  the historical  results for the
        nine-month   period  ended   September  30,  1993  are  not  necessarily
        comparable  to those of prior  periods,  nor are they  indicative of the
        results to be expected in the future.

        Significant Accounting Policies

        Cash and Cash  Equivalents  - Cash  equivalents  include time  deposits,
        certificates  of deposit  and all  liquid  debt  instruments  (including
        commercial  paper and treasury bills) with original  maturities of three
        months or less.

        Investment Programs - Income is recognized,  subject to the closing of a
        transaction,  when services have been performed.  Income  recognition of
        residual value interests,  which are subordinated to investors receiving
        a minimum return on their investments,  is deferred until realization is
        assured.

        Deferred  fees and deferred  contract  rights  obtained upon the sale of
        Investment  Programs  are  initially  recorded at present  values  based
        primarily on the interest  rates (10% to 18%) of long-term debt incurred
        by limited  partnerships  in  connection  with the original  purchase of
        properties.  Deferred contract rights obtained by purchase are initially
        recorded at cost.  All deferred  fees and deferred  contract  rights are
        then accreted using the interest method.
<PAGE>
        Investments  in  limited  partnerships  whereby  the  Company  exercises
        significant  influence  and has  ownership  interests of five percent or
        more  are  accounted  for  by  the  equity  method.   Generally,   other
        investments  in  limited  partnerships  are  accounted  for by the  cost
        method.

        Cost  directly  relating to  publicly-offered  investment  products  are
        deferred  and are  charged  to  operations  over the  estimated  revenue
        producing lives of the products.

        Property,  Plant  and  Equipment  -  Depreciation  and  amortization  of
        property,  plant and  equipment  are  computed  using the  straight-line
        method over the estimated  useful lives of the respective asset or, with
        respect  to  leasehold  improvements,  over  the term of the  lease,  if
        shorter.

        Income Taxes - Effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method
        of  accounting  for income taxes to conform with  Statement of Financial
        Accounting  Standards No. 109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS No.
        109"), which requires a change from the deferred method to the asset and
        liability  method of accounting  for income  taxes.  Under the asset and
        liability  method,  deferred  income  taxes are  recognized  for the tax
        consequences of "temporary  differences" by applying  enacted  statutory
        tax  rates  applicable  to  future  years  to  differences  between  the
        financial  statement  carrying  amounts  and the tax  bases of  existing
        assets and liabilities. Under SFAS No. 109, the effect on deferred taxes
        of a change in tax rates is  recognized  in  income in the  period  that
        includes the enactment  date. The principal  effect of the change in the
        Company's financial  statements is that,  beginning January 1, 1993, the
        benefit for  utilization  of loss  carryforwards  is netted  against the
        corresponding  components of pretax income rather than being shown as an
        extraordinary item.

        Income Per Common Share - Income per common  share has been  computed by
        dividing income for each period by the weighted average number of shares
        of  common  stock   outstanding.   All  common  stock  equivalents  were
        antidilutive for each of the periods shown.

        Fully  diluted  income  per  common  share also  assumes  conversion  of
        preferred stock at the beginning of each period.
<PAGE>
2.      INTEREST AND NET INVESTMENT INCOME

        Interest and net investment income were earned as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Nine-Month
                                                                         Period
                                                                         Ended
                                                                      September 30,
                                                                           1993
                                                                      -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>    
Investments:
  Cash equivalents and other investments ......................          $12,150
  Equity securities ...........................................             --   
                                                                         -------
                                                                          12,150

Notes and receivables (1) .....................................           51,822
                                                                         -------
                                                                          63,972

Realized gains (2) ............................................            2,050
                                                                         -------
                                                                         $66,022
                                                                         =======
</TABLE>

(1)      Includes  interest  on  mortgage  notes of $22,793  for the nine months
         ended September 30, 1993.

(2)      During January 1993, the Company sold certain marketable securities for
         approximately  $5,800. The resulting pretax gain of $2,050 was recorded
         in "interest and net investment income."

3.      COMMISSIONS, FEES AND MISCELLANEOUS INCOME

        During April 1993, the Company sold certain assets,  including a certain
        deferred  real estate  contract  right,  for $42,000.  The  transactions
        resulted in a pretax gain of approximately $1,500. During June 1993, the
        Company sold a certain  deferred real estate  contract right and related
        assets for approximately  $9,000.  The transaction  resulted in a pretax
        gain of approximately $5,750.

        In June  1993,  the  Company  sold  the  majority  of its  interests  in
        government  assisted  housing  projects for  approximately  $4,150.  The
        Company  realized  a  pretax  gain  of   approximately   $3,700  on  the
        transaction.
<PAGE>
4.      INTEREST EXPENSE AND DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS

        Interest expense for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1993:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Nine-Month
                                                                      Period
                                                                       Ended
                                                                   September 30,
                                                                        1993
                                                                   -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>      
Integrated:
  Amount of contractual interest, including
    amortization of debt discount ..............................      $ 101,051
  Less interest for period subsequent to February 12,
    1990 (includes amortization of debt discount) ..............       (100,729)
                                                                      ---------
                                                                            322

Interest of subsidiaries for entire period .....................         24,862
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      $  25,184
                                                                      =========
</TABLE>

        No  amortization  has been recorded  subsequent to February 12, 1990 for
        the unamortized balance of Integrated's debt issuance costs.
<PAGE>
5.      RESTRUCTURING COSTS AND EXPENSES

        Restructuring  costs  and  expenses  for  the  nine-month  period  ended
September 30, 1993 includes the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Nine-Month
                                                                        Period
                                                                        Ended
                                                                     September 30,
                                                                         1993
                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>     
(Recoveries on) writedowns and reserves of
  properties and businesses held for syndication
  and interests in publicly and privately sponsored
  investment programs, net .......................................     $   (296)

Increase (decrease) in provision for guarantees of
  indebtedness of various limited partnerships and
  unaffiliated corporations, in excess of expected
  recoveries .....................................................           95

Other adjustments to prepetition claims against Integrated               (2,160)

Professional fees and other costs and expenses in
  connection with restructuring the Company's operations .........       13,044
                                                                       --------
                                                                       $ 10,683
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>

        Such  losses  and  charges to  operations  are  based,  in part,  on the
        Company's  estimates of realizable  values.  Further  refinements may be
        required  in  the  future  as  more  information  becomes  available  or
        unanticipated events occur.

        Integrated  executed  guarantees  of  approximately  $68,700  of secured
        obligations  of a certain  limited  partnership.  The  obligations  were
        collateralized  principally  by  second  through  fifth  liens on a real
        estate  property  under  development.  As a result of the decline in the
        value of the real  estate  property,  Integrated  previously  recorded a
        liability of $68,700.

6.      DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

        During August 1993, the Company sold its musical  instruments  business.
        It received approximately $25,850 in cash, net of expenses.

        In addition,  discontinued operations also include revisions made to the
        estimated  loss  on  the  disposal  of  certain  businesses  which  were
        discontinued  effective  1989.  Such  businesses  include the  Company's
        former life  insurance  segment  (including  its life  insurance  agency
        subsidiaries),  securities-clearing  subsidiary,  bank subsidiary,  fast
        food restaurant and jet aircraft manufacturing subsidiary.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Nine-Month
                                                                       Period Ended
                                                                       September 30,
                                                                           1993
                                                                       -------------
<S>                                                                       <C>   
Gain on disposal of musical instruments segment ...................       $5,591

Revision to loss on disposal of business discontinued
  in 1989 (net of income taxes of $- and $209) ....................           69
                                                                          ------
           Income from discontinued operations ....................       $5,660
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>

7.      EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS

        The consolidated statement of operations for the nine-month period ended
        September 30, 1993 includes the following extraordinary items:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Nine-Month
                                                                          Period
                                                                          Ended
                                                                      September 30,
                                                                           1993
                                                                      --------------
<S>                                                                       <C>   
Gain on extinguishment of debt(1) ....................................    $1,568
                                                                          ======
Effect on income per common share:
  Primary:
    Gain on extinguishment of debt ...................................    $ 0.18
                                                                          ======
  Fully diluted:
    Gain on extinguishment of debt ...................................    $ 0.14
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>

           (1)    The Company has settled certain claims of senior  indebtedness
                  during 1993 and 1994.  Such claims resulted from borrowings by
                  subsidiaries of Integrated,  which  borrowings were guaranteed
                  by  Integrated  prior to filing its Chapter 11 petition.  As a
                  result of  settlements  which  have been  signed to date,  the
                  Company  has  recorded  pretax  extraordinary  gain  of $1,568
                  during the nine-month period ended September 30, 1993.
<PAGE>
                  During  1992,  the Court  approved a  settlement  between  the
                  Company  and its former  investment  banker.  The  Company had
                  previously filed claims against the former  investment  banker
                  (in its bankruptcy proceedings) alleging liability for various
                  matters. The former investment banker had filed claims against
                  the Company for  various  liabilities  recorded by the Company
                  and certain  amounts which were disputed by the Company.  As a
                  result of the  settlement,  all claims of each of the  parties
                  were  disallowed,  except  that a  single  claim  against  the
                  Company was reduced and allowed by the Court in the  aggregate
                  amount of $27,500. Prior thereto, the Company had recorded net
                  liabilities to the former  investment  banker of approximately
                  $43,100.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  recorded  a  pretax
                  extraordinary gain during 1992.

8.      INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

        Primary  income per common share has been computed based on the weighted
        average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period.
        No preferred stock dividends have been deducted since February 12, 1990.

        All common stock equivalents were antidilutive for the period shown.

        Fully  diluted  income per share also  assumes  conversion  of preferred
        stock at the beginning of the period.

        If  Integrated's  interest and preferred  stock dividends for the period
        subsequent to February 12, 1990 were also  deducted and if  Integrated's
        debt issuance costs continued to be amortized subsequent to February 12,
        1990,  (loss)/income  per common share for the  nine-month  period ended
        September 30, 1993 would be as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Nine-Month
                                                                       Period
                                                                        Ended
                                                                    September 30,
                                                                        1993
                                                                    -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>      
From continuing operations ....................................       $  (9.81)
From discontinued operations ..................................           0.63
                                                                      -------- 
           Before extraordinary items .........................          (9.18)

From extraordinary items ......................................           0.18
                                                                      -------- 
Loss per common share .........................................       $  (9.00)
                                                                      ======== 
</TABLE>

        During August 1994, the Court confirmed a plan of  reorganization  which
        will eliminate the interests of current equity security holders.
<PAGE>
9.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Investment Programs

        Integrated executed guarantees of certain obligations of certain limited
        partnerships and unaffiliated  corporations  (collectively,  the "Direct
        Obligors"). The unaffiliated corporations were organized for the purpose
        of providing financing to the limited  partnerships which were formed in
        connection  with  the  Company's   investment-program   activities.  The
        obligations  of the Direct  Obligors are for the most part unsecured and
        are to be repaid from capital contributions to the limited partnerships.
        In response to the Company's  liquidity  problems,  certain creditors of
        the  Direct  Obligors  demanded  payment of the  obligations  and sought
        payment from Integrated  under the  guarantees.  Events which may impact
        these obligations may affect the Company's operations.

        In addition,  Integrated executed guarantees of approximately $20,400 of
        obligations of limited partnerships and unaffiliated  corporations which
        are  collateralized by promissory notes issued by investors  pursuant to
        investor  note-financing  agreements.  Such obligations are payable from
        the interest and principal  collections on investors'  promissory  notes
        which secure the indebtedness.

        Integrated's  guarantee  is generally  in the form of an  obligation  to
        repurchase promissory notes in the event that investors default on their
        obligation  to the limited  partnerships.  The  Company  has  previously
        recorded liabilities based on these guarantees. The above amounts do not
        include approximately $3,000 for claims heretofore allowed by Integrated
        by stipulation in its Chapter 11 case.

        Certain of  Integrated's  subsidiaries  are  sublessors  of real  estate
        properties owned by limited  partnerships to tenants under noncancelable
        net leases having fixed rentals which exceed the rental  obligations  of
        sublessors to the limited  partnerships.  The Company has  guaranteed to
        limited partnerships the rental obligations of certain subsidiaries,  up
        to a maximum of  $26,400.  As a result of demands  for  payment  and the
        Company's determination that rentals from certain underlying tenants are
        uncollectible, $20,000 has been recorded.

        The current market for aircraft  leasing has been adversely  affected by
        (i) general softness in worldwide commercial aviation and (ii) mandatory
        federal  regulations   covering   maintenance  and  upgrading  of  aging
        aircraft.  Certain  wholly owned  equipment  leasing  subsidiaries  that
        participate in privately-offered  aircraft master lease transactions are
        obligated  under the master leases to, among other things,  maintain the
        aircraft  and return the  aircraft  to  investors  in certain  specified
        condition.  Because  of market  conditions,  these  subsidiaries  may be
        required to bear some of the costs of compliance  with such  regulations
        in order to remain in  compliance  with their master lease  obligations.
        The amount of costs, if any,  associated with such compliance  cannot be
        determined at this time.

        Certain  present and former  officers  and  directors of the Company who
        serve as general  partners of certain real estate  limited  partnerships
        have assumed  control of the  management  and  administrative  functions
        relating  to  such  limited  partnerships.  The  Company  is  unable  to
        determine the impact, that this may have on the Company's realization of
        amounts due from such partnerships.
<PAGE>
        Litigation

        In  connection  with the Company's  liquidity  and  financial  problems,
        several  class  actions  and  shareholder  derivative  suits  have  been
        commenced  against  the  Company,  certain  of its  present  and  former
        officers and directors and the Company's independent auditors and former
        investment banking firm.

        The Company is a party to a number of actions  instituted  by  creditors
        seeking payment of amounts due under various demand notes and guarantees
        issued by the Company. The Company is subject to other legal proceedings
        and claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

        A subsidiary of Integrated that was engaged in the sale of the Company's
        investment program products is a party to a number of actions that arose
        in the course of the conduct of its securities business.

        A number of Integrated's  subsidiaries  are parties to lawsuits  arising
        out  of  the  syndication  and  sale  of  certain  limited   partnership
        interests.  In the event that all of the claims  made in these cases are
        sustained,  the combined  damages would exceed the combined net worth of
        all such subsidiaries.

        Certain  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  of  Integrated  are parties to a
        lawsuit which seeks to affect the Company's interest in certain fees and
        payments  due from  limited  partnerships  organized  or  syndicated  by
        affiliates of the Company.

        The Company is unable to predict the eventual  outcome and impact on the
        consolidated  financial  statements of the above actions,  suits,  legal
        proceedings and claims.

10.     SEGMENT INFORMATION

        Prior to the changes in the  business  outlined in Note 1 in response to
        the Company's liquidity crisis, the Company was engaged in the following
        lines  of  business:  the  ownership  and  operation  of life  insurance
        companies  and  independent   general   insurance   agencies,   and  the
        organization,  management  and sale of direct  participation  Investment
        Programs and provision of  investment  counseling  and money  management
        services for private  accounts,  Company-sponsored  mutual funds and the
        mutual fund underlying  certain separate  accounts of its life insurance
        subsidiaries.

        The tables below set forth the approximate amount of operating revenues,
        income/(loss)  from operations  before income taxes and depreciation and
        amortization  contributed  by each of the Company's  principal  business
        segments for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1993.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Consolidated Revenues

                                                                      Nine-Month
                                                                        Period
                                                                         Ended
                                                                     September 30,
                                                                         1993
                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>     
Continuing operations:
  Investment programs .....................................            $ 28,347
  Financial and miscellaneous .............................              64,714
                                                                       -------- 
           Total revenues .................................            $ 93,061 
                                                                       ======== 
<CAPTION>
Income (loss) before Income Taxes

                                                                      Nine-Month
                                                                        Period
                                                                         Ended
                                                                     September 30,
                                                                         1993
                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>     
Continuing operations:
  Investment programs .....................................            $ 18,550
  Financial and miscellaneous (1) .........................              39,357
                                                                       --------
                                                                         57,907

Unallocated corporate overhead ............................             (26,372)
                                                                       --------
                                                                         31,535

Discontinued operations ...................................               5,660
                                                                       --------
                                                                         37,195

Extraordinary item ........................................               1,568
                                                                       --------
           Income (loss) before income taxes ..............            $ 38,763
                                                                       ========

<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
Depreciation and Amortization

                                                                      Nine-Month
                                                                        Period
                                                                         Ended
                                                                     September 30,
                                                                         1993
                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>     
Continuing operations:
  Investment programs .....................................            $    474
  Financial and miscellaneous .............................                --
                                                                       --------
                                                                            474

Discontinued operations ...................................                --
                                                                       --------
                                                                            474

Corporate .................................................                 710
                                                                       --------
                                                                       $  1,184
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>

           (1)    Financial and miscellaneous  revenues consist substantially of
                  interest   income  on  receivables   arising  from  Investment
                  Programs,   primarily  deferred  fees  and  deferred  contract
                  rights,  and income on investments held by non-life  insurance
                  companies.

11.     SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        During  December  1993,  the  Company  sold its  interest  in a  certain
        mortgage  loan.  The  Company  realized  a gain  on the  transaction  of
        approximately $1,725.

        The Company has settled certain claims of senior indebtedness subsequent
        to  September  30,  1993.   Such  claims  resulted  from  borrowings  by
        subsidiaries  of  Integrated,   which   borrowings  were  guaranteed  by
        Integrated  prior to filing  its  Chapter  11  petition.  As a result of
        settlements  which have been  signed to date,  the  Company  will record
        pretax  extraordinary gains aggregating  approximately $3,550 subsequent
        to September 30, 1993.

                                     ******

<PAGE>
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        ---------------------------------------------------------------
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
        --------------------
          None.

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
         --------------------------------------------------

         The names,  ages and positions of the directors and executive  officers
of Presidio  are set forth  below.  Pursuant to the Plan,  the Class A Directors
serve an initial  term which  expires  November  1997 and the Class B  Directors
serve an initial term of one year.  Thereafter,  all  directors  will be elected
annually and hold office until their  successors are elected and  qualified,  or
until the earlier of their  removal or  resignation.  All officers  serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Name                        Age              Positions
- --------------------              ---              --------------------------------------------------------

<S>                               <C>              <C>                                      
Charles E. Davidson               42               Chairman of the Board and Class B Director

Joseph M. Jacobs                  43               Chief Executive Officer, President, and Class B Director

Martin L. Edelman                 55               Class A Director

Dean J. Takahashi                 38               Class A Director

Paul T. Walker                    60               Class A Director

Robert Holtz                      28               Vice President and Secretary

Jay L. Maymudes                   35               Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>

         Charles E. Davidson has been a director of Presidio and the Chairman of
the Board of Directors  of Presidio  since its  formation  in August  1994.  Mr.
Davidson is also Chairman of DLB Oil and Gas,  Inc., an oil  exploration company
and has served as Chairman of the Board and  director of  Resurgence  Properties
Inc.  ("Resurgence") since its formation in March 1994. He is also a director of
Technology  Service Group,  Inc., a company engaged in the design,  development,
manufacturing  and sale of public  communications  products and  services.  From
December  1985 to May 1994,  Mr.  Davidson was a general  partner of  Steinhardt
Partners, L.P. and Institutional Partners, L.P., private investment funds. He is
currently  the Chairman of the Board and a Member of Wexford and is the managing
partner of a number of private investment partnerships.
<PAGE>
         Joseph  M.  Jacobs  has  been a  director  of  Presidio  and the  Chief
Executive  Officer and President of Presidio since its formation in August 1994.
Since January  1996,  Mr. Jacobs has been the President and a Member of Wexford.
From April 1994 through December 31, 1995, Mr. Jacobs was the President and sole
shareholder of Concurrency. Mr. Jacobs has been a director of Resurgence and the
Chief  Executive  Officer,  President  and  Treasurer  of  Resurgence  since its
formation in March 1994. From 1982 through May 1994, Mr. Jacobs was employed by,
and since 1988 was the President of, Bear Stearns Real Estate Group Inc., a firm
engaged  in all  aspects  of  real  estate,  where  he was  responsible  for the
management of all activities, including maintaining worldwide relationships with
institutional  and  individual  real  estate  investors,   lenders,  owners  and
developers.

         Martin L. Edelman has been a director of Presidio  since February 1995.
Mr. Edelman has been of Counsel to Battle Fowler LLP, a New York law firm, since
January  1994.  From prior to 1989 to  December  1994,  he was a partner in such
firm. He is a director of Hospitality  Franchise Systems,  Inc., National Gaming
Corporation and numerous private companies.

         Dean J.  Takahashi has been a director of Presidio since November 1994.
Mr.  Takahashi has been Director of  Investments - Endowment  Management of Yale
University since 1986, where he is responsible for analysis and  recommendations
regarding  asset  allocation  and  investment  policy  for Yale's  $4.0  billion
Endowment,  $150 million Staff Pension Plan, and various Life Income Funds.  Mr.
Takahashi currently is a director of Smith Offshore Exploration, and an Advisory
Board  Member of Highland  Capital  Partners,  APAX  European  Ventures,  Summit
Ventures, and Bain Capital.

         Paul T. Walker has been a director of Presidio since November 1994. Mr.
Walker has been an independent  financial  consultant  since January 1991, and a
Trustee of The DBL Liquidating Trust since March 1992, where he serves as one of
three Trustees in liquidating  Drexel Burnham  Lambert,  Inc. for the benefit of
creditors.  Activities include claims settlement, asset sales and disposition of
proceeds.  From 1957 to 1990, Mr. Walker was employed by, and since 1985 was the
Executive  Vice  President  and  Senior  Credit  Policy  Officer  of,  The Chase
Manhattan Bank.

         Robert Holtz has been a Vice  President and Secretary of Presidio since
its formation in August 1994.  Since  January 1996,  Mr. Holtz has been a Senior
Vice  President  and a Member of Wexford.  From April 1994 through  December 31,
1994, Mr. Holtz was a Vice President of  Concurrency.  Mr. Holtz has been a Vice
President  and Assistant  Secretary of  Resurgence  since its formation in March
1994.  From 1989 through May 1994, Mr. Holtz was employed by, and since 1993 was
a  Vice  President  of,  Bear  Stearns  Real  Estate  Group  Inc.  where  he was
responsible  for analysis,  acquisitions  and  management of the assets owned by
Bear Stearns Real Estate Group Inc. and its clients.

         Jay L.  Maymudes  has  been  a  Vice  President,  Treasurer  and  Chief
Financial  Officer of Presidio since its formation in August 1994. Mr.  Maymudes
has been the Chief  Financial  Officer and a Vice President of Resurgence  since
July 1994,  Secretary of Resurgence  since January 1995 and Assistant  Secretary
from July 1994 to January 1995.  Since January 1996,  Mr.  Maymudes has been the
Chief Financial Officer,  Treasurer and a Senior Vice President of Wexford. From
July 1994  through  December  31, 1995,  Mr.  Maymudes  was the Chief  Financial
Officer and a Vice  President of  Concurrency.  From  December 1988 through June
1994, Mr. Maymudes was the Secretary and Treasurer,  and since February 1990 was
the Senior Vice President, of Dusco, Inc., a real estate investment advisor.
<PAGE>
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
         ----------------------
General

         Presidio has no employment agreements and maintains no employee benefit
plans.  Information  regarding  compensation  payable  to  Presidio  Management,
Steinhardt  Management  and Wexford for services  provided  under the Management
Agreements and the Administrative Services Agreement, including the provision of
persons  to serve as  officers  and  directors  of  Presidio,  is  discussed  in
"Business  --  Material  Agreements  and  Instruments."  During  1995,  Presidio
reimbursed  Concurrency for compensation and employee benefit costs allocable to
the management of the Company, of which $301,849 was reimbursed for the services
of Joseph M. Jacobs, Presidio's Chief Executive Officer and President,  $110,590
was reimbursed for the services of Robert Holtz,  Presidio's  Vice President and
Secretary  and $108,056  was  reimbursed  for the  services of Jay L.  Maymudes,
Presidio's Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer.

Compensation of Directors

         Pursuant to a Memorandum of  Understanding  Regarding  Compensation  of
Class A Directors of Presidio (the "Memorandum of Understanding"),  each Class A
Director  receives an annual  stipend of $25,000 for his service on the Board of
Directors,  payable in  quarterly  installments.  Furthermore,  pursuant  to the
Memorandum  of  Understanding,  each Class A Director  was issued as  additional
consideration,  4,550  Class A  Shares  ("Director  Shares")  which  are held by
Presidio for the benefit of such  directors.  The Director Shares are non-voting
and  non-transferable  until the third anniversary of the Consummation Date, but
carry the right to dividends and other  distributions on Class A Shares, and the
right to participate in any offerings or to assert  preemptive rights along with
other Class A Shares,  subject to the  following  limitations:  (i) each Class A
Director shall receive on the first  anniversary of the Consummation Date 20% of
the  distributions  held on account of the Director Shares and (ii) each Class A
Director shall receive on the second anniversary of the Consummation Date 30% of
the  distributions  held  on  account  of the  Director  Shares.  On  the  third
anniversary of the  Consummation  Date, the foregoing  restrictions on Directors
will lapse and the Director  Shares will be turned over to the Class A Directors
by  Presidio  along  with any  accumulated  distributions.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Director  Shares and accumulated  distributions  shall be turned
over to a Class A Director  immediately upon his termination as a director other
than for Cause (as defined) and shall be forfeited by such director  immediately
upon his  resignation or termination  for Cause during the three years following
the Consummation  Date. In addition,  Presidio  reimburses each Class A Director
for all  reasonable,  out of pocket  expenses,  including,  without  limitation,
travel  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  Presidio's   business  or  the
director's service or duty as a director.

         The Class B Directors are not compensated by Presidio for their service
on the  Board of  Directors;  however,  as Joseph M.  Jacobs is an  employee  of
Wexford, expenses he incurs are reimbursed by Presidio to Wexford.
<PAGE>
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

         The  Board of  Directors  of  Presidio  does  not  have a  compensation
committee. The full Board of Directors considered and adopted the Administrative
Services  Agreement,  the  Presidio  Management  and the  Steinhardt  Management
Agreement.  Charles E. Davidson, Chairman of the Board of Presidio and Joseph M.
Jacobs,  Presidio's Chief Executive Officer and President,  participated in such
deliberations  as Presidio Class B Directors.  Mr.  Davidson is the principal of
Presidio Management and Chairman of the Board and a Member of Wexford as well as
an  executive   officer  and  director  of  Resurgence  (but  not  a  member  of
Resurgence's  compensation committee).  Mr. Jacobs is the President and a Member
of Wexford as well as an executive officer and director of Resurgence (but not a
member of Resurgence's  compensation committee).  See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions."

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
         -------------------------------------------------------------- 

         The following  table sets forth certain  information  known to Presidio
with respect to  beneficial  ownership of the Class A Shares as of March 1, 1996
(based on 8,766,569 Class A Shares outstanding on such date) by: (i) each person
who  beneficially  owns 5% or more of the  Class A  Shares,  (ii) the  executive
officers of Presidio, (iii) each of Presidio's directors, and (iv) all directors
and executive officers as a group:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Beneficial Ownership
                                                               --------------------------------
                                                               Number of            Percentage
Name of Beneficial Owner                                        Shares              Outstanding
- ------------------------                                       ---------            -----------
<S>                                                             <C>                     <C>  
Thomas F. Steyer                                                3,169,083 (1)           36.1%
Fleur A. Fairman

John M. Angelo
Michael L. Gordon                                               1,223,294 (2)           14.0%

The TCW Group, Inc. and Affiliates                              1,151,769 (3)           13.1%

Intermarket Corp.                                               1,000,918 (4)           11.4%

Michael Steinhardt                                                     -- (5)           --

Joseph M. Jacobs                                                       -- (5)           --

Robert Holtz                                                           --               --

Jay L. Maymudes                                                        --               --

Charles E. Davidson                                                    -- (5)           --

Martin L. Edelman                                                   4,550 (6)            *

Dean J. Takahashi                                                   4,550 (6)            *

Paul T. Walker                                                      4,550 (6)            *

Directors and executive officers as a group (7 persons)            13,650                *
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
- -----------------------
*        Less than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock.

(1)      As the managing  partners of each of Farallon Capital  Partners,  L.P.,
         Farallon  Capital  Institutional   Partners,   L.P.,  Farallon  Capital
         Institutional   Partners   II,   L.P.   and  Tinicum   Partners,   L.P.
         (collectively, the "Farallon Partnerships"), Thomas F. Steyer and Fleur
         A. Fairman may each be deemed to own  beneficially for purposes of Rule
         13d-3 of the Exchange Act the 985,135,  1,104,240,  484,180 and 159,271
         shares held, respectively, by each of such Farallon Partnerships. These
         shares are included in the listed  ownership.  By virtue of  investment
         management   agreements  between  Farallon  Capital  Management,   Inc.
         ("FCMI")  and  various  managed  accounts,  FCMI has the  authority  to
         purchase,  sell and trade in securities on behalf of such accounts and,
         therefore,  may be deemed the  beneficial  owner of the 436,257  shares
         held  in  such  accounts.  Mr.  Steyer  and Ms.  Fairman  are the  sole
         stockholders of FCMI and its Chairman and President,  respectively. The
         shares beneficially owned by FCMI are included in the listed ownership.
         The other  general  partners  of the  Farallon  Partnerships  are David
         Cohen,  Joseph Downes,  Jason Fish,  William Mellin,  Meridee Moore and
         Eric Ruttenberg and such persons may also be deemed to own beneficially
         the shares held by the Farallon Partnerships. Each of such persons also
         serves as a managing director of FCMI.

(2)      John M.  Angelo  and  Michael  L.  Gordon,  the  general  partners  and
         controlling persons of AG Partners,  L.P., which is the general partner
         of  Angelo,  Gordon  & Co.,  L.P.,  may be  deemed  to have  beneficial
         ownership  under  Section  13(d) of the Exchange Act of the  securities
         beneficially  owned by Angelo,  Gordon & Co., L.P. and its  affiliates.
         Angelo, Gordon & Co., L.P., a registered investment advisor,  serves as
         general  partner  of various  limited  partnerships  and as  investment
         advisor  of third  party  accounts  with  power to vote and  direct the
         disposition  of Class A Shares owned by such limited  partnerships  and
         third party accounts.

(3)      TCW Special  Credits,  an  affiliate of The TCW Group,  Inc.  serves as
         general partner of various limited  partnerships and investment advisor
         of  various  trusts  and third  party  accounts  with power to vote and
         direct  the  disposition  of  Class A  Shares  owned  by  such  limited
         partnerships,  trusts and third party  accounts.  TCW Asset  Management
         Company,  a subsidiary of The TCW Group,  Inc., is the managing general
         partner of TCW Special Credits. The TCW Group, Inc. may be deemed to be
         a  beneficial  owner  of such  shares  for  purposes  of the  reporting
         requirements of the Exchange Act; however,  The TCW Group, Inc. and its
         affiliates disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares.

(4)      Intermarket  Corp.  serves  as  General  Partner  for  certain  limited
         partnerships  and as  investment  advisor to certain  corporations  and
         foundations.  As a result of such relationships,  Intermarket Corp. may
         be deemed to have the power to vote and the power to dispose of Class A
         shares held by such partnerships, corporations and foundations.
<PAGE>
(5)      Excludes  1,200,000  Class B Shares owned by IR Partners.  Such Class B
         Shares are convertible in certain  circumstances into 1,200,000 Class A
         Shares,  however,  such  shares  are not  convertible  at  present.  IR
         Partners is a general partnership whose general partners are Steinhardt
         Management,  certain of its affiliates  and accounts  managed by it and
         Roundhill  Associates.  Roundhill  Associates is a limited  partnership
         whose general partner is Charles E. Davidson, the principal of Presidio
         Management,  the  Chairman  of the  Board of  Presidio  and a Member of
         Wexford. Joseph M. Jacobs, the Chief Executive Officer and President of
         Presidio  and a Member  and the  President  of  Wexford,  has a limited
         partner's  interest  in  Roundhill  Associates.  Pursuant to Rule 13d-3
         under the Exchange Act, each of Michael H. Steinhardt,  the controlling
         person of  Steinhardt  Management  and its  affiliates  and  Charles E.
         Davidson  may be  deemed  to be  beneficial  owners  of such  1,200,000
         shares.

(6)      Shares  issued to each  Class A  Director  of  Presidio  pursuant  to a
         Memorandum of Understanding Regarding Compensation of Class A Directors
         of Presidio. See "Executive Compensation -- Compensation of Directors."

         The address of Thomas F. Steyer and the other individuals  mentioned in
footnote 1 above (other than Fleur A. Fairman) is c/o Farallon Capital Partners,
L.P., One Maritime  Plaza,  San Francisco,  California  94111 and the address of
Fleur A. Fairman is c/o Farallon  Capital  Management,  Inc.,  800 Third Avenue,
40th Floor, New York, New York 10022. The address of The TCW Group, Inc. and its
affiliates is 865 South Figueroa  Street,  18th Floor,  Los Angeles,  California
90017. The address of Angelo,  Gordon & Co., L.P. and its affiliates is 245 Park
Avenue,  26th Floor, New York, New York 10167. The address for Intermarket Corp.
is 667 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10021.

Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
          ----------------------------------------------

Presidio Management Agreement

         Pursuant to the Presidio Management Agreement,  Presidio Management was
engaged to serve as manager of the Company. See "Business -- Material Agreements
and Instruments."  Charles E. Davidson, a director of Presidio, is the principal
and controlling Member of Presidio  Management.  Mr. Davidson is the controlling
person of one of the  general  partners  IR  Partners,  the owner of 1.2 million
Class B Shares.  Mr.  Davidson and his  affiliates  also provide  management and
other  services to third  parties that are not related to the Company.  Presidio
Management has directed that 50% of its annual  management fee be paid to Joseph
M. Jacobs,  the Chief Executive  Officer and President of Presidio and beginning
January 1, 1996,  50% of its annual  management  fee be paid to Wexford.  During
1995  Presidio  Management  and Mr.  Jacobs  each  received  approximately  $600
thousand under the terms of this agreement.
<PAGE>
Administrative Services Agreement

         Pursuant to the Administrative  Services Agreement,  Wexford is engaged
to provide certain  administrative and management  services to the Company.  See
"Business -- Material  Agreements  and  Instruments."  Under the  Administrative
Services Agreement,  Presidio reimburses Wexford for Wexford's  compensation and
employee  benefit  costs  allocable  to  the  management  of  the  Company.  See
"Executive  Compensation."  Joseph M. Jacobs,  the Chief  Executive  Officer and
President of Presidio,  is the President and a Member of Wexford.  Mr. Jacobs is
also a  limited  partner  of  Roundhill  Associates,  which  serves as a general
partner of IR Partners, the owner of 1.2 million Class B Shares. Robert Holtz, a
Vice  President  and  Secretary of Presidio,  is a Senior Vice  President  and a
Member of Wexford. Jay L. Maymudes,  the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President
and  Treasurer of  Presidio,  is the Chief  Financial  Officer and a Senior Vice
President of Wexford.  Charles E.  Davidson,  a director and the Chairman of the
Board of Directors of Presidio, is a Member and the Chairman of Wexford. Wexford
also  provides  management  and other  services  to third  parties  that are not
related to Wexford.

Steinhardt Management Agreement and Steinhardt Expense Reimbursement

         Pursuant to the Steinhardt Management Agreement,  Steinhardt Management
was engaged to render certain consulting services to Presidio.  See "Business --
Material Agreements and Instruments".  Steinhardt  Management and certain of its
affiliates  are partners of IR Partners  which owns 1.2 million  Class B Shares.
Steinhardt  Management  and its  affiliates  also provide  management  and other
services to third parties that are not related to the Company.

         Pursuant  to  the  Plan,   Steinhardt   Management   was   entitled  to
reimbursement  of its  out-of-pocket  expenses in  connection  with the Plan and
related matters in an amount not to exceed $7.5 million.  Steinhardt  Management
was paid such amount on the Consummation Date. Steinhardt  Management,  with the
support of the various Integrated  Creditors'  Committees,  sought reimbursement
from  Presidio for  additional  expenses  incurred by  Steinhardt  Management in
connection with the Plan of approximately  $1.96 million.  The Class A Directors
of Presidio unanimously approved the payment of such amount on January 18, 1995.
Subsequently,  Steinhardt  Management  sought  an  additional  reimbursement  of
approximately $161,000,  which was unanimously approved by the Class A Directors
of Presidio on March 28, 1995 and paid on April 27, 1995.

Greenwich, Connecticut Office Space

         Certain  domestic  subsidiaries of Presidio  currently lease offices at
411 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich,  Connecticut,  under a lease expiring in July
1998.  The  owner  of  the  premises  located  in  Greenwich,  Connecticut  is a
partnership in which Charles E. Davidson,  Presidio's Chairman of the Board, and
Joseph M. Jacobs,  Presidio's  Chief  Executive  Officer and President,  have an
ownership interest of approximately 67%.
<PAGE>
PART IV

Item 14.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
          ------------------------------------------------------

         (a)  Financial  Statements  filed as part of this report,  set forth in
Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K:

       Financial Statements - Presidio Capital Corp. and Subsidiaries
       (Liquidation Basis)
                    Independent Auditors' Report
                    Consolidated  Statements  of Net  Assets in  Liquidation  at
                    December 31, 1995,  1994 and November 3, 1994  (Consummation
                    Date)

                    Consolidated   Statements   of  Changes  in  Net  Assets  in
                    Liquidation for the Year Ended December 31, 1995 and for the
                    period November 3, 1994 (Consummation Date) through December
                    31, 1994
                    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

       Financial Statements - Integrated Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries
       (Liquidation Basis)
                    Independent Auditors' Report
                    Consolidated  Statement  of Net  Assets  in  Liquidation  at
                    December 31, 1993
                    Consolidated   Statements   of  Changes  in  Net  Assets  in
                    Liquidation for the periods January 1, 1994 through November
                    2, 1994 and October 1, 1993 through December 31, 1993
                    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

       Financial Statements - Integrated Resources, Inc. and Subsidiaries
       (Going Concern Basis)
                    Independent Auditors' Report
                    Consolidated  Statements  of Operations  for the  Nine-Month
                    Period Ended September 30, 1993
                    Consolidated  Statements  of Cash  Flows for the  Nine-Month
                    Period Ended September 30, 1993
                    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
<PAGE>
         (b)  Exhibits:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             EXHIBIT INDEX
                                             -------------
Exhibit         Description
- -------         -----------
<S>             <C>                                                                                              <C>
2.1             Disclosure  Statement  for  Sixth  Amended  Plan  of  Reorganization  submitted  by the          *
                Steinhardt Group and the Official Committee of Subordinated  Bondholders,  dated May 5,
                1994 (Volumes I and II only).

2.2             Sixth  Amended  Plan  of  Reorganization  Submitted  by the  Steinhardt  Group  and the          *
                Official Committee of Subordinated Bondholders, dated May 5, 1994.

2.3             Confirmation Order, dated August 8, 1994.                                                        *


3.1             Memorandum of Association of the Registrant and Amendment dated October 31, 1994.                *

3.2             Articles of Association of the Registrant.                                                       *

10.1            Asset Purchase Agreement between  Steinhardt  Management  Company,  Inc. and Integrated          *
                Resources, Inc., dated as of May 5, 1994.

10.2            First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 8, 1994.                         *

10.3            Management  Agreement  between the Registrant  and Presidio  Management  Company,  LLC,          *
                dated as of November 3, 1994.

10.4            Management  Agreement between the Registrant and Steinhardt  Management Company,  Inc.,          *
                dated as of November 3, 1994.

10.5            Administrative  Services  Agreement  between the Registrant and Concurrency  Management          *
                Corp, dated as of November 3, 1994.

10.6            Form of Class A Director Indemnification Agreement, dated November 3, 1994.                      *

10.7            Class A Director Indemnification Trust Agreement, dated as of  November 3, 1994.                 *

10.8            Form of Indemnification  Agreement with Qualified  Indemnitees,  dated as of August 29,          *
                1994.

10.9            Indemnification Security Agreement, dated as of November 3, 1994.                                *

10.10           Note Payable to Presidio TSA Corp., dated November 3, 1994.                                      *

10.11           Security  Agreement between the Registrant and Presidio TSA Corp., dated as of November          *
                3, 1994.

10.12           Agreement to Modify Contract Right Agreements, dated as of September 29, 1994.                   *

10.13           Discount Purchase Option Agreement, dated as of November 2, 1994.                                *

10.14           Second Amended and Restated  Settlement  Agreement,  dated as of September 29, 1994 (as          *
                amended on October 5, 1994) by and among  Steinhardt  Management,  Presidio  and Beigel
                Schy Lasky Rifkind Goldberg and Fertik (the B&S Settlement Agreement).
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                       EXHIBIT INDEX -- Continued
                                       -------------
Exhibit         Description
- -------         -----------
<S>             <C>                                                                                              <C>
10.15           Asset Purchase  Agreement by and between Newport News  Cablevision,  Ltd. and Cox Cable          *
                Hampton Roads, Inc., dated as of November 8, 1994.

10.16           Asset  Purchase  Agreement by and between  American Cable TV Investors 4, Ltd. and Time          *
                Warner  Cable  Ventures,  a division of Time Warner  Entertainment,  L.P.,  dated as of
                February 8, 1995.

10.17           Office Lease, dated as of March 31, 1995, between Concurrency,  Inc., as Landlord,  and          *
                Presidio FF&E Corp., as Tenant,  for the premises located at 411
                West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

10.18           Management  and  Administrative  Services  Agreement,   dated  March  31,  1995,  among          *
                Fieldstone  Private Capital Group,  L.P.,  Presidio Capital Corp.,  Presidio ALI Corp.,
                ALI Capital Corp.,  ALI Equipment  Management  Corp.,  Integrated  Resources  Equipment
                Group,  Inc.,  Presidio  Equipment Leasing Corp., IAC Leasing Corp. III, Walker Leasing
                Corp.,  Investors  Credit Corp., IR Birch Corp.,  Integrated  Equipment  Leasing Corp.,
                Integrated  Aircraft  Corp.,  Integrated  Equipment  Holding Corp.,  Regional  Airlines
                Leasing,  Presidio  Aircraft  Fund  Management  Corp.,  Integrated  Lease Plans,  Inc.,
                Presidio Rail Corp.,  Integrated  Rail Corp.,  Presidio  High Equity Corp.,  Integrated
                Container  Corp.,  Integrated  Resources  Aircraft Corp.,  Resources  Satellite  Corp.,
                Integrated Aircraft Fund Management Corp.

10.19           Assignment of Administrative  Services Agreement between  Concurrency  Management Corp.
                And Wexford Management LLC, effective January 1, 1996.

10.20           Asset Sale Agreement dated as of September 7, 1995, between Majco Building  Specialties
                L.P. ("Seller") and CFM International.

10.21           Amendment No. 1 to Asset Sale Agreement, dated as of September 7, 1995, by and between
                Majco Building Specialties, L.P. ("Seller") and CFM International Inc. ("Purchaser").

10.22           Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  December  21,  1995  between  the  Rotor  Tool L.P.
                ("Seller") and INTOOL, Inc. ("Buyer").

10.23           Resignation as Co-General Partner of ACT V dated January 17, 1996.

10.24           Amended and Restated Grantor Trust Agreement, dated January 1, 1996.

10.25           Secured  Promissory Note, dated March 28, 1996,  between Roundhill  Associates L.P. and
                Roundhill Associates II L.P. and Presidio Capital Corp.                                
<PAGE>
<CAPTION>
                                       EXHIBIT INDEX -- Continued
                                       -------------
Exhibit         Description
- -------         -----------
<S>             <C>                                                                                              <C>
21              Subsidiaries of the Registrant                                                                   *

99              No Action  Letter  Response of the Office of Chief  Counsel,  Division of  Investment            *
                Management, dated August 5, 1994, and No Action Request Letter of Schulte Roth & Zabel,
                dated  August 4, 1994.
</TABLE>





         (c)  Reports on Form 8-K

              None.








*Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Form 10 Registration
 Statement
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                               PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP.



                                   By:    /s/     Jay L. Maymudes
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Jay L. Maymudes
                                        Vice President,
                                        Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Date: April 15, 1996

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
registrant in the capacities and on the 15th day of April, 1996.

     Signature                                            Title
     ---------                                            -----

By: /s/ Charles E. Davidson                  
    ---------------------------
     Charles E. Davidson                     Chairman of the Board and Director
                                             
By: /s/ Joseph M. Jacobs                     
    ---------------------------
     Joseph M. Jacobs                        Chief Executive Officer, President,
                                             and Class B Director               

By: /s/ Martin L. Edelman
    ---------------------------
     Martin L. Edelman                       Class A Director

By: /s/ Dean J. Takahashi                    
    ---------------------------
     Dean J. Takahashi                       Class A Director

By: /s/ Paul T. Walker                       
    ---------------------------
     Paul T. Walker                          Class A Director

By: /s/ Jay L. Maymudes                      
    ---------------------------
     Jay L. Maymudes                         Chief Financial Officer,   
                                             Vice President and Secretary       
                                             (Principal Financial and Accounting
                                             Officer)                           

                       ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT


                  ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT,  dated as of December 26,
1995, among Concurrency  Management Corp., a Delaware corporation  ("Assignor"),
Wexford Management,  LLC, a Connecticut limited liability company  ("Assignee"),
and  Presidio  Capital  Corp.,  a  Brittish  Virgin  Islands   corporation  (the
"Company").

                  WHEREAS,   Assignor   and  the   Company  are  parties  to  an
Administrative   Services   Agreement,   dated  as  of  November  3,  1994  (the
"Administrative Agreement");

                  WHEREAS,  Assignor  wishes to assign  to  Assignee  all of its
rights and obligations under the Administrative Agreement; and

                  WHEREAS,   pursuant   to  the  terms  of  the   Administrative
Agreement, the consent of the Company is required to effect such assignment;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises and other
good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                           1.  Assignment.  Assignor hereby assigns,  transfers,
grants and conveys to Assignee,  effective as of January 1, 1996 (the "Effective
Date"),   all  of  Assignor's   rights,   title  and  interest  in  and  to  the
Administrative Agreement.

                           2. Assumption.  Assignee hereby accepts the foregoing
assignment  of the  Administrative  Agreement,  and from and after the Effective
Date,  accepts,  assumes and agrees to perform all of the covenants,  agreements
and obligations of Assignor under the Administrative Agreement.

                           3. Consent.  In accordance with Paragraph 9(b) of the
Administrative  Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to the foregoing assignment
of the Administrative Agreement by Assignor to Assignee.

                           4. Miscellaneous.

                                    a)   Definitions.   Capitalized   terms  not
defined  herein  shall have the meaning  ascribed to them in the  Administrative
Agreement.

                                    b) Counterpart Execution. This Agreement may
be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on
separate counterparts,  each of which, when so executed and delivered,  shall be
an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

                                    c) Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be
construed, interpreted and applied in accordance with, and shall be governed by,
the laws of the State of New York without  reference to  principles of conflicts
of laws.
<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Agreement as of the date and year first above written.


                                       CONCURRENCY MANAGEMENT CORP.


                                       By: /s/ Jay Maymudes
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Name:   Jay Maymudes
                                              Title: Vice President



                                       WEXFORD MANAGEMENT, LLC


                                       By: /s/ Jay Maymudes
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Name:   Jay Maymudes
                                              Title: Vice President



                                       PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP.


                                       By: /s/ Robert Holtz
                                           -------------------------------------
                                             Name:    Robert Holtz
                                              Title:  Vice President











                                 Exhibit 10.20
<PAGE>










                              ASSET SALE AGREEMENT

                          DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 7, 1995

                                 BY AND BETWEEN

                        MAJCO BUILDING SPECIALTIES, L.P.

                                       AND

                             CFM INTERNATIONAL INC.
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Purchase and Sale of Assets.....................................................
         Sale of Assets.........................................................
         Retained Assets........................................................
         Assumption of Liabilities..............................................
         Limitations on Assumption..............................................
         Purchase Price.........................................................
         Discharge of Indebtedness..............................................
         Personnel, Labor and ERISA Matters.....................................
         Completion of Closing Audited Financial Statements.....................
         Pre-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment; Additional
         Closing Condition......................................................
         Taxes on Sale..........................................................

Closing.........................................................................
         Time and Place.........................................................
         Obligations of Purchaser at Closing....................................
         Obligations of Seller at Closing.......................................

Representations and Warranties of Seller........................................
         Organization and Existence.............................................
         No Subsidiaries........................................................
         Financial Statements...................................................
         Real Property..........................................................
         Absence of Changes or Events...........................................
         Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities: No Transactions with
         Affiliates.............................................................
         Tax Matters............................................................
         Personal Property; Machinery and Equipment.............................
         Contracts and Commitments..............................................
         Patents and Trademarks.................................................
         Insurance Policies.....................................................
         Consents...............................................................
         Litigation.............................................................
         Compliance with Laws...................................................
         Employee Benefit Plans.................................................
         Labor Matters..........................................................
         Finders and Investment Bankers.........................................
         Licenses, Permits and Authorizations...................................
         Bank Accounts..........................................................
         Customers and Suppliers................................................
         Officers' Salaries.....................................................
         Books and Records......................................................
         Inventory..............................................................
         Absence of Certain Payments............................................
         Accounts Receivable....................................................
         Warranty Policies......................................................

Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser.................................
         Organization and Existence.............................................
         Finders and Investment Bankers.........................................
         Financial Resources....................................................

Covenants.......................................................................
         Conduct of Business....................................................
         Other Transactions.....................................................
         Consents and Approvals.................................................
         Endorsements; Bank Accounts............................................
         Additional Instruments.................................................
         Compliance With Hart-Scott.............................................
         Possession and Control of Assets; Access to
         Information............................................................
         Taxes..................................................................
         Insurance..............................................................
         Purchase Price Allocation..............................................
         Use of Name............................................................
         Certain Notices........................................................
         Reimbursements and Apportionments of Certain Charges
         with respect to Real Property..........................................
         Accounts Receivable....................................................
         Notes Receivable.......................................................
         Inventory..............................................................
         Continuing Due Diligence...............................................
         Lien Searches..........................................................
         Limitation of Use of Cash by Seller Pending Closing....................
         Payment of Employee Discretionary Bonuses and 401K Plan
         Contributions..........................................................

Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser..........................................

Conditions to Obligations of Seller.............................................

Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnification.....................
         Survival of Representations and Warranties.............................
         Survival of Covenants and Agreements...................................
         Indemnification by Seller..............................................
         Indemnification by Purchaser...........................................
         Defense by Indemnifying Parties........................................
         Remedies Exclusive.....................................................
         Warranties.............................................................

Termination.....................................................................
         Best Efforts to Satisfy Conditions.....................................
         Termination............................................................

Miscellaneous...................................................................
         Expenses...............................................................
         Publicity..............................................................
         Bulk Sales Laws; Tax Certificate.......................................
         Notices................................................................
         Mail...................................................................
         Assignment.............................................................
         Third Party Beneficiaries..............................................
         Knowledge of Seller....................................................
         Successors Bound.......................................................
         Section Headings; Captions; Pronouns...................................
         Amendment..............................................................
         Entire Agreement.......................................................
         Closing................................................................
         Counterparts...........................................................
         Governing Law..........................................................

List of Schedules

List of Exhibits
<PAGE>
                              ASSET SALE AGREEMENT


         Asset Sale Agreement  ("Agreement"),  dated as of September 7, 1995, by
and between Majco Building  Specialties,  L.P., a limited partnership  organized
under the laws of the State of Delaware ("Seller"),  and CFM INTERNATIONAL INC.,
a  corporation  organized  pursuant to the  Ontario  Business  Corporations  Act
("Purchaser").

         Seller,  through  its  division,  The  Majestic(R)  Company  (sometimes
hereinafter  referred  to as the  "Division"),  is engaged  in the  manufacture,
marketing and sale of fireplace systems,  and related accessories and decorative
items and other specialty building products (the "Business").  Seller desires to
sell and, to the extent  applicable,  assign to  Purchaser  the Business and the
assets,  properties  and associated  liabilities of the Division,  and Purchaser
desires to acquire the same from Seller.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  on  the  terms  and  provisions  set  forth  in  this
Agreement, for certain good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy
of which hereby are acknowledged,  and intending to be bound hereby,  Seller and
Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

1.       Purchase and Sale of Assets.

         1.1 Sale of Assets.  On the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  at
the  Closing  (as defined in Section 2.1  hereof),  Seller  shall sell,  convey,
transfer, deliver, assign and set over to Purchaser and Purchaser shall purchase
and accept from Seller, the Business and all of the properties,  assets,  rights
and  interests  of the  Division  owned by Seller of every kind and  description
whatsoever and wherever  located,  tangible and intangible,  real,  personal and
mixed,  as they  shall  exist  at the  time of the  Closing  including,  without
limitation,  the  following,  free and clear of any lien or  encumbrance  except
Permitted  Exceptions  (as  defined in Section  3.4(a)) and liens  described  on
Schedule 3.8 or in Sections  3.8(ii) and (iii) (other than liens  related to the
Debt as hereinafter defined),  but excluding all "Retained Assets" (as such term
is defined in Section 1.2 hereof) (the "Assets"):

         (a)  the   parcels  of  land   owned  by  Seller  and  all   buildings,
         improvements,  fixtures,  fixed assets and  personalty  owned by Seller
         annexed,  affixed or attached to such land, constituting the Division's
         Huntington,  Indiana  and  Austin,  Texas  plants  and the  other  real
         property owned by Seller as more particularly described in Schedule 3.4
         (the "Real Property");

         (b) all  machinery  and other  equipment,  tools  and dies,  furniture,
         fixtures,  vehicles and other transportation equipment, office supplies
         and all other  fixed  assets  which are not  included  within  the Real
         Property  but are carried on the books and  records of the  Division or
         are primarily utilized in the conduct of the Business;

         (c) all packaging and shipping materials, all raw materials (whether in
         transit or  otherwise),  in process  and  finished  goods and  products
         inventory, and consigned goods of the Division and its Business;

         (d) the full  benefit  subject to burden (so far as same are capable of
         assignment)  of all leases and other  agreements and contracts to which
         the  Division  is a party or a third party  beneficiary  or Seller is a
         party  primarily on behalf of the Division or the  Business,  including
         all  purchase  orders,  purchase  contracts,  sales  orders  and  sales
         contracts (other than this Agreement);

         (e) all rights to the extent the  Division  (or Seller on behalf of the
         Division) has prepaid expenses;

         (f) all  permits  and  authorizations  (so far as same are  capable  of
         assignment)  owned by the Division or by Seller primarily in respect of
         the Division or the Business;

         (g)  certain  insurance  policies  owned by the  Division  or by Seller
         primarily  in  respect of the  Division  or the  Business  set forth on
         Schedule 3.11 hereto;

         (h) all patents  and patent  applications  owned by the  Division or by
         Seller primarily in respect of the Division or the Business;

         (i)  subject to Section  5.11  hereof and Section  1.2(e)  hereof,  all
         trademarks,  trademark  applications,  service  marks,  trade names and
         trade name  applications  owned or (if any) licensed by the Division or
         by  Seller  primarily  in  respect  of the  Division  or the  Business,
         including  all rights to use the name  "Majestic"  and all other names,
         logos  and  slogans  used by the  Division  or by Seller  primarily  in
         respect of the Division;

         (j) all intellectual  property rights not otherwise covered by Sections
         l.l(h) and l.l(i) hereof, including,  without limitation, all know-how,
         copyrights,   copyright   registrations,   copyright  applications  for
         registration,   trade  secrets,   techniques,   formulas,   inventions,
         drawings, processes,  engineering data, directions,  software, computer
         programs,  databases and other technical information and specifications
         owned by the Division or by Seller  primarily  for use in the operation
         of the Business (the assets described in Sections  1.1(h),  (i) and (j)
         are sometimes hereinafter referred to as "Proprietary Rights");

         (k) all notes receivable and accounts  receivable owned by the Division
         or by Seller primarily in respect of the Division or the Business;

         (l) all claims,  refunds, causes of action, causes in action, rights of
         recovery  and rights of set-off of every kind and nature,  except those
         relating to liabilities  which (i) are not included within the "Assumed
         Liabilities"  (as such term is defined in Section  1.3  hereof) or (ii)
         are related to the Retained Assets;

         (m) all surety  bonds,  performance  bonds,  guarantees  and letters of
         credit;

         (n) all goodwill and going concern value; and

         (o) subject to Section 1.2(d) and to the obligations of Seller pursuant
         to  Section  5.7  hereof,  all books and  records  of the  Division  or
         pertaining to the Assets or the Business.

         1.2 Retained  Assets.  Any provision of this  Agreement to the contrary
notwithstanding,  the following  properties,  assets,  rights and interests (the
"Retained   Assets")  are   expressly   excluded  from  the  purchase  and  sale
contemplated hereby and, as such, are not included in the Assets:

         (a) all monies to be received by Seller  under this  Agreement  and all
         other rights of Seller hereunder;

         (b) all tax refunds and other rights  (including,  without  limitation,
         rights to indemnification) and claims of the Division, of the Seller in
         respect of the Division or of the Seller,  in respect of or relating to
         (i) tax liabilities not assumed by Purchaser and any other  liabilities
         not assumed by Purchaser or (ii) any other Retained Assets;

         (c) the cash and cash  equivalents  of the  Division  and of  Seller on
         hand, in banks or wherever located, certificates of deposit, commercial
         paper and securities that Seller is not prohibited from distributing or
         applying pursuant to Section 5.19 of this Agreement;

         (d)  subject to the  obligations  of Seller  pursuant  to  Section  5.7
         hereof,  all books,  records and other documents of Seller,  including,
         without limitation,  limited partner lists, partnership tax returns and
         limited  partner  Schedule K-1s,  relating to the partners of and their
         investment in Seller;

         (e) the non-transferable  right for Seller to use the names "Majco" and
         "Majco Building Specialties, L.P.";

         (f) all other  assets,  properties  and rights,  if any,  identified on
         Schedule 1.2 hereto;

         (g) the employment agreements between the Seller and each of Raymond E.
         Deasy, Larry R. McMichael, Rick Thompson and Donely Zulager;

         (h) the financial  consulting and sales and use tax consulting  service
         agreements  set  forth  as items  30 and 31  under  subsection  (ii) of
         Schedule 3.9 hereto; and

         (i) the rights and  benefits of Seller in respect of the  Agreement  of
         Sale and Purchase dated April 24, 1986,  among American  Standard Inc.,
         Equus Capital Corporation and Equus Building Products, L.P. as assignee
         of EBP Holdings,  Inc.,  provided that Seller shall request the consent
         of American  Standard to the  assignment of such rights and benefits to
         Purchaser,  and in the event  such  consent  is  obtained  at any time,
         Seller shall assign such rights and benefits to Purchaser.

         1.3 Assumption of Liabilities. Purchaser, upon the sale and purchase of
the  Assets,  shall  assume,  and  shall pay and  discharge  when due all of the
liabilities  and  obligations  of the  Division and all of the  liabilities  and
obligations of Seller in respect of the Division, the Business or the Assets, of
whatever  type or nature,  absolute,  contingent  or  otherwise,  other than the
Retained Liabilities (the "Assumed Liabilities").

         1.4  Limitations on Assumption.  Any provision of this Agreement to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  Purchaser will not and does not assume the following
liabilities and obligations  (the "Retained  Liabilities") of Seller even if, to
any extent,  they arose in connection with, were incurred by or were related to,
the  operation  of the  Business or the  transfer of the  Business to  Purchaser
pursuant to this Agreement:

         (a) all  indebtedness  (the "Debt") of Seller for borrowed  money under
         the agreements and instruments set forth on Schedule 3.9(xv) hereto;

         (b) any obligation or liability of Seller to Purchaser  created by this
         Agreement;

         (c) any obligation or liability of Seller arising out of or incurred in
         respect of any  transaction  occurring on or after the Closing Date (as
         defined in Section 2.1 hereof) unrelated to the Assets, the Division or
         Purchaser's operation of the Business;

         (d) any obligation or liability of Seller to any of Seller's general or
         limited or special partners (in their respective  capacities as general
         or limited or special partners) or any officer, director or stockholder
         or limited or general partner thereof (in their  respective  capacities
         as  officer,  director,  stockholder  or  general  or  limited  partner
         thereof)  and  any  officer,   director  or  stockholder  of  any  such
         stockholder  or  limited  or  general  partner  (in  their   respective
         capacities as officer, director or stockholder);

         (e) unpaid fees and expenses of Seller's investment  bankers,  counsel,
         accountants   or  other  experts   incurred  in  connection   with  the
         negotiation  of  this  Agreement  and  related  documentation  and  the
         execution and delivery of the same and the closing of the  transactions
         contemplated hereby;

         (f) any  obligation or liability of Seller or its general or limited or
         special partners for any of the following: (i) federal, state, local or
         foreign income Taxes  incurred for periods  through the date of Closing
         ("pre-Closing  Periods");  (ii) federal,  state, local or foreign Taxes
         payable with regard to the sale,  conveyance,  assignment,  transfer or
         delivery  of the  Division,  the Assets and the  Business  by Seller to
         Purchaser  at the Closing  pursuant to this  Agreement,  except for any
         liability  which  Seller may incur with  respect to the  Multi-Employer
         Plan (as such term is  hereinafter  defined);  (iii)  any  other  Taxes
         incurred in respect of the  Division  for  pre-Closing  Periods and not
         properly  accrued  on the  "Closing  Balance  Sheet"  (as such  term is
         defined in Section  1.8  hereof) and  back-up  schedules  with  respect
         thereto,  which schedules shall provide  additional  details  regarding
         each tax accrual  item;  and (iv)  interest,  additions  and  penalties
         incurred  in respect of any of the Taxes  referred  to in clauses  (i),
         (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (f); and

         (g) the  liabilities  associated  with the  agreements  referred  to in
         Section 1.2(g) and (h).


         For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Tax" shall mean any federal,  state,
         local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll,  employment,
         excise,  severance,  stamp,  occupation,   premium,  windfall  profits,
         environmental,  customs  duties,  capital  stock,  franchise,  profits,
         withholding,  social security (or similar),  unemployment,  disability,
         real property,  personal property, sales, use, transfer,  registration,
         value added, alternative or add-on minimum,  estimated, or other tax of
         any kind whatsoever.

         1.5      Purchase Price.

         (a) In  consideration  of the sale and transfer of the Assets by Seller
         to Purchaser, at Closing Purchaser shall assume the Assumed Liabilities
         and pay the  following  (the  "Purchase  Price"):  (i) to  Seller,  the
         "Initial  Purchase Price" (as such term is defined in Section 1.5(c)(i)
         below);  and (ii) into the "Escrow  Account" the sum of the "Contingent
         Escrow Funds" (as such terms are defined in Section 1.5(c)(ii) below).

         (b) The sum of Sixty Six Million Six Hundred Ten Thousand United States
         Dollars  (U.S.  $66,610,000)  in cash  constitutes  the "Gross  Amount"
         within the meaning of this Agreement.

         (c) At Closing, the Purchase Price shall be transferred by Purchaser by
         wire transfer of immediately available funds, as follows:

                  (i) the sum (such sum,  the "Initial  Purchase  Price") of (a)
                  Sixty Three  Million Two Hundred  Seventy Nine  Thousand  Five
                  Hundred  Dollars  (U.S.  $63,279,500)  shall  be  paid  at the
                  Closing  to  such   account  or  accounts  as  may  have  been
                  designated  by Seller to Purchaser in writing at least two (2)
                  business days prior to the Closing.

                  (ii) the sum (such  sum,  the  "Contingent  Escrow  Funds") of
                  Three  Million  Three  Hundred  Thirty  Thousand  Five Hundred
                  Dollars  (U.S.  $3,330,500)  shall be paid at Closing into the
                  escrow account (the "Escrow Account")  established pursuant to
                  an escrow  agreement  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit A
                  hereto (the "Escrow Agreement").

         (d) As more fully provided in the Escrow  Agreement,  for the scheduled
         term of the Escrow  Agreement  following  the Closing  Date,  Purchaser
         shall be  entitled to collect  from the Escrow  Account any amount that
         Purchaser  is  entitled to receive,  in  accordance  with the terms and
         conditions  of the  Escrow  Agreement,  as an  indemnification  payment
         pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 hereof. Upon the termination of
         the Escrow Agreement,  the balance of the Escrow Account, if any, shall
         be paid over to Seller pursuant to the Escrow Agreement as a payment of
         additional  contingent purchase price for the Assets (said payment, the
         "Contingent Purchase Price Payment").

         1.6  Discharge  of  Indebtedness.  At  the  Closing,  upon  payment  by
Purchaser  of the Initial  Purchase  Price to Seller and the  Contingent  Escrow
Funds to the Escrow Account,  Seller shall cause all documents and  instruments,
in recordable form as appropriate,  necessary to fully release and discharge the
Debt owed on the  Closing  Date  together  with all liens,  mortgages,  deeds of
trust, security interests,  pledges and other encumbrances securing the same, to
be executed,  delivered  and/or  filed,  as the case may be. To  facilitate  the
foregoing,   Seller  may  direct   Purchaser  to  pay  a  portion  of  the  cash
consideration  included in the Initial  Purchase Price directly to the holder of
the Debt in such amount as is indicated by Seller. Seller shall cause the holder
of the Debt to execute a pay-off letter  substantially  in the form of Exhibit C
hereto evidencing the release and discharge of such indebtedness.

         1.7      Personnel, Labor and ERISA Matters

         (a) Continued Employment. Upon the Closing, Purchaser shall continue to
         employ  all of the  employees  covered  by  the  collective  bargaining
         agreement  dated as of May 9, 1994 (the  "Union  Contract")  with Local
         Union No. 204 of the Sheet Metal Worker's  International Union, AFL-CIO
         (the "Sheet Metal Worker's Union")  pursuant to the terms thereof,  and
         all other  employees  of the  Business and the Division or of Seller in
         respect of the same at their same  salaries and wages and with the same
         benefits  and  terms  and  conditions  of  employment  as are in effect
         immediately  prior to the  Closing.  The  foregoing  shall not prohibit
         Purchaser  from   terminating  the  employment  of  any  such  employee
         following  the  Closing to the  extent  permitted  by law and  contract
         although Purchaser has not expressed any present intention to do so.

         (b) Union  Contract.  Purchaser  shall  assume  all of the  duties  and
         obligations  of the  Business,  the  Division  and  Seller  under or in
         respect of the terms of the Union Contract.

         (c) Employee  Benefit  Plans.  Seller and Purchaser  shall,  before and
         after  the  Closing,  take  all  such  action  as may be  necessary  or
         appropriate so that Purchaser  shall be substituted for all purposes as
         the sponsoring or contributing  employer under the Plans (as defined in
         Section 3.15 hereof)  referred to on Schedule  3.15(a)  hereto,  and so
         that,  with  respect  to the  "Multi-Employer  Plan"  (as such  term is
         hereinafter  defined),  under the  requirements of such Plan, ERISA (as
         defined in Section 3.15(a)  hereof),  and the Pension Benefit  Guaranty
         Corporation,   such  substitution   shall  not  constitute  a  complete
         withdrawal or partial  withdrawal  (as such terms are defined in ERISA)
         by Seller from such Plan.  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  Purchaser
         expressly  agrees that it shall assume and observe the  obligations  of
         the Business, the Division and Seller to the Sheet Metal Worker's plan,
         a   multi-employer   defined  benefit  employee  pension  benefit  plan
         previously assumed by Seller, which plan (the "Multi-Employer Plan") is
         identified on Schedule 3.15(a) hereto and Purchaser shall be liable for
         any  withdrawal  liability  which  Seller may incur with respect to the
         Multi-Employer  Plan.  Without limiting  Purchaser's  obligations under
         this  Agreement  (including,  without  limitation,  in  respect  of the
         Assumed   Liabilities)   or  Seller's   rights  under  this   Agreement
         (including,  without limitation,  Seller's rights to indemnification by
         Purchaser),  Seller  acknowledges that if Purchaser  withdraws from the
         aforesaid  multiemployer  plan in a complete  withdrawal,  or a partial
         withdrawal  with  respect  to  operations  during  the five plan  years
         specified  in  Section  4204(a)(1)(C)  of ERISA,  the  Seller  shall be
         secondarily  liable for any  withdrawal  liability it would have had to
         such multiemployer plan with respect to the operations (but for Section
         4204 of ERISA) if the  liability of Purchaser  with respect to the plan
         is not paid.

         (d) Welfare Plans. All personnel to be employed by Purchaser  following
         the Closing as provided in  subsection  (a) above shall be given credit
         for all years of service in respect of the Business with Seller and its
         predecessors, including, without limitation, American Standard Inc. and
         Equus Building Products,  L.P. for purposes of determining  eligibility
         for,  and  duration  and  amount  of,  all  benefits  to be  assumed by
         Purchaser  (including,  without  limitation,  life insurance,  medical,
         dental  and  disability   benefits  and  paid  vacation  and  severance
         arrangements);  provided  that in respect of  employees  covered by the
         Union  Contract  credit in respect  of years of service  shall be given
         only if and as provided in such Union Contract.  Purchaser shall assume
         the obligations of the Business,  the Division and the Seller as of the
         Closing Date for accrued  vacation  pay and sick pay and other  accrued
         but unpaid  benefits as accrued in the  ordinary  course of business in
         accordance with the policies identified in Schedule 3.15(a) hereto.

         1.8      Completion of Closing Audited Financial Statements.

         (a) As soon as practicable after the Closing and, in any event,  within
         forty-five  (45) days  thereof,  Seller  shall  prepare  and deliver to
         Purchaser audited financial statements,  including, but not limited to,
         an  audited  balance  sheet of Seller  as at  September  30,  1995 (the
         "Closing Balance Sheet"),  and the related audited  statement of income
         (the "Closing Income Statement"),  for the period commencing on January
         1, 1995 and ending on the Closing Date (the "Closing Audited  Financial
         Statements"),  prepared  in  accordance  with United  States  generally
         accepted accounting principles  consistently applied in accordance with
         Seller's  past  practices.  The  Seller  will  inform  its  independent
         certified public  accountants of, and will use its best efforts to have
         such accountants  acknowledge,  Purchaser's intended use of the Closing
         Audited Financial  Statements in connection with the purchase of Assets
         under this Agreement.

         (b) In connection with the preparation of the Closing Audited Financial
         Statements,  a physical  inventory shall be conducted at the Division's
         plants on the Closing  Date.  The  inventory  will be taken by Seller's
         independent  certified  public  accountants,  and shall be  observed by
         Purchaser's independent certified public accountants.

         (c) Purchaser  shall give Seller and its independent  certified  public
         accountants  such access to the  Division,  the Assets and the Business
         and the officers and employees and books and records thereof (which are
         then  within  the   possession   of   Purchaser   or  its   affiliates,
         representatives,  employees or professional  advisors) as Seller or its
         accountants  may reasonably  request in order to enable them to prepare
         said Closing Audited Financial Statements.

         (d) Seller's  independent  certified public accountants and Purchaser's
         independent  certified  public  accountants may discuss with each other
         the  preparation   and  contents  of  the  Closing  Audited   Financial
         Statements  during the period from the Closing  through the delivery of
         the same by Seller to Purchaser.

         (e) Purchaser shall have fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Closing
         Audited Financial  Statements (during which period Purchaser shall have
         complete  access to the work papers of Seller's  independent  certified
         public accountants),  during which to advise Seller by a written notice
         that Purchaser disputes that such Closing Audited Financial  Statements
         are  prepared in  accordance  with  United  States  generally  accepted
         accounting principles  consistently applied in accordance with Seller's
         past practices.  If Purchaser does not give such notice of dispute with
         regard  to either  the  Closing  Balance  Sheet or the  Closing  Income
         Statement, then the Statement which is undisputed shall be deemed to be
         the "Closing Balance Sheet" or the "Closing Income  Statement",  as the
         case may be,  and shall be  conclusive  and  binding  upon the  parties
         hereto for the purposes  expressly  set forth in Sections  1.4(f)(iii),
         5.14, 5.16 and 5.19 of this Agreement.

         (f) If  Purchaser  gives  such  notice  of  dispute,  then  Seller  and
         Purchaser  shall use their best  efforts and good faith to resolve such
         dispute by  negotiation.  If the parties  succeed in resolving any such
         disputes by negotiation,  then the statement which becomes  undisputed,
         with whatever  changes  thereto the parties may have mutually agreed to
         make, shall be deemed to be the "Closing Balance Sheet" or the "Closing
         Income  Statement",  as the case may be,  and shall be  conclusive  and
         binding upon the parties hereto for the purposes expressly set forth in
         Sections 1.4(f)(iii), 5.14, 5.16 and 5.19 of this Agreement.

         (g) If any dispute is not resolved by negotiation  within ten (10) days
         after the receipt by Seller of Purchaser's notice of dispute,  and such
         dispute  involves an  individual  item on the Closing  Balance Sheet or
         Closing Income Statement in excess of $50,000,  or items on the Closing
         Balance  Sheet or Closing  Income  Statement  aggregating  in excess of
         $200,000, then the dispute shall be submitted immediately to one of the
         following "Big Six" firms,  which are listed in the order in which they
         shall be approached to accept the assignment: Price Waterhouse, Coopers
         &  Lybrand  and  Arthur  Anderson.  The  independent  certified  public
         accountant who actually  resolves the dispute shall be a member of such
         firm  in the  Chicago  office  who is  individually  knowledgeable  and
         experienced  in the  accounting  issues in the fireplace  industry or a
         closely-  identified  industry or, if no such member can be identified,
         then  a  member  of  the  firm   knowledgeable   and  experienced  with
         manufacturing  companies.  If no such  accountant at one of the Big Six
         firms listed above  accepts the  assignment  within five (5) days after
         the lapse of the aforesaid  ten (10) day  negotiating  period,  and the
         parties have not mutually agreed upon another accountant to resolve the
         dispute,  then either party may seek to have an accountant appointed in
         an arbitration proceeding substantially similar to the one provided for
         under the  Escrow  Agreement.  The  accountant  chosen to  resolve  the
         dispute,  whether  at one of the  Big Six  firms  or  otherwise,  shall
         determine within fifteen (15) days whether the Closing Balance Sheet or
         the Closing Income Statement,  whichever is applicable, was prepared in
         accordance with United States generally accepted accounting  principles
         consistently  applied in accordance with Seller's past practices.  Each
         of the Seller and the  Purchaser  may make a written  submission to the
         accountant  arbitrating the dispute provided that a copy of the same is
         received by the other party  hereto on the same day, and each party may
         make a  response  in  writing  to the  submission  by the  other  party
         provided  that a copy of the  response  also is  received  by the other
         party  hereto  on the  same  day as the  response  is  received  by the
         accountant  arbitrating  the dispute.  The accountant  arbitrating  the
         dispute  pursuant to this Paragraph shall consider any such submission.
         When the accountant  arbitrating the dispute pursuant to this Paragraph
         renders his decision, the relevant statement,  as revised in accordance
         with the decision of the accountant  who arbitrated the dispute,  shall
         be deemed to be the  "Closing  Balance  Sheet" or the  "Closing  Income
         Statement",  as the case may be, and shall be  conclusive  and  binding
         upon  the  parties  hereto  for the  purposes  expressly  set  forth in
         Sections 1.4(f)(iii), 5.14, 5.16 and 5.19 of this Agreement.

         (h) Each  party  hereto  shall  pay the fees  and  expenses  of its own
         accountants in connection  with the  performance  of this Section.  The
         fees and expenses of the independent  certified public  accountant,  if
         any, who arbitrates a dispute  between the parties  hereto  pursuant to
         Section 1.8(g) hereof shall be shared equally by the parties hereto.

         1.9  Pre-Closing   Purchase  Price   Adjustment;   Additional   Closing
Condition.   The   parties   hereto   expressly   acknowledge   and  agree  that
notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Agreement to the contrary,  on the
terms and  conditions  set forth in this Section 1.9 the  Purchase  Price may be
adjusted by the parties prior to the Closing and a special Closing condition may
arise, as follows:

         (a) In the event that from the date hereof through the Closing date, an
         event or condition,  should occur which results in a breach of Seller's
         representations or warranties hereunder,  Purchaser shall promptly give
         Seller  notice of the same in  substantially  the same manner as notice
         would be given for indemnification claims pursuant to Article 8 hereof.
         In addition to whatever other information is included in such notice to
         Seller,  Purchaser,  to the best of its ability, shall advise Seller of
         the dollar value of Purchaser's claim with respect to such breach.

         (b) Within two (2) days of receipt of such notice  (assuming,  for this
         purpose,  that the same is received prior to the Closing date),  Seller
         shall  respond to  Purchaser's  notice.  Such  response  may include an
         acceptance or a rejection of the validity of  Purchaser's  claim or the
         valuation thereof or a request for additional information.

         (c) To the extent that the parties  agree on the value and  validity of
         any such claim on or prior to the Closing date, if the aggregate agreed
         value of any such claims  between the date hereof and the Closing  date
         is greater than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars  ($250,000) but less
         than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000),  Seller agrees that with respect
         to each such claim Seller shall either (i) pay the amount of such claim
         to Purchaser or (ii) assume liability therefor,  to the extent that the
         matter underlying the claim constitutes an assumable obligation. In the
         event  that the  aggregate  agreed  value of such  claims  exceeds  One
         Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000),  Seller  shall  also have the option to
         perform  in  accordance  with the  preceding  clauses  (i) and (ii) but
         Seller  may limit its  payment or  assumption  to One  Million  Dollars
         ($1,000,000).  In the event  that the  aggregate  agreed  value of such
         claims does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($250,000),
         this Section shall not apply.  Any payments by Seller  pursuant to this
         Section shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds.

         1.10 Taxes on Sale. Seller shall bear the burden and be responsible for
the  payment  of  all  Taxes  payable  with  respect  to the  sale,  conveyance,
assignment, transfer or delivery of the Division, the Assets and the Business to
Purchaser at Closing pursuant to this Agreement,  except for any liability which
Seller  may  incur  with  respect  to the Multi  Employer  Plan (as such term is
hereinafter defined).

2.       Closing.

                  2.1 Time and Place.  The consummation of the purchase and sale
of the Assets and the other  transactions  contemplated  hereby (the  "Closing")
shall take place at 10:00 A.M. on September 29, 1995 (the "Closing Date") at the
offices of  Greenberg  Traurig  Hoffman  Lipoff  Rosen & Quentel,  153 East 53rd
Street,  New York,  New York,  or at such  other  time and place as the  parties
hereto may agree in writing.

                  2.2  Obligations of Purchaser at Closing.  At the Closing,  if
the  conditions to  Purchaser's  obligations  set forth in Section 6 hereof have
been  satisfied or waived by Purchaser,  then,  against  tender by Seller of the
documents  set  forth  in  Section  2.3  hereof,  Purchaser  shall  perform  its
obligations  to be  performed  under this  Agreement  on or prior to Closing and
shall: (i) pay and deliver by irrevocable wire transfer of immediately available
funds (a) the Initial  Purchase  Price to an account or accounts  designated  by
Seller in  writing  to  Purchaser  at least two (2)  business  days prior to the
Closing and (b) the  Contingent  Escrow  Funds to the Escrow  Account;  and (ii)
execute and deliver to Seller an  assumption  agreement in the form of Exhibit D
hereto and such  other  acceptances  of the  Assumed  Liabilities  as Seller may
reasonably  require to consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereunder,  in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller.

                  2.3 Obligations of Seller at Closing.  At the Closing,  if the
conditions  to  Seller's  obligations  set forth in  Section 7 hereof  have been
satisfied or waived by Seller,  then, against tender by Purchaser of the Initial
Purchase Price and the Contingent  Escrow Funds and the other items set forth in
Section 2.2 hereof, Seller shall execute and deliver or cause to be executed and
delivered to Purchaser all of the following and such other  documentation  as is
necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder:

                  (i) with respect to the Real Property,  special warranty deeds
         conveying title to Purchaser in the forms of Exhibits E and F hereto;

                  (ii) with  respect  to the lease  listed  in  Schedule  3.4(a)
         hereto  (the  "Lease"),   an  assignment   and   assumption   agreement
         substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto;

                  (iii)  assignments of all of Seller's  rights and  obligations
         under all contracts and agreements  (exclusive of the Leases) which are
         included in the Assets  (other than those  covering  Retained  Assets),
         substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto;

                  (iv)  assignments  to  Purchaser of that portion of the Assets
         which consist of Proprietary  Rights and any other intangible  property
         of an  intellectual  property  nature,  substantially  in the  form  of
         Exhibit I hereto;

                  (v) a bill of sale in the form of  Exhibit K from  Seller  and
         such other assignments, endorsements, and instruments of conveyance and
         transfer as shall be  necessary  in order to sell,  assign and transfer
         the Assets not  covered by  clauses  (i)  through  (iv) and (x) of this
         Section 2.3 to Purchaser;

                  (vi) all  documents  and  instruments  necessary to release of
         record or otherwise evidence the satisfaction of the mortgages,  liens,
         security interests and encumbrances  listed in Schedule 2.3(vi) hereto,
         if any;

                  (vii) all documents  necessary to effectuate the assignment of
         the Union  Contract  and Plans as  contemplated  in Section  1.8 hereof
         substantially in the form of Exhibits K and L attached hereto;

                  (viii) the  letters of  instruction  described  in Section 5.4
         hereof;

                  (ix) the pay-off  letter  described in Section 1.6 hereof,  if
         applicable;

                  (x) the instrument described in Section 5.4 hereof authorizing
         Purchaser and its  representatives  to endorse Seller's name on checks,
         drafts,  notes and other documents  received in payment of any accounts
         receivable or other  property  included in the Assets sold to Purchaser
         under this Agreement; and

                  (xi) all documents  necessary to effectuate  the assignment of
         the insurance policies covered by Section 1.1(g) hereof, if any.


3.       Representations and Warranties of Seller.

                  Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser that:

         3.1      Organization and Existence.

         (a) Seller is a limited  partnership  duly organized,  validly existing
         and in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware,  has all
         requisite partnership power and authority to own, lease and operate its
         properties  and to carry on the Business as now being  conducted and is
         qualified  to do  business  as a  foreign  limited  partnership  in any
         jurisdiction  whose laws  require such  qualification  except where the
         failure to be so  qualified,  as of the date  hereof,  would not have a
         materially adverse effect on the Business,  the Division or the Assets,
         taken as a whole. The Documents (as hereinafter  defined)  executed and
         delivered by Seller  constitute,  or when executed and  delivered  will
         constitute, the legal, valid and binding agreements of Seller, and are,
         or when executed and delivered will be,  enforceable in accordance with
         their  respective  terms.  The execution,  delivery and  performance by
         Seller  of this  Agreement  and the  other  Documents  to be  executed,
         delivered  and performed by Seller are within its  partnership  powers,
         and,  to the extent  required,  subject to the  receipt of the  limited
         partner consent contemplated by Section 7(h), have been duly authorized
         by all necessary  partnership action. Seller has delivered to Purchaser
         complete  and  correct  copies  of:  (i)  the  Certificate  of  Limited
         Partnership   of  Seller   and  of  the   general   partner  of  Seller
         (collectively,  the  "L.P.  Certificate"),  as in  effect  on the  date
         hereof,  certified by the Secretary of State of Delaware;  and (ii) the
         Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Seller and the
         Agreement  of  Limited  Partnership  of the  general  partner of Seller
         (collectively,  the "Partnership Agreement"),  as in effect on the date
         hereof,  certified,  as to Seller,  by the  Secretary  or an  Assistant
         Secretary of the general  partner of the general partner of Seller and,
         as to the  general  partner of Seller,  by the  general  partner of the
         general partner of Seller.

         (b) Except as set forth in the  documents  creating the Debt and except
         as set  forth  in  Schedule  3.1(b)  hereto,  if at  all,  neither  the
         execution  and delivery of any of the  Documents,  the  performance  by
         Seller  of its  obligations  thereunder,  nor the  consummation  of the
         transactions  contemplated  thereby will: (i) violate any provisions of
         the L.P. Certificate or the Partnership Agreement; (ii) with or without
         the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, violate, or be in
         conflict  with, or constitute a default  under,  or cause or permit the
         termination,  cancellation or the  acceleration of the maturity of, any
         debt, contract,  agreement,  lease or obligation of the Division or the
         Seller or, to Seller's  knowledge,  by which they are bound, or require
         the payment of any  prepayment or other premium or penalty with respect
         thereto;  (iii) except as set forth in Schedule  3.12  hereto,  require
         notice to or the consent of any party to any debt, contract, agreement,
         lease or  obligation  of the  Division  or the Seller  or, to  Seller's
         knowledge,  by which  they  are  bound,  or  permit  any such  party to
         re-negotiate,  receive a refund with  respect to,  modify or  otherwise
         change any  agreement  or  commitment;  (iv) result in the  creation or
         imposition of any security interest, lien or other encumbrance upon any
         property or assets of the Division or Seller under any debt,  contract,
         agreement,  lease or  obligation  of the  Division or the Seller or, to
         Seller's  knowledge,  by  which  they are  bound;  or (v)  violate  any
         statute, law, judgment, decree, order, writ, injunction,  regulation or
         rule of any court or governmental  authority applicable to the Division
         or to the Seller;  except,  in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (v),
         for any such violation,  conflict, default, termination,  acceleration,
         security  interest,  lien,  encumbrance  or other act or omission which
         would not materially adversely affect the Assets or the Business.

         As used herein, the term "Documents" means this Agreement and all other
instruments,  agreements and documents  executed and delivered or to be executed
and  delivered  by either party or both parties  hereto in  connection  with the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         3.2 No Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.2 hereto, Seller
does not have any subsidiaries or any equity  investment or ownership  interest,
directly or indirectly, in any corporation,  partnership, joint venture or other
business enterprise.

         3.3      Financial Statements.

         (a) Schedule 3.3(a) sets forth a true,  accurate and complete copies of
         the balance sheets of Seller as at December 31, 1994 (the "1994 Balance
         Sheet") and  December  31, 1993 and the related  statements  of income,
         changes in  partners'  equity and cash flows for the fiscal  years then
         ended,  accompanied  by the audit  report  thereon of Deloitte & Touche
         LLP,  independent  accountants  (collectively,  the "Audited  Financial
         Statements").  The Audited  Financial  Statements have been prepared in
         accordance with United States generally accepted accounting  principles
         applied  on a  consistent  basis,  are  consistent  with the  books and
         records of Seller,  taken as a whole, and present fairly and accurately
         the financial  position of Seller in each case as at the dates thereof,
         and the results of operations and changes in cash flows for the periods
         then  ended  in  accordance  with  United  States  generally   accepted
         accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

         (b) Schedule  3.3(b) sets forth true,  accurate and complete  copies of
         the  unaudited  balance  sheet of Seller as at June 30, 1995 (the "June
         Balance Sheet") and the related  unaudited income  statement,  and cash
         flows for the  six-month  period  ended on such  date  (the  "Unaudited
         Financial  Statements").  Except for the  absence of notes  thereto and
         other   customary   differences   and  exceptions   pertaining  to  the
         preparation of unaudited interim financial statements, to the knowledge
         of Seller the  Unaudited  Financial  Statements  have been  prepared in
         accordance with United States generally accepted accounting  principles
         applied  on a  consistent  basis,  are  consistent  with the  books and
         records of Seller,  taken as a whole, and present fairly and accurately
         the  financial  position  of  Seller  as at the date  thereof,  and the
         results of  operations  and  changes in cash flows for the period  then
         ended in accordance with United States  generally  accepted  accounting
         principles applied on a consistent basis.

         3.4      Real Property.

         (a) Schedule  3.4(a)  contains (i) the legal  descriptions  of the Real
         Property and (ii) a list of the real property leased by the Business or
         the Division or by Seller primarily for the Business or the Division.

         (b) The Real  Property  is all of the real  property  owned by  Seller.
         Seller is in actual  possession  of the Real  Property  and has, and at
         Closing  shall have,  fee simple title to the Real  Property,  free and
         clear of all liens and  encumbrances,  leases and rights of  occupancy,
         except for the  following  (all of which  except for  subprovision  (i)
         below  are  referred  to  hereinafter  collectively  as the  "Permitted
         Exceptions"):  (i) those items listed on Schedule  2.3(vi)  hereto,  if
         any; (ii) real property taxes, assessments and other impositions either
         not yet due and  payable at the time of Closing or the payment of which
         is being  contested  by Seller in  appropriate  proceedings;  (iii) the
         exceptions set forth in Schedule 3.4(b)(iii) hereto; (iv) the states of
         facts and (y) any existing additional states of facts which an accurate
         survey  (or  update  of the  surveys  described  above)  or a  physical
         inspection  of the  real  property  would  reveal  provided,  that  the
         additional states of facts do not violate any existing law, rule, order
         or regulation or interfere  with the current use of the property  shown
         on the  surveys  listed in  Schedule  3.4(b)(iv)  hereto (v) all of the
         standard or  "boilerplate"  printed  exceptions  contained in any title
         policy issued to Purchaser; (vi) existing rights of any utility company
         to maintain or operate wires, lines, cables, poles and equipment in, to
         and under the Real  Property,  provided they do not interfere  with the
         operation  of  the  business  as  it  is  presently  conducted;   (vii)
         insubstantial  variations  between  record lines and fences,  retaining
         walls or walks and  insubstantial  variations  between record lines and
         tax maps or other  filed  maps or plats;  (viii)  zoning,  subdivision,
         landmark, historic or wetlands laws or designations,  provided they are
         not  violated by the  existing  buildings  and  improvements;  and (ix)
         encroachments of non-structural  portions of buildings or improvements;
         and consents for the erection of any  structure  on, under or above any
         streets on which the Real Property abuts. If at Closing there are liens
         or  encumbrances,  other  than  Permitted  Exceptions,  that  Seller is
         obligated to pay or discharge, Seller may use a portion of the purchase
         price  to pay or  discharge  them or  deposit  sufficient  monies  with
         Purchaser's  title  insurance   company   sufficient  to  assure  their
         discharge if the title insurance company will insure  Purchaser's title
         clear of such matters.  Purchaser shall provide  separate  certified or
         bank  checks  or wire  transfers  as  requested  by Seller to assist in
         clearing up these matters.  The parties further  acknowledge  that item
         A.8 of Schedule  3.4(b)(iii) sets forth their agreement with respect to
         the  clarification of the legal description of that portion of the Real
         Property located in Huntington, Indiana.

         (c) The Lease is the only leasehold  estate held by the Business or the
         Division  or the Seller as lessee in respect  of real  property  or any
         interest therein.  A true, correct and complete copy of the Lease as in
         effect  on the date  hereof  have  been  delivered  to  Purchaser.  The
         Division or Seller on behalf of the Division is in actual possession of
         the  properties  demised  under the  Lease and has good and  marketable
         title to the leasehold estates conveyed under the Lease, free and clear
         of any  mortgage,  deed of  trust,  pledge,  vendors'  or  other  lien,
         security interest,  sublease or right of occupancy, except as set forth
         on Schedule 3.4(c) hereto, if at all.

         (d) Seller has the right of ingress and egress through a public road or
         street,  to and from each parcel of Real  Property  and to and from the
         properties demised under the Leases.

         (e) The Real Property and the  properties  demised under the Leases and
         the improvements thereon (including, without limitation, (i) the walls,
         ceilings and other structural  elements of any improvements  erected on
         any part of the Real  Property and (ii) the building  systems,  such as
         heating,  plumbing,  ventilation,  air conditioning and electric (which
         building  systems  referred  to in this  clause  (ii)  are  hereinafter
         defined as the "Building Systems")) constitute all of the real property
         and leases  currently  used  exclusively or materially for the Business
         and, in the  aggregate,  are  adequate and  sufficient  for the current
         operations of the Division and the Business,  taken as a whole, and the
         aforesaid Building Systems on such properties, whether leased or owned,
         are in good working  order,  repair and operating  condition  (ordinary
         wear or tear  excepted  which term,  for  purposes  of this  Agreement,
         includes  without  limitation any present repair of items and scheduled
         maintenance  of  items  which is not  overdue)  and,  further,  that no
         representation  is given  with  regard  to  working  order,  repair  or
         operating condition of any of the same which are not regularly required
         for or used in the current  operations of the Division and the Business
         or are only used for storage.

         (f) There is no pending  proceeding for the taking or condem- nation of
         all or any portion of the Real Property or the properties demised under
         the Leases or pending  taking or  condemnation  proceeding  which would
         result in a  termination  of any  Lease of real  property  and,  to the
         knowledge of Seller, none of the same is threatened.

         (g)  There  are  no  items  of  maintenance  scheduled  by  Seller  for
         completion  during  the past  six  months  that  have  been  materially
         deferred with respect to any of the Building Systems or with respect to
         the structural  soundness of the  improvements  comprising  part of the
         Real  Property  in excess of $50,000 in the  aggregate  except  that no
         representation   is  given  with   regard  to  any  Real   Property  or
         improvements comprising part of any of the same which are not regularly
         required for or used in the current  operations of the Division and the
         Business or are only used for storage.

         (h) Seller has received no uncured notice from applicable  governmental
         authorities  of any  outstanding  violations  of any building or zoning
         laws,  codes or regulations,  or governmental or judicial orders issued
         pursuant  thereto,  with respect to the Real Property  and,  except for
         violations that would not be material to the Business,  the Division or
         the Assets,  taken as a whole, there are no such violations;  provided,
         that the foregoing  representation shall not apply to any Real Property
         or  improvements  comprising  part  of any of the  same  which  are not
         regularly  required  for or  used  in  the  current  operations  of the
         Division and the Business or are only used for storage.

         (i) As of the Closing,  no labor will have been performed,  or material
         furnished,  by or at the request of Seller in connection  with the Real
         Property  which  shall  not have  been paid for in full and for which a
         mechanic's lien or materialman's lien can validly be claimed except for
         amounts for which adequate reserves have been established by Seller and
         amounts not yet due and payable under existing  service and maintenance
         contracts.

         (j)  Seller is not a  "foreign  person"  as such term is defined in the
         Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC").

         (k) Schedule  3.4(k) hereto lists all material  assignable  service and
         maintenance contracts pertaining to the Real Property.

         (l) There are no management  contracts,  leasing or leasing  commission
         agreements  or  similar  agreements   relating  to  the  operation  and
         management  of the Real Property  which are not  terminable at Seller's
         option  without  penalty on notice of 60 days or less other than as set
         forth on Schedule 3.4(l).

         3.5 Absence of Changes or Events.  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.5
hereto or otherwise disclosed to Purchaser by Seller in writing,  since December
31,  1994,  the  Business has been  conducted  only in the ordinary  course in a
manner consistent with past practice (except for the following facts,  which are
sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "Special  Exceptions":  (i) the Assets,
the Business and the Division have been offered for sale and, consequently, have
been  involved  in  the  process  of  such  offering  and  the  negotiation  and
performance  of a sale  transaction  and the  Division and the Seller have taken
certain customary actions and incurred certain customary  expenses in connection
therewith,  including,  without  limitation,  incurring  fees  and  expenses  of
investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, environmental and other consultants,
arranging and paying for  environmental  remediation  disclosed  elsewhere in or
pursuant to this  Agreement  and  arranging and paying for title and survey work
and  discussing  the  potential  sale  of  the  Business  and  the  Assets  with
prospective purchasers and with management and key employees of the Division and
the Seller and with customers and suppliers; (ii) in connection with the Closing
Seller  may pay  special  closing  bonuses  to  certain  key  executives  of the
Division,  such bonuses to be paid post-closing  from Seller's funds;  (iii) the
Purchaser and Seller have agreed that the Seller will be responsible for causing
payment  of  discretionary  bonuses  and  the  Division's  contributions  to the
Division's  401K Plan for the period  from  January 1, 1995  through the Closing
date with respect to employees other than Raymond E. Deasy,  Larry R. McMichael,
Donely H.  Zulager  and Glenn  Thomson,  in the amount  accrued on the books and
records of the  Division as of the Closing  date,  notwithstanding  that bonuses
under the Management Discretionary Bonus Plan and contributions to the 401K Plan
are ordinarily not paid until year-end and that  customarily  all members of the
Division's Management are eligible for payment of any such bonus and receive the
benefit of a Division  contribution  to the 401K Plan,  and Seller shall have no
further obligation with regard to payment of Management Discretionary bonuses or
401K contributions to or on behalf of the aforesaid four (4) individuals nor any
liability from any failure by Purchaser to make any necessary  contributions  or
otherwise  comply with the laws,  rules and regulations with respect to the 401K
plan following the Closing date;  (iv) in connection  with the Closing,  various
adjustments  and accounting and  bookkeeping  entries  ordinarily not made until
year-end  may be made by Seller at or about the time of  Closing  provided  that
such  accounting  and  bookkeeping  entries,  if any,  shall be subject to audit
pursuant to Section 1.8; (v) the Division will take a physical inventory late in
September and, as a result,  its plants will be shut down for two (2) days which
would  otherwise  be  production  days,  with a  consequent  effect on sales and
earnings;  (vi) the Division is in the process of selling its safe  business for
approximately  $45,000;  (vii) the  Purchaser  and the Seller  have  agreed to a
purchase price adjustment of $390,000, already reflected in the Initial Purchase
Price, in respect of certain notes receivables of Seller, and Seller may, but is
not required to, adjust reserves or write-offs  with regard to notes  receivable
accordingly whether or not it would otherwise have done so, but, notwithstanding
any other  provision of this  Agreement,  no such increase in reserves for notes
receivable or write-off of same in  connection  with or relating to the $390,000
purchase  price  adjustment  shall be  deemed  to  constitute  a  breach  of any
representation or warranty pursuant to this Agreement nor shall it be taken into
account in calculating the amount of cash which Seller may distribute or utilize
to pay off Debt in accordance  with Section 5.19 of this  Agreement,  except for
such  reserves  as are  recorded  in the course of  preparation  of the  Closing
Balance  Sheet;  and (viii) during the period from December 31, 1994 through the
Closing,  Seller has caused  payments of Debt and  distributions  of cash to the
general or limited  partners of Seller  whether or not in the  ordinary  course,
provided  that any such payments and  distributions  are permitted by and do not
violate Section 5.19 of this Agreement,  and provided further,  that Purchaser's
sole  remedy for breach of the  covenant  referred to in the  foregoing  proviso
shall be as set forth in said  Section  5.19;  and neither the  Business nor the
Division nor the Assets nor the Seller  primarily on behalf of the Division have
otherwise:

                  (i) experienced or suffered any material adverse change in its
         condition (financial or otherwise),  results of operation,  business or
         properties, taken as a whole; provided, that no material adverse change
         shall be deemed to have  occurred,  within the  meaning of this  clause
         (i), to the extent that the same is either (x) consistent with the most
         current written  projections  furnished to Purchaser by Seller prior to
         the execution and delivery of this  Agreement or (y)  consistent  with,
         but not materially more adverse than,  economic  conditions and results
         experienced  generally by businesses  comparable to the Business  which
         are principally engaged in manufacturing  fireplace systems and related
         products for the housing and remodeling industries in the U.S.;

                  (ii)  borrowed  or  agreed  to  borrow  any  funds  except  in
         connection with the revolving  credit facility  portion of the Debt, or
         incurred,  or become  subject  to,  any other  absolute  or  contingent
         obligation or liability,  or guaranteed any  liabilities or obligations
         of any other person,  except  obligations and  liabilities  incurred or
         guaranteed in the ordinary course of business;

                  (iii) created any mortgage, assignment, pledge, lien, security
         interest,  encumbrance,  restriction or charge of any kind with respect
         to its  properties,  business or assets except (i) the  equitable  lien
         created by this Agreement or (ii) as set forth on Schedule 3.4(b)(iii),
         if at all, or (iii) in the ordinary course of business, if at all;

                  (iv)  conveyed  or  agreed  to  convey  any real  property  or
         tangible  personal  property  included  in the  Assets to the  Seller's
         general or limited  partners or any  affiliated  person or any officer,
         director or  shareholder  thereof or entered into any non-arm's  length
         transaction  with any such person  provided,  that it is understood and
         agreed that at any time and from time to time up to and  including  the
         Closing  Date the Seller may make any  non-ordinary  course  payment or
         distribution in cash or in cash  equivalents to the Seller's general or
         limited partners or any affiliated  person or otherwise  dispose of the
         cash and cash  equivalents  of the  Business or the Division but Seller
         shall not cause the Division or the Business to incur  indebtedness for
         borrowed money for such purpose;

                  (v) sold,  transferred or otherwise  disposed of, or agreed to
         sell,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of any of material portion of its
         assets,  properties or rights,  except as permitted  pursuant to clause
         (iv) above or this Agreement or in the ordinary course of business,  it
         being  acknowledged that in the ordinary course of its business (i) the
         Division disposes of immaterial amounts of prototype, obsolete, odd lot
         or off  quality  products  to its  employees  and others for free or at
         nominal prices from time to time and (ii) in the ordinary course of its
         business the Division disposes of certain system components  (primarily
         builder  boxes)  at a loss as  part of  overall  orders  for  fireplace
         systems which are sold at an aggregate profit;

                  (vi)  experienced any general work stoppage or labor strike or
         any other  material  labor  dispute,  or  executed  or  modified in any
         material or non-ministerial fashion any collective bargaining agreement
         or arrangement;

                  (vii) incurred or become subject to any claim or liability for
         any  damages,  material to the  Business,  the Division and the Assets,
         taken as a whole, for negligence or other tort or breach of contract;

                  (viii) (a) made or granted any  increase in the benefits of or
         compensation  payable or to become  payable to  officers  or  employees
         (including any such increase  pursuant to any welfare  bonus,  pension,
         profit-sharing or other plan or commitment) or granted any severance or
         termination  pay to any  officer,  or  employee  of Seller  except  for
         individual  merit increases  granted in the ordinary course of business
         and increases  scheduled under contracts  entered into prior to January
         1, 1995 and increases pursuant to promotions of employees in accordance
         with  Seller's  normal  employment  practices  and  Seller's  customary
         incentive  programs  disclosed to Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement,
         or (b) entered into any  additional  employment  agreements  other than
         with Rick  Thompson,  which  contract  has been  disclosed to Purchaser
         pursuant to this Agreement;

                  (ix)  written  down  the  value  of  any  material  amount  of
         inventory  included in the Assets other than in the ordinary  course of
         business and in amounts consistent with the Division's  practice in its
         three (3) most recent  fiscal years or, in any event,  in excess of the
         greater of (a) the amount of such  writedowns  during the Seller's most
         recent fiscal year or (b) the average amount of such writedowns  during
         Seller's three (3) most recent fiscal years; or

                  (x)  written  off  as  uncollectible  any  notes  or  accounts
         receivable  included in the Assets other than in the ordinary course of
         business and in amounts consistent with the Division's  practice in its
         three (3) most recent  fiscal years or, in any event,  in excess of the
         greater of (a) the amount of such  writeoffs  during the Seller's  most
         recent fiscal year or (b) the average amount of such  writeoffs  during
         Seller's three (3) most recent fiscal years; or

                  (xi) suffered any  condemnation,  damage,  destruction or loss
         (by theft or otherwise), not covered by insurance, to the real property
         or  tangible  personal  property  included  in the  Assets in excess of
         $250,000  in the  aggregate,  or to any of the Assets of a nature  that
         would have a material adverse effect on the Business,  the Division and
         the Assets,  taken as a whole,  and continues to do so on and as of the
         Closing Date; or

                  (xii)  made  any  change  in  any  method  of   accounting  or
         accounting practice employed by the Division or by Seller in respect of
         the Division; or

                  (xiii)  forgiven or  cancelled  debts or claims,  or waived or
         permitted  to lapse any rights,  other than in the  ordinary  course of
         business  or as  otherwise  permitted  by this  Agreement  or as  would
         otherwise  not be materially  adverse to the Business,  the Division or
         the Assets, taken as a whole; or

                  (xiv) entered into any contract or agreement other than in the
         ordinary  course  of  business  or  as  otherwise   permitted  by  this
         Agreement; or

                  (xv) accepted any purchase  order or entered into any contract
         for the sale of any product  with the  intention  to sell the same at a
         loss  provided,   that  this  representation  does  not  apply  to  the
         Division's  ordinary  course  practice of (i)  disposing of  immaterial
         amounts of prototype,  obsolete, odd lot or off quality products to its
         employees  and others for free or at nominal  prices  from time to time
         and (ii)  disposing of certain  system  components  (primarily  builder
         boxes) at a loss as part of overall orders for fireplace  systems which
         are sold at an aggregate profit; or

                  (xvi)  sold,  otherwise  disposed  of, or  acquired  inventory
         except in the  ordinary  course of  business  or as  permitted  by this
         Agreement  provided,  that it is acknowledged  that (i) in the ordinary
         course of its business the Division  disposes of immaterial  amounts of
         prototype,  obsolete,  odd lot or off quality products to its employees
         and others for free or at nominal  prices from time to time and (ii) in
         the ordinary  course of its  business the Division  disposes of certain
         system  components  (primarily  builder  boxes)  at a loss  as  part of
         overall  orders for  fireplace  systems  which are sold at an aggregate
         profit; or

                  (xvii)  committed any act or omitted to do any act which would
         cause a breach of any  contract to which  Seller is a party or by which
         it is  bound on the  date  hereof,  which  breach  would be  materially
         adverse to the Business, the Division or the Assets, taken as a whole.

         3.6  Absence  of  Undisclosed   Liabilities:   No   Transactions   with
Affiliates.  Except as set forth in the 1994  Balance  Sheet or as  disclosed in
this Agreement or in the Schedules  hereto,  neither the Business nor the Assets
are  subject to any  liabilities  or  obligations,  whether  absolute,  accrued,
contingent  or  otherwise  and  whether  due or to become  due,  material to the
Business,  the Division or the Assets, taken as a whole, that were not reflected
in the  1994  Balance  Sheet or notes  thereto,  other  than  those  either  (x)
reflected  in the June  Balance  Sheet if  arising  by the date  thereof  or (y)
arising in the ordinary course of business. Seller (by assumption,  operation of
law  or  otherwise)  does  not  currently,  directly  or  indirectly,  have  any
contractual  arrangement  with  or  commitment  to or  from  any of its  limited
partners  or its general  partner,  or any  officer,  director,  stockholder  or
employee thereof, or other party related thereto or affiliated  therewith except
as listed in  Schedule  3.6  hereto.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing,  except as listed in Schedule 3.6 hereto,  no limited  partner or the
general  partner of Seller,  or any officer,  director,  stockholder or employee
thereof, or any other related or affiliated party thereof was or is, directly or
indirectly,  a joint  investor  or  co-venturer  with  Seller in  respect of the
Business or the Division, or owner, lessor, lessee,  licensor or licensee of any
real or personal property, tangible or intangible, owned or used by the Division
or in the Business or by Seller primarily in respect of the Division and no such
person is,  directly or  indirectly,  a lender to or debtor of, or a supplier or
customer of the Division or the  Business or Seller  primarily in respect of the
Division.

         3.7 Tax Matters.  Seller is classified as a partnership for federal and
state income tax  purposes.  All material  Taxes due and payable or accruable by
Seller  on or before  the date of this  Agreement  have been paid or  adequately
reserved  in the books and  records of the  Division  except  that the Seller is
contesting in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  the amount or validity of
certain taxes pursuant to proceedings  identified on Schedule 3.7 hereto. Seller
has filed all material  tax returns and reports  required to be filed by it with
all taxing  authorities  and such returns are true,  correct and complete in all
material  respects except with respect to the subject matters of the proceedings
identified on Schedule 3.7 hereto.  The  liabilities  for taxes reflected in the
1994 Balance Sheet have been, and those  reflected in the Closing  Balance Sheet
will be, computed in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied and represent adequate provision for the payment
of all accrued or unpaid or deferred  federal,  state,  local and other taxes of
Seller,  for all  periods  ended on and  prior  to the date of the 1994  Balance
Sheet.  No Tax liens have been filed on Seller's  assets and Seller has received
no notice  that Tax audits are  pending  with  respect to Seller or its  income,
receipts or net worth,  except as set forth on the  aforesaid  Schedule  3.7. No
presently pending  assessments of Tax deficiencies have been made against Seller
or with respect to its income,  receipts or net worth except as set forth on the
aforesaid  Schedule  3.7,  and no  extensions  of  time  are in  effect  for the
assessment of deficiencies against Seller.  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7,
Seller has not received  notice of any claim by any authority in a  jurisdiction
in which  Seller does  business and does not file tax returns that Seller or its
income, receipts or net worth may be subject to tax in that jurisdiction.

         3.8 Personal  Property;  Machinery and  Equipment.  Seller has good and
marketable title to all of the personal  property  included in the Assets,  free
and clear of any mortgages,  deeds of trust,  pledges,  vendors' or other liens,
claims, leases,  subleases,  assignments,  security interests or encumbrances of
any kind  other  than (i) liens  set  forth on  Schedule  3.8  hereto  and liens
pursuant  to the Debt which will be released  at  Closing,  (ii) liens  securing
liabilities or obligations  for purchase money  financing  (other than the Debt)
shown or reflected on the 1994 Balance Sheet or incurred in the ordinary  course
of business after the date thereof, and (iii) materialmen's, workmen's and other
similar statutory liens arising in the ordinary course of business. For purposes
of this Agreement,  the term  "Machinery and Equipment"  means all of the office
equipment  and  furniture  and all the factory  machinery  and  equipment of the
Division.  Except as is not  material to the  Business,  Division or the Assets,
taken as a whole, the Machinery and Equipment included in the aforesaid personal
property are in good working order,  ordinary wear and tear  excepted,  and have
been maintained  substantially  in accordance with generally  accepted  industry
practices.  The Assets  constitute  all of the assets  required,  under existing
conditions,  to conduct the  Business on the date hereof as  conducted by Seller
without which the Business of the Seller would be materially  adversely affected
provided,  that it is  understood  and agreed that as  materials  are used up or
machinery,  equipment,  plant and  property  suffer  wear and  tear,  additional
materials and services are required for the conduct of the Business from time to
time.

         3.9  Contracts  and  Commitments.  Schedule 3.9 hereto  identifies  the
"Scheduled  Contracts" (as such term is hereinafter  defined) of the Division or
to which Seller is a party primarily in respect of the Division, the Business or
the  Assets  on the date  hereof.  True,  correct  and  accurate  copies  of the
Scheduled  Contracts  identified  on  Schedule  3.9 have been  delivered  to the
Purchaser.  As used  herein,  the term  "Scheduled  Contract"  means each of the
following  written  contracts or  agreements of the Division or of the Seller in
respect of the Division in effect as of the date hereof:  (i)  contracts for the
employment of any employee of the Division or of Seller  primarily in respect of
the Division which is not terminable  without penalty on notice of not more than
90  days;   (ii)   license,   royalty,   franchise,   distributorship,   dealer,
manufacturer's  representative,  agency and advertising  agreements;  (iii) each
sales contract  (other than purchase  orders entered into in the ordinary course
of business)  which contract  covers the sale by the Business of products having
an  aggregate  value in excess of  $30,000  under  which  delivery  of goods and
payment therefor has not been completed;  (iv) each contract for the purchase of
supplies,  equipment  and  materials  (other than  purchase  orders for supplies
entered  into in the  ordinary  course of business)  which  contract  covers the
purchase  by the  Business of products  having an  aggregate  value in excess of
$25,000  under  which  delivery  of  goods  and  payment  therefor  has not been
completed;  (v) each contract  listed on Schedules  3.4(k) and 3.4(l);  (vi) any
contract  with any  collective  bargaining  unit;  (vii)  any  mortgage  of real
property; (viii) any factoring agreement with respect to the accounts receivable
of the Business;  (ix) any pledge or other security agreement by the Division or
by the Seller in respect of the Division,  as debtor,  covering the Assets other
than  guaranties  entered into in the ordinary  course of business which are not
material to the Business or the Division,  taken as a whole; (x) any contract by
the  Division  or the  Seller  in  respect  of the  Division  (other  than  this
Agreement)  for the sale or lease of the Assets to third parties (other than (a)
the  disposition  of  inventory  in the  ordinary  course of  business,  (b) the
disposition of immaterial amounts of prototype, obsolete, odd lot or off quality
products to its employees and others for free or at nominal  prices from time to
time and (c) the  disposition  by the  Division  in the  ordinary  course of its
business of certain  system  components  (primarily  builder boxes) at a loss as
part of overall  orders for  fireplace  systems  which are sold at an  aggregate
profit;  (xi) each contract for capital  expenditures,  not yet incurred,  which
contract is for an amount in excess of $30,000; (xii) each joint venture; (xiii)
each letter of credit issued to or for the benefit of the Division or the Seller
in respect of the Division;  (xiv) each lease whereby the Division or the Seller
in respect of the  Division,  as lessee,  leases  personal  property  for annual
rental  payments in excess of $10,000;  (xv) each  indebtedness,  obligation  or
liability  of the  Division  or of the  Seller in respect  of the  Division  for
borrowed  money, or liability of the Division or of the Seller in respect of the
Division  for the  deferred  purchase  price of  property,  in excess of $50,000
(excluding normal trade payables) and any instrument by which the Division or of
the Seller in respect of the Division  currently  guarantees  any  indebtedness,
obligation  or  liability  for  borrowed  money or  deferred  purchase  price of
property (other than any such guarantees  entered into in the ordinary course of
the Business);  and (xvi) any of the aforesaid Scheduled Contracts which can not
be  assigned  by the  Division  or by the Seller  without the consent of another
party  thereto.  Except  as set forth in  Schedule  3.9  hereto,  (x) all of the
aforesaid  Scheduled Contracts are in full force and effect; and (y) there is no
default,  or event or fact  which,  with or without  the  passage of time or the
giving  of  notice,  or both,  would  result  in a  default,  on the part of the
Division  or Seller or, to  Seller's  knowledge,  on the part of any other party
thereto  except,  in the case of clauses  (x) and (y),  to the  extent  that the
failure of the same to be in full force and effect or defaults under which would
not materially adversely affect the Business, the Division, or the Assets, taken
as a whole.

         3.10 Patents and  Trademarks.  Schedule  3.10 hereto lists all patents,
copyrights,  trademarks, trade names and service marks, and applications for the
same and licenses of the same, owned or applied for by the Division or by Seller
primarily  in respect of the  Division  (other than  licenses  for  commercially
available  software,  database  and  other  products).  Except  as set  forth on
Schedule 3.10 hereto,  and except as would not materially  adversely  affect the
Business,  the  Division  or the  Assets,  taken as a whole,  (i) the use of the
Proprietary  Rights  owned or leased by the  Division or by Seller in respect of
the Division does not infringe on or misappropriate  the rights of others;  (ii)
Seller has not  received  any written  notice by or from any other person of any
infringement or misappropriation of, or contesting the validity, enforceability,
use or ownership of any of the  Intellectual  Property,  and to the knowledge of
Seller  there is no basis for any such claim or contest and no  misappropriation
of the same by any third party; (iii) the loss or expiration of any Intellectual
Property,  other than Intellectual  Property whose continued use is not required
for the conduct of the  Business as presently  conducted,  is not pending or, to
the knowledge of Seller,  threatened; and (iv) the Division or Seller in respect
of the Division owns all right, title and interest in and to, or has a valid and
enforceable  license to use, all the  Intellectual  Property  necessary  for the
operation  of the Business as  currently  conducted,  free and clear of security
interests except for security  interests granted to the holder of the Debt which
Seller shall cause to be discharged pursuant to Section 1.6 hereof, if any.

         3.11 Insurance Policies.  The Division or Seller primarily on behalf of
the Division maintains the policies of insurance listed on Schedule 3.11 hereto.
All such  policies  are in full  force and  effect  and  neither  Seller nor the
Division  is in  default  thereunder  except  for any such  default as would not
materially adversely effect the coverage under said policies. In the judgment of
the  management  of the  Division,  such  policies  provide  adequate  insurance
coverage for the Business and the Assets and are sufficient for compliance  with
all requirements of law.

         3.12  Consents.  Schedule  3.12  hereto  lists  all of  the  approvals,
consents,  filings,  registrations  and  releases of third  parties  (including,
without  limitation,  any government or governmental or regulatory agency) which
are  required for the  execution  or delivery by Seller of the  Documents or the
consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  therein,  including,  without
limitation,  the  sale,  transfer  or  assignment  of the  Assets  to  Purchaser
(including the Scheduled Contracts) and the transfer and assignment to Purchaser
of the licenses,  permits and authorizations  specified on Schedule 3.18 hereto,
except for those approvals,  consents, filings, registrations and releases as to
which failure to make or obtain the same would not materially  adversely  affect
the Business, the Division or the Assets.

         3.13 Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.13 hereto, there are
no private or  governmental  orders,  claims,  actions,  suits,  proceedings  or
investigations (as to which  investigations  Seller has received written notice)
pending or, to Seller's knowledge,  threatened,  against the Division or against
Seller relating to the Business or affecting the Assets,  at law or in equity or
before  or by any  court or  federal,  state,  municipal  or other  governmental
department,  commission,  board, agency or instrumentality  which, if determined
adversely to the Division's  interests,  would  materially  adversely affect the
Business or the Assets. Neither the Division, any of the Division's employees in
their  capacities as such employees nor the Seller in respect of the Division is
a named party subject to any continuing  court or  administrative  order,  writ,
injunction or decree  applicable to any of them or to the Business or the Assets
which  (i)  is not  similar  in  effect  to  restrictions  applicable  to  other
participants in the industry or other businesses similarly situated, or (ii) has
or would have a material adverse effect on the Business or the Assets,  taken as
a  whole.  Neither  the  Division,  any of the  Division's  employees  in  their
capacities  as such  employees  nor the Seller in respect of the  Division  is a
named party with respect to any order,  writ,  injunction or decree of any court
or  foreign,   federal,  state,  municipal  or  other  governmental  department,
commission,  board,  agency  or  instrumentality  as to which it is in  default,
except for any default which would not itself  materially  adversely  affect the
Business  or the  Assets.  A list  of  workmen's  compensation  claims  made  by
employees of the Business  from January 1, 1992 through June 30, 1995,  prepared
on behalf of Seller by  Argonaut  Insurance  Company,  is set forth in  Schedule
3.13.  Schedule 3.13 lists all product liability claims made in writing received
by Seller for amounts in excess of $5,000 from  January 1, 1992 through June 30,
1995 and all  lawsuits  filed during the period from January 1, 1992 through the
date  hereof  (as to which  Seller  has  received  service  not later  than five
business  days prior to the date  hereof)  against  the  Division  or Seller for
product liability claims with respect to products manufactured or sold by Seller
or the  Division.  On or prior to  Closing,  Schedule  3.13  shall be amended by
Seller to list all such product liability claims since that date with respect to
which Seller shall have received service not later than five business days prior
to the Closing.

         3.14     Compliance with Laws.

         (a) Except as set forth in the Environmental  Assessments  furnished to
         Purchaser or in Schedule  3.14(a)  hereto,  as to the  operation of the
         Business,  the  Division  and Seller in respect  of the  Division  have
         materially  complied  and are in  material  compliance  with all  laws,
         rules,   regulations,   ordinances,   orders,   judgments  and  decrees
         (including,  without  limitation,  applicable  insurance,  occupational
         safety and health, pension, fair employment and equal opportunity laws,
         rules,  regulations and ordinances,  and environmental control or toxic
         waste  laws,  rules,  regulations  or  ordinances)  applicable  to  the
         Business, and to the acquisition,  storage,  transportation or disposal
         of any goods or materials, whether as raw materials, work-in-process or
         finished goods except, in any such case, for non-compliance  with laws,
         rules,  regulations,  ordinances,  orders,  judgments and decrees which
         have  not had and  would  not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
         Business  or the  Assets.  Except  as set  forth  in the  Environmental
         Assessments furnished to Purchaser or in Schedule 3.14(a) hereto, as to
         the Business, to the knowledge of Seller no notice has been received by
         the  Division or by Seller with  respect to any  violation  of any such
         legal requirements where such notice could result in a material adverse
         effect on the Business or the Assets, taken as a whole.

         (b) Except as set forth in the Environmental  Assessments  furnished to
         Purchaser or in Schedule  3.14(b) hereto,  if at all, the Real Property
         has not  been  used at any  time:  (i) as a site  for  the  storage  or
         disposal  of  hazardous  waste as such  terms are used in the  Resource
         Conservation  Recovery  Act (the "RCRA") (42 U.S.C.  6901 et seq.);  or
         (ii) so as to give  rise to a  removal  or  restoration  obligation  or
         liability for the costs of removal or  restoration  by others under any
         statute,  ordinance,  order,  decree,  or under the  common  law of any
         state, federal,  municipal or other governmental entity, body or agency
         having jurisdiction over any of the Real Property,  including,  without
         limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation and
         Liability Act, as amended ("CERCLA") (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.), the RCRA
         or any similar law, rule,  regulation,  order,  judgment or decree, nor
         has any such  violation,  obligation  or liability  been created by the
         removal by or at the request of Seller with  respect to the Business of
         any  waste  from  any of the Real  Property,  the  disposition  of such
         removed waste or by reason of the  discontinuance  of operations of any
         business conducted at any of the Real Property.

         3.15     Employee Benefit Plans.

         (a) Schedule  3.15(a) hereto lists all plans,  contracts,  commitments,
         programs  and  policies  (including,  but not  limited  to,  any bonus,
         commission,  deferred  compensation,  excess benefits,  profit sharing,
         pension,  thrift,  savings,  employee ownership,  salary  continuation,
         severance,  retirement,  supplemental  retirement,  short- or long-term
         disability,  hospitalization,  major medical, life, dental and accident
         insurance   vacation   and  sick  leave   policies,   union   contract,
         non-competition  agreement,  death benefits or other  employee  benefit
         plans,  contracts,  commitments,  programs and policies)  maintained or
         assumed as of the date hereof by the Division or by Seller primarily on
         behalf of the Division  providing  benefits to any employee,  or former
         employee or agent of the Division or Seller primarily in respect of the
         Division,  whether  or not  any of the  foregoing  is  funded,  or with
         respect  to which as of the date  hereof  the  Division  or  Seller  in
         respect of the Division has made any payments or  contributions  or may
         otherwise  have any  liability,  contingent or absolute,  including any
         such plan formerly maintained by the Division or by Seller primarily in
         respect of the  Division at any time and under or with respect to which
         as of the date hereof the Division or Seller in respect of the Division
         has any continuing liability, contingent or absolute (collectively, the
         "Plans" and individually, a "Plan").

         (b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(a) hereto,  all obligations of
         any kind of the  Division  or by Seller  in  respect  of the  Division,
         whether arising by operation of law, by contract,  or by past custom or
         practice,  through June 30, 1995 for (i) payments to any trust or other
         fund or to any governmental or administrative  authority,  with respect
         to  pension  benefits,   unemployment   compensation  benefits,  social
         security or other benefits,  or (ii) salaries,  vacation,  holiday, and
         sick pay,  bonuses and other forms of  compensation  (including but not
         limited to  medical,  life,  dental and  accident  insurance  and other
         welfare  benefits) for employees or former employees have been paid (if
         due and  payable),  fully  funded or  accruals  therefor  adequate  for
         obligations  through  such  date  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally
         accepted  accounting  principles  have been reflected in or appropriate
         footnote references have been made in the June Balance Sheet.

         (c)  Seller  has  delivered  to  Purchaser  or, to the  extent  not yet
         delivered, will have delivered to Purchaser prior to the Closing, true,
         complete and correct  copies of all material  documents  embodying  all
         Plans and all rulings or determination letters, if any, received by the
         Division or by the Seller in respect of the  Division  from the IRS and
         other  governmental  agencies  relating  to such  Plans  (and  material
         correspondence and any applications relating to any such pending ruling
         or determination letter), as well as Summary Plan Descriptions,  annual
         reports  (Form  5500) for the last five (5) years  ended  December  31,
         1994, trust agreements, insurance contracts, annuity policies, material
         participant  communications  and amendments and  modifications  thereto
         pertaining  to such  Plans.  Seller has also  provided  to  Purchaser a
         schedule of  contributions  by the  Division or by Seller in respect of
         the Division  with respect to the  Multi-Employer  Plan for each of the
         past five (5) years ended December 31, 1994 and the calculations, which
         the Seller has received from the Sheet Metal Workers'  National Pension
         Fund, of  withdrawal  liability of the Division or of Seller in respect
         of the Division with respect to the Multi-Employer Plan if the Division
         or  Seller  had  withdrawn  from the same in either  1992 or 1993,  the
         Seller having received no other information concerning the calculations
         of withdrawal  liability from the Sheet Metal Workers' National Pension
         Fund for more recent years.

         (d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(a),  all of the Plans that are
         intended to be qualified  under Section 401(a) of the IRC comply in all
         material  respects  in  form  and  in  operation  with  all  applicable
         requirements  of Sections  401(a),  401(k) and 501(a) of the IRC; there
         have been no  amendments  to such Plans  which are not the subject of a
         determination  letter  issued  with  respect  thereto  by the  Internal
         Revenue Service; and no event has occurred that will or could give rise
         to  disqualification of any such Plan under such sections or to any tax
         under Section 511 of the IRC; except that no  representation is made as
         to the  satisfaction  of any  formal  plan  document  requirement  with
         respect  to which the  remedial  amendment  period set forth in Section
         401(b) of the IRC, and any regulations,  writings or other IRS releases
         thereunder,  has not  expired.  The  Division,  or Seller  primarily in
         respect  of  the  Division,  has  performed  all  material  obligations
         required to be  performed by it under,  and is not in material  default
         under or in material  violation  of, and has no  knowledge  of any such
         material  default or material  violation by any other party to, any and
         all of the  Plans.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  3.15(a)  hereto,
         neither the  Division  nor Seller  primarily in respect of the Division
         nor any other "disqualified  person" or "party in interest" (as defined
         in Section  4975 of the IRC and  Section 3 of the  Employee  Retirement
         Income Security Act of 1974, as amended  ("ERISA"),  respectively)  has
         engaged in any  "prohibited  transactions,"  as such term is defined in
         Section  4975  of the  IRC  and  Section  406 of  ERISA,  which  could,
         following  the  Closing,  subject  either  Seller,  Purchaser  or their
         affiliates or any officer,  director, or employee of any of them to any
         tax or penalty  imposed under Section 4975 of the IRC or Section 502(i)
         of   ERISA  or   subject   any  Plan   (or  its   related   trust)   to
         disqualification.  Except as provided in Schedule 3.15(a),  none of the
         Seller,  the  Division or any  Affiliate  (as such term is  hereinafter
         defined) of the Seller or the Division has or (within the past five (5)
         years) had any  obligation to contribute to or maintains or (within the
         past five (5) years) has maintained any employee  pension  benefit plan
         (within  the  meaning of Section  3(2) of ERISA) that is subject to the
         minimum  funding  requirements  of  Section  412 of  the  IRC or any of
         Sections  301  through  307 of ERISA  including,  but not limited to, a
         multi-employer  plan as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA. For purposes
         of this Section,  an "Affiliate"  means a trade or business (whether or
         not incorporated) that is under common control, as described in Section
         414(c) of the IRC, with the Seller or the Division; or is a member of a
         controlled  group,  as  defined  in  Section  414(b)  of the IRC,  that
         includes the Seller or the  Division;  or is a member of an  affiliated
         service  group,  as defined in Section 414(m) of the IRC, that includes
         the Seller or the Division;  or is otherwise  required to be aggregated
         with the Seller or the Division by regulations  under Section 414(o) of
         the IRC. Except as provided in Schedule  3.15(a)  hereto,  there are no
         actions  or  suits,   administrative  or  other  legal  proceedings  or
         governmental  investigations or audits, pending or, to the knowledge of
         Seller,  threatened,  and Seller has received no written  notice of any
         unresolved  claims or complaints to or by any  governmental  authority,
         against any Plan or against the assets of any Plan (other than  routine
         claims for benefits).  Each  "fiduciary"  and every "plan official" (as
         defined in  Section  412 of ERISA) of each Plan is bonded to the extent
         required by said Section  412.  Both the Division and Seller in respect
         of the Division are in material compliance with, and each Plan has been
         operated  materially in accordance  with its provisions and in material
         compliance with the laws, rules and regulations applicable to each such
         employee  benefit  plan,  including,  but not  limited  to, the IRC and
         ERISA.  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.15(a)  hereto,  there are no
         severance payments which are or could become payable by the Division or
         by Seller  primarily in respect of the Division to any officer,  or any
         other  employee of the  Division or Seller  primarily in respect of the
         Division under the terms of any oral or written agreement or commitment
         or any custom, trade or practice, and there are no loans outstanding to
         any Participant of any Plan under any such Plans.  Except as identified
         in Schedule  3.15(a)  hereto,  neither the  Division  nor the Seller in
         respect of the Division has any written or, to the knowledge of Seller,
         oral  consulting or employment  agreements or contracts with current or
         former  employees.  Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  3.15(a),  the
         consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement will
         not  directly  or  indirectly  result in an  increase  in the amount of
         compensation or benefits or accelerate the vesting or timing of payment
         of any benefits or compensation payable to or in respect of any current
         or former  employee of the  Business,  the Division or of the Seller in
         respect of the same.

         (e) Except for the Multi-Employer Plan, neither the Division nor Seller
         has any obligation to contribute to any multi-employer  plan as defined
         in  Section  3(37) of  ERISA.  Neither  the  Division  nor  Seller  has
         completely or partially  withdrawn from any multi-employer  plan within
         the meaning of the Multi-employer  Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980,
         as amended from time to time ("MPPAA"), nor has there been any event or
         condition  nor,  to  Seller's  knowledge,  is any  event  or  condition
         existing, that presents a substantial risk of such withdrawal liability
         (assuming, for purposes of this representation, that Purchaser complies
         with  its  obligations   pursuant  to  this  Agreement  to  assume  the
         Multi-Employer Plan and satisfy the applicable  conditions under law so
         that  withdrawal  liability  will not be triggered  with respect to the
         Multi-  Employer Plan upon  consummation  of this  Agreement,  and that
         Purchaser  does not  thereafter  take or omit to take any  action  with
         respect  to  the  Multi-Employer   Plan  which  would  cause  any  such
         withdrawal or withdrawal  liability to exist). No  multi-employer  plan
         (as   defined  in  Section   3(37)  of  ERISA)  of  the  Seller  is  in
         reorganization or is being or has been terminated within the meaning of
         Title IV of ERISA and,  to Seller's  knowledge,  no  reorganization  or
         termination  of any such  multi-employer  plan or  event  or  condition
         presenting a substantial risk of the same occurring  exists  (assuming,
         for purposes of this  representation,  that Purchaser complies with its
         obligations  pursuant to this  Agreement to assume said  Multi-Employer
         Plan and satisfy the  applicable  conditions  under law so that no such
         reorganization   or  termination   occurs  upon  consummation  of  this
         Agreement with respect to the  Multi-Employer  Plan, and that Purchaser
         does not thereafter take or omit to take any action with respect to the
         Multi-Employer  Plan  which  would  cause  any such  reorganization  or
         termination).  Neither  the  Division  nor  Seller  in  respect  of the
         Division has suffered a "70% contribution  decline" (within the meaning
         of Section  4205(b) ll) (A) of ERISA) in any plan year beginning  after
         1988.

         (f) With  respect to any Plan that is a group  health  plan  within the
         meaning of Section 4980B of the IRC each such Plan has been operated in
         material  compliance with the  requirements of Section  4980B(f) of the
         IRC and Section 601 et seq. of ERISA.

         (g) Except as required by Section  4980B(f) of the IRC or as set forth,
         if at all, in Schedule 3.15(g) hereto,  Seller has no obligation to any
         retired or former  employee under any disability  (long or short term),
         hospitalization,  medical,  dental  or life  insurance  plans  (whether
         insured or  self-insured)  or other employee welfare plan as defined in
         Section 3(1) of ERISA maintained by Seller.

         3.16  Labor  Matters.  The  Division  is a party to the Union  Contract
described  in Section  1.7(a)  hereof.  Neither the Seller nor the Division is a
party to any other  collective  bargaining  agreement not disclosed  pursuant to
this Agreement. A true, correct and accurate copy of the Union Contract has been
furnished to Purchaser by Seller.  Since June 30, 1992, no general work stoppage
by  employees  of the  Division  or by  Seller in  respect  of the  Division  or
concerted  work  stoppage by a group of  employees  engaged in the  Business has
occurred  and, to the  knowledge of Seller,  none is  threatened.  Except as set
forth in  Schedule  3.16  hereto,  there are no material  charges or  grievances
against or assumed by the  Division  or by Seller in respect of the  Division of
unfair labor practices or employment discrimination with respect to employees of
the  Division  or the Seller in respect of the  Division  pending,  and,  to the
knowledge of Seller,  none is threatened  before any  governmental or regulatory
agency or  authority.  There are no pending  labor  negotiations  with or to the
knowledge of Seller, union organization efforts by any employees of the Business
or with any union  representing  or attempting to represent any employees of the
Business.

         3.17  Finders  and  Investment  Bankers.  Seller  has not dealt with or
employed any broker,  finder,  investment banker or financial advisor as to whom
Purchaser  may  have  an  obligation  to pay any  broker's  or  finder's  fee in
connection  with the  origin,  negotiation,  execution  or  performance  of this
Agreement.

         3.18  Licenses,  Permits and  Authorizations.  Seller has  obtained all
approvals,  authorizations,  consents,  licenses,  franchises,  orders  or other
permits of all  governmental or regulatory  agencies,  whether  federal,  state,
local or foreign (collectively,  the "Approvals") necessary for the operation of
the  present  Business,  except for any such  Approvals  as to which  failure to
obtain  the  same  has not and  would  not  materially  adversely  affected  the
Business,  the Division or the Assets,  taken as a whole.  Schedule  3.18 hereto
lists all such  Approvals.  Such Approvals are in full force and effect and good
standing and Seller has not received  written  notice that  revocation  is being
considered with respect to any such Approvals, except for any such Approvals, if
any, as to which  failure to maintain the same has not and would not  materially
adversely effect the Business, the Division or the Assets, taken as a whole.

         3.19 Bank  Accounts.  Schedule 3.19 sets forth all bank accounts of the
Division or of Seller  maintained  primarily  for the Business of the  Division,
including the name of each bank, savings and loan or other financial institution
in which the  Division or Seller has any account or safe  deposit  box, the type
and number of each such account or safe deposit box and the names of all persons
authorized to draw thereon or have access thereto.

         3.20 Customers and Suppliers. Schedule 3.20 hereto sets forth a list of
the ten (10)  customers and ten (10) material  suppliers  with whom the Division
has had the greatest  dollar volume of business  during the year ended  December
31, 1994. Since December 31, 1994, there has not been any change in the business
relationship  of the  Division or Seller with any such  customers  or  suppliers
which change would be materially  adverse to the  Business,  the Division or the
Assets, taken as a whole.

         3.21  Officers'  Salaries.  Set forth in Schedule 3.21 is a list of the
salaries  paid from January 1, 1994 through  December 31, 1994,  and all bonuses
and other  compensation paid in respect of such period, and all current salaries
and aggregate commissions of all executive officers,  key employees and salesmen
of the Division or of Seller in respect of the Division whose current  salaries,
bonuses and aggregate commissions exceed $75,000 per year.

         3.22 Books and Records. All files, records and incidental documentation
of  Seller  relating  to the  Business  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  all
contracts, computer records, general ledgers, books and records, customer lists,
contract information, credit records and other information maintained by Seller)
are kept in the ordinary course of business practice in accordance with Seller's
customary business practice with respect thereto.

         3.23 Inventory. Except as indicated in Schedule 3.23 hereto, if at all,
(i)  the  raw  materials,  work-in-process,   merchantable  finished  goods  and
packaging  materials  suitable  for  filling  orders in the  ordinary  course of
business  included  in the Assets are  substantially  at the  Division's  normal
working  levels  of the  same in the  current  conduct  of its  business  in the
ordinary  course;  (ii) the raw materials,  work-in-process,  finished goods and
packaging  materials  for filling  orders  which are  included in the Assets are
valued using the FIFO method of valuation,  based upon records maintained by the
Division in the  ordinary  course of  business,  with  appropriate  and adequate
allowances customarily made for obsolete,  slow-moving and other irregular items
after the  conclusion  of each  fiscal year of the Seller (as at the end of said
fiscal  year) in  connection  with the annual audit of the  Business;  (iii) the
goods  identified on the 1994 Balance Sheet as "Inventory"  were owned by Seller
as of such date and, since  December 31, 1994,  Seller has not sold or otherwise
disposed  of,  or  shipped  any  Inventory  except  in bona  fide  arm's  length
transactions,  or  acquired  the same,  except:  (i) in the  ordinary  course of
business  consistent  with past  practice;  (ii) the  disposition  of immaterial
amounts of prototype, obsolete, odd lot or off quality products to its employees
and  others  for free or at  nominal  prices  from  time to time;  and (iii) the
disposition  by the Division in the  ordinary  course of its business of certain
system components  (primarily builder boxes) at a loss as part of overall orders
for fireplace systems which are sold at an aggregate profit.

         3.24 Absence of Certain Payments. Neither Seller, nor any person acting
with  Seller's  knowledge,  has made any payment to or  conferred  any  benefit,
directly  or  indirectly,  on  suppliers,  customers,  employees  or  agents  of
suppliers or customers, or officials or employees of any government or agency or
instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political parties
or candidates for office, which is or was unlawful.

         3.25  Accounts  Receivable.  The trade and  other  accounts  receivable
reflected on the 1994 Balance Sheet or arising in  connection  with the Business
after December 31, 1994,  represent bona fide  receivables  due to the Seller or
the Division and are recorded  correctly on the applicable  books and records of
Seller.

         3.26     Warranty Policies.  The existing written warranties of
the Division and of Seller in respect of the Division are attached
to Schedule 3.26 hereto.

4.       Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser.

         Purchaser represents and warrants to Seller that:

         4.1      Organization and Existence.

                  (a)  Purchaser  is  a  corporation  duly  organized,   validly
         existing and in good standing under the Ontario  Business  Corporations
         Act, has all requisite  corporate power and authority to own, lease and
         operate  its  properties  and to carry  on its  business  as now  being
         conducted,  and is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in
         any jurisdiction  whose laws require such  qualification,  except where
         the  failure to be so  qualified  would not have a  materially  adverse
         effect on the Purchaser,  its business or its assets, taken as a whole.
         The Documents executed and delivered by Purchaser  constitute,  or when
         executed and delivered will  constitute,  the legal,  valid and binding
         agreements of Purchaser,  and are, or when executed and delivered  will
         be,   enforceable  in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms.  The
         execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of the Documents to be
         executed and delivered by Purchaser  are within its  corporate  powers,
         and have been duly  authorized by all necessary  corporate  action.  At
         Closing,  Purchaser will have delivered to Seller  complete and correct
         copies of: (i) its  certificate of  incorporation,  as in effect on the
         Closing  date,  certified  by the  Ministry of Consumer  and  Corporate
         Affairs of the Province of Ontario;  and (ii) its Bylaws,  as in effect
         on the Closing date, certified by the Purchaser's Secretary.

                  (b) Neither the execution and delivery of the  Documents,  the
         performance  by  Purchaser  of  its  obligations  thereunder,  nor  the
         consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will: (i) violate
         any provisions of Purchaser's  certificate of  incorporation or bylaws;
         (ii) with or  without  the  giving of notice or the  passage of time or
         both,  violate,  or be in conflict with, or constitute a default under,
         or cause or permit the termination, cancellation or the acceleration of
         the maturity of, any debt, contract,  agreement, lease or obligation of
         Purchaser or, to Purchaser's  knowledge,  by which it may be bound,  or
         require the payment of any  prepayment or other premium or penalty with
         respect thereto; (iii) require notice to or the consent of any party to
         any debt, contract, agreement, lease or obligation of the Purchaser or,
         to the Purchaser's  knowledge,  by which it may be bound, or permit any
         such party to re-negotiate, receive a refund with respect to, modify or
         otherwise  change  any  agreement  or  commitment;  (iv)  result in the
         creation  or  imposition  of  any  security  interest,  lien  or  other
         encumbrance  upon any property or assets of  Purchaser  under any debt,
         contract,   agreement,   lease  or   obligation  of  Purchaser  or,  to
         Purchaser's  knowledge,  by which it may be bound,  or (v)  violate any
         statute, law, judgment, decree, order, writ, injunction,  regulation or
         rule  of  any  court  or  governmental   authority  applicable  to  the
         Purchaser;  except, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (v), for any
         such violation, conflict, default, termination,  acceleration, security
         interest,  lien,  encumbrance  or other act or omission  which does not
         materially adversely affect the Purchaser, its business or its assets.

         4.2 Finders and  Investment  Bankers.  Purchaser  has not dealt with or
employed any broker,  finder,  investment banker or financial adviser as to whom
Seller may have an  obligation to pay any broker's or finder's fee in connection
with the origin, negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement.

         4.3 Financial  Resources.  Purchaser  has, and at all times through the
consummation of the Closing shall have,  cash or cash  equivalents and committed
credit facilities available for this purpose (including, in the aggregate, funds
not less than the Gross Amount at any time) sufficient, in the aggregate, to pay
the entire Initial  Purchase Price to Seller and the Contingent  Escrow Funds to
the Escrow Account, in immediately  available funds in cash, on the Closing Date
and to pay on such date any and all related  fees and  expenses  and any and all
transaction-related  costs to be borne by Purchaser.  Purchaser has furnished to
Seller written evidence of the accuracy and completeness of this representation,
including, without limitation, the status of the committed credit facilities.


5.       Covenants.

         5.1 Conduct of Business.  Except as set forth in Schedule 5.1 hereto or
as otherwise  required or permitted by this agreement and subject to the Special
Exceptions,  from the date hereof through the Closing. Seller, in respect of the
Division, the Business or the Assets, will:

                  (i) not cancel or permit any  insurance  carried  primarily in
         respect of the Division or the Business to lapse or  terminate,  unless
         renewed or replaced by like coverage;

                  (ii) not amend or otherwise  modify the Partnership  Agreement
         in any  manner  which  would  preclude  the  consummation  of the  sale
         contemplated hereby;

                  (iii) not commit any act or permit the occurrence of any event
         or the existence of any condition of the type described in clauses (ii)
         through (v),  (vi) (with  respect to not  executing or modifying in any
         material or non-ministerial fashion any collective bargaining agreement
         or arrangement, (viii) through (x), and (xii) through (xvii) of Section
         3.5 hereof;

                  (iv)  not  enter  into  any   contract,   agreement  or  other
         commitment involving obligations for expenditures on its part in excess
         of $50,000 for any individual  contract  (exclusive of purchase  orders
         for materials used in the Business);

                  (v) not sell, transfer,  convey,  lease, encumber or otherwise
         grant an interest in any of the Real Property to any third party;

                  (vi) not  acquire  any  additional  real  property or interest
         therein or enter into any lease for additional real property;

                  (vii)  not  merge  or  consolidate  with  or  into  any  other
         business, person or entity;

                  (viii)  conduct the  Business  only in the usual and  ordinary
         course of business in accordance with past custom and practice  (except
         for the Special Exceptions);

                  (ix)  keep in full  force  and  effect  all  material  rights,
         franchises  and  intellectual  property  relating or  pertaining to the
         Business,  except  those  which  expire  by their  terms,  and,  if any
         material  right,  franchise  or  intellectual  property  expires by its
         terms,  renew the same if such  renewal  is in the  ordinary  course of
         business and consistent with past custom and practice;

                  (x)  maintain  the  Assets  in  customary  repair,  order  and
         condition;

                  (xi) administer each Plan in accordance with the provisions of
         each such Plan and the IRC and ERISA in all material respects; and

                  (xii)  maintain its books,  accounts and records in accordance
         with past custom and practice.

         5.2 Other Transactions.  Except for the sale of the safe business which
is one of the  Special  Exceptions,  prior to the  Closing,  without  the  prior
written  consent of Purchaser,  Seller will not, nor will it authorize or permit
any of its  officers  or  employees  or any  attorney  or  other  representative
retained by Seller to,  solicit any inquiries from or the making of any proposal
by a third person which constitutes, or may reasonably be expected to lead to an
offer  ("Offer")  concerning  the sale,  directly or  indirectly,  to such third
person of all or any part of the  Business  or the Assets.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision of this  Agreement,  nothing  contained in this Agreement shall
prohibit  Seller  from (A) making  such  disclosures  to its  partners as may be
required  under the  Partnership  Agreement  or  applicable  law or (B)  taking,
authorizing  or permitting any action or actions in response to or in connection
with any Offer, or any action contemplated by the first sentence of this Section
5.2, if, the failure to do so may violate its  fiduciary  duties to its partners
under applicable case law.

         5.3      Consents and Approvals.

         (a) Seller will use its best efforts (but shall be under no  obligation
         to make any payments to any third party or to incur any expenses, which
         payments  and  expenses  together in the  aggregate,  are  material) to
         obtain the necessary approvals,  consents and releases of other persons
         set forth in Schedule 3.12 hereto. To the extent that the assignment of
         any agreement, lease, license, permit, approval,  contract,  commitment
         or right (collectively, "Rights") requires the consent of another party
         which is not obtained by the Closing  Date,  this  Agreement  shall not
         constitute  an assignment  thereof;  provided,  however,  Purchaser and
         Seller shall be mutually  obligated  to cooperate  before and after the
         Closing to obtain any  necessary  approvals,  consents  and releases to
         assure Purchaser of the benefits of such Rights.  If any such approval,
         consent or release is not obtained and an attempted assignment would be
         ineffective,  Seller shall cooperate in any  arrangement  Purchaser may
         reasonably  request to provide for  Purchaser  the benefits of any such
         Right,  subject to the Seller's  need to liquidate  and  terminate  the
         existence of Seller reasonably promptly following Closing.

         (b)  Seller has sent to all of its  limited  partners  such  disclosure
         material as Seller deems  necessary to satisfy  clause (h) of Section 7
         hereof  (the  "Disclosure   Material"),   subject  to  such  additional
         requirements as may hereafter  arise if the limited  partners or any of
         them  exercise  rights and,  as a result,  procedures  are  required in
         addition  to the  giving of notice to the  limited  partners  which has
         already been accomplished.  Seller shall use its best efforts to obtain
         any approval from its limited partners as may be required (but shall be
         under no  obligation to make any payment to any third party or to incur
         any material expenses in connection therewith).

         5.4 Endorsements; Bank Accounts. Set forth in Schedule 3.19 hereto is a
list of all bank  accounts  and escrow  arrangements  relating to the  Business.
After the  Closing,  Purchaser  shall have the right and  authority  to endorse,
without  recourse,  the name of Seller on any  check or any  other  evidence  of
indebtedness  received  by  Purchaser  on account of any Asset sold by Seller to
Purchaser  pursuant hereto,  provided that Purchaser shall give Seller notice of
its  receipt  of any such  check  or other  evidence  of  indebtedness  prior to
endorsement of the same. Seller will deliver to Purchaser at the Closing letters
of  instruction  sufficient to permit  Purchaser to deposit such checks or other
evidences of indebtedness in bank accounts in the name of Purchaser.  Any moneys
received  by Seller  after the  Closing  Date on account  of any Assets  sold by
Seller  to  Purchaser   pursuant  hereto,   including  on  account  of  accounts
receivable, will be promptly paid over to Purchaser.

         5.5 Additional  Instruments.  Seller and Purchaser, as the case may be,
at the request of the other, at or after the Closing,  will execute and deliver,
or  cause  to be  executed  and  delivered,  to the  other  such  documents  and
instruments,  in addition to those  specifically  required by the  provisions of
this Agreement,  in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to the other, as
may  reasonably  be necessary to carry out or  implement  any  provision of this
Agreement,  including  the transfer of the Assets to, and the  assumption of the
Assumed  Liabilities  by,  Purchaser.  With respect to any Assets sold hereunder
which  can  not  be  physically  delivered  to  Purchaser  because  they  are in
possession of third  parties,  in connection  with the Closing Seller shall give
irrevocable  instructions  to the parties in possession  thereof that all right,
title and interest in and to the same have been vested in Purchaser and that the
same are to be held for Purchaser's exclusive use and benefit from and after the
Closing.  The  form of the  irrevocable  instructions,  and the  procedures  for
obtaining  acknowledgment  of  the  same  from  the  parties  in  possession  in
connection  with  the  Closing,  shall  be as  mutually  agreed  by  Seller  and
Purchaser.

         5.6  Compliance  With  Hart-Scott.  Upon execution and delivery of this
Agreement,  Seller and Purchaser shall prepare and file all materials  necessary
to comply with the provisions of the Hart- Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Improvements
Act of 1976, as amended  ("Hart-Scott"),  if any. Thereafter,  the parties shall
respond  promptly to any inquiry  made by the Federal  Trade  Commission  or the
Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice regarding such notification,  if
any.

         5.7 Possession and Control of Assets;  Access to Information.  Promptly
following the Closing, Seller shall take all requisite steps to put Purchaser in
actual  possession and operating control of the Assets and all of the Division's
business  records,  books and other data relating to its assets,  properties and
business, provided that Seller may retain copies of the same and, in the case of
records,  if any,  which the Seller is  required by law to maintain or which are
not readily  separable from the Seller's own records,  Seller shall maintain the
originals  thereof and furnish  copies of the same to  Purchaser.  If  Purchaser
shall  determine  to dispose of any such  original  records  during the ten (10)
years from and after the Closing Date, Purchaser shall first offer in writing to
deliver  the same to Seller  and shall give  Seller  reasonable  opportunity  to
obtain possession of the same. During the period of ten (10) years following the
Closing Date,  Purchaser  shall grant to Seller and its general  partner and its
general partner's  general partner and their respective  successors and assigns,
at their request and at Seller's expense,  access to the Division and the Assets
and appropriate  officers during normal business hours and without  unreasonable
disruption of the Business as may be reasonably  necessary for Seller,  any such
general  partner or their  respective  successors and assigns for addressing tax
matters,  potential  liabilities,  claims,  accounting  matters or for any other
purpose incident to this Agreement,

         5.8 Taxes.  After the  Closing  Date,  Purchaser  will  cooperate  with
Seller,  at Seller's  expense,  in connection  with the  preparation  of all tax
returns  to be filed by Seller,  to  facilitate  the  filing of such  returns by
Seller in a timely manner,  and will cooperate with Seller, at Seller's expense,
in  connection  with any audit by the IRS or any other tax  authority of any tax
return  relating  to the  operations  of the  Division  or of Seller  during any
pre-Closing  Period.  Purchaser  shall so cooperate for so long as Seller may be
required to file any such  returns or may be subject to any such  audit.  Seller
will have the sole right,  at its  expense,  to prepare and file any amended tax
return, claim for refund or tax court petition,  to prosecute any such claim and
to select  counsel,  to engage in litigation and to consent to any settlement in
connection  therewith with respect to any taxes for any such pre-Closing  Period
which  Seller has paid or for which  Seller may be liable.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  to the extent  that  Purchaser  may be liable for taxes for any such
period  Purchaser shall be entitled to participate in any of the litigation with
respect  to any such claim or may employ  its own  separate  counsel,  in either
event at its own expense,  and in such  circumstances,  the Seller and Purchaser
shall only be entitled  to settle that  portion of the claim for which it may be
liable  provided  Seller or Purchaser  is entitled to take any of the  foregoing
actions,  each  will  deliver,  or cause to be  delivered,  to the  other or its
designee all information reasonably requested by the other in order to implement
the provisions of this Section 5.8. Neither Seller nor Purchaser will dispose of
any  financial  records or other records  relating to the Business  which may be
necessary  to resolve any tax dispute for five (5) years after the Closing  date
unless each has first  offered  possession  of such  records to the other or its
designee and the other party or its designee has refused possession.

         5.9  Insurance.  For a period of five (5) years  following the Closing,
Purchaser  will  include  Seller,  the  General  Partner of Seller,  the General
Partner of such General  Partner,  and their  respective  affiliates  as a named
insured on all policies of liability  insurance  maintained by Purchaser  during
that period. Such insurance policies maintained by Purchaser shall provide, at a
minimum,  coverage  substantially  similar to that provided  under the liability
insurance policies listed on Schedule 3.11 hereto.

         5.10  Purchase  Price  Allocation.  Purchaser and Seller agree that the
portion of the total  consideration  paid by Purchaser to Seller  (including the
Assumed  Liabilities) (the "Total  Consideration")  allocated to cash,  accounts
receivables, inventories, prepaid expenses and other items shall be allocated as
the parties  shall agree on or prior to the Closing  Date.  If the Purchaser and
Seller have not reached  agreement prior to the Closing Date, each will allocate
the purchase price in its own discretion.

         5.11  Use  of  Name.   Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this
Agreement,  from and after the Closing,  Seller shall continue to have the right
to use the names "Majco" and "Majco Building Specialties,  L.P." with respect to
all matters relating to Seller's partners and their investment in Seller.

         5.12  Certain  Notices.  Prior  to the  Closing,  each  of  Seller  and
Purchaser,  as the case may be, shall promptly  notify the other in the event it
discovers  any fact or matter  constituting  a breach of any  representation  or
warranty  contained  herein, or any change relating to any fact or matter which,
pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement,  should  either appear in any Schedule
hereto or be an exception to a  representation  or warranty  contained herein in
order that the  representations  and  warranties  contained  herein are true and
complete on the Closing Date,  and, prior to the Closing,  Seller shall have the
right to amend and update any Schedule  hereto or add  appropriate  Schedules to
this  Agreement  in order to  disclose  such fact or matter,  provided  that the
exercise by Seller of the  foregoing  right  shall not be taken into  account in
considering  whether the closing  condition  set forth in Section  6(a) has been
satisfied. Each party to this Agreement shall notify the other party promptly if
it should  become aware of any fact or condition  which may represent a material
impediment to consummation of the Closing hereunder.

         5.13  Reimbursements and Apportionments of Certain Charges with respect
to Real Property.

          At the Closing,  the following are to reimbursed or  apportioned as of
11:59 p.m. on the day preceding  the Closing based upon the parties'  respective
period of ownership for the period being  apportioned.  All  reimbursements  and
apportionments  shall be  calculated  based  upon a 365 day year for the  actual
number of days elapsed:

         (a) Rent and  additional  rent  under the  lease for the Real  Property
         located  at 118  Alpine  Road,  Austin,  Texas for the  month  when the
         Closing occurs;

         (b) License and permit fees with  respect to any  assignable  permit or
         license;

         (c) Fixed Rent and  additional  rent paid or payable under any the Real
         Property lease described on Schedule 3.4(a)(iii); and

         (d) Premiums on insurance policies assigned under this Agreement.

         Charges for steam,  electricity,  gas, water and other  utilities shall
not be apportioned, but Seller shall make payment to the appropriate utility for
services  received  through the day preceding the Closing;  all deposits made by
Seller as security under a utility  agreement shall, if assignable,  be assigned
to Purchaser and credited to Seller;  if any utility  reading is not obtained by
the Closing then,  upon  Purchaser  making payment of the utility bills covering
the period of Seller's ownership,  Seller shall reimburse Purchaser for Seller's
usage of  utilities,  apportioned  on a per diem  basis on the basis of the bill
paid by Purchaser.

         Real  estate  taxes  and  assessments  and water or sewer  charges  not
measured by meters shall not be  apportioned,  provided  however that  Purchaser
shall be entitled to reimbursement  out of the Escrow Account in an amount equal
to any real estate taxes and assessments payable with respect to the pre-Closing
Period to the extent not accrued on the Closing Balance Sheet.

         Any  readjustment of  reimbursement or apportionment in accordance with
this  Section  shall be made by a date that is no later  than  thirty  (30) days
following the Closing.

         5.14 Accounts Receivable.  Within 15 days following the Closing, Seller
shall  deliver to  Purchaser an aged  schedule of the  Seller's  trade and other
accounts  receivable  included  in  the  Assets  as of  the  Closing.  Purchaser
covenants and agrees to use its best efforts to collect the aforesaid  trade and
other  accounts  receivable  promptly,  and shall  apply any  payments  received
(including  returns) through January 31, 1997 with respect to any trade or other
account  debtor or  affiliate  thereof  appearing  on such aged  schedule to the
satisfaction  of the  trade  and  accounts  receivable  appearing  on such  aged
schedule,  oldest  receivables  to be satisfied  first,  prior to applying  such
payments to any  obligation of such trade or other account  debtor arising on or
after the Closing unless the applicable trade or other account debtor designates
in writing  that such  payment be applied to a  particular  receivable  and such
trade or other account debtor was not advised or induced by Purchaser,  directly
or  indirectly,  to do so. If so  designated  the payment shall be applied as so
designated  in writing by such account  debtor.  On January 27, 1997,  Purchaser
shall  give  written  notice  to Seller  as to those  trade  and other  accounts
receivable appearing on such aged schedule which have not been collected through
such date,  despite  Purchaser's best efforts to collect the aforesaid trade and
other accounts receivable promptly.  To the extent that the amount of such trade
and other accounts receivable,  in the aggregate,  which then remain uncollected
in accordance  herewith  exceeds the sum of (i) the sum of (a) $100,000 less (b)
the sum of up to $100,000 of bona fide  indemnification  claims theretofore made
against  Seller  pursuant to Section 5.16 hereof and (ii) the  reserves  against
trade and other  accounts  receivable  set  forth on the final  Closing  Balance
Sheet, such excess shall be a "Loss",  within the meaning of Section 8.3 hereof,
with respect to which Purchaser shall be entitled to claim  indemnification from
the Escrow  Account  pursuant  to  Article 8 hereof  provided,  that  claims for
indemnification   pursuant  to  this  Section  5.14  shall  not  be  counted  in
determining   whether   sufficient   claims   have  been  made  to  exceed   the
threshold/basket for making other claims for indemnification pursuant to Article
8. In the event that Purchaser is indemnified for any shortfall in collection of
trade or accounts  receivable pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.14, to the
extent  thereof,  at the written  request of Seller or its  successor or assign,
Purchaser  shall  transfer  to Seller or its  successor  or assign  title to the
excess of any such trade or account  receivable  (or  collections  thereafter on
such trade or account receivable) over the sum calculated pursuant to clause (i)
in this  Section.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in this
Agreement,  in no event shall Purchaser have any claim against Seller or against
the Escrow  Account  or for  indemnification  pursuant  to this  Agreement  with
respect to trade or other accounts receivable pursuant to any other provision of
this Agreement or otherwise other than in accordance with the terms,  conditions
and limitations of this Section 5.14.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, the indemnification  obligations of Seller pursuant
to this  Section  shall be  non-recourse  to Seller,  its  general,  limited and
special  partners,  and their respective  affiliates,  and such  indemnification
shall be recourse only to the Contingent Escrow Funds held in the Escrow Account
pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

         5.15       Notes Receivable.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]

         5.16 Inventory.  With respect to all indemnification  claims for breach
of  representations  or  warranties  relating to Inventory,  Purchaser  shall be
indemnified  only to the extent such claims by  Purchaser  exceed the sum of (i)
the  sum of (a)  $100,000  less  (b)  the sum of up to  $100,000  of  bona  fide
indemnification  claims theretofore made against Seller pursuant to Section 5.14
hereof  and (ii) the  reserves  relating  to  inventory  set  forth on the final
Closing Balance Sheet. Claims for indemnification  pursuant to this Section 5.16
shall not be counted in determining  whether sufficient claims have been made to
exceed the threshold/basket for making other claims for indemnification pursuant
to Article 8.

         5.17  Continuing  Due  Diligence.   Subject  to  the  restrictions  and
conditions of the confidentiality agreement previously executed and delivered by
Purchaser,  from and after the date hereof  through the  Closing,  Seller  shall
furnish  Purchaser with such  additional  financial and operating data and other
information  as to  the  operations,  business,  properties  and  assets  of the
Division,  reasonably  available to Seller, as Purchaser shall from time to time
reasonably  require  and,  to the extent that such data and  information  is not
otherwise available, Seller shall give and afford to the Purchaser (and, subject
to said  confidentiality  agreement,  Purchaser's  representatives),  access  at
reasonable  times  during the  Division's  normal  business  hours to the plant,
properties and books and records relating to the Division,  the Business and the
Assets, in order that Purchaser may have a continuing opportunity to familiarize
itself with the affairs of the Division and conduct an appraisal of the Division
and its Assets; provided, however, that the foregoing shall be conducted in such
manner and at such times as not to interfere unreasonably with the operations of
the Division or adversely effect the Business, the Division or the Assets.

         5.18  Lien  Searches.  At least  three (3) days  prior to the  Closing,
Seller  shall  deliver  to  Purchaser  UCC lien  searches,  dated  not more than
twenty-one (21) days prior to the Closing, for Seller at the State level for the
States of Indiana and Texas,  and at the County level for Travis,  Wise and Hays
counties in the State of Texas and Huntington  and Wabash  counties in the State
of Indiana.  Such searches shall be conducted  under the present name of Seller,
the Division and such other names as the Seller  and/or the Division has used in
the past five years. All such names are listed in Schedule 3.8 hereto.

         5.19 Limitation of Use of Cash by Seller Pending  Closing.  The parties
hereto  acknowledge  and agree  that,  from time to time  from  January  1, 1995
through the Closing,  Seller has and will  continue to withdraw  "Cash",  (which
term shall have the same meaning as is  customarily  ascribed to the "cash" item
on an audited  balance  sheet) from the Division or the Business and apply it to
(x) distributions to Seller's general, limited and special limited partners, (y)
repayment  of Debt,  and (z) the  payment  of fees and  expenses  of  investment
bankers,  attorneys,  accountants,  and other  experts  in  connection  with the
offering  of the  Division,  the  Business  and the  Assets  for  sale,  and the
negotiation, preparation, execution and closing of the same. The parties further
acknowledge  and agree  that it is the  intention  of the  parties  that  Seller
withdraw  all Cash  from the  Division  and the  Business  (or apply the same as
provided in clauses (x), (y) and (z) above) provided,  that (i) such withdrawals
and  applications  of funds  during the period from  January 1, 1995 through the
Closing  date not exceed  the net  income of the  Seller for such  period as set
forth on the  final  Closing  Income  Statement  and (ii) such  withdrawals  and
applications on the Closing date not exceed the lesser of (1) the sum of (a) the
net income of Seller for the period  from  January 1, 1995  through  the Closing
Date  as set  forth  on  the  final  Closing  Income  Statement  less  (b)  such
withdrawals and applications  made prior to the Closing date and (2) the Cash of
the Division on the Closing  date,  as Cash is  reflected  on the final  Closing
Balance Sheet.  The amount of Cash which Seller is entitled to withdraw or apply
(as provided in clauses (x), (y) and (z) of this Section) during the period from
January 1, 1995 through the Closing date and on the Closing date is  hereinafter
referred to as the "Cash  Entitlement."  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Seller
will  give  Purchaser  2  days  prior  notice  of any  withdrawal  of  Cash  for
application  under  clause (x) above if such  withdrawal  occurs on or after the
date of this  Agreement  and  prior to the  Closing  Date.  Seller  will use all
reasonable  efforts  not to  withdraw  or  apply  Cash  in  excess  of the  Cash
Entitlement.  Within two (2) business days after both the Closing  Balance Sheet
and the Closing Income Statement shall have become final pursuant to Section 1.8
of this  Agreement,  the  parties  will meet,  either in person or by  telephone
conference  call, and will refer to the Closing  Balance Sheet for the statement
of the Cash of the  Division on the Closing  date and the parties  will refer to
the Closing Income Statement for the statement of the net earnings of the Seller
for the period from January 1, 1995 through the Closing  Date,  and Seller shall
furnish to Purchaser a list of the withdrawals and  applications  (in accordance
with clauses (y) and (z) above) of Cash by Seller during the period from January
1, 1995 through and including the Closing date. Utilizing such information,  the
parties will calculate whether Purchaser's  withdrawals and applications of Cash
during the period from  January 1, 1995 through and  including  the Closing date
were greater than or less than the Cash Entitlement, as defined in this Section.
The amount of any shortfall in such  withdrawals  and  applications  as compared
with the Cash Entitlement  shall be paid by Purchaser to Seller,  and the amount
of any excess of such  withdrawals and  applications  over the Cash  Entitlement
shall be paid by Seller to  Purchaser,  in either  case by wire  transfer to the
recipient's account of immediately available funds on that day. The post-closing
payment adjustment  referred to in this Section shall be the exclusive remedy of
the parties in respect of this  adjustments due to withdrawals and  applications
of Cash in an aggregate  amount greater than or less than the Cash  Entitlement;
no claims may be made against the Escrow Account or for indemnification pursuant
to Article 8 of this  Agreement  with respect to the amount of such shortfall or
excess of Cash withdrawal and application.

         5.20   Payment  of  Employee   Discretionary   Bonuses  and  401K  Plan
Contributions.  The  Purchaser  and Seller  have  agreed that on or prior to the
Closing date the Seller shall arrange the payment of  discretionary  bonuses and
Division's contributions to the Division's 401K Plan for the period from January
1, 1995 through the Closing date with respect to employees other than Raymond E.
Deasy,  Larry R. McMichael,  Donely H. Zulager and Glenn Thomson,  in the amount
accrued on the books and records of the  Division as of the  Closing  date,  and
Seller  shall have no further  obligation  with regard to payment of  Management
Discretionary  bonuses or 401K  contributions  to or on behalf of the  aforesaid
four (4) individuals nor any liability from any failure by Purchaser to make any
necessary contributions or otherwise comply with the laws, rules and regulations
with respect to the 401K plan following the Closing date.

6.       Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser.

         The obligation of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following  conditions on
or before the Closing Date:

         (a) the representations and warranties made by Seller in this Agreement
         (including  all  Exhibits  and  Schedules  but subject to Section  5.12
         hereof)  and in the  Documents,  taken  as a  whole,  shall be true and
         correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the
         same  force and  effect as though  made on and as of the  Closing  Date
         except  that  any  such  representations  or  warranties  made  as of a
         specified  date shall have been true on and as of such date;  provided,
         that this condition  shall be deemed  satisfied  unless the breaches of
         representations  and  warranties  of Seller in this  Agreement,  in the
         aggregate, would be materially adverse to the Division, the Business or
         the Assets, taken as a whole;

         (b) Seller will have  performed  all of the  covenants  and  agreements
         required  to be  performed  by it  under  this  Agreement  prior to the
         Closing and shall have  tendered  delivery of the items  referred to in
         Section 2.3 hereof;

         (c) there  will have been no  material  adverse  change in the  Assets,
         operations,  condition (financial or otherwise) or operating results of
         the Business, taken as a whole, from the date of the 1994 Balance Sheet
         through the Closing Date;  provided,  that no material  adverse  change
         shall be deemed to have  occurred,  within the  meaning of this  clause
         (c), to the extent that the same is either (x) consistent with the most
         current written  projections  furnished to Purchaser by Seller prior to
         the execution and delivery of this  Agreement or (y)  consistent  with,
         but not materially more adverse than,  economic  conditions and results
         experienced  generally by businesses  comparable to the Business  which
         are principally engaged in manufacturing  fireplace systems and related
         products for the housing and remodeling industries in the U.S.;

         (d) all consents of third  parties,  all  governmental  and  regulatory
         filings,  authorizations  and  approvals  set forth in on Schedule 3.12
         hereto and on Schedule 3.18, will have been duly made and obtained, and
         signed copies thereof shall have been delivered to Purchaser, including
         all filings required by Hart-Scott,  and the waiting period required by
         Hart-Scott  will have terminated or expired,  if applicable,  except to
         the extent that any such consents,  regulatory filings,  authorizations
         and approvals,  or the failure of the same to have been obtained,  made
         or be effective,  would not be materially adverse to the Division,  the
         Business or the Assets,  taken as a whole,  or to Seller or  Purchaser,
         taken as a whole;

         (e) As of the Closing date, Seller shall have received no notice of any
         pending proceeding for the taking or condemnation of all or any portion
         of the Real  Property  or the  properties  demised  under the Leases or
         pending  taking or  condemnation  proceeding  which  would  result in a
         termination  of any Lease of real  property  and, to the  knowledge  of
         Seller, none of the same is threatened,  which, in the aggregate, would
         materially  interfere  with the  intended  use of the Real  Property or
         materially detract from the value thereof.

         (f)  no  suit,  action,   claim  or  proceeding  before  any  court  or
         governmental body will be pending or threatened  wherein an unfavorable
         judgment,  decree or order would:  (i) prevent the carrying out of this
         Agreement or any of the material transactions contemplated hereby; (ii)
         declare  unlawful  or  enjoin  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
         Agreement; or (iii) cause such transactions to be rescinded;

         (g)  Purchaser  will have received  from  Seller's  counsel,  Greenberg
         Traurig Hoffman Lipoff Rosen & Quentel,  an opinion,  which may rely on
         local  counsel,  with  respect to the  matters  set forth in Exhibit M)
         hereto, addressed to Purchaser and dated the Closing Date.

         (h) on the Closing  Date,  Seller will have  delivered  to  Purchaser a
         certificate of the general  partner of the general partner of Seller in
         the form set forth in  Exhibit N  attached  hereto,  dated the  Closing
         Date,  stating  that  the  preconditions  to  be  satisfied  by  Seller
         specified in this Section 6 have been satisfied;

         (i) Purchaser  shall have received,  at normal  premium  rates,  from a
         title insurance company reasonably  acceptable to Purchaser:  a form of
         Owner's Title Insurance Policy as to the properties listed as items and
         in Schedule 3.4(a) hereto, or an irrevocable  binder to issue the same,
         in either case dated as of Closing,  in such amounts as are  reasonably
         determined  by  Purchaser  but not greater  than the amounts  which the
         applicable  title company  would be permitted to insure under  existing
         regulation,  insuring Purchaser's fee title to the properties listed as
         items and in Schedule 3.4(a) hereto,  subject only to those matters set
         forth  on  Schedule  6(i)  hereto.   Such  policies  shall  contain  no
         exceptions,  including survey exceptions, to title other than those set
         forth on Schedule 6(i) hereof; and on or prior to the Closing Date, and
         as a condition precedent to Purchaser's  obligations hereunder,  Seller
         shall,  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of the  policies  of title
         insurance  described  in this  clause  (h),  execute and deliver to the
         title company  affidavits in the form reasonably  required by the title
         insurance company but in no event inconsistent with the representations
         and  warranties  undertaken  in  this  Agreement  in  conjunction  with
         insurance of Purchaser's title in the Real Property; and

         (j) The Escrow Account shall have been  established  and, in connection
         therewith,  the Escrow Agreement shall have been executed and delivered
         by the parties thereto; and

         (k) Purchaser shall have obtained surveys for the properties  listed as
         items and in Schedule  3.4(a)  hereto  dated or  recertified  to within
         forty-five  (45) days of the  Closing,  together  with an ALTA or other
         certification  reasonably  acceptable to  Purchaser,  certified to such
         parties  as  Purchaser  shall  designate,  showing  a  state  of  facts
         consistent  with the  state of title to be  insured  and also  showing,
         among  other  things:  (i) the courses and  distances  of the  exterior
         property lines; (ii) the location of the  improvements,  the dimensions
         thereof at ground  surface  level,  and the  distance  therefrom to the
         facing  exterior  property  lines;  (iii) the location of the adjoining
         streets; (iv) the location of easements,  rights of ways or licenses on
         or across the subject  property;  and (v) any  encroachments  on to any
         adjoining property or unto the subject property.

         Any  condition  specified in this Section 6 may be waived by Purchaser,
provided  that no such  waiver  will be  effective  unless  it is set forth in a
writing executed by Purchaser.

7.       Conditions to Obligations of Seller.

         The obligation of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following  conditions on or
before the Closing Date:

         (a)  the  representations  and  warranties  made by  Purchaser  in this
         Agreement  (including  all  Exhibits and  Schedules  hereto) and in the
         Documents,  taken as a whole, shall be true and correct in all material
         respects on and as of the  Closing  Date with the same force and effect
         as  though  made on and as of the  Closing  Date  except  that any such
         representations  or warranties  made as of a specified  date shall have
         been true on and as of such date;

         (b) Purchaser  will have  performed all of the covenants and agreements
         required  to be  performed  by it  under  this  Agreement  prior to the
         Closing and shall have  tendered  delivery of the items  referred to in
         Section 2.2 hereof;

         (c) all consents of third  parties,  all  governmental  and  regulatory
         filings, authorizations and approvals set forth in Schedule 3.12 hereto
         and in Schedule 3.18, will have been duly made and obtained,  including
         all filings  required by Hart- -Scott,  and the waiting period required
         by Hart-Scott will have terminated or expired, if applicable, except to
         the extent that any such consents,  regulatory filings,  authorizations
         and approvals,  or the failure of the same to have been obtained,  made
         or be effective,  shall not be materially adverse to the Division,  the
         Business or the Assets,  taken as a whole,  or to Seller or  Purchaser,
         taken as a whole; provided, that Seller shall not be entitled to refuse
         to close,  except pursuant to subprovision (h) below, on the basis that
         a  consent  of a  non-governmental  third  party  is  not  obtained  if
         Purchaser first evidence's Purchaser's agreement, in a writing executed
         and  delivered by Purchaser to Seller and  reasonably  satisfactory  to
         Seller, in form and in substance, that Purchaser shall indemnify Seller
         against any Loss (as such term is defined in Section 8.3 hereof) Seller
         may incur as a consequence  of Seller's  failure to obtain such a third
         party consent;

         (d) no action or proceeding  before any court or governmental body will
         be pending or threatened  wherein an  unfavorable  judgment,  decree or
         order would:  (i) prevent the carrying out of this  Agreement or any of
         the material  transactions  contemplated  hereby; (ii) declare unlawful
         the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement;  or (iii) cause such
         transactions to be rescinded;

         (e) Seller will have received  from  Purchaser's  counsel,  an opinion,
         with respect to the matters set forth in Exhibit O hereto, addressed to
         Seller and dated the Closing Date;

         (f)  Seller  will  have been  furnished  with  certified  copies of all
         corporate  action and  proceedings of Purchaser  taken to authorize the
         execution, delivery and performance of the Documents to be executed and
         delivered by Purchaser;

         (g) on the Closing  Date,  Purchaser  will have  delivered  to Seller a
         certificate  of  Purchaser  in the form set forth in Exhibit P attached
         hereto,  dated the Closing Date,  stating that the  preconditions to be
         satisfied by Purchaser specified in this Section 7 have been satisfied;

         (h) either (i) thirty  (30) days shall have  expired  from the date the
         Disclosure  Material is sent to the limited partners of Seller and such
         limited  partners  shall not have  delivered  the  opinion  of  counsel
         described in subparagraph 13(d) of the Partnership  Agreement;  or (ii)
         if such  opinion has been  obtained,  the  consent to the  transactions
         contemplated  hereby of  two-thirds  in interest  of  Seller's  limited
         partners shall have been obtained  pursuant to the terms and provisions
         of the Partnership  Agreement;  it being understood and agreed that the
         requirements of this clause (h) cannot be waived by Seller; and

         (i) The Escrow Account shall have been  established  and, in connection
         therewith,  the Escrow Agreement shall have been executed and delivered
         by the parties thereto.

         Any condition specified in this Section 7, other than that contained in
clause  (h),  may be waived by  Seller,  provided  that no such  waiver  will be
effective unless it is set forth in a writing executed by Seller.

8.       Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnification.

         8.1 Survival of  Representations  and  Warranties.  Except as expressly
provided in this Agreement, all representations and warranties made hereunder or
pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall
not terminate,  but shall survive the Closing and any investigation  made at any
time with  respect  thereto  and  continue  in effect and be  enforceable  until
January 31, 1997, at which time they shall expire;  provided,  however, that any
such  representation  or  warranty as to which a bona fide claim shall have been
asserted in timely  fashion in accordance  with the terms and conditions of this
Article 8 prior to the  expiration  of such  survival  period shall  continue in
effect  until such time as such claim  shall  have been  resolved  or settled in
accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement (including the ninety (90) day
arbitration   period  thereunder)  or  the  Escrow  Agreement  shall  have  been
terminated in accordance with its terms, whichever shall occur first.

         8.2 Survival of Covenants and Agreements.  Except as expressly provided
in this  Agreement,  all covenants  and  agreements  made  hereunder or pursuant
hereto or in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall not
terminate  but shall  survive the Closing and be  enforceable  until January 31,
1997, at which time they shall expire.

         8.3  Indemnification  by Seller.  Subject to the last  sentence of this
Section 8.3,  Seller  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  Purchaser and its
successors  and  assigns  from and  against  any  claims,  liabilities,  losses,
damages,  deficiencies  or  expenses,  including,  but not limited to,  interest
penalties,  other penalties and reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses (any one
such  item  being  herein  called  a  "Loss"  and all such  items  being  herein
collectively  called  "Losses"),  in an  amount  not to  exceed  the  Contingent
Escrowed  Funds in the  aggregate,  which are caused by or arise out of: (i) any
material breach or material default in the performance by Seller of any covenant
or agreement of Seller  contained  herein or in any Document;  (ii) any material
breach of warranty or  representation  made by Seller herein or in any Document;
(iii) any claim made against  Purchaser in respect of any Retained  Liabilities,
whether absolute or contingent  (other than the Assumed  Liabilities);  and (iv)
any and all actions, suits, proceedings,  claims, demands,  judgments, costs and
expenses  (including  reasonable  legal fees)  incident to any of the foregoing.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section  8.3, no claim for
indemnification  shall be made by Purchaser  under this Section 8.3 in violation
of the  provisions  of Sections  5.14, or 5.16 or unless and until the aggregate
amount of all Losses of Purchaser in respect thereof with regard to claims other
than  those  covered  by  Sections  5.14,  or 5.16 shall  exceed  $150,000  (the
"Required Minimum"), and no indemnification shall be made by Seller to Purchaser
in respect of such Losses  except for Losses in excess of the Required  Minimum.
The  indemnification  obligations of Seller hereunder shall apply only to claims
for indemnification  made by Purchaser to Seller in writing in reasonably timely
fashion,  and  with  reasonable   specificity  concerning  the  details  of  the
particular  claim  (and not  merely in  generic  form)  and the basis  therefor,
including,  without limitation,  relevant parties, dates,  contracts/obligations
and amounts incurred,  during the time period specified in Section 8.2 above for
the survival of representations and warranties.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE
CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE INDEMNIFICATION  OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER
PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION SHALL BE NON-RECOURSE TO SELLER,  ITS GENERAL,  LIMITED
AND SPECIAL PARTNERS, AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES,  AND SUCH INDEMNIFICATION
SHALL BE RECOURSE ONLY TO THE CONTINGENT ESCROW FUNDS HELD IN THE ESCROW ACCOUNT
PURSUANT TO THE ESCROW AGREEMENT,  AND NEITHER SELLER, ITS GENERAL PARTNER,  ANY
OF ITS LIMITED PARTNERS, OR THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY
WHATSOEVER FOR SUCH INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS.

         8.4  Indemnification  by Purchaser.  Purchaser  agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless  Seller and its successors and assigns from and against any Losses
which are caused by or arise out of: (i) any material breach or material default
in the  performance  by  Purchaser  of any  covenant or  agreement  of Purchaser
contained  herein or in any  Document;  (ii) any material  breach of warranty or
representation made by Purchaser herein or in any Document; (iii) any claim made
against Seller in respect of the Assumed  Liabilities or any other  liability or
obligation of Purchaser, whether absolute or contingent (other than the Retained
Liabilities);  (iv) any act by Purchaser  after the Closing Date arising out of,
or related  to, the  operation,  directly or  indirectly,  by  Purchaser  or any
successor  or  assigns,  of the  Business;  or (v) any and all  actions,  suits,
proceedings,   claims,  demands,   judgments,   costs  and  expenses  (including
reasonable  legal fees) incident to any of the foregoing.  This  indemnification
obligation shall survive the Closing and shall extend and be enforceable through
January 31, 1997.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of Section 8.4, no
claim for indemnification  shall be made by Seller under this Section 8.4 unless
and  until  the  aggregate  amount  of  Losses  shall  exceed  $150,000  and  no
indemnification  shall be made by  Purchaser to Seller in respect of such Losses
except  for  Losses in excess of the  Required  Minimum  and up to an  aggregate
amount not exceeding  Three Million Three Hundred  Thirty  Thousand Five Hundred
Dollars  (U.S.  $3,330,500).   The  indemnification   obligations  of  Purchaser
hereunder  shall  apply  only to claims  for  indemnification  made by Seller to
Purchaser  in  writing  in  reasonable  timely  fashion,   and  with  reasonable
specificity  concerning the details of the  particular  claim (and not merely in
generic form) and the basis therefor,  including,  without limitation,  relevant
parties, dates, contract/obligations and amounts incurred during the time period
specified in Section 8.1 above with respect to representations and warranties.

         8.5      Defense by Indemnifying Parties.

         (a) An indemnified party shall notify the indemnifying party in writing
         of any claim of such indemnified party for  indemnification  under this
         Agreement  promptly  after the date on which an  executive  officer  or
         representative  of such  indemnified  party first  becomes aware of the
         existence  of such claim  whether  such  claim  would be subject to the
         limitation set forth in Section 8.3 or 8.4 otherwise. Such notice shall
         specify the nature of such claim in reasonable detail and, upon written
         request, the indemnifying party shall be given reasonable access to any
         documents or properties  within the control of the indemnified party as
         may be useful in the  investigation  of the basis for such  claim.  The
         failure  to  so  notify  the  indemnifying  party  promptly  shall  not
         constitute a waiver of such claim  (provided that it does not interfere
         with  the  right  of,  or  materially  prejudice  the  ability  of  the
         indemnifying  party to defend  such  action) but an  indemnified  party
         shall not be entitled to receive any  indemnification  with  respect to
         any Loss that  occurred  as a result of the  failure of such  person to
         give prompt notice.

         If any indemnified party is entitled to indemnification hereunder based
         upon a claim asserted by a third party the indemnifying  party shall be
         given prompt notice thereof,  in reasonable  detail.  The failure to so
         notify the  indemnifying  party shall not  constitute  a waiver of such
         claim but an  indemnified  party  shall not be  entitled to receive any
         indemnification  with respect to any Loss that  occurred as a result of
         the failure of such person to give such notice.  The indemnifying party
         shall have the right (without prejudice to the right of any indemnified
         party  to  participate  at its  expense  through  counsel  of  its  own
         choosing) to defend or prosecute  such claim at its expense and through
         counsel of its own choosing if it gives written notice of its intention
         to do so not later than twenty (20) days  following  notice  thereof by
         the  indemnified  party or such shorter time period as required so that
         the  interests  of  the  indemnified  party  would  not  be  materially
         prejudiced  as a result of its failure to have  received  such  notice;
         provided,  however,  that if the defendants in any action shall include
         both an indemnifying party and an indemnified party and the indemnified
         party shall have  reasonably  concluded  that  counsel  selected by the
         indemnifying   party  has  a  conflict  of  interest   because  of  the
         availability  of different or  additional  defenses to the  indemnified
         party,  the  indemnified  party shall have the right to select separate
         counsel to participate in the defense of such action on its behalf,  at
         the expense of the indemnified  party. If the  indemnifying  party does
         not so choose to defend or prosecute any such claim asserted by a third
         party  for  which  any   indemnified   party   would  be   entitled  to
         indemnification hereunder, then the indemnified party shall be entitled
         to recover from the indemnifying  party, on a monthly basis, all of its
         attorneys'  reasonable fees and other  reasonable costs and expenses of
         litigation  of any nature  whatsoever  incurred  in the defense of such
         claim.  Subject  to the  provisions  of  Section  8.3 and  8.4  hereof,
         whichever  may be  applicable,  if the  indemnifying  party assumes the
         defense  of any  such  claim,  the  indemnifying  party  will  hold the
         indemnified party harmless from and against any and all damages arising
         out of any  settlement  approved  by  such  indemnifying  party  or any
         judgment in connection  with such claim or litigation.  Notwithstanding
         the  assumption  of the defense of any claim by the  indemnified  party
         pursuant to this Section 8.5(a) the  indemnifying  party shall have the
         right to approve the terms of any settlement of a claim (which approval
         shall not be unreasonably withheld).

         (b) The indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall cooperate in
         furnishing  evidence  and  testimony  and in any other manner which the
         other may reasonably  request,  and shall in all other respects have an
         obligation  of  good  faith  dealing,  one to the  other,  so as not to
         unreasonably expose the other to an undue risk of loss. The indemnified
         party shall be entitled to  reimbursement  for  out-of-pocket  expenses
         reasonably  incurred by it in connection with such cooperation.  Except
         for fees and expenses for which indemnification is provided pursuant to
         Section 8.3 or Section 8.4 hereof,  as the case may be, and as provided
         in the  preceding  sentence,  each  party  shall  bear its own fees and
         expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 8.5(b).

         8.6 Remedies  Exclusive.  SUBJECT TO THE LAST  SENTENCE OF THIS SECTION
8.6, FROM AND AFTER THE CLOSING DATE, THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UNDER SECTIONS 8.3
AND 8.4 HEREOF  SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE EXCLUSIVE OF ALL OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
THAT WOULD  OTHERWISE BE AVAILABLE  TO THE PARTIES  HERETO;  THAT IS, EACH PARTY
HERETO  EXPRESSLY  WAIVES THE RIGHT,  WHETHER  BY  CONTRACT  OR UNDER LAW TO THE
EXTENT  LEGALLY  PERMISSIBLE  TO DO SO,  TO  SEEK  DAMAGES  FROM OR  AGAINST  OR
OTHERWISE  ASSERT CLAIMS AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY (OR, WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS BY,
ON BEHALF OF OR  THROUGH  PURCHASER,  AGAINST  THE  GENERAL,  LIMITED OR SPECIAL
PARTNERS OF SELLER OR THEIR RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES)  HERETO OR ITS ASSETS OR ITS
SUCCESSORS  OR ASSIGNS  OTHER THAN  PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 8.3 AND 8.4 HEREOF.  No
course of dealing by either  party,  or any delay or omission of either party in
exercising any rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver
of such right or remedy.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  each of the  parties
hereto,  shall have the right to enforce their respective rights hereunder by an
action or actions for  specific  performance,  injunction  or other  appropriate
equitable remedies.

         8.7 Warranties.  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
DOCUMENTS:  (i) THE ASSETS ARE SOLD "AS IS, WHERE IS," AND WITH ALL FAULTS,  AND
SELLER MAKES NO  REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY,  EITHER  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  WITH
RESPECT TO THE  CONDITION  OF THE  ASSETS;  (ii)  SELLER  DOES NOT  WARRANT  THE
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE ASSETS;  (iii) SELLER
DOES NOT MAKE ANY WARRANTY TO PURCHASER'S AGENTS OR CUSTOMERS; (iv) SELLER MAKES
NO  REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY AS TO ITS TITLE TO OR RIGHTS IN THE ASSETS AND NO
SUCH  REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY  SHALL BE IMPLIED BY LAW;  AND (v) THERE IS NO
WARRANTY WHICH EXTENDS BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION CONTAINED IN THE DOCUMENTS. SELLER
HAS NOT AUTHORIZED  ANYONE TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OTHER THAN AS
PROVIDED ABOVE IN THIS SECTION 8.7.



9.       Termination.

         9.1 Best  Efforts  to  Satisfy  Conditions.  Seller  agrees  to use its
reasonable  best  efforts  to bring  about the  satisfaction  of the  conditions
specified in Section 6 hereof and Purchaser  agrees to use its  reasonable  best
efforts to bring about the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 7
hereof.

         9.2  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated prior to Closing by
either party acting in good faith,  without either party having any liability to
the other party, as follows:

                  (i) the mutual written consent of Seller and Purchaser.

                  (ii)  Purchaser,  upon  written  notice  to  Seller,  if (a) a
         material  default  shall be made by Seller in the  observance or in the
         due and timely performance by Seller of its covenants herein contained,
         or (b) there shall have been a material breach or  misrepresentation by
         Seller  of  the  warranties  and   representations   of  Seller  herein
         contained,  or (c) the conditions of this Agreement to be complied with
         or  performed  by Seller at or before the  Closing  Date shall not have
         been complied with or performed in all material respects (except to the
         extent that the  non-compliance  stems from Seller's  failure to obtain
         all  necessary   consents  from  Seller's   limited  partners  for  the
         consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby so long as Seller
         continues to  diligently  seek to obtain the same) at the time required
         for  such   compliance  or  performance  and  such   noncompliance   or
         nonperformance  shall not have been  waived by  Purchaser;  and, in the
         case of (a), (b) or (c),  such  material  default,  material  breach or
         material  noncompliance or nonperformance shall have a material adverse
         effect  on the  Business  or the  Assets,  taken as a whole,  or on the
         ability  of  the  parties   hereto  to  consummate   the   transactions
         contemplated  hereby, taken as a whole; or (d) the Closing contemplated
         hereunder shall not have been consummated  within  forty-five (45) days
         from the date of this Agreement  other than due to a material breach of
         the terms hereof by Purchaser.

                  (iii)  Seller,  upon  written  notice to  Purchaser,  if (a) a
         material default shall be made by Purchaser in the observance or in the
         due and timely  performance by Purchaser of any of its covenants herein
         contained,   or  (b)  there  shall  have  been  a  material  breach  or
         misrepresentation   by   Purchaser  of  any  of  the   warranties   and
         representations of Purchaser herein contained, or (c) the conditions of
         this  Agreement  to be complied  with or  performed  by Purchaser at or
         before the Closing Date shall not have been  complied with or performed
         at the  time  required  for such  compliance  or  performance  and such
         noncompliance or  nonperformance  shall not have been waived by Seller;
         and, in the case of (a), (b) or (c),  such material  default,  material
         breach  or  material  noncompliance  or  nonperformance  shall  have  a
         material  adverse  effect  on the  ability  of the  parties  hereto  to
         consummate the transactions  contemplated  hereby, taken as a whole; or
         (d) the failure of Seller to terminate this Agreement would violate its
         fiduciary  duties to its partners under  applicable law as contemplated
         by Section 5.2 hereof; or (e) the Closing contemplated  hereunder shall
         not have been consummated  within forty-five (45) days from the date of
         this Agreement  other than due to a material breach of the terms hereof
         by Seller.

                  (iv) Either  Seller or Purchaser  upon  written  notice to the
         other if any court of competent  jurisdiction or any other governmental
         body shall have issued an order, judgment or decree (including, but not
         limited to a temporary restraining) restraining, enjoining or otherwise
         prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on
         the terms set forth herein and the parties  hereto shall have failed to
         have such  order,  judgment  ordered  vacated  within 30 days after the
         issuance thereof.

                  (v) Either  Seller or  Purchaser  upon  written  notice to the
         other if there shall  occur the filing of a petition  against the other
         party under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended or recodified
         from time to time,  or under any  similar or any other law  relating to
         bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,    creditor   compositions,
         arrangements or other relief to debtors; the appointment of a receiver,
         trustee, custodian or liquidator of or for any portion of the assets or
         property of either the other party and such  filing or  appointment  is
         not cured  within  sixty  (60)  days;  the  other  party  shall  become
         insolvent;  the other  party  shall make a general  assignment  for the
         benefit of its creditors;  the other party shall  generally not pay its
         debts as they become due; or the other party shall admit in writing its
         inability to pay its debts as they become due.

                  (vi) In the  event of the  termination  of this  Agreement  as
         provided in clauses (i), (ii),  (iii), (iv) or (v) of this Section 9.2,
         this Agreement shall forthwith be terminated.

10.      Miscellaneous.

         10.1 Expenses. Each of the parties hereto shall pay its own expenses in
connection  with the  negotiation,  execution,  delivery and performance of this
Agreement  and  the  consummation  of  the  transactions   contemplated  hereby,
regardless  of  whether  or  not  the  transactions   contemplated   hereby  are
consummated.  Title  insurance  premiums  and other  costs  and fees  associated
therewith  (including  the  cost of  title  reports)  which  may be  payable  in
connection  with  the  sale of  Assets  under  this  Agreement  shall be paid by
Purchaser.  Purchaser  shall pay all costs and expenses of obtaining  surveys of
the Real Property.  Seller shall pay transfer taxes incurred in connection  with
the transfer of the Division, the Business or the Assets.

         10.2  Publicity.  The  parties  agree to  cooperate  with each other in
releasing   information   concerning   this   Agreement  and  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby. No such information shall be released publicly without the
prior written  agreement of the parties  hereto,  which  agreement  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld.  This Section 10.2 shall not prohibit  either party from
furnishing any  information to any  governmental,  regulatory or  administrative
agency or authority as may be required by applicable statute or regulation.

         10.3 Bulk Sales Laws; Tax Certificate.  Seller and Purchaser agree that
the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  shall  be  consummated  in
compliance  with the bulk sales of Indiana  ("Indiana  Bulk Sale Laws") and that
each shall take all necessary  and  appropriate  actions and cooperate  with the
other to comply with the Indiana  Bulk Sales Laws.  In addition,  Seller  agrees
that,  promptly  upon  execution of this  Agreement  by all the parties  hereto,
Seller, by facsimile and by certified mail or overnight  courier services,  will
apply to the Texas  Comptroller of Public Accounts ("Texas  Comptroller")  for a
certificate  that no tax is due or a  statement  of the amount that must be paid
before such a certificate will be issued.  Seller will direct the Comptroller to
issue said certificate or statement to Seller and also directly to Purchaser. If
the  Comptroller  issues  such  certificate  or  statement  to Seller and not to
Purchaser,  Seller will promptly provide a copy of such certificate or statement
to Purchaser.

         10.4 Notices.  Any notice or other communication  required or permitted
hereunder  shall be deemed given if in writing and  delivered  personally  or by
overnight commercial courier, or sent by certified,  registered or express mail,
postage  prepaid,  or if sent by facsimile  and  confirmed by such mail sent the
same day. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered  personally or
by overnight commercial courier or, if mailed, seven (7) business days after the
date of deposit in the United States Mails,  First Class (or Air Mail, if mailed
to or, from a  destination  outside  the  contiguous  forty-eight  States of the
United  States)  postage  prepaid,  or if sent  by  facsimile  and  subsequently
confirmed as set forth above, the same day so sent by facsimile, as follows:

                                    If to Seller, to:

                                    Majco Building Specialties, L.P.
                                    c/o Concurrency Management Corp.
                                    411 West Putnam Avenue
                                    Greenwich, Connecticut   06830
                                    Attention: Ms. Karen M. Ryugo
                                               Arthur Amron, Esq.

                                    Facsimile No.:  203-862-7491

                                    With a copy to:

                                    Judith Fryer, Esq.
                                    Andrew J. Cosentino, Esq.
                                    Greenberg Traurig Hoffman Lipoff
                                            Rosen & Quentel
                                    35th Floor
                                    153 East 53rd Street
                                    Citicorp Center

                                    New York, New York  10022

                                    Facsimile No.:  212-223-7161

                                    If to Purchaser, to:

                                    CFM International Inc.
                                    475 Admiral Boulevard
                                    Mississauga, Ontario
                                    Canada  LST 2N1
                                    Attention:  Colin Adamson

                                    Facsimile No.:  905-670-7915

                                    With a copy to:

                                    Emily Neuberger, Esq.
                                    Hopkins & Sutter
                                    3 First National Plaza
                                    Chicago, IL  60602

                                    Facsimile No.:  312-558-7761


Any party may by  notice  given in  accordance  with this  Section  to the other
parties designate another address or person for receipt of notices by such party
hereunder, provided that no such change of address for notice shall be effective
until the other parties hereto  receive  notice thereof in accordance  with this
Agreement.

         10.5  Mail.  Seller  hereby  authorizes  Purchaser  from and  after the
Closing Date (i) to receive and open all mail and other communications  received
by Purchaser  with respect to the Assets  covered by Section 1.1 and the Assumed
Liabilities,  other than those marked  personal or  confidential  to Seller or a
specified  individual  not employed by Purchaser or sent to Seller by registered
or  certified  mail,  which  shall  be  forwarded  unopened  to  Seller  or such
individual and (ii) to act with respect to such communications in such manner as
Purchaser  may elect if such  communications  relate to the  Assets  covered  by
Section  1.1 and the  Assumed  Liabilities.  If  such  communications  do not so
relate, or relate both to such matters and to any right, liability or obligation
of Seller, Purchaser will forward the same or copies thereof promptly to Seller.
Seller shall  promptly  deliver to  Purchaser  the original of any mail or other
communication,  or  copies  thereof,  received  by it  after  the  Closing  Date
pertaining to the Assets covered by Section 1.1 and the Assumed Liabilities.

         10.6  Assignment.  This  Agreement  may not be assigned by either party
hereto  without  the prior  written  consent of the other  party.  If  Purchaser
assigns its rights under this Agreement to acquire the Division,  the Assets and
the Business,  Purchaser will nonetheless  remain liable,  jointly and severally
with any such  assignee,  with  respect to  Purchaser's  agreements,  covenants,
obligations and liabilities under this Agreement, including, without limitation,
Purchaser's   indemnification  obligations  hereunder.  No  assignment  of  this
Agreement or any of Purchaser's  rights  hereunder or in respect hereof shall be
effective  unless  Purchaser  and the  prospective  assignee  first  execute and
deliver  to Seller a written  assignment  and  assumption  agreement  reasonably
satisfactory to Seller in form and in substance.

         10.7  Third  Party  Beneficiaries.  Nothing  in this  Agreement  or the
Documents  is intended to, or shall be construed so as to create any third party
beneficiary  to this  Agreement  or  otherwise  confer any rights in or upon any
persons except Purchaser and Seller.

         10.8 Knowledge of Seller.  When any provision of any Document refers to
or contemplates  the knowledge of Seller,  it shall mean the actual knowledge of
Messrs.  Raymond  E.  Deasy,  Larry R.  McMichael  or  Donely H.  Zulager,  Glen
Thompson,  David Kelles, Terry Denton, Fred Lesser, Gary Brown and Mary Peikeit,
only.

         10.9 Successors Bound.  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.6, this
Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto
and their respective successors and assigns.

         10.10 Section Headings;  Captions;  Pronouns.  CAPTIONS USED HEREIN ARE
FOR THE  CONVENIENCE  OF THE PARTIES,  ONLY,  AND SHALL BE GIVEN NO  SUBSTANTIVE
SIGNIFICANCE  IN ANY  CONSTRUCTION  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT.  ALL  PRONOUNS  AND ANY
VARIATIONS  THEREOF  REFER TO THE  MASCULINE,  FEMININE  OR NEUTER,  SINGULAR OR
PLURAL,  AS  THE  CONTEXT  MAY  REQUIRE.  ALL  REFERENCES  HEREIN  TO  SECTIONS,
SUBSECTIONS  AND  CLAUSES  SHALL  BE  DEEMED  REFERENCES  TO SUCH  PARTS OF THIS
AGREEMENT, UNLESS THE CONTEXT SHALL OTHERWISE REQUIRE.

         10.11 Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may be amended,  superseded,
canceled,  renewed or extended,  and the terms  hereof may be waived,  only by a
written  instrument signed by the parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by
the party to be charged with the waiver.

         10.12 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement and the Exhibits,  Schedules,
certificates and documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement of
the  parties  hereto and  supersede  all prior  agreements  and  understandings,
whether  written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof,
except for a  confidentiality  agreement  dated May 9, 1995  entered into by the
Purchaser for the benefit of the Seller.

         10.13  Closing  on  Certain  Real  Property.  With  respect to the real
property  located in Hays County,  Texas ("Hays  County  Property")  and in Wise
County,   Texas  ("Wise   County   Property")  as  described  in  Schedule  3.4,
notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained herein, if Purchaser is not
satisfied with the condition of such property,  the condition of title on or has
not been satisfactorily  provided with Phase I environmental reports on or prior
to the  Closing  Date,  Purchaser  may elect  not to  purchase  the Hays  County
Property  and/or the Wise County  Property  and there shall be a purchase  price
adjustment equal to $132,000 in the case of the Hays County Property and $45,000
in the case of the Wise County  Property,  such amounts being the book values of
the  respective  properties  as of the date hereof.  If Purchaser  elects not to
purchase the Hays County Property or the Wise County Property, then Seller shall
retain such  property or  properties  as  Retained  Assets and shall  retain all
liabilities  associated with such property or properties as Retained Liabilities
and any and all  representations,  warranties  and covenants with respect to any
such retained  property will be deemed  terminated  and of no force or effect ab
initio.  If Purchaser  elects to purchase  the Hays County  Property or the Wise
County  Property at Closing,  Purchaser  shall  accept  title to the property or
properties as Assets and shall assume all  liabilities in connection  therewith;
and Seller shall not be liable for any breach of a  representation,  warranty or
covenant made with respect to such properties from the date of execution of this
Agreement until Closing.

         10.14  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts,  each
of which when so executed and delivered  shall be an original,  but all of which
together shall  constitute one and the same  instrument  when received by Judith
Fryer,  Esq. or Andrew J.  Cosentino,  Esq. at Greenberg  Traurig Hoffman Lipoff
Rosen & Quentel, 153 East 53rd Street, New York, New York 10021.

         10.15  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed and enforced
under and in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of New York
without regard to principles of conflicts of law thereof.
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed and delivered by
the  parties  hereto  by  natural  persons  having  the legal  capacity  and due
authorization to do the same on their behalf as of the date first above written.

                                    MAJCO BUILDING SPECIALTIES, L.P.
                                    By: IBP INVESTING, L.P.
                                            General Partner

                                     By: MATLYN CAPITAL CORP.
                                            General Partner



                                    By  /s/Karen Marie Ryugo
                                    Name:  Karen Marie Ryugo
                                    Title: President

                                    CFM INTERNATIONAL INC.



                                    By  /s/Colin Adamson
                                    Name:  Colin Adamson
                                    Title: President












                                 Exhibit 10.21
<PAGE>
                     Amendment No. 1 to Asset Sale Agreement

                  Amendment  No.  1 to the  Asset  Sale  Agreement  dated  as of
September 7, 1995 (the "Asset Sale  Agreement"),  by and between Majco  Building
Specialties,  L.P., a limited partnership  organized under the laws of the State
of Delaware (the "Seller"),  and CFM International Inc., a corporation organized
pursuant to the Ontario Business Corporations Act (the "Purchaser").

                  Reference is made to the  Assignment,  Assumption  and Consent
Agreement,  dated September 29, 1995 (the "Assignment Agreement"),  by and among
Purchaser,  CFM-Majestic,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation  ("Subsidiary"),  and
Seller,  pursuant to which Purchaser  assigned its rights and obligations  under
the Asset Sale  Agreement to the  Subsidiary  but remained  liable,  jointly and
severally  with  the  Subsidiary,   with  respect  to  Purchaser's   agreements,
covenants, obligations and liabilities under the Asset Sale Agreement.

                  Purchaser,  Seller and the Subsidiary desire to consummate the
transactions  contemplated by the Asset Sale Agreement. In connection therewith,
the parties have  determined  that it is in their  respective  best interests to
amend and modify the aforesaid Asset Sale Agreement,  prior to the  consummation
of the  transactions  contemplated  thereunder,  on  the  terms  and  conditions
hereinafter set forth.  Subsidiary,  as assignee of Purchaser's rights under the
Asset Sale Agreement pursuant to the Assignment Agreement, desires to facilitate
the aforesaid amendment.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  on  the  terms  and  provisions  set  forth  in  this
Agreement, for certain good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy
of which hereby are acknowledged,  and intending to be bound hereby,  Seller and
Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

                  1.  Certain  Definitions.   Capitalized  terms  not  otherwise
defined  herein shall have the meanings  assigned  thereto in or by reference in
the Asset Sale Agreement.

                  2. Closing Time. Reference is made to Section 2.1 of the Asset
Sale Agreement.  The parties hereto agree that notwithstanding the completion of
closing  procedures  and  transfer of funds prior  thereto,  the Closing will be
deemed to have  occurred at the close of business  for The  Majestic  Company on
September 29, 1995.

                  3. Schedule  3.13.  Pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Asset Sale
Agreement,  Schedule 3.13 to the Asset Sale  Agreement is hereby  amended by the
addition of the following items:

                           a. Schedule 3.13 (II)(A) is hereby  amended by adding
         thereto the following as paragraph 10 thereunder:

                                    "Pennsylvania  General  Insurance Company v.
                  Thulman Eastern Corporation, et al., No. 557 Civil 1995 in the
                  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  Somerset  County,   Pennsylvania
                  (September  8,  1995).  Plaintiff  Pennsylvania  General  paid
                  $626,845.36 to its insureds, SunRidge Condominium Association,
                  Inc. and The Village at Seven Springs,  Inc., in settlement of
                  their  claims for  property  damage  resulting  from a fire on
                  November 26, 1993.  Seller has just  received  service of this
                  suit  as a  defendant,  and has  forwarded  the  complaint  to
                  National Union Fire Insurance Company,  The Majestic Company's
                  carrier,  for handling.  The Seller's insurer,  National Union
                  Fire Insurance Company, has assumed the defense of the Seller.
                  The limits under such policy are believed to be  sufficient to
                  satisfy any judgment that might arise from this lawsuit."

                           b.  Schedule  3.13 (IV) is hereby  amended  by adding
         thereto the following as paragraphs 10 and 11 thereunder:

                                    "10.  Amory  Foster is asking,  through  his
                  insurance  carrier,   for  $1,462.20  in  unspecified  damages
                  allegedly  caused by an  unspecified  product of The  Majestic
                  Company.  The loss was  reported to have  occurred on February
                  16, 1995.  The matter was reported to Seller on September  25,
                  1995  and  has  been   referred  to   Majestic's   carrier  to
                  investigate the validity of the claim.

                                    11.  John  and  Nancy  Hambrick  are  asking
                  approximately  $3,000.00 for smoke damages to their  residence
                  allegedly  caused  by  an  allegedly  defective  Majestic  gas
                  fireplace.  The loss was reported to have  occurred on July 6,
                  1995.  The loss was reported to Majestic on September 25, 1995
                  and has been referred to Majestic's carrier to investigate the
                  validity of the claims."

                           c.  Schedule  3.13 (V) is  hereby  amended  by adding
         thereto the following as paragraphs 3 and 4 thereunder:

                                    "3.  The Seller  becomes  aware from time to
                  time  of  fires  or  other  damages   allegedly   incurred  in
                  connection with the Seller's  products or the installation and
                  operation thereof.  The Seller has specifically  identified in
                  this Schedule 3.13 the instances in which any such  occurrence
                  has resulted in pending litigation or claims by a third party,
                  of which the Seller has  received  notice,  or in which Seller
                  has received a written threat of such litigation or claim.

                                    4. The Seller has received a facsimile  from
                  Flame & Co., dated September 27, 1995, alleging that a $15,000
                  payment is due to Flame & Co.,  Ltd. with regard to the use of
                  a screen  disposed  over the burner to provide a glowing ember
                  effect.  The  Majestic  Company  has not used the  Flame & Co.
                  technology  due to problems of design and cost of the product,
                  including a potential conflict with Heat-N-Glo  patents. It is
                  Management's  position that the $15,000  payment is not due to
                  Flame & Co."

                  4.  Schedule  3.9.  Pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Asset Sale
Agreement,  Schedule 3.9 to the Asset Sale  Agreement  is hereby  amended by the
addition of the following items:

                           a.      Schedule 3.9 (ii) is hereby amended by adding
         thereto the following as paragraph 32 thereunder:

                                    "32. Property Tax Service  Agreement,  dated
                  June 8, 1995,  between DuCharme,  McMillen & Associates,  Inc.
                  and the Seller."

                           b.     Schedule 3.9 (xvi) is hereby amended by adding
         thereto the following as paragraph 4 thereunder:

                                    "4. Premium Finance  Agreement dated 9/15/95
                  (the "Premium  Finance  Agreement")  by and between the Seller
                  and AICCO Inc. and A. I. Credit Corp."

                           c.    Schedule 3.9 (xvii) is hereby amended by adding
         thereto the following as paragraphs 3 and 4 thereunder:

                                    "3. Premium Finance  Agreement dated 9/15/95
                  by and  between  the Seller and AICCO  Inc.  and A. I.  Credit
                  Corp.

                                    4. The insurance policies set forth in or by
                  reference  in  Schedule  3.11  are   incorporated   herein  by
                  reference."

                  5. American Standard Agreement.

                           a.  Section  1.2(i) is  hereby  amended  by  deleting
         therefrom the following:

                  "...,  provided  that  Seller  shall  request  the  consent of
                  American  Standard  to  the  assignment  of  such  rights  and
                  benefits  to  Purchaser,  and in the  event  such  consent  is
                  obtained  at any time,  Seller  shall  assign  such rights and
                  benefits to Purchaser."

                           b. Article 5 is amended by adding the  following  new
         Section 5.21:

                  "American  Standard  Agreement.  Seller has certain rights and
                  benefits  in respect  of the  Agreement  of Sale and  Purchase
                  dated April 24, 1986,  among  American  Standard  Inc.,  Equus
                  Capital  Corporation  and Equus  Building  Products,  L.P.  as
                  assignee  of EBP  Holdings,  Inc.  Seller  shall  use its best
                  efforts (provided, that Seller shall not be obligated to incur
                  any expense or obligation in the process of doing the same) to
                  facilitate the granting by American  Standard to Purchaser (or
                  Purchaser's  assignee) of  indemnifications  as similar to the
                  aforesaid  rights  and  benefits  of Seller  as is  reasonably
                  obtainable from American Standard, the terms and conditions of
                  which are being negotiated by Purchaser to its satisfaction."

                  6. Closing Audited Financial Statements.

                           a.  Section  1.8(a) is hereby  amended by deleted the
         words  "thirty  (30)"  on the  second  line  thereof  and  substituting
         therefor the words  "forty-five (45), and by adding the following after
         the words "Seller's past  practices":  "(it being understood and agreed
         by the parties hereto, however, that for purposes of preparation of the
         Closing  Audited  Financial  Statements for use in connection with this
         Asset Sale  Agreement,  the Closing Audited  Financial  Statements will
         reflect no  changes  in assets or  liabilities  or income  received  or
         debits incurred after the close of business on September 29, 1995)".

                           b. Section  1.8(b) is hereby  amended by deleting the
         words  "on  the  Closing   Date"  from  the  third  line   thereof  and
         substituting  therefor  the  words  "as soon as  practicable  after the
         Closing Date."

                           c. Section  1.8(e) is hereby amended by inserting the
         following  words  after the words  "complete  access" on the third line
         thereof:  ", except to the extent that access is  restricted  under the
         access policies adopted by the Big Six accounting firms as customary in
         such circumstances, ...".

                  7.       Escrow Agreement.

                           a.  Exhibit A to the Asset Sale  Agreement is deleted
         in its entirety and Exhibit A hereto is substituted in place thereof.

                           b. In  connection  with the  execution,  delivery and
         performance  of the  Escrow  Agreement  it was  necessary  for a  party
         thereto to agree to be  identified as the taxpayer of record in respect
         of interest income earned on the Escrow Account. For convenience of the
         parties,  the  Seller  was so  identified,  but  the  Escrow  Agreement
         contains certain  provisions whereby interest income with regard to the
         Escrow   Account  may  be  paid  to  the   Subsidiary   under   certain
         circumstances.  The parties  hereto  agree that to the extent that such
         interest income is paid to the Subsidiary, promptly upon request by the
         Seller the  Subsidiary  will  reimburse  the Seller the amount of taxes
         that the Seller would have paid thereon  assuming  that the Seller paid
         taxes  at the  Federal  corporate  rate  of  39%  and  the  Connecticut
         corporate rate of 11.5%.

                  8. Endorsements. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of the Asset
Sale  Agreement.  The parties hereto agree that the reference to "notice" in the
second sentence  thereof does not imply that Seller must give written consent to
any such endorsement.

                  9.  Payment of  Employee  Discretionary  Bonuses and 401K Plan
Contributions.  Reference is made to Section  5.20 of the Asset Sale  Agreement.
The  parties   acknowledge  that  the   discretionary   bonuses  and  401K  Plan
contributions referred to therein would not customarily be paid on September 30,
1995 (that is, prior to The  Majestic  Company's  fiscal year end).  The parties
agree that,  notwithstanding  the  provisions of Section 5.20 and Section 3.5 of
the Asset Sale  Agreement,  the Seller will arrange to make such payments on the
Closing date but such  payments may not be completed  until after the Closing is
consummated;  provided,  however,  that in  satisfaction  of Section 5.20 of the
Asset Sale Agreement, Seller hereby agrees and covenants as follows:

                           a. the aforesaid payments shall be made from Cash (as
         such term is defined in the Asset Sale Agreement) of the Company on the
         Closing  date  by wire  transfer  or  other  payments  to the  Seller's
         appropriate  payroll or other  administrative  agent for such  purposes
         but, to the extent (if at all) that there is not enough Cash  available
         on the Closing date for such  purpose  Seller shall make the balance of
         such payment from the Initial Purchase Price received by Seller as soon
         as practicable after the Closing has been consummated; and

                           b.  the  Seller  shall   arrange  for  the  aforesaid
         payments  to be made by the payroll or other  administrative  agent for
         such purposes to the  recipients of such payments or to the  applicable
         401K plan on or about Monday, October 2, 1995.

The parties hereto hereby agree that the aforesaid  discretionary bonus payments
to be made to non-senior  management (pursuant to (a) and (b) above) shall be as
set forth in  Schedule 9 hereto  under the heading  "Non-Sr  Mgmt" (the total of
such payments being $120,762).  The parties agree that the sum to be contributed
to the 401(K) plan  (pursuant to (a) and (b) above shall be the sum of $187,593;
however,  notwithstanding  anything in Sections 3.5 or 5.20 to the contrary, the
parties  acknowledge  and agree that the $187,593  payment  shall be made to the
401(K) plan in respect of all participants thereunder (due to non-discrimination
provisions   applicable  under  that  plan  and  under  law)  and  the  Seller's
obligations to make payments in respect of the 401(K) plan shall be satisfied by
such payment.

                  10. Insurance.  The parties hereto  acknowledge and agree that
as of the  Closing  date  the  Seller  has not  obtained  and  furnished  to the
Purchaser or the Subsidiary  consents to assignment of the contracts  identified
on Schedule 10 hereto.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6(d)
of the Asset Sale  Agreement or elsewhere  therein,  the  Subsidiary  is closing
notwithstanding  that it has not received such consents and the Seller shall not
be deemed to have breached any representation, warranty or covenant of the Asset
Sale  Agreement;  provided,  that the Seller shall  continue to  cooperate  with
Subsidiary  (in  accordance  with  Section 5.3 of the Asset Sale  Agreement)  to
obtain such  consents and that  Purchaser  and  Subsidiary  shall furnish to the
relevant  third  parties  such  information  as they may  reasonably  request in
connection  with  continuing the effort to obtain such consents.  The Closing by
the Subsidiary  without obtaining the assignment of coverages under the policies
listed on Schedule 10 hereto shall not  constitute a breach by the Subsidiary or
the Purchaser of their obligations  pursuant to Section 1.7(a) of the Asset Sale
Agreement.

                  11.      Liens, Letters of Credit.

                           a. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
         in the Asset Sale Agreement or the  instruments  or documents  executed
         and delivered in connection  therewith,  liens and encumbrances related
         to the Debt continue to exist as liens and encumbrances upon the Assets
         on the Closing  date and shall  continue  to  encumber  the Assets upon
         transfer  of  the  same  to  the   Subsidiary   on  the  Closing  date.
         Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in the Asset Sale
         Agreement, the parties hereto agree that the continued existence of the
         foregoing  liens and  encumbrances  and the  encumbrance  of the Assets
         thereby upon  transfer of the Assets to the  Subsidiary  on the Closing
         date shall not constitute a breach of any representation or warranty of
         Seller or  permit a claim  for  indemnification  by the  Subsidiary  or
         permit  Subsidiary  to decline to close on the Closing  date  provided,
         that

                                    (i)  Seller  represents  and  warrants  that
                  National City Bank has confirmed in writing that the only Debt
                  to  National  City Bank  secured  by the  aforesaid  liens and
                  encumbrances is the contingent liability of Seller with regard
                  to the Letters of Credit identified in Schedule 3.9(xiii) (the
                  "Letters of Credit"),  and that there is no other  outstanding
                  Debt to  National  City Bank which is secured by the Assets or
                  any of them other than the contingent liability of Seller with
                  regard to the Letters of Credit; and

                                    (ii) Seller will use its best  efforts  (but
                  shall be under no obligation to make any payments to any third
                  party or to incur any expenses,  except as hereinafter stated)
                  to  facilitate  the  release  by  National  City  Bank  of the
                  aforesaid liens and encumbrances securing the Debt to National
                  City  Bank,   provided,   that  the  Subsidiary   shall  cause
                  substitute  letters  of  credit  to be  issued in place of the
                  Letters of Credit or to be furnished to National  City Bank as
                  collateral,  acceptable to National City Bank, in substitution
                  for the liens upon the Assets; provided,  further, that Seller
                  shall pay to National City Bank all filing fees,  release fees
                  and legal fees of  National  City Bank's  counsel  incurred in
                  connection  with the  execution  and delivery to Seller and to
                  the  Subsidiary  and to Bank of  Montreal  and the  filing  of
                  releases  and  UCC  termination   statements   evidencing  the
                  termination of the aforesaid liens and encumbrances.

                           b. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
         in Section 1.1(m) of the Asset Sale  Agreement or elsewhere  therein or
         in the  instruments  or documents  executed and delivered in connection
         therewith,  the parties hereto agree that the Letters of Credit are not
         included in the Assets and are not being sold, transferred or otherwise
         disposed of to the Subsidiary.

                  12.  Closing on Certain Real  Property.  A  correction  of the
Survey (as defined in Schedule  3.4(b)(iii) 7 of the Asset Sale  Agreement)  has
indicated  that  Seller owns real  property in addition to the Real  Property as
described in the Survey. Accordingly, Article 10 of the Asset Sale Agreement and
Schedule 3.4(b)(iii) 7 are hereby amended by insertion of the following as a new
Section 10.16:

         10.16  Certain Huntington Parcels.

         A. Real Property (as defined in the Asset Sale Agreement) shall include
         the real property located in Huntington, Indiana described on Exhibit Q
         hereto (the "Excepted  Parcel").  Anything  contained in the Asset Sale
         Agreement  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  Purchaser  shall  not be
         required to accept at Closing title to the Excepted Parcel.  Purchaser,
         without any increase in the Purchase  Price,  shall accept title to the
         Excepted Parcel within sixty (60) days after the Closing provided:  (i)
         First American Title Insurance  Company issues a commitment for a title
         insurance  policy in  accordance  with  Section  6(i) of the Asset Sale
         Agreement  (except as to the date of such policy) showing Seller as the
         record owner of fee title to the Excepted  Parcel free and clear of all
         liens,  encumbrances,  leases and rights of  occupancy,  other than the
         Permitted Exceptions and the items on Schedule 6(i); (ii) Purchaser has
         received  a  survey  of the  Excepted  Parcel  in  accordance  with the
         provisions  of  Section  6(k) of the Asset  Sale  Agreement;  and (iii)
         Purchaser has received from Seller a Phase I  environmental  assessment
         with  respect  to  the  Excepted  Parcel  reasonably   satisfactory  to
         Purchaser.  Seller shall transfer, and Purchaser shall accept, title to
         the Excepted  Parcel subject to the same  conditions  applicable to the
         other Real Property  under the Asset Sale  Agreement,  except for those
         conditions  that by their  terms  do not  apply  to Real  Property  and
         improvements  which  are  not  regularly  employed  for or  used in the
         current  operations  of the  Division and the Business or are only used
         for  storage.  Upon  closing of the  transfer of title of the  Excepted
         Parcel as aforesaid,  the Excepted  Parcel wil constitute a part of the
         "Assets"  acquired  by  Purchaser  for  which  the  Purchaser  paid the
         Purchase Price and Purchaser shall assume all liabilities in connection
         therewith.  If Purchaser  does not accept title to the Excepted  Parcel
         because the Phase I is not reasonably  satisfactory to Purchaser in all
         material respects or because title or the survey to the Excepted Parcel
         is not in the  condition  required  herein,  then  notwithstanding  any
         provision  of the Asset Sale  Agreement  to the  contrary  Seller shall
         retain such property as one of the Retained Assets and shall retain all
         liabilities  associated with such property as Retained  Liabilities and
         any and all  representations,  warranties and covenants with respect to
         any such retained property will be deemed terminated and of no force or
         effect ab initio.  Within  twenty  (20) days after the date of Closing,
         Seller  shall  deliver  to  Purchaser  the  Phase I with  regard to the
         Excepted  Parcel  and  Purchaser  shall  deliver  to  Seller  its title
         commitment and survey with regard to the Excepted Parcel.  With respect
         to the Excepted Parcel,  Permitted  Exceptions shall mean the Permitted
         Exceptions  as  defined  in the  Asset  Sale  Agreement  and:  (a)  all
         covenants,  restrictions  and easements of record provided there are no
         material  violations  thereof and same do not render title unmarketable
         and (b) such other matters  affecting  title to the Excepted  Parcel as
         are  reasonably  acceptable to  Purchaser.  The fact that Seller is not
         transferring  title to the Excepted  Parcel to Purchaser on the Closing
         date shall not be deemed a breach of any representation,  covenant,  or
         warranty with respect to Real Property in the Asset Sale Agreement.

         B The  correction  of the Survey has also  resulted in the removal from
         the Survey of a certain  tract of land conveyed by Seller to Our Sunday
         Visitor,  Inc.  by deed  recorded  in Deed  Book  248  page  233 in the
         Recorder's  of   Huntington   County,   Indiana  (the  "OSV   Parcel").
         Purchaser's  surveyor  may  further  correct  the Survey to  accurately
         describe the Real Property as it exists without the OSV Parcel. If such
         Survey  amendment,  or  an  amendment  of  the  Survey  reflecting  the
         exception of the Excepted Parcel from the Huntington Parcel,  indicates
         any  strips  or  gores  or the  non-closure  of the  Real  Property  in
         Huntington, Indiana, Seller, upon request from Purchaser given no later
         than ten (10) days after the date hereof,  shall execute and deliver to
         Purchaser,  without any  increase in the Purchase  Price,  a quit-claim
         deed conveying to Purchaser any additional  real property  necessary to
         eliminate the strip, gore or non-closure.  The real property covered by
         such  quitclaim deed and such  quit-claim  deed shall not be subject to
         any of the conditions, representations,  covenants or warranties of the
         Asset Sale  Agreement  and shall be conveyed and accepted on an "as-is"
         basis without recourse to or liability of Seller.

                  13.  Reimbursements  and  Apportionments.  The parties  hereto
acknowledge and agree that the sum of $431,215.52 is being paid by Subsidiary to
Seller on the Closing date as a  reimbursement/apportionment  of the amounts set
forth on Schedule 13 hereto.

                  14.      Consents and Approvals.

                           a. The parties hereto  acknowledge and agree that the
         Seller  is  not  obligated  to  obtain  consent  to  assignment  of the
         contracts  identified  in Section  1.2(g) to the Asset Sale  Agreement,
         notwithstanding  anything in Section 5.3(a) of the Asset Sale Agreement
         to the contrary.

                           b. The parties hereto  acknowledge  and agree that as
         of the Closing date the Seller has not  obtained  and  furnished to the
         Purchaser or the  Subsidiary  consents to  assignment  of the contracts
         identified  on  Schedule  3.9 at (iii) 1,  (iii) 2,  (iv) 1 or (xiv) 1.
         Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary in Section 6(d) of the Asset
         Sale  Agreement  or  elsewhere  therein,   the  Subsidiary  is  closing
         notwithstanding  that it has not received  such consents and the Seller
         shall not be deemed to have  breached any  representation,  warranty or
         covenant of the Asset Sale Agreement;  provided,  that the Seller shall
         continue to cooperate with  Subsidiary (in accordance  with Section 5.3
         of the Asset Sale Agreement) to obtain such consents and that Purchaser
         and  Subsidiary  shall  furnish  to the  relevant  third  parties  such
         information  as  they  may  reasonably   request  in  connection   with
         continuing the effort to obtain such consents.

                  15. Special Exception. The Seller represents and warrants that
the Seller entered into the Premium Finance  Agreement in the ordinary course of
business.  The parties hereto agree that the execution by Seller on September 5,
1995 of the Premium Finance  Agreement,  the acceptance of the same by the other
party thereto on September 15, 1995, and the prepayment of insurance premiums by
Seller  on  September  29,  1995 in order to  terminate  the  Premium  Financing
Agreement on such date  constitute a "Special  Exception"  within the meaning of
that term in the Asset Sale Agreement.

                  16.      Miscellaneous.

                           a.  Third  Party   Beneficiaries.   Nothing  in  this
         Amendment  is intended  to, or shall be  construed  so as to create any
         third party  beneficiary  to this  Amendment  or  otherwise  confer any
         rights in or upon any persons except Purchaser, Subsidiary and Seller.

                           b.  Successors  Bound.  Subject to the  provisions of
         Section 10.6 of the Asset Sale Agreement, which are incorporated herein
         by reference  and deemed  hereby to be applicable to all of the parties
         hereto,this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
         the parties hereto and their  respective  successors  and assigns.  The
         parties  hereto  specifically  acknowledge  and  agree  that  after the
         Closing  Seller  intends to assign  all of its  rights,  interests  and
         obligations,  including but not limited to those  relating to the Asset
         Sale  Agreement and the other  instruments  and documents  executed and
         delivered pursuant thereto (including,  without limitation,  the Escrow
         Agreement),  to a successor entity in the form of a liquidating  trust,
         and the parties  expressly  consent  thereto,  and the parties  further
         agree,  upon  request by Seller,  to execute  and deliver to the Escrow
         Agent or any other  third party any  acknowledgment  of consent to such
         assignment  as Seller may  reasonably  request in the event  additional
         evidence of such consent is reasonably required.

                           c. Section  Headings;  Captions;  Pronouns.  CAPTIONS
         USED HEREIN ARE FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE PARTIES,  ONLY, AND SHALL BE
         GIVEN  NO  SUBSTANTIVE   SIGNIFICANCE  IN  ANY   CONSTRUCTION  OF  THIS
         AMENDMENT.  ALL  PRONOUNS  AND  ANY  VARIATIONS  THEREOF  REFER  TO THE
         MASCULINE,  FEMININE OR NEUTER,  SINGULAR OR PLURAL, AS THE CONTEXT MAY
         REQUIRE.  ALL REFERENCES  HEREIN TO SECTIONS,  SUBSECTIONS  AND CLAUSES
         SHALL BE DEEMED  REFERENCES  TO SUCH PARTS OF THIS  AMENDMENT OR TO THE
         ASSET SALE AGREE- MENT,  AS THE CASE MAY BE,  UNLESS THE CONTEXT  SHALL
         OTHERWISE REQUIRE.

                           d.  Amendment  and  Waiver.  This  Amendment  may  be
         amended,  superseded,  canceled,  renewed  or  extended,  and the terms
         hereof  may be  waived,  only by a  written  instrument  signed  by the
         parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver,  by the party to be charged
         with the waiver.

                           e.  Counterparts.  This  Amendment may be executed in
         any  number of  counterparts  and by the  different  parties  hereto on
         separate  counterparts,  each of which when so executed  and  delivered
         shall be an original,  but all of which together  shall  constitute one
         and the same instrument  when received by Judith Fryer,  Esq. or Andrew
         J. Cosentino, Esq. at Greenberg Traurig Hoffman Lipoff Rosen & Quentel,
         153 East 53rd Street, New York, New York 10022.

                           f. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be con- strued
         and enforced  under and in accordance  with and governed by the laws of
         the State of New York without  regard to principles of conflicts of law
         thereof.

                           g. Asset Sale Agreement.  The Asset Sale Agree- ment,
         together  with the Exhibits and Schedules  thereto,  continues to be in
         full force and effect, with no amendment or modification thereto except
         as expressly set forth herein.
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Amendment has been executed and delivered by
the  parties  hereto  by  natural  persons  having  the legal  capacity  and due
authorization  to do the same on their  behalf  on this  29th day of  September,
1995.

                                    MAJCO BUILDING SPECIALTIES, L.P.
                                    By: IBP INVESTING, L.P.
                                            General Partner

                                     By: MATLYN CAPITAL CORP.
                                            General Partner



                                    By /s/ Karen Marie Ryugo

                                    Name:  Karen Marie Ryugo
                                    Title: President

                                    CFM INTERNATIONAL INC.



                                    By /s/ Colin Adamson

                                    Name:  Colin Adamson
                                    Title: President

                                    CFM-MAJESTIC, INC.



                                    By /s/ Colin Adamson

                                    Name:  Colin Adamson
                                    Title: President
<PAGE>







                                    Exhibit A


                [FORM OF REVISED ESCROW AGREEMENT TO BE ATTACHED]





The Exhibit to this Exhibit will be  furnished  to the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission upon request.
<PAGE>
                                   Schedule 9

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Bonus Schedule - 9/28/95

                                                                       9 Months               Special
                                                                        Ending                Closing              Total
                                                                        9/30/95                Bonus


Non-Sr. Mgmt.

<S>                                                              <C>                           <C>             <C>
M. Husted                                                              $  2,775

R. Thomson                                                            $ 11,250**

R. Veitch                                                              $ 12,690

J. Alford                                                              $  9,450

F. Lesser                                                              $  5,993

J. Symington                                                           $  2,775

M. Peikert                                                             $  2,670

M. Romero                                                              $  4,005

R. McHenry                                                             $  1,335

J. Fekete                                                              $  2,670

T. Denton                                                              $  2,336

D. Bjortobt                                                            $  2,670

J. Pilarski                                                            $  2,670

R. Beasey                                                              $    595

J. Dailey                                                              $    668

G. Brown                                                               $  2,003

B. Johnson                                                             $    630

T. Rathlake                                                            $ 10,680

H. Harusak                                                             $  1,335

T. Gilbert                                                             $  1,410

M. Whiteman                                                            $  9,870

L. Wilson                                                              $    750

T. Brumbaugh                                                           $  1,335

M. Catenazzo                                                           $  1,001

R. Howard                                                              $  2,003

L. Jost                                                                $  1,763

J. Hencken                                                             $  1,001

D. Householder                                                         $  1,001

L. Stachwill                                                           $    296

D. Armbruster                                                          $    705

S. Abbott                                                              $    630

L. Venturini                                                           $ 10,013

W. Spencer                                                             $  1 ,058

T. Wilson                                                              $  1,056

W. Circle                                                              $  1,335

J. Shields                                                             $  1,335

Contingency                                                            $  5,000

Total Non-Sr. Mgmt.                                                    $120,762                                  $120,762


Amt. allocated to Non-Sr. Management:                                  $187,593


* Recommendations Only
**Mr. Thomson is guaranteed a $15,000 bonus in 1995. This represents 75% of such bonus.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                   Schedule 10

                  1.  Executive Life and  Accidental  Death and Dismember-  ment
Policies issued to Ray Deasy, Larry McMichael, Don Zulager, Glen Thomson and Ron
Veitch by TrustMark (formerly CNA Insurance,  the premiums for which are paid by
the Company.

                  2. Supplemental Medical  Reimbursement Plan for the benefit of
Ray Deasy,  Larry  McMichael,  Don Zulager,  Glen  Thomson,  Ron Veitch and Rick
Thompson  handled by Insurance and Risk Management in Fort Wayne,  Indiana,  the
premiums for which are paid by the Company.

                  3. The Life Choice Series A Cancer and Hospital Intensive Care
Plan with Cash Value  issued to 40-50  individual  employees  of the  Company by
Capitol  American,  the premiums  for which are paid by the Company.  (Group No.
13421)




<PAGE>
                                  Schedule 13

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Description                                           Amount        Per Diem        Adjustment Period   # of Days  Credit to Seller
- -----------                                           ------        --------        -----------------   ---------  ----------------
<S>                                              <C>                <C>            <C>                       <C>       <C>      
Rent Payable (Indiana)                             $2,141.76          $71.39       9/29/95 - 10/31/95          33         $2,355.94
Rent Receivable (Austin)                           $1,200.00          $40.00        9/29/95 - 9/30/95           2          ($80.00)
PREPAID INSURANCE
Worker's Comp (Hunt) - Argonaut                   $31,447.00            n/a*                                             $31,447.00
Worker's Comp (Austin) - Argonaut                 $31,552.00            n/a*                                             $31,552.00
Worker's Comp (Austin) - Argonaut                  $6,598.37            n/a*                                              $6,598.37
Exec. Supp. Life - Continental                    $15,037.49          $41.09        9/29/95 - 7/31/96         307        $12,613.41
Fiduciary Liab. - Aetna                            $4,669.00          $12.76        9/29/95 - 8/21/96         328         $4,184.24
Special Risk - Hartford                            $2,100.00           $5.75        9/29/95 - 1/31/96         125           $719.18
Key Mart Life - Hartford                          $15,400.00          $42.08        9/29/95 - 6/19/96         234         $9,845.90
Crime - Kemper                                     $4,348.00          $11.88        9/29/95 - 2/27/96         152         $1,805.73
General Liability - NationaL Union               $155,000.00         $423.50        9/29/95 - 8/26/96         333       $141,024.59
Umbrella - National Union                         $76,500.00         $209.02        9/29/95 - 8/26/96         333        $69,602.46
Auto Liability - National Union                   $33,546.00          $91.66        9/29/95 - 8/26/96         333        $30,521.36
Excess Umbrella - Federal                         $42,000.00         $114.75        9/29/95 - 8/26/96         333        $38,213.11
Property &Bus. Int. - Hartford                    $54,378.00         $148.57        9/29/94 - 9/4/96          342        $50,812.23
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                            EXHIBIT Q - EXCEPTED PARCEL
                                LEGAL DESCRIPTION

<PAGE>
That certain tract of land conveyed to Majco Building  Specialties,  L.P. by the
City of  Huntington,  Indiana in Deed Record 248,  Page 237 in the Office of the
Recorder  of  Huntington  County,  Indiana  as more  particularly  described  on
Schedule "A - Exception Parcel" attached hereto and incorporated herein.


<PAGE>
                         SCHEDULE A - EXCEPTION PARCEL
                               LEGAL DESCRIPTION

A part  of  Section  14,  Township  28  North,  Range  9  East,  in the  City of
Huntington,  Huntington County, Indiana, more particularly described as follows:
Commencing  at the  southeast  corner of a  property  former  owned by  American
Standard,  Inc.,  containing 15.31 acres of land as recorded in Deed Record 215,
page 816 in the Office of the  Recorder  of  Huntington  County,  Indiana,  said
corner  being  on the  northerly  right-of-way  line of East  Market  at a point
situated  88.11 feet South 88 degrees,  34 minutes  West from the angle point in
said  northerly  right-of-way  line, to a point situated 12.75 feet (measured at
right angles) Easterly of the centerline of the former Erie-Lackawanna Railroad,
said centerline being defined by a line situated between the east bound and west
bound main tracks of said railroad and equidistant  from each track  centerline;
thence  North 31  degrees,  49  minutes  West,  and  parallel  to and 12.75 feet
situated 20.0 feet  (measured  radially)  westerly of the centerline of the most
easterly  railroad spur of the  Erie-Lackawanna  Railroad,  said point being the
Point of Beginning;  thence  continuing  North 31 degrees,  49 minutes West, and
parallel to and 12.75 feet (measured at right angles)  easterly of said railroad
centerline,  a distance of 650.00 feet; thence North 29 degrees,  56 minutes, 58
seconds  East,  a distance of 272.79 feet;  thence South 25 degrees,  30 minutes
East,  parallel to and 20.0 feet  (measured  at right  angles)  westerly of said
railroad spur centerline,  a distance of 130.74 feet; thence  southerly,  on and
along the arc of a regular  curve to the right  having a radius of 1096.17  feet
and being  concentric  to and 20.0 feet  (measured  radially)  westerly  of said
railroad  spur  centerline,  an arc  distance of 326.78 feet (the chord of which
bears South 13  degrees,  45 minutes,  36 seconds  East,  for a length of 325.57
feet);  thence South 06 degrees,  38 minutes,  54 seconds East,  parallel to and
20.0 feet (measured at right angles)  westerly of said railroad spur centerline,
a distance of 213.07 feet to the point of  curvature  of a regular  curve to the
left having a radius of 686.12 feet; thence  Southerly,  on and along the arc of
said curve being  concentric to and 20.0 feet  (measured  radially)  westerly of
said  railroad  spur  centerline,  an arc  distance of 150.98 feet (the chord of
which bears  South 18 degrees,  36  minutes,  40 seconds  East,  for a length of
150.68 feet) to the Point of Beginning;  containing 2.05 acres, more-or-less and
subject to rights-of-way and easements of record.

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made this ______ day of December, 1995,
by and among The Rotor Tool L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Seller"), The
Rotor Tool Company, a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business
at 26300 Lakeside Avenue, Euclid, Ohio 44132 (the "Company"),  and INTOOL, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 2121 San Jacinto
Street, Dallas, Texas 75201 ("Buyer").

                                 R E C I T A L S

         1.  Seller owns  416,925  shares of common  stock of the Company  which
constitute  all of the issued  and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the
Company  (the  "Shares").  The  Company  operates  the  business  of  designing,
engineering,  manufacturing,  marketing,  distributing and selling high quality,
semi-customized,  portable pneumatic and D.C. electric tools, especially adapted
for assembly line or other specialty  applications (as currently conducted,  the
"Business") at its facility in Euclid, Ohio.

         2. Seller  desires to sell and Buyer desires to purchase all the Shares
on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

         NOW  THEREFORE,   in   consideration  of  the  mutual  promises  herein
contained, Seller and Buyer agree as follows:


                     ARTICLE I. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

         1.1 Purchase and Sale. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions and
in reliance on the  representations,  warranties and covenants set forth in this
Agreement,  Seller  agrees to sell,  convey,  transfer and assign to Buyer,  and
Buyer  agrees to purchase on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3.1 hereof)
all of the Shares. Buyer shall have no obligations to purchase any of the Shares
unless all of the Shares are sold and purchased pursuant to this Agreement.

                           ARTICLE II. PURCHASE PRICE

         2.1  Purchase  Price.  Buyer shall pay, or cause to be paid,  to Seller
Thirty-Five   Million  Nine   Hundred   Fifty   Thousand   and  00/100   Dollars
($35,950,000.00) minus, or plus, the amount by which the Company's shareholders'
equity,  as set  forth on a  balance  sheet of the  Company  prepared  as of the
Closing  Date (the  "Closing  Balance  Sheet"),  is less (the  "Negative  Equity
Adjustment") or greater (the "Positive Equity Adjustment"),  respectively,  than
the sum of $1,297,916.

         2.2 Method of Payment.

                  (a) On the  Closing  Date  Buyer  shall  deliver  to Seller an
amount equal to $35,950,000, minus:


                           (v)      $500,000   which  Buyer  shall   deliver  to
                                    Chemical  Bank (the  "Escrow  Agent")  to be
                                    held in, and  disbursed  from,  the  Special
                                    Account (as defined in Section  6.10 hereof)
                                    pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof;

                           (w)      $1,275,000  which  Buyer  shall  deliver  to
                                    Chemical  Bank  (the  "Escrow  Agent")  into
                                    escrow for  disbursement  in accordance with
                                    the  terms of the  Escrow  Agreement  in the
                                    form  of  Exhibit   2.2(a)(w)   hereto  (the
                                    "Escrow Agreement");

                           (x)      $21,592,000 which Buyer shall deliver to the
                                    Trustee on behalf of the Company;

                           (y)      $3,442,907  which  Buyer  shall  deliver  to
                                    Presidio  Capital  Corp.  on  behalf  of the
                                    Company; and

                           (z)      $1,432,631,   being  a  preliminary   equity
                                    adjustment   calculated   as  set  forth  in
                                    Exhibit 2.2(a)(z).

                  All amounts required to be delivered by Buyer pursuant to this
Section 2.2(a) shall be in immediately  available  funds  transferred by wire to
banks and  accounts  which each of the  respective  payees  shall  designate  in
writing to Buyer not less than  three (3)  business  days  prior to the  Closing
Date.

                  (b) No later than fifty (50) days from Buyer's  receipt of the
Closing  Balance  Sheet or, if Buyer and  Seller  have a dispute  regarding  the
Closing  Balance  Sheet,  within three (3) business days from the  resolution of
such dispute by Buyer and Seller or by arbitration  pursuant to Sections 6.01(c)
and 6.02 of the Escrow  Agreement,  Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to
the  Positive  Equity  Adjustment  (as  determined  on the basis of the  Closing
Balance  Sheet),  if any,  or Seller  shall pay to Buyer an amount  equal to the
Negative  Equity  Adjustment (as determined on the basis of the Closing  Balance
Sheet), if any, in immediately available funds transferred by wire to a bank and
account which the other party shall designate in writing.

         2.3      Preparation of Closing Balance Sheets; Valuation of Inventory.

                  (a) No later than the Closing  Date,  Seller shall  deliver to
Buyer a  balance  sheet of the  Company  prepared  as of  November  30,  1995 in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently  applied
with those used in the  preparation  of the 1995  Audited  Financial  Statements
(attached  hereto as Exhibit  2.3(a)),  as agreed  upon by Buyer and Seller (the
"Interim  Closing Balance  Sheet").  Buyer shall have  reasonable  access to the
Company's books and records for the purpose of, and shall be reasonably assisted
by Company's  management in, the  verification  of the Interim  Closing  Balance
Sheet.

                  (b)  As  soon  as  reasonably  possible,  but  no  later  than
forty-five (45) days, after the Closing Date,  Seller shall deliver to Buyer the
Closing Balance Sheet, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles  consistently  applied  with  those  used in the  preparation  of the
Interim  Closing  Balance Sheet. On the Closing Balance Sheet a reserve for "car
stock"  inventory in an amount of not less than  $175,000  shall have been made.
Seller  shall have  reasonable  access to  Company's  books and  records for the
purpose of, and shall be  reasonably  assisted by Company's  management  in, the
preparation of the Closing  Balance Sheet.  Upon delivery of the Closing Balance
Sheet to Buyer,  Seller shall promptly provide Buyer with any information  Buyer
shall reasonably request in order to verify the Closing Balance Sheet.

                  (c) No later than  forty-five  (45) days after Buyer's receipt
of the Closing Balance Sheet, Buyer shall notify Seller of any objections it has
to the Closing  Balance Sheet. In the event any such objections are not resolved
by agreement  between Seller and Buyer within ten (10) business days after Buyer
has  notified  Seller of such  objections,  such  dispute  shall be  decided  by
arbitration  pursuant to Sections  6.01(c) and 6.02 of the Escrow  Agreement (as
defined in Section 2.2 hereof).

                              ARTICLE III. CLOSING

         3.1 The Closing. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement are to
be closed,  and all  deliveries to be made at such time in connection  therewith
are to be made,  at the  offices of  Squire,  Sanders &  Dempsey,  4900  Society
Center, 127 Public Square,  Cleveland, Ohio 44114-1304, on the date on which all
conditions to each party's obligations  hereunder,  as set forth in Article VIII
hereof,  have been satisfied or waived,  but in no event later than December 31,
1995, at 10:00 a.m. local time, or at such other place,  date and/or time as may
be  mutually  agreed  upon in writing by Seller,  the  Company  and Buyer  (said
closing  and the  date  thereof  herein  referred  to as the  "Closing"  and the
"Closing Date," respectively).

         3.2      Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated

                  (a) by Seller or Buyer at any time after the  Closing  Date if
the  Closing  shall not have  taken  place on or before  such  date,  unless the
failure to close shall have been caused by the party seeking to terminate; or

                  (b) by mutual  written  consent of the Seller and the Company,
on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other; or

                  (c) by the Seller, if, on the Closing Date, Buyer has not paid
the purchase price pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or any of the other conditions set
forth in Section 8.1 shall not have been satisfied in all material  respects and
shall not have been waived by Seller; or

                  (d) by Buyer,  if, on the Closing Date,  any of the conditions
set forth in Section 8.2 shall not have been  satisfied  and shall not have been
waived by Buyer.

         3.3  Effect of  Termination.  In the event of the  termination  of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 3.2 by Seller and the Company, on the one hand, or
Buyer,  on the other,  written  notice  thereof shall  forthwith be given to the
other party  specifying the provision  hereof pursuant to which such termination
is made,  and this Agreement  shall become void and have no effect,  except that
the agreements  contained in this Section and in Sections  6.3(a) and 11.7 shall
survive the termination hereof. To the extent a party has rightfully  terminated
this  Agreement  pursuant  to this  Section  3.2,  such party shall not have any
liability to the other on account of such termination. Nothing contained in this
Section shall relieve any party from liability for damages actually  incurred as
a result of any breach of this Agreement.

              ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS OF SELLER AND THE COMPANY

         4.1  Representations  of  Seller  and  Company.  Seller,  solely  as to
subsections  (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (g)(i),  each as it relates to Seller,
and the Company jointly and severally represent and warrant to Buyer that:

                  (a)  Capitalization  of the Company.  The  authorized  capital
stock of the Company  consists of 700,000 shares of common stock,  $1 par value,
of which 416,925 shares are outstanding  (the  "Shares"),  and 700,000 shares of
preferred  stock, $1 par value, of which no shares are  outstanding.  All Shares
have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable,  and no shares of
capital  stock of the  Company  are  subject  to,  nor have any been  issued  in
violation of,  preemptive or similar rights.  The Shares  constitute (and at the
Closing will  constitute)  all the  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the
Company. There are (and as of the Closing Date there will be) outstanding (i) no
securities of the Company convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital
stock or other voting securities of the Company, (ii) no options or other rights
to acquire from the Company,  and no obligation of the Company to issue or sell,
any shares of capital  stock or other  voting  securities  of the Company or any
securities  of the Company  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for such capital
stock or voting securities,  and (iii) no equity  equivalents,  interests in the
ownership  or  earnings,  or other  similar  rights  of or with  respect  to the
Company.  As of the  Closing  Date there will be (and,  except as  disclosed  on
Schedule  4.1(a),  there  are) no  outstanding  obligations  of the  Company  to
repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of the foregoing shares, securities,
options, equity equivalents, interests or rights.

                  (b)  Organization   and  Good  Standing.   The  Company  is  a
corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware and has all requisite  corporate  power and authority to own, lease and
operate  its assets (as defined in Section  4.1(e) and to conduct the  Business.
The Company is  qualified  or licensed  to do business  and is in good  standing
under  the laws of the  State of Ohio and any  other  jurisdiction  in which the
property owned, leased or operated by it or the conduct of the Business requires
qualification or licensing.
No actions or proceedings to dissolve the Company are pending.

                  (c) Authorization.

                           (i)      The  Company  has full  corporate  power and
                                    authority to enter into this  Agreement  and
                                    to carry out its obligations hereunder.  The
                                    execution,  delivery and performance of this
                                    Agreement and the transactions  contemplated
                                    hereby  have  been  duly  authorized  by all
                                    necessary  corporate  action of the Company.
                                    This  Agreement  and each  other  agreement,
                                    instrument  or  document  executed  or to be
                                    executed by the Company in  connection  with
                                    the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  has
                                    been,   or  when   executed  will  be,  duly
                                    executed  and  delivered  by the Company and
                                    constitutes,  or when executed and delivered
                                    will constitute, a valid and legally binding
                                    obligation   of  the  Company,   enforceable
                                    against the Company in accordance with their
                                    respective terms.

                           (ii)     Seller  has  full  legal  right,  power  and
                                    authority  to  execute,  deliver and perform
                                    this   Agreement  and  to   consummate   the
                                    transactions   contemplated   hereby.   This
                                    Agreement,   and   each   other   agreement,
                                    instrument  or  document  executed  or to be
                                    executed  by Seller in  connection  with the
                                    transactions  contemplated  hereby has been,
                                    or when  executed will be, duly executed and
                                    delivered by Seller and constitutes, or when
                                    executed and delivered  will  constitute,  a
                                    valid  and  legally  binding  obligation  of
                                    Seller,   enforceable   against   Seller  in
                                    accordance with their respective terms.

                  (d) No Violation.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.1(d), the
execution,  delivery and performance by Seller and the Company of this Agreement
and the consummation by them of the transactions  contemplated hereby do not and
will not (i)  conflict  with or result in a violation  of any  provision  of the
certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or the limited partnership
certificate or partnership agreement of the Seller, (ii) conflict with or result
in a violation of any provision of, or constitute (with or without the giving of
notice or the passage of time or both) a default under, or give rise to (with or
without  the  giving  of  notice  or the  passage  of time or both) any right of
termination,  cancellation or acceleration  under,  any bond,  debenture,  note,
mortgage,   indenture,  lease,  contract,   agreement  or  other  instrument  or
obligation to which the Company or the Seller is a party or by which the Company
or the  Seller  or any of their  properties  may be bound,  (iii)  result in the
creation or imposition of any Encumbrance  upon the properties of the Company or
the Seller,  or (iv) violate any  Applicable Law binding upon the Company or the
Seller.

                  (e) Condition of and Title to Assets and Shares.

                           (i)      Except as set forth in Schedule 4.1(e), Part
                                    I, and for (w) liens for  current  taxes and
                                    assessments    not    yet    payable,    (x)
                                    nondelinquent  statutory liens arising other
                                    than by reason of  default,  (y) such  other
                                    encumbrances  pertaining to the Assets shown
                                    of  record,  and  (z) the  Employee  Benefit
                                    Plans,  the Company has good and  marketable
                                    title in and to all of the  Assets  free and
                                    clear of any  Encumbrance.  The  Company has
                                    not  received   notice  of  any  pending  or
                                    threatened condemnation proceedings relating
                                    to any of the owned or leased  properties of
                                    the  Company,  and, to the  Knowledge of the
                                    Company,   there  are  no  such  pending  or
                                    threatened   proceedings.   Set   forth   in
                                    Schedule  4.1(e),  Part  II,  is a  list  of
                                    substantially  all of the Company's  "fixed"
                                    Assets  having  a book  value in  excess  of
                                    $25,000.  Schedule  4.1(e),  Part III, lists
                                    all  real  property  owned  by the  Company.
                                    Subject  to   Section   4.3,   the   plants,
                                    structures,    tangible    properties    and
                                    equipment  owned,  operated or leased by the
                                    Company are in good operating  condition and
                                    repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. For
                                    purposes of this  Agreement,  "Assets" means
                                    all assets  owned by the Company and used in
                                    its Business, including, without limitation,
                                    all  of the  assets  reflected  in the  1995
                                    Audited Financial Statements.

                           (ii)     The  Seller  is the  record  and  beneficial
                                    owner  of,  and  upon  consummation  of  the
                                    transactions  contemplated  hereby the Buyer
                                    will acquire good and  marketable  title to,
                                    the   Shares   free   and   clear   of   all
                                    Encumbrances.

                  (f)  Compliance  with  Laws.  Except as  described  in Section
4.1(f),  the Company has complied in all material  respects with all  Applicable
Laws. Neither Seller nor the Company has received any written notice,  which has
not been  dismissed  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  that the  Company  has not so
complied.  The  Company is not charged  or, to the  Knowledge  of Seller and the
Company, threatened with or under investigation with respect to any violation of
any Applicable Law relating to any aspect of the Business, other than violations
which are described in Schedule 4.1(f).

                  (g) Employees.

                           (i)      Schedule  4.1(g),  Part I is a complete list
                                    of all directors and officers of the Company
                                    and RTI;

                           (ii)     Schedule 4.1(g),  Part II is a complete list
                                    showing the name, social security number and
                                    dates of  employment  by the Company and RTI
                                    of  each  employee  of the  Company  and RTI
                                    together  with the total  amounts of salary,
                                    bonuses  and  other   compensation  paid  or
                                    payable by the  Company to each such  person
                                    for  the  current   calendar  year  and  the
                                    immediately preceding calendar year;

                           (iii)    except as set forth on Schedule  4.1(g) Part
                                    III, the  consummation  of the  transactions
                                    contemplated  by  this  Agreement  will  not
                                    result in the incurring of any severance pay
                                    liabilities  to any person  employed  by the
                                    Company; and

                           (iv)     the Company has  entered  into a  collective
                                    bargaining  agreement with The International
                                    Union,  United  Automobile,   Aerospace  and
                                    Agricultural  Implement  Workers of America,
                                    UAW and Amalgamated Union No. 70, dated June
                                    10,  1994.  There  is  no  strike,  lockout,
                                    grievance, slow down or stoppage pending or,
                                    to  the  Company's   Knowledge,   threatened
                                    against the Company.  Except as set forth in
                                    Schedule  4.1(g) Part IV, within the past 24
                                    months  the  Company  has not been  involved
                                    with any  representational  campaign  by any
                                    union or other organization or group seeking
                                    to   become   the   collective    bargaining
                                    representative of any of its employees.

                  (h)  Financial  Statements.  The  financial  statements of the
Company for the fiscal years from 1985 through 1995,  each audited in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with
preceding  years   throughout  the  periods  covered  (the  "Audited   Financial
Statements"), copies of which have been provided to Buyer, present fairly in all
material  respects the  financial  condition of the Company as of the  effective
dates of and for the periods covered by such Audited Financial Statements.

                  (i)  Absence  of  Certain  Changes.  Except  as  disclosed  on
Schedule 4.1(i), since September 30, 1995, (i) there has not been any materially
adverse  change in the  relationship  between the Company and any customer  that
accounted  for more than five  percent  (5%) of the  Company's  annual  sales in
fiscal 1995;  (ii) the Business has been conducted  only in the ordinary  course
consistent  with  past  practice;  (iii)  the  Company  has not taken any of the
actions  set forth in  Section  6.2  except as  permitted  thereunder;  (iv) the
Company  has not  incurred  any  material  liability,  engaged  in any  material
transaction or entered into any material  agreement  outside the ordinary course
of business consistent with past practice;  (v) the Company has not suffered any
loss, damage, destruction or other casualty to any of its assets (whether or not
covered by insurance) having a cost or repair or replacement exceeding $10,000.

                  (j) Proprietary Rights.  Schedule 4.1(j) sets forth a list and
description,  including  dates of  issuance,  expiration  dates  and  status  of
maintenance fee payments,  of all material trade and service marks,  trade names
and  patents  which  have  been  registered  by  the  Company  or for  which  an
application  for  registration  by the Company is pending,  and all writings for
which a claim to copyright has been  recorded by the Company,  in each case held
by the Company  exclusively  for the use of or in  connection  with the Business
(collectively,  "Proprietary  Rights").  The  Company  is the sole  owner of the
Proprietary Rights, free and clear of all Encumbrances,  equities or claims and,
to the Company's  Knowledge,  the Proprietary  Rights are not the subject of any
interference,  opposition  or  cancellation  proceedings,  nor  does  the use or
exercise of the Proprietary Rights infringe upon the legally protected rights of
any other person,  nor are they infringed upon by any other person, nor will the
consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement by the Company or
Seller result in the termination or impairment of any Proprietary  Right,  which
would in the aggregate have a materially adverse affect on the Business.  Except
as  disclosed in Schedule  4.1(j),  the Company is not a licensor or licensee in
respect  of any  Proprietary  Right nor has it  granted  any  rights  thereto or
interest therein to any other person.

                  (k)  Material  Agreements.  Set forth on Schedule  4.1(k) is a
list of all the following  agreements,  arrangements and understandings to which
the Company is a party (collectively, "Material Agreements"):

                           (i)      collective bargaining agreements and similar
                                    agreements with employees as a group;

                           (ii)     employee benefit agreements,  trusts, plans,
                                    funds or other employee  arrangements of any
                                    nature,   including  those  referred  to  in
                                    Section 4.1(n);

                           (iii)    agreements   with  any   current  or  former
                                    shareholder,  officer, employee,  consultant
                                    or  advisor  or any  affiliate  or any  such
                                    person;

                           (iv)     agreements  between or among the Company and
                                    any Subsidiary;

                           (v)      indentures,  mortgages, security agreements,
                                    notes, loan or credit  agreements,  or other
                                    agreements  governing the borrowing of money
                                    by the  Company or to the direct or indirect
                                    guarantee or assumption by the Company or of
                                    any  obligation  of  others,  including  any
                                    agreement  that  has  the  economic   effect
                                    although  not the  legal  form of any of the
                                    foregoing;

                           (vi)     agreements    governing   the    prospective
                                    acquisition  or disposition of assets having
                                    a cost  of more  than  $25,000,  other  than
                                    those    governing   the   acquisition   and
                                    disposition of inventory  which were entered
                                    into  in the  ordinary  course  of  business
                                    consistent with past practice;

                           (vii)    agreements    governing   the    prospective
                                    acquisition or disposition of any investment
                                    or  interest  in  any  business  enterprise,
                                    including,   without  limitation  repurchase
                                    agreements,    certificates   of   deposits,
                                    securities,  hedging contracts,  derivatives
                                    and partnership units;

                           (viii)   agreements  governing  the  lease of real or
                                    personal property having a term ending after
                                    December 31, 1996;

                           (ix)     agreements   governing  the   management  or
                                    operation of any real property;

                           (x)      license,   royalty   or   other   agreements
                                    governing intellectual property;

                           (xi)     partnership,   joint   venture   and  profit
                                    sharing agreements;

                           (xii)    agreements with any Governmental Entity;

                           (xiii)   agreements governing the release or disposal
                                    of hazardous substances or solid wastes;

                           (xiv)    agreements  in the nature of a settlement or
                                    a conciliation  agreement arising out of any
                                    claim  the  value of which  exceeds  $20,000
                                    asserted by any other person;

                           (xv)     agreements  containing any covenant limiting
                                    the  freedom of the Company to engage in any
                                    line of business  or compete  with any other
                                    person in any geographic  area or during any
                                    period of time;

                           (xvi)    broker, distributor,  dealer, manufacturer's
                                    representative, sales, and agency agreements
                                    having a remaining term of six (6) months or
                                    longer;

                           (xvii)   agreements  with  any  person  who  provides
                                    services  to the  Company as an  independent
                                    contractor,  having  a  remaining  term of 6
                                    months or longer or  requiring  payments  by
                                    the Company  exceeding  $20,000,  other than
                                    agreements relating to this Agreement or any
                                    of the  transactions  contemplated  thereby;
                                    and

                           (xviii)  other agreements, whether or not made in the
                                    ordinary  course of  business,  that require
                                    payment  by or to the  Company  in excess of
                                    $50,000.

                  The Company has delivered or made  available to Buyer accurate
and complete copies of the Material Agreements listed on Schedule 4.1(k). Except
as noted on Schedule  4.1(k),  to the  Company's  Knowledge,  no party to any of
those Material Agreements is in breach of or in default under, nor has any event
occurred  which  (with or without the giving of notice or the passage of time or
both) would constitute a default by any of them.

                  (l) Litigation.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.1(l), there
are no claims,  actions or other Proceedings,  excluding any claims,  actions or
other  Proceedings  based on or  relating  to any  Environmental  Laws,  pending
against the  Company,  or to the  Company's  Knowledge,  threatened  against the
Company before any Governmental Entity.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.1(l),
any  and  all  reasonably  foreseeable  liability  of  the  Company  under  such
Proceedings is adequately  covered  (except for deductible  amounts as stated in
the  policies) by the insurance  maintained by the Company  described in Section
4.1(r).  Schedule 4.1(l) also sets forth, to the Company's Knowledge,  a list of
all product  liability  claims  involving  the Company,  whether or not pending,
asserted in writing  since January 1, 1991 or verbally  within the  twelve-month
period  preceding  the  date  of  this  Agreement.  No  judgment,  order,  writ,
injunction  or decree of any  Governmental  Entity  has been  issued or  entered
against the Company which  continues to be in effect.  There are no Proceedings,
excluding any claims,  actions or other  Proceedings based on or relating to any
Environmental  Laws,  pending  or, to the  Knowledge  of Seller or the  Company,
threatened  against the Company or the Seller  seeking to restrain,  prohibit or
obtain  damages  or other  relief  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or the
transactions contemplated hereby.

                  (m) Employee Benefits.  To the Company's  Knowledge and except
as set forth in Schedule 4.1(m) or as would not be material to the Company,  (i)
all required Form 5500 Annual Reports and Forms PBGC-1 and such other reports as
required to be filed with governmental  agencies have been filed with respect to
each Employee Benefit Plan (as defined below and identified in Schedule 4.1(m)),
(ii) all  contributions  which are due have been paid to each  Employee  Benefit
Plan that is an  employee  pension  benefit  plan  within  the  meaning of ERISA
Section  3(2) and all  contributions  for any  period  ending on or  before  the
Closing Date which are not yet due have been accrued in accordance with the past
custom and practice of the Company, (iii) all premiums or other payments for all
periods ending on or before the Closing Date have been paid with respect to each
Employee  Benefit  Plan that is an  employee  welfare  benefit  plan  within the
meaning of ERISA Section 3(1),  (iv) with respect to each Employee  Benefit Plan
which is not an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2)
of ERISA or an employee  welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1)
of ERISA, all contributions or payments which are due have been paid and for any
periods  ending on or before  the  Closing  Date which are not yet due have been
accrued in  accordance  with past  practice and custom of the Company;  (v) each
Employee  Benefit Plan that is an employee  pension benefit plan and is intended
to be  qualified  under  Section 401 of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended ("Code"),  has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be tax
qualified  and has received a favorable  determination  letter from the Internal
Revenue Service pertaining to such tax  qualification;  (vi) no Employee Benefit
Plan that is an employee  pension  benefit plan has been completely or partially
terminated  or been the subject of a reportable  event as to which notices would
be required to be filed with the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,  (vii)
there have been no prohibited  transactions with respect to any Employee Benefit
Plan; (viii) no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, or investigation with respect
to any  Employee  Benefit  Plan is pending or  threatened;  (ix) the Company has
provided  to Buyer  true and  complete  copies of each  Employee  Benefit  Plan,
related trust agreements,  administrative agreements and any funding instruments
and the five most recent annual reports required to be filed with any government
agency;  (x) each Employee  Benefit Plan has been  administered for all relevant
periods in accordance with its terms and in compliance with the  requirements of
all applicable  laws,  including  ERISA and the Code;  (xi) with respect to each
Employee  Benefit Plan, no practice  exists which  materially  modifies any term
therein;   (xii)  no  party  to  any  Employee   Benefit  Plans  related  trust,
administrative  contracts and funding  instruments is in material  breach of its
obligations  under such  trust,  contract  or  instrument;  (xiii)  the  Company
maintains  substantially complete and accurate records of employee participation
in,  assets and  liabilities  of, each  Employee  Benefit  Plan;  (xiv) for each
Employee  Benefit Plan for which a valuation has been prepared,  the most recent
valuation is an accurate and complete  statement,  in all material respects,  of
the assets and  liabilities of the applicable Plan as of the date stated therein
under the  assumptions for valuation  stated  therein;  (xv) since the valuation
date of such  report,  there have been no  material  changes in the value of the
assets or liabilities of such in the applicable Employee Benefit Plan; (xvi) the
Company is not and within the  six-year  period prior to Closing has not been, a
member of a controlled group as described under Section 414(b),  (c), (m) or (o)
of the Code; (xvii) the Company is not required to contribute and has not had an
obligation to contribute to a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 414(f) of
the Code;  (xviii)  nothing  done or  omitted to be done and no  transaction  or
holding of any asset under or in connection  with any Employee  Benefit Plan has
or will make the Company (other than the annual contribution for funding) or any
director or officer of the Company or any  subsidiary  subject to any  liability
under Title I of ERISA or liable for any Tax under the Code;  (xix)  neither the
Company nor any  affiliate  of the Company  has  performed  any act or failed to
perform  any act,  and  there is no  contract,  agreement,  plan or  arrangement
covering any employee or former  employee of the company or any affiliate of the
Company, that,  individually or collectively,  could give rise to the payment of
any  amount  that  would not be  deductible  pursuant  to the  terms of  Section
162(a)(1)  or 280G of the Code,  or could give rise to any penalty or excise Tax
pursuant to Section 4980B or 4999 of the Code; (xx) there has been no amendment,
written  interpretation or announcement  (whether or not written) by the Company
or any  affiliate  of the  Company  of or  relating  to, or  change in  employee
participation  or coverage under, any Employee Benefit Plan which would increase
the benefits or the expense of maintaining  such respect  thereof for the fiscal
year ended  September 30, 1995 or which would  establish a new Employee  Benefit
Plan;  (xxi)  neither  the  Company or any of its  affiliates  provide  employee
post-retirement  medical or health  coverage or  contribute  to or maintain  any
employee  welfare  benefit  plan  that  provides  for  health  benefit  coverage
following  termination of employment  except which is fully paid for by employee
contribution  or as is required by Section  4980B(f) of the Code and neither the
Company nor any of its  affiliates  have made any  representations,  agreements,
covenants  or  commitments  to provide any  coverage to be paid in whole or part
through Company  contributions.  The term "Employee  Benefit Plan" is defined as
any (i)  compensation  or nonqualified  deferred  compensation or fringe benefit
plan, program or arrangement,  including a plan or program established  pursuant
to Section 125 of the Code; or (ii) qualified  defined  contribution  retirement
plan or  arrangement  and  any  qualified  defined  benefit  retirement  plan or
arrangement  which is an "employee  pension  benefit plan" within the meaning of
Section 3(2) of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"),  or (iii) employee  welfare  benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA
Section 3(1).

                  (n) Taxes. Except as shown on Schedule 4.1(n), each of Company
and RTI (as  defined  in  Section  4.1(e))  has (i) duly and  timely  filed  all
returns, reports, elections,  declarations, forms, schedules and other documents
relating to taxes  required to be filed by or with respect to it pursuant to any
applicable foreign,  federal, state or local tax laws ("Tax Returns"), (ii) paid
in full all taxes due, and all taxes claimed to be due by any taxing  authority,
except for any such taxes that are being  contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings  and (iii) fully accrued on its books in accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles all taxes that relate to operations through the
Closing Date for any period which are not yet due or which are due and are being
contested.  The Internal  Revenue Service has audited the Company's  federal Tax
Returns  through the taxable year ended  September  30, 1989.  To the  Company's
Knowledge,  no  audit  of any of  Company's  federal  Tax  Returns  for  periods
subsequent  to September  30, 1989 is in  progress.  Except as shown on Schedule
4.1(n), there are no agreements,  waivers or other arrangements providing for an
extension  of time with  respect to the filing of any Tax  Returns by Company or
the  payment  by,  or  assessment  against,  it of any Tax and  none  have  been
requested.  Buyer and Seller agree that neither  party will make, or cause to be
made,  an election  under  Section 338 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without
the consent of the other  party.  The Company has made all  deposits  (including
estimated tax payments for taxable years for which the federal income tax return
of the Company is not yet due) required with respect to Taxes.  No local,  state
or foreign  income Tax Return of the Company or RTI has been audited.  No waiver
or extension of any statute of  limitations as to any federal,  state,  local or
foreign Tax matter has been given by or requested from the Company.  The Company
has not entered into any closing  agreement  (within the meaning of Section 7121
of the Code or any  analogous  provision  of state or local Tax law)  which will
have any  continuing  effect after the Closing Date. The Company has not filed a
consent under Section 341(f) of the Code. The Company has not filed consolidated
income Tax Returns  with any  corporation.  Seller is not a person  other than a
United  States  person  within the meaning of the Code.  To Seller's  knowledge,
there are no grounds for any material adjustment to the depreciable basis of any
of the  Company's  assets  relevant  to  determining  any Tax  payable  or to be
payable.

                  (o)  Charter  and  Bylaws.  Except as  disclosed  on  Schedule
4.1(o),  the Company has made available to Buyer accurate and complete copies of
(i) the  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws of the  Company  and RTI as
currently  in effect,  (ii) the stock  records of the Company and RTI, and (iii)
the minutes of all  meetings of the  stockholders  and Board of Directors of the
Company and RTI (and all consents in lieu of such  meetings) as reflected by the
corporate  records of Company or RTI,  respectively.  Such records,  minutes and
consents  accurately  reflect the stock ownership of the Company and RTI and all
actions taken by its Board of Directors,  committees and  stockholders.  Neither
the Company nor RTI is in violation of any provision of its charter or bylaws.

                  (p) Governmental  Approvals.  No consent,  approval,  order or
authorization of, or declaration,  filing or registration with, any Governmental
Entity is  required  to be  obtained  or made by the  Seller or the  Company  in
connection with the execution, delivery or performance by Seller and the Company
of this Agreement or the consummation by them of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby,  other  than (i)  filings  with  Governmental  Entities  to occur in the
ordinary  course  following the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby,  including the Hart- Scott-Rodino antitrust Notification;  and (ii) such
consents,  approvals,  orders or authorizations which, if not obtained, and such
declarations,   filings  or  registrations   which,  if  not  made,  would  not,
individually or in the aggregate,  have a Material  Adverse Effect or impair the
ability of the Seller or the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby.

                  (q)  Subsidiaries.  The  Company  does  not own,  directly  or
indirectly,  any capital stock or other equity  securities of any corporation or
have any direct or indirect  equity or  ownership  interest in any person  other
than  Rotor  Tool  International,  Inc.  ("RTI").  RTI  is  a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly  existing and in good standing  under the laws of the United
States  Virgin  Islands and has all requisite  corporate  power and authority to
own,  lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being
conducted.  No actions or proceedings  to dissolve RTI are pending.  RTI is duly
qualified or licensed to do business in each jurisdiction, in which the property
owned,  leased or operated by it or the conduct of its  business  requires  such
qualification  or  licensing,  unless such failure to be qualified  and licensed
would  have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  The  authorized  capital  stock of RTI
consists  of 100  shares of common  stock,  no par value,  of which 100  shares,
validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable,  have been issued to the Company.
The  representations and warranties of the Company made in Sections 4.1(d), (f),
(k),  (l),  (s),  (u) and (v) are  deemed  also to be made by the  Company  with
respect to RTI.

                  (r) Insurance. To Company's Knowledge,  Schedule 4.1(r) hereto
sets forth a list and brief description  (specifying the insurer, the expiration
dates,  amounts  of  coverage  and  whether  coverage  is on a  claims  made  or
occurrences basis; describing each pending claim thereunder of more than $10,000
and the number of claims of $10,000 or less;  and  setting  forth the  aggregate
amounts paid out under each such policy through the date hereof) of all policies
or  binders  of fire,  liability,  product  liability,  workmen's  compensation,
vehicular and other  insurance held by or on behalf of the Company since January
1, 1981. Complete and accurate copies of such policies or binders,  which insure
and have insured the properties and business of the Company  against such losses
and risks as are adequate in  accordance  with  customary  industry  practice to
protect the Assets and Business of the Company, have been made available, and as
to policies of product  liability  insurance have been delivered,  to Buyer. The
policies  and  binders  listed on  Schedule  4.1(r)  dated  January  1, 1988 and
thereafter  are in full force and effect  regarding  any  coverage  as  provided
therein.  The Company has not received  notice from any insurer or agent of such
insurer that substantial capital improvements or other expenditures will have to
be made in order to continue such insurance and, so far as known to the Company,
no such improvements or expenditures are required.  No notice of cancellation of
any insurance policy or binder listed on Schedule 4.1(r), regarding any coverage
as provided therein, has been received by Rotor Tool.

                  (s)  Absence  of   Undisclosed   Liabilities.   To   Company's
Knowledge,  the  Company  has  no  liability  or  obligation  (whether  accrued,
absolute, contingent,  unliquidated or otherwise, whether due or to become due),
including, without limitation,  claims under warranties,  except (i) liabilities
reflected and adequately reserved on the Audited Financial Statements or Interim
Financial  Statements,  (ii)  liabilities  which have  arisen  since the date of
either the Audited Financial  Statements or Interim Financial  Statements in the
ordinary course of business (none of which is a material liability for breach of
contract,  breach of warranty, tort or infringement),  (iii) liabilities arising
under executory  contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business (none
of which is a material  liability  for  breach of  contract),  (iv)  liabilities
specifically set forth on Schedule 4.1(s),  (v) liabilities under or relating to
any  Environmental  Laws, and (vi) other  liabilities the disclosure of which is
not required under generally accepted accounting principles.

                  (t) Insider Interests. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.1(t),
no shareholder,  director or officer of the Company or any associate of any such
shareholder,  director or officer is currently,  directly or indirectly, a party
to  any  transaction  with  the  Company,  including,  without  limitation,  any
agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding,  written or oral,  providing for the
employment  of,  furnishing of services by, rental of real or personal  property
from, or otherwise requiring payments to any such shareholder, director, officer
or  associate.  For  purposes  of  this  Section  only,  an  "associate"  of any
shareholder,  director or officer  means any member of the  immediate  family of
such shareholder, director or officer of any corporation,  partnership, trust or
other  entity in which such  shareholder,  director,  officer or employee  has a
substantial ownership or beneficial interest or is a director, officer, partner,
or trustee or person holding a similar position.

                  (u)  Financial  Requirements.  Schedule  4.1(u)  sets  forth a
complete list and brief description of all bonds, deposits,  financial assurance
requirements  and insurance  coverages  required by vendors or customers for the
continued ownership and operation of the Business and Assets of the Company.

                  (v)  Bank  Accounts  and  Powers  of  Attorney.  Set  forth on
Schedule  4.1(v) are (i) the name and  address  of each bank or other  financial
institution  in which the  Company  has an account or a safe  deposit  box,  the
account  and safe  deposit  box  numbers  thereof,  and the names of all persons
authorized  to draw  thereon or to have  access  thereto,  (ii) the names of all
persons authorized to borrow funds on behalf of the Company and the names of all
entities from which they are authorized to borrow funds,  and (iii) the names of
all persons,  if any,  holding  powers of attorney from the Company and (iv) the
names of all persons  holding credit cards under which the Company may be billed
or otherwise liable for charges.

                  (w)  Books and  Records.  All the  books  and  records  of the
Company,  including  all  personnel  files,  employee  data and other  materials
relating to employees,  are  substantially  complete and correct in all material
respects,  have been in all material respects maintained in accordance with good
business  practice  and all  Applicable  Laws,  and, in the case of the books of
account,  have  been  in  all  material  respects  prepared  and  maintained  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently applied.
Such books and records accurately and fairly reflect,  in reasonable detail, all
material transactions, assets and liabilities of the Company.

                  (x) Brokerage  Fees.  Except as set forth in Schedule  4.1(x),
neither  Seller nor any of its  Affiliates  has retained any financial  advisor,
broker, agent or finder or paid or agreed to pay any financial advisor,  broker,
agent or finder on account of this  Agreement  or any  transaction  contemplated
hereby.  Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and Buyer from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal and
other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending
any claims or actions) with respect to any finder's fee, brokerage commission or
similar payment in connection with any transaction  contemplated hereby asserted
by any person on the basis of any act or statement  made or alleged to have been
made by Seller or the Company or any of Seller's Affiliates.

                  (y) Disclosure.  To the Knowledge of Company,  no statement of
the Company  contained  in this  Agreement  or any other  document,  schedule or
certificate  furnished or to be furnished by the Company  pursuant hereto at the
Closing,  contains  or  will  contain,  at the  time  of  delivery,  any  untrue
statement,  or omission,  of a material  fact (other than those facts  generally
recognized to be industry risks).

                  (z) Surviving  Indebtedness.  Set forth as Exhibit 4.1(z) is a
corrrect and complete  copy of the  provisions  contained in all  agreements  to
which the Company is a party relating to the  indebtedness  described in Section
2.2(a) which create  obligations  to third parties that will survive  payment of
such indebtedness.

         4.2 NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES.  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN
THIS  AGREEMENT,  (A) NEITHER  THE  COMPANY NOR THE SELLER  MAKES ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED  WARRANTIES,  AND (B) ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.

                       ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS OF BUYER

         5.1  Representations  of Buyer. Buyer represents and warrants to Seller
as follows:

                  (a)  Corporate  Organization.  Buyer  is  a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware.

                  (b) Authorization. Buyer has the corporate power to enter into
this  Agreement  and to carry  out its  obligations  hereunder.  The  execution,
delivery  and   performance  of  this  Agreement  and  the  other   transactions
contemplated  hereby  have  been  duly  authorized  by  Buyer  by all  necessary
corporate action.

                  (c)  No  Violation.   Neither  the   execution,   delivery  or
performance  of  this  Agreement  nor  the   consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby (i) will violate or conflict  with Buyer's  certificate  of
incorporation or bylaws,  (ii) will result in any breach of or default under any
provision of any  agreement  to which it is a party or by which it is bound,  or
(iii) is prohibited by or requires Buyer to obtain any consent, authorization or
approval of, or make any filing with, any governmental agency or authority which
has not been obtained,  except for the approval contemplated by Sections 6.4 and
7.1 below; or (iv) will violate any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree
of any court having jurisdiction over Buyer; in each case in such a way as would
have a materially adverse effect on Buyer's ability to perform the terms of this
Agreement.

                  (d)  Financial  Capability.  Buyer has and will have as of the
Closing  Date the  financial  resources  to perform its  obligations  under this
Agreement including all necessary financial resources to perform its obligations
under Article II and any other obligations of Buyer hereunder.

                  (e)  Brokerage  or  Finder's  Fees.  Buyer has  carried on all
negotiations  relating  to  this  Agreement  so as not to  give  rise to a claim
against  Seller or the purchase  price  hereunder for a brokerage  commission or
finder's fee.

                  (f) Resale of Shares.  Buyer  understands that the Shares will
constitute "restricted securities" under the Securities Act inasmuch as they are
being acquired from Seller in a transaction  not involving a public offering and
that under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  and applicable
regulations  thereunder,  the  Shares may be  directly  or  indirectly  offered,
transferred,  sold,  assigned,  pledged,  hypothecated or otherwise  disposed of
("Transfer")  without  registration  under  the  Act  only  in  certain  limited
circumstances.

                 ARTICLE VI. COVENANTS OF SELLER AND THE COMPANY

         6.1 Conduct and  Preservation  of Business.  Except as  contemplated by
this  Agreement,  during the period  from the date  hereof to the  Closing,  the
Company (i) shall  conduct its  Business  according  to its  ordinary  course of
business  consistent  with past  practice  and in material  compliance  with all
Applicable  Laws;  (ii)  shall use its  reasonable  best  efforts  to  preserve,
maintain and protect the Assets; and (iii) shall use its reasonable best efforts
to preserve intact its business organization,  to keep available the services of
its  officers  and  employees,  and  to  maintain  existing  relationships  with
licensors, licensees, suppliers, contractors, distributors, customers and others
having business relationships with it.

         6.2 Restrictions on Certain Actions. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing,  and except as otherwise  expressly provided in this Agreement or
as  disclosed on Schedule  6.2 hereof,  prior to the Closing,  without the prior
written consent of Buyer, which shall not be unreasonably  withheld, the Company
shall not, and Seller shall not cause the Company to:

                  (a)      amend its charter or bylaws;

                  (b)      (i)      issue,  sell or deliver (whether through the
                                    issuance or  granting of options,  warrants,
                                    commitments,    subscriptions,   rights   to
                                    purchase  or  otherwise)  any  shares of its
                                    capital  stock  of any  class  or any  other
                                    securities or equity equivalents; or

                           (ii)     amend  in any  material  respect  any of the
                                    terms of any such securities  outstanding as
                                    of the date hereof.

                  (c)      (i)      split,  combine or reclassify  any shares of
                                    its capital stock;

                           (ii)     (a)  declare,  set aside or pay any dividend
                                    or  other  distribution  (whether  in  cash,
                                    stock,   or  property  or  any   combination
                                    thereof) in respect of its capital stock;

                           (iii)    repurchase,  redeem or otherwise acquire any
                                    of its securities (except as contemplated in
                                    this Agreement); or

                           (iv)     adopt  a  plan  of   complete   or   partial
                                    liquidation or resolutions  providing for or
                                    authorizing  a   liquidation,   dissolution,
                                    merger,    consolidation,     restructuring,
                                    recapitalization or other  reorganization of
                                    the Company;

                  (d)      (i)      make  any   loans,   advances   or   capital
                                    contributions  to, or  investments  in,  any
                                    other person;

                           (ii)     pledge  or  otherwise   encumber  shares  of
                                    capital stock of the Company; or

                           (iii)    except in the  ordinary  course of business,
                                    mortgage   or  pledge  any  of  its  assets,
                                    tangible or intangible,  or create or suffer
                                    to  exist  any  lien  thereupon;   provided,
                                    however,  that in no event shall the Company
                                    (A) incur incremental indebtedness in excess
                                    of  $5,000  in the  aggregate  or (B)  incur
                                    incremental   indebtedness   which   is  not
                                    prepayable  at any time  without  penalty or
                                    premium;

                  (e)      (i)      enter  into,  adopt  or  (except  as  may be
                                    required by law) amend or terminate  (except
                                    as   contemplated  in  this  Agreement)  any
                                    bonus,    profit   sharing,    compensation,
                                    severance,  termination, stock option, stock
                                    appreciation   right,    restricted   stock,
                                    performance  unit, stock  equivalent,  stock
                                    purchase,  pension,   retirement,   deferred
                                    compensation, employment, severance or other
                                    employee  benefit  agreement,  trust,  plan,
                                    fund or other arrangement for the benefit or
                                    welfare   of  any   director,   officer   or
                                    employee;

                           (ii)     increase in any manner the  compensation  or
                                    fringe benefits of any director,  officer or
                                    employee; or

                           (iii)    pay to any director, officer or employee any
                                    benefit not required by any employee benefit
                                    agreement,   trust,   plan,  fund  or  other
                                    arrangement as in effect on the date hereof;

                  (f) acquire  sell,  lease,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of,
directly  or  indirectly,  any assets  outside the  ordinary  course of business
consistent  with past  practice or any assets that in the aggregate are material
to the Company;

                  (g) acquire (by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock
or  assets  or  otherwise)  any  corporation,   partnership  or  other  business
organization or division thereof;

                  (h)  make  any  capital  expenditure  or  expenditures  which,
individually,  is in  excess of $5,000  or, in the  aggregate,  are in excess of
$20,000, except in the ordinary course of business;

                  (i) enter into any lease, bid contract, agreement, commitment,
arrangement  or transaction  or grant any discount,  waiver or other  concession
under any of the foregoing  outside the ordinary  course of business  consistent
with past practice;

                  (j) amend,  modify or change any existing  lease,  contract or
agreement,  other than in the ordinary  course of business  consistent with past
practice;

                  (k) waive,  release,  grant or  transfer  any rights of value,
other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

                  (l) change any of the accounting  principles or practices used
by it,  except  for any  change  required  by reason of a  concurrent  change in
generally accepted accounting principles and notice of which is given in writing
by the Company to Buyer;

                  (m) cancel any insurance  policy or allow them to expire or be
canceled  for  failure to pay  premiums or any other  reason,  other than in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

                  (n) authorize or propose,  or agree in writing or otherwise to
take, any of the actions described in this Section.

         6.3 Access to Information; Confidentiality.

                  (a) Between the date  hereof and the  Closing,  Seller and the
Company  (i) shall  give  Buyer and its  authorized  representatives  reasonable
access to all employees,  all facilities,  and all books and records,  including
work papers and other materials  prepared by the Company's  accountants,  of the
Company, (ii) shall permit Buyer and its authorized representatives to make such
inspections  as they may  reasonably  require  to  verify  the  accuracy  of any
representation  or warranty  contained  in Article IV, and (iii) shall cause the
Company's officers to furnish Buyer and its authorized representatives with such
financial and operating data and other  information  with respect to the Company
as Buyer may from time to time reasonably request;  provided,  however,  that no
investigation  pursuant  to this  Section  shall  affect any  representation  or
warranty of Seller or the Company  contained  in this  Agreement;  and  provided
further   that  Seller  and  the  Company   shall  have  the  right  to  have  a
representative  present at all times.  Buyer shall hold in  confidence  all such
information on the terms and subject to the  conditions  contained in the letter
agreement dated June 29, 1995 between the Company, Seller and INDRESCO Inc., the
sole shareholder of Buyer.

                  (b) Seller  acknowledges  and agrees that  irreparable  damage
would occur in the event any confidential information regarding the Business was
disclosed to or utilized on behalf of any person which is in  competition in any
material respect with any line or lines of business of the Company. Accordingly,
Seller  covenants and agrees that it will not,  directly or indirectly,  without
the prior  written  consent of Buyer,  use or disclose any of such  confidential
information except to authorized  representatives of Buyer;  provided,  however,
that confidential  information shall not be deemed to include  information which
(i) was or becomes  generally  available to the public other than as a result of
disclosure  by Seller or its  affiliates  or (ii) was or  becomes  available  to
Seller  on a  non-confidential  basis  from a  source  other  than  Buyer or the
Company,  provided  that  such  source  is not  known by Seller to be bound by a
confidentiality   agreement  with  respect  to  such  confidential  information.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of this  paragraph,  Seller and its
affiliates may disclose any confidential  information to the extent that, in the
opinion of counsel  for  Seller,  such  person is  legally  compelled  to do so,
provided that, prior to making such disclosure, such person advises and consults
with Buyer  regarding  such  disclosure  and  provided  further that such person
discloses  only that  portion  of such  confidential  information  as is legally
required.

         6.4  Hart-Scott-Rodino   Antitrust  Notification.   The  Company  shall
cooperate with Buyer in filing,  as promptly as practicable  after the execution
of this  Agreement,  all  reports  and  notifications  required  to be  filed in
connection with this transaction  pursuant to Title II of the  Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust  Improvements  Act of 1976  ("HSR  Act")  and in  connection  with any
responses thereto,  and shall use diligent efforts to cause an early termination
of the waiting period established by the HSR Act.

         6.5  Acquisition  Proposals.  None  of  Seller,  the  Company,  or  any
affiliate,  director,  officer, employee or representative of any of them shall,
directly or  indirectly,  (i)  solicit,  initiate  or  knowingly  encourage  any
Acquisition  Proposal or (ii) engage in  discussions  or  negotiations  with any
person that is considering making or has made an Acquisition  Proposal.  Sellers
and the Company shall  immediately cease and cause to be terminated any existing
activities,  discussions or negotiations with any persons  conducted  heretofore
with respect to any  Acquisition  Proposal and shall promptly  request each such
person who has heretofore entered into a confidentiality agreement in connection
with  an  Acquisition  Proposal  to  return  to  Sellers  and  the  Company  all
confidential  information heretofore furnished to such person by or on behalf of
any Seller or the Company.  In this Section,  the term  "Acquisition  Proposal",
means any offer or proposal  for, or any  indication of interest in, a merger or
other  business  combination  involving  the Company or the  acquisition  of any
equity  interest  in, or a  substantial  portion of the assets of, the  Company,
other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         6.6  Environmental  Remediation.  Seller  shall take and  complete  the
remedial actions and measures set forth on Schedule 6.6 no later than forty-five
(45) days after the Closing Date.

         6.7 Best Efforts.  Seller shall use their  respective  reasonable  best
efforts to take all  actions,  and to obtain all  consents,  approvals,  orders,
authorizations  and  waivers  of, and to effect all  declarations,  filings  and
registrations with, all third parties (including  Governmental  Entities),  that
are required to enable Seller to transfer the Shares to Buyer as contemplated by
this Agreement and to otherwise consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate Seller to enter into any arrangement or
incur any  obligation  relating to its  business or the  business of Buyer which
arrangement  or obligation  may constitute a condition for obtaining the consent
of a Governmental Authority to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          6.8 Additional Insured. Within five (5) business days of the execution
of this  Agreement,  the Company  shall  cause  Buyer to be named an  additional
insured under Company's  general liability and casualty  insurance  policies and
shall deliver to Buyer insurance certificates showing that those policies are in
effect and that Buyer has been so named.

         6.9 Amendment of Schedules. Seller and Company agree that, with respect
to their respective  representations and warranties contained in this Agreement,
each of  them  shall  have  the  continuing  obligation  until  the  Closing  to
supplement  or amend  promptly the  Schedules  hereto with respect to any matter
hereafter  arising or discovered which, if existing or known at the date of this
Agreement,  would  have  been  required  to be set  forth  or  described  in the
Schedules. However, for purposes of determining whether the conditions set forth
in Article VIII have been  fulfilled,  the  Schedules  hereto shall be deemed to
include only that  information  contained  therein on the date of this Agreement
and shall be deemed to exclude all  information  contained in any  supplement or
amendment thereto.

         6.10 Separate Account; Continued Existence.

                  (a) Separate Account.  Seller agrees to establish with Buyer a
joint bank  account  with the Escrow  Agent on or prior to the  Closing  Date in
which  Buyer shall  deposit  $500,000  as  provided  in Section  2(a)  ("Special
Account"). Subject to the last sentence hereof, only checks payable to or to the
order of Buyer  and wire  transfers  of funds to Buyer may be drawn or made upon
the Special Account.  The Escrow Agent shall be given the instructions  attached
hereto as Exhibit 6.10(a) to the effect that, with respect to such bank account,
(i) it may only honor checks,  drafts,  wire  transfers  and other  instructions
signed  by  one   authorized   representative   of  Buyer  and  one   authorized
representative  of  Seller,  and (ii) such  instructions  may only be changed by
written  notice signed by both of such  representatives.  Upon  agreement on, or
resolution of all disputes,  if any,  relating to, the Closing Balance Sheet and
payment to Buyer out of the Special Account of the amount of any Negative Equity
Adjustment  determined  to have  existed on the Closing  Date,  the Escrow Agent
shall disburse to Seller the balance then remaining in the Special Account, less
$50,000.  Such  $50,000  shall be held until  October 31, 1996 (i) to  reimburse
Buyer for any  expenses  it may incur as a result of claims made  against  Buyer
under the agreements  which contain the provisions set forth in Exhibit  4.1(z),
and (ii) to reimburse Buyer for up to $15,000 of expenses  incurred by Seller in
implementing  the  measure  set  forth  in item 2 of  Schedule  6.6.  Any  funds
remaining in the account at October 31, 1996 shall be disbursed to Seller.

                  (b)  Continued  Existence.   Seller  shall  not  commence  any
Proceedings or take any other actions which result directly in the  dissolution,
liquidation  or other wind-up of its affairs prior to making payment to Buyer of
the amount of any Negative Equity  Adjustment  determined to have existed on the
Closing Date, if any.


                         ARTICLE VII. COVENANTS OF BUYER

          7.1 Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Notification.  Buyer shall cooperate
with Seller and the Company in filing,  as  promptly  as  practicable  after the
execution of this Agreement,  all reports and notifications required to be filed
in connection  with this  transaction  pursuant to the HSR Act and in connection
with any  responses  thereto,  and shall use diligent  efforts to cause an early
termination  of the waiting  period  established by the HSR Act. Buyer shall pay
the filing fees required to be paid under the HSR Act.

         7.2 Environmental  Remediation.  Buyer shall reasonably  cooperate with
Seller and the  Company in taking and  implementing  the  remedial  actions  and
measures set forth on Schedule 6.6.

         7.3 Best Efforts.  Buyer shall use its reasonable  best efforts to take
all actions, and to obtain all consents,  approvals, orders,  authorizations and
waivers of, and to effect all declarations,  filings and registrations with, all
third parties  (including  Governmental  Entities),  that are required to enable
Buyer to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  Nothing  in this
Agreement  shall  obligate  Buyer to enter  into any  arrangement  or incur  any
obligation  relating to its business or the business of Seller which arrangement
or  obligation  may  constitute  a  condition  to  obtaining  the  consent  of a
Governmental Entity to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         7.4 Resale of Shares.  Buyer will not Transfer  any Shares  unless such
Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act or the
rules and  regulations  thereunder,  or unless no such  registration is required
because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act.

         7.5 Collection of Receivables. Following the Closing, Buyer shall cause
the Company to use its best efforts to collect the accounts receivable listed on
Schedule 7.5 hereto in accordance  with the Company's past and present  practice
of collecting  accounts  receivables.  To the extent that any monies are paid to
the Company,  Buyer or any of Buyer's  affiliates by a party owing Company under
an account  receivable  listed on Schedule 7.5, such payment shall be applied to
the oldest account  receivable from such party,  unless designated  otherwise in
writing by the paying  party.  Until  October  31,  1996,  Buyer shall cause the
Company to furnish to Seller a written monthly report on the status of Company's
collection efforts.

                       ARTICLE VIII. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         8.1  Conditions to Seller's  Obligations.  The  obligation of Seller to
consummate the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement is, at its option,
subject to the following conditions:

                  (a)  Representations and Warranties.  Buyer's  representations
and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as though made
at the Closing.

                  (b) Performance.  Buyer shall have performed and complied with
all  agreements,  covenants  and  conditions  on its part herein  required to be
performed or complied with at or before the Closing.

                  (c) Delivery of Purchase  Price and Closing  Documents.  Buyer
shall have  delivered at the Closing the Purchase Price and all of the documents
described in Section 9.2 below.

                  (d) Debt Repayment Terms and Lender Approval.  Seller, Company
and  Company's  senior and junior  lenders  shall have reached  agreement on the
terms of the repayment of any  outstanding  indebtedness  of the Company owed to
such senior and junior  lenders,  and Seller shall have  obtained all  necessary
consents from such lenders to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

                  (e)  Governmental  Consents.  Any and all  necessary  consents
(including  without  limitation  any necessary  permits) of and filings with any
governmental   authority  or  agency   relating  to  the   consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  shall  have  been  obtained  or
accomplished,  and  no  action,  proceeding,  inquiry  or  investigation  by any
governmental  agency  shall have been  brought  that  questions  the validity or
legality of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  (f) Limited  Partner  Consent.  Any and all necessary  notices
shall have been made to, and any and all necessary  consents to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained from, or shall be deemed
given by, Seller's limited partners.

                  (g)  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act.  The  waiting  period  shall have
expired or early termination shall have been granted pursuant to the HSR Act, as
more particularly described in Sections 6.4 and 7.1.

                  (h) Escrow  Agreement.  The Escrow  Agreement  shall have been
executed and delivered by Buyer and the Escrow Agent.

         8.2  Conditions  to Buyer's  Obligations.  The  obligation  of Buyer to
consummate the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement is, at its option,
subject to the following conditions:

                  (a) Fees for Professional  Services.  Seller shall pay or have
caused the Company to pay in full all fees and expenses for the  performance  of
services  relating to the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement or owed
otherwise to (i) Brown, Gibbons & Company, Inc., (ii) Squire, Sanders & Dempsey,
and (iii) Deloitte & Touche, L.L.P.

                  (b)      [Intentionally omitted]

                  (c)  Performance.  Seller  and the  Company  shall  each  have
performed and complied with all  agreements  and  commitments on its part herein
required to be performed or complied  with, and the Company shall be in material
compliance with the covenant made in Section 6.1(i), at or before the Closing.

                  (d) Releases. The Company shall have obtained releases in form
satisfactory  to Buyer of all  liability  of the Company at the Closing Date for
indebtedness for borrowed money, for management and consulting services, and for
professional   services   relating  to  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  including,  but not  limited to,  claims by the  Trustee,
Presidio Capital Corp.,  Rotor Tool Management Service Corp.,  Brown,  Gibbons &
Company,  Inc.,  Deloitte  & Touche,  LLP and  Squire,  Sanders  &  Dempsey  for
principal, interest, penalties, fees and expenses.

                  (e) Zellner Employment. As of the Closing Date, the employment
agreement  between  the Company  and Robert W.  Zellner,  dated as of August 10,
1995, shall have been terminated or amended to Buyer's satisfaction.

                  (f) DMARC Agreement.  As of the Closing Date, Buyer and DMARC,
INC.  an Ohio  Corporation  ("DMARC"),  shall have  agreed on the  continuation,
amendment or termination of the Exclusive Business Development Program Agreement
between the Company and DMARC, dated July 17, 1990.

                  (g) Delivery of Closing Documents. Seller shall have delivered
at the Closing all of the documents described in Section 9.1 below.

                  (h)  Consents.  Any  and  all  necessary  consents  (including
without  limitation any necessary  permits) of and filings with any governmental
authority  or  agency  relating  to  the   consummation   of  the   transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall have been obtained or  accomplished,  no
action,  proceeding,  inquiry or investigation by any governmental  agency shall
have been brought that  questions  the validity or legality of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and no Proceeding  shall be pending or threatened
seeking to restrain the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement or obtain
damages or other relief in connection therewith.

                  (i)  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Act.  The  waiting  period  shall have
expired or early termination shall have been granted pursuant to the HSR Act, as
more particularly described in Sections 6.4 and 7.1.

                  (j) Escrow  Agreement.  The Escrow  Agreement  shall have been
executed and delivered by Seller and the Escrow Agent.

                        ARTICLE IX. DELIVERIES AT CLOSING

         9.1 Deliveries of Seller. At the Closing, Seller shall deliver or cause
to be delivered to Buyer, duly executed, as appropriate:

                  (a) Stock  Certificate.  A  certificate  for the Shares,  duly
endorsed for transfer or accompanied  by duly executed  stock  transfer  powers,
with signatures guaranteed to the satisfaction of Buyer,  sufficient to transfer
ownership of the Shares to Buyer.

                  (b) Other  Instruments.  Any such other instruments as counsel
for Buyer may reasonably deem necessary, including, but not limited to:

                           (i)    The minute books,  stock records and corporate
                                  seal of the Company, certified as complete and
                                  correct  as  of  the   Closing   Date  by  the
                                  secretary of the Company.

                           (ii)   All the Company's books and records, including
                                  without  limitation,  minute books,  corporate
                                  charter,  bylaws,  stock records, tax records,
                                  bank account records, engineering drawings and
                                  documentation,  accounting  records,  computer
                                  records and all contracts with third parties.

                           (iii)  The written resignations of such directors and
                                  officers  of the  Company  and RTI, if any, as
                                  Buyer  shall,  at least two (2) days  prior to
                                  the  Closing  Date,  specify in writing to the
                                  Company,  such  resignations  to be  effective
                                  concurrently  with the  Closing on the Closing
                                  Date.

                           (iv)   A copy  of the  resolutions  of the  Board  of
                                  Directors   of  the  Company  and  Rotor  Tool
                                  Management  Service Corp., the general partner
                                  of  Rotor  Tool  Management   L.P.,   Seller's
                                  general   partner,   each   certified  by  the
                                  secretary   of  the  Company  and  Rotor  Tool
                                  Management   Service   Corp.,    respectively,
                                  satisfactory  in form and  substance to Buyer,
                                  each  of  which   authorize   the   execution,
                                  delivery and performance of this Agreement.

                           (v)    Certificates  from the Secretaries of State of
                                  Delaware  and  Ohio,  dated  not more than ten
                                  (10)  business days prior to the Closing Date,
                                  as to the legal  existence and good  standing,
                                  respectively, of the Company.

                           (vi)   UCC-3 termination  statements and mortgage and
                                  lien releases covering all security  interests
                                  in  any  property  of  the  Company  and  RTI,
                                  satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer;

                           (vii)  Such  other   certificates,   instruments  and
                                  documents  as may be  reasonably  requested by
                                  Buyer prior to the  Closing  Date to carry out
                                  the intent and purposes of this Agreement; and

                           (viii) the releases referenced in Section 8.2(d).

                  (c)  Opinion of  Counsel.  The  opinion  of Squire,  Sanders &
Dempsey,  counsel for Seller, dated the Closing Date,  substantially in the form
of the opinion as attached hereto as Exhibit 9.1(c);

                  (d)  Officer's  Certificates.  Certificates,  in such  form as
Buyer  may  reasonably  request,  signed  by (i) the  President  of  Rotor  Tool
Management  Service Corp. (the general  partner of Rotor Tool  Management  L.P.,
which in turn is the general partner of Seller), as to the truth and accuracy of
the  representations  and warranties of Seller as of the Closing Date,  that the
conditions  set forth in Section 8.2 to be satisfied by it have been  fulfilled,
and that it is not in breach of the covenants  herein to be performed by it; and
(ii)  the  President  of  the  Company  as to  the  truth  and  accuracy  of the
representations  and warranties of the Company as of the Closing Date,  that the
conditions  set forth in Section 8.2 to be satisfied by it have been  fulfilled,
and that it is not in breach of the covenants herein to be performed by it;

                  (e) Escrow Agreement.  The Escrow Agreement executed by Seller
and Escrow Agent.

                  (f) [Intentionally omitted]

         9.2 Deliveries of Buyer.  At the Closing,  Buyer shall deliver or cause
to be delivered to Seller:

                  (a) Purchase Price. The purchase price in the manner described
in Section 2.2 above;

                  (b)  Other   Instruments   of   Assumption.   Any  such  other
instruments as counsel for Seller and the Company may reasonably deem necessary;

                  (c)  Opinion of  Counsel.  The  opinion of Graham L.  Adelman,
counsel  to Buyer,  dated the  Closing  Date,  substantially  in the form of the
opinion attached hereto as Exhibit 9.2(c); and

                  (d)  Officer's  Certificate.   A  certificate  signed  by  the
President and a Vice President of Buyer, authenticated to execute this Agreement
on behalf of Buyer,  dated the  Closing  Date,  as to the truth and  accuracy of
Buyer's representations and warranties as of the Closing Date.

                  (e) Escrow Agreement.  The Escrow Agreement  executed by Buyer
and Escrow Agent.


                              ARTICLE X. INDEMNITY

         10.1     By Seller.

                  (a)  Subject  to the  limitations  of this  Section  10.1  and
Section 10.3 hereof, Seller agrees to hold harmless,  indemnify and defend Buyer
from and  against  any loss,  claim,  cause of  action,  damage,  liability  and
expense,  including court costs and reasonable  attorneys' and consultants' fees
(except  that in no event  shall  Seller be  liable  for  Buyer's  consequential
damages) which may be reasonably  incurred by Buyer arising out of any breach by
Seller or the Company of any representation or warranty (to the extent that such
representation or warranty does not, directly or indirectly, relate to the value
of the Company's finished goods inventory) made by Seller or the Company herein,
or the failure by Seller or the Company to perform any  covenant,  obligation or
agreement made herein or in the Escrow  Agreement or;  provided,  however,  that
Seller shall not be obligated to pay any  indemnification  under this  Agreement
other than by and to the extent of the portion of the  purchase  price paid into
escrow  pursuant to Section  2.2 hereof and  pursuant to the terms of the Escrow
Agreement;  and provided further that, subject to Section 10.1(b) hereof, Seller
shall be obligated to pay any  indemnification  under this  Agreement  only with
respect to (i) claims against Seller which exceed, individually (like claims may
be aggregated),  $50,000 and (ii) other claims which,  in the aggregate,  exceed
$200,000;  in which events Seller's obligations shall apply to the entire amount
of such claims.

                  (b) Any claim  relating  to any one of the  following  amounts
shall not be subject to the  Dollar-thresholds  set forth in Section  10.1(a)(i)
and (ii):

                           (i)    the   aggregate   amount   of   any   accounts
                                  receivable  not  collected   prior  to  or  on
                                  October 31, 1996 in excess of the reserve made
                                  for receivables on the Closing Balance Sheet;

                           (ii)   the amount of any payments  (in cash,  through
                                  credits or  otherwise)  made after the Closing
                                  Date for warranty  claims relating to products
                                  sold and shipped  prior to the  Closing  Date;
                                  and

                           (iii)  any  amounts  paid  to the  State  of  Ohio in
                                  relation to or as a  consequence  of the sales
                                  tax audit disclosed on Schedule 4.1(f) hereto.

          10.2 By Buyer.  Subject to the  limitations  of Section  10.3  hereof,
Buyer agrees to hold harmless,  indemnify and defend Seller from and against any
loss, claim,  cause of action,  damage,  liability and expense,  including court
costs and reasonable  attorneys' and consultants'  fees (except that in no event
shall  Buyer  be  liable  for  Seller's  consequential  damages)  which  may  be
reasonably incurred by Seller arising out of:

                  (a) any breach by Buyer of any representation or warranty made
by Buyer  herein  or in the  Escrow  Agreement  or, or the  failure  by Buyer to
perform  any  covenant,  obligation  or  agreement  made herein or in the Escrow
Agreement; and

                  (b) any  liabilities or obligations of the Company  (including
but not  limited  to any  claim  based  on tort  liability,  product  liability,
warranty,  negligence  or strict  liability,  but  excluding any claim for which
Seller is obligated to indemnify  Buyer under  Section  10.1)  arising out of or
based upon occurrences or operations  subsequent to the Closing Date;  provided,
however,  that Buyer shall be  obligated to pay any  indemnification  under this
Agreement only with respect to claims against Buyer, other than for the purchase
price, which (i) exceed,  individually $50,000, or (ii) exceed, if other claims,
$200,000 in the aggregate, in which event Buyer's obligations shall apply to the
entire amount of such claims.

          10.3    Limitations on Indemnity.

                  (a)  Deductible.  In case any event  shall  occur  which would
otherwise  entitle  either  party to  assert a claim for  indemnification  under
Sections 10.1 or 10.2 , no loss,  claim,  damage,  liability or expense shall be
deemed to have been sustained by such party to the extent of (i) any tax savings
realized by such party with respect  thereto,  or (b) any  proceeds  received by
such party from any insurance policies with respect thereto.

                  (b) Period of Limitations. Except for Buyer's covenant made in
Section 7.4 which shall survive the Closing until Buyer  transfers the Shares in
conformity  with Section 7.4, the covenants,  representations  and warranties of
the parties hereto contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, instrument
or document delivered  pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing,  regardless of
any  investigation  made by or on behalf of any party,  and terminate on October
31, 1996 (the "Cut Off Date"). Except with respect to Buyer's covenant contained
in  Section  7.4,  after the Cut Off Date,  no party  hereto  shall be under any
liability  whatsoever  pursuant  to this  Article  X with  respect  to any  such
covenant, representation or warranty, except with respect to matters as to which
it has received  notice in  accordance  with Section 10.4 on or prior to the Cut
Off Date.

          10.4  Notice of  Claim.  If Buyer or  Seller  desires  to make a claim
("Claim") as Claimant  against the other party as Indemnitor under Sections 10.1
or 10.2  hereof,  the  Claimant  shall  give  prompt  notice in  writing  to the
Indemnitor and, in the event of a Claim by Buyer,  to the Escrow Agent,  setting
forth the amount,  nature and  circumstances  of the Claim.  In the event of the
assertion  by any third party of any claim with respect to which Buyer or Seller
seeks  indemnification  hereunder,  the Indemnitor and its legal representatives
shall  have the right to  compromise,  settle or defend  any such claim (and the
Claimant  shall  cooperate  with respect to any such  compromise,  settlement or
defense);   provided,  however,  that  if  the  Indemnitor  does  not  elect  to
compromise,  settle or defend a claim  subject  to  indemnification  under  this
Agreement,  then the Indemnitor  shall  indemnify the Claimant  against any loss
resulting from the Indemnitor's failure to pay any such liability as may finally
be determined  and provided,  further,  that the  Indemnitor  shall not have the
right to  compromise  or settle any claim to the extent such claim would require
the Company or the Buyer to thereafter  take or not take any action  whatsoever.
Upon payment of indemnification by the Indemnitor or, in the event of a Claim by
Buyer,  the Escrow  Agent  pursuant  to the terms of the Escrow  Agreement,  the
Claimant will assign its rights against any applicable  account debtor,  insurer
or other responsible party to the extent of the indemnification  payment. If, as
to any  particular  Claim,  Claimant  fails  substantially  to  comply  with the
provisions of this Section, Claimant shall be deemed to have waived and released
its rights of indemnification for such Claim.

          10.5 Indemnification as Exclusive Remedy. The indemnification provided
in this  Article,  subject to the  limitations  set forth  herein,  shall be the
exclusive  post-closing  remedy for damages  available  to Buyer and Seller with
respect to this Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.
Without  limitation,  Buyer hereby releases  Seller and any of Seller's  general
partner and  limited  partners  from any claims or causes of action  which Buyer
might  otherwise  have against such party  beyond the  indemnification  provided
herein under any of the Environmental Laws. Any dispute relating to a Claim made
by Buyer or arising under the Escrow Agreement shall be exclusively  resolved by
binding arbitration as provided in the Escrow Agreement.

                      ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         11.1 Notice. All notices,  requests,  demands and other  communications
required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given and made when delivered in person,  by registered
or certified  mail,  by reputable  overnight  courier  service,  or by confirmed
facsimile  transmission;  provided,  however,  that such  transmission  shall be
followed by the deposit of such  confirmation by registered or certified mail or
reputable  overnight courier service within two (2) business days following such
facsimile transmission:

                  If to the Seller:

                             The Rotor Tool L.P.
                             c/o Wexford Management Corporation
                             411 West Putnam Avenue
                             Greenwich, Connecticut 06830
                             Attention:  Ms. Karen Ryugo, Senior Vice President
                             Facsimile Number:  (203) 862-7463

                  with a copy to:

                             Squire, Sanders & Dempsey
                             4900 Society Center
                             127 Public Square
                             Cleveland, Ohio  44114-1304
                             Attention:  Gordon S. Kaiser, Esq.
                             Facsimile Number: 216-479-8793

                  If to Buyer:

                             INTOOL, Inc.
                             7007 Pinemont
                             Houston, Texas  77040
                             Attention:  Mr. Thomas R. Hurst, President
                             Facsimile Number: 713-460-7008


                  with a copy to:

                             Global Industrial Technologies, Inc.
                             2121 San Jacinto Street
                             Suite 2500
                             Dallas, Texas  75201
                             Attention:  Graham L. Adelman, General Counsel
                             Facsimile Number:  214-953-4597

provided,  however,  that if any party shall have designated a different name or
address by notice to the other  pursuant to this  Section  11.1,  then  delivery
shall be made under the last name or to the address so designated.

         11.2 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  the  Schedules  and Exhibits
hereto and the  agreements  and other  documents  expressly  referred  to herein
embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect
to the subject  matter hereof,  and supersede all prior letters,  agreements and
understandings concerning said subject matter.

         11.3 Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement and the various rights
and obligations  arising  hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon Buyer,  Seller and their respective legal  representatives,  successors and
assigns;  provided,  however,  that no party may assign  this  Agreement  or any
rights  hereunder  without  the  written  consent of the other.  Nothing in this
Agreement,  express or implied,  is intended to or shall  confer upon any person
other than the  parties  hereto any  rights,  benefits or remedies of any nature
whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

         11.4   Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  multiple
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  but all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         11.5  Waiver;  Consent.  Whenever  the  consent,  approval,  agreement,
waiver, designation,  notice, demand or other written action by Buyer, Seller or
the Company is  provided  for in this  Agreement,  the same may only be given on
behalf of such party in a writing  signed by a duly  authorized  officer of such
party.  Except to the extent that a party  hereto may have  otherwise  agreed in
writing, no waiver by that party of any condition of this Agreement or breach by
the other party of any of its obligations or representations  hereunder shall be
deemed to be a waiver of any other condition or subsequent breach of the same or
any  other  obligation  or  representation  by the  other  party,  nor shall any
forbearance by the first party to seek a remedy for any  noncompliance or breach
by the other party be deemed to be a waiver by the first party of its rights and
remedies with respect to such noncompliance or breach.

         11.6 Governing  Law. This Agreement  shall in all respects be construed
in accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio  applicable to
an agreement entered into and performed entirely within such State.

         11.7 Expenses and Prorations. Each of the parties hereto shall bear all
expense  incurred by it in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and
in the consummation of the transactions  provided for herein and the preparation
therefor.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  and  except as  otherwise  expressly
provided herein,  all expenses of transfer,  including without  limitation,  any
sales,  transfer,  use or similar taxes,  and recording and filing fees shall be
divided equally between Buyer and Seller.

         11.8 Public  Announcements.  Except as may be required by law,  neither
party  shall  make  any  public  announcement  or  filing  with  respect  to the
transactions  provided for herein without the prior consent of the other parties
hereto.

         11.9  Disclaimer.  Buyer  acknowledges  that it has had  full  and fair
opportunity to inspect the Business and the Assets, the books and records of the
Business,   and  any  other  pertinent   information  and  data,  including  the
environmental phase I report  (collectively the "Evaluation  Material"),  to its
satisfaction, that it has independently investigated, analyzed and appraised the
value and profitability  thereof,  that it is thoroughly  acquainted with all of
the foregoing, and that it has relied and is relying upon its own investigations
as to the conditions and  suitability of all of the foregoing in addition to the
representations and warranties of Seller and the Company set forth herein. Buyer
further  acknowledges that in connection with any projections or other forecasts
which  Buyer  has  received  from  Seller  or the  Company,  that (a)  there are
uncertainties  inherent  in  attempting  to  make  such  projections  and  other
forecasts,  (b) Buyer is familiar with such  uncertainties,  (c) Buyer is taking
full  responsibility  for making its own evaluation of the adequacy and accuracy
of all  projections  and other  forecasts so furnished to it, and (d) Buyer will
have no claim against  Seller with respect  thereto.  Buyer  acknowledges  that,
except as expressly  provided  herein,  Seller has not made,  and the Evaluation
Material does not contain,  any representations or warranties on which Buyer has
relied or will rely and has held out no  inducements  to Buyer to  execute  this
Agreement.

         11.10 Further  Assurances.  From time to time following the Closing, at
the request of any party  hereto and without  further  consideration,  the other
party or parties  hereto shall  execute and deliver to such  representing  party
such instruments and documents and take such other action (but without incurring
any material  financial  obligation)  as such  requesting  party may  reasonably
request in order to  consummate  more  fully and  effectively  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  including  Buyer  granting  Seller  reasonable  access to
Company's books and records for the purpose of, and causing Company's  employees
to cooperate with Seller in, for Seller's tax matters and other reasonable needs
of Seller  for a period of five (5) years  following  the  Closing  or until any
audits of Seller's tax returns  relating to periods  prior to or  including  the
Closing Date are completed, whichever occurs later.

         11.11 Certain  Defined Terms.  As used in this  Agreement,  each of the
following terms has the meaning given it below:

                  "Affiliate"  (whether or not capitalized)  means, with respect
         to any person, any other person that,  directly or indirectly,  through
         one or more  intermediaries,  controls,  is controlled  by, or is under
         common control with, such person.

                  "Applicable  Law" means any statute,  law, rule or regulation,
         excluding  any  Environmental  Law,  or  any  judgment,   order,  writ,
         injunction  or  decree  of  any  Governmental  Entity,   excluding  any
         judgment,  order,  writ,  injunction  or  decree  which is based on, or
         relates  to, any  Environmental  Law,  to which a  specified  person or
         property is subject.

                  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and
         in effect on the Closing Date.

                  "Encumbrances"  means  liens,   charges,   pledges,   options,
         mortgages,  deeds of trust,  security interests,  claims,  restrictions
         (whether  on  voting,  sale,   transfer,   disposition  or  otherwise),
         easements and other encumbrances of every type and description, whether
         imposed by law, agreement, understanding or otherwise.

                  "Environmental  Laws"  means any law or  regulation,  order or
         standard pertaining in any way to the protection of the environment.

                  "Governmental  Entity"  means  any  court or  tribunal  in any
         jurisdiction  (domestic  or  foreign) or any  public,  governmental  or
         regulatory body, agency, department, commission, board, bureau or other
         authority or instrumentality (domestic or foreign).

                  "Intellectual  Property"  means patents,  trademarks,  service
         marks, trade names, copyrights,  trade secrets,  know-how,  inventions,
         and similar rights, and all registrations,  applications,  licenses and
         rights with respect to any of the foregoing.

                  "Knowledge"  means the  actual  knowledge  of a person and the
         knowledge a person,  upon reasonable  inquiry,  should have.  Knowledge
         relating  to  Seller  shall be the  Knowledge  of Karen M.  Ryugo,  and
         Knowledge  relating to the Company  shall be the Knowledge of Robert W.
         Zellner and Stanley C. Bernat.

                  "Permits"  means  licenses,  permits,  franchises,   consents,
         approvals and other authorizations of or from Governmental Entities.

                  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
         venture,   association,   joint-stock   company,   trust,   enterprise,
         unincorporated organization or Governmental Entity.

                  "Proceeding" means all proceedings,  actions,  claims,  suits,
         investigations   and   inquiries  by  or  before  any   arbitrator   or
         Governmental Entity.

                  "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation  more than 50  percent of
         whose outstanding voting securities, or any partnership, joint venture,
         or other entity any of whose  equity  interest,  is owned,  directly or
         indirectly, by the Company.

                  "Taxes" means any income taxes or similar  assessments  or any
         sales,  excise,  occupation,  use,  ad valorem,  property,  production,
         severance, transportation,  employment, payroll, franchise or other tax
         imposed by any United States federal, state or local (or any foreign or
         provincial)  taxing  authority,  including any  interest,  penalties or
         additions attributable thereto.

                  "Tax Return" means any return or report with respect to Taxes.

                  "Treasury  Regulations" means one or more treasury regulations
         promulgated  under the Code by the  Treasury  Department  of the United
         States.

                 "Trustee" means Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association.
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Seller,  the  Company  and Buyer have caused this
Agreement  to be duly  executed  in their  respective  corporate  names by their
respective  duly  authorized  officers,  all as of the day and year first  above
written.



                                  THE ROTOR TOOL L.P.
                                  By:     Rotor Tool Management L.P.
                                  Title:  General Partner

                                  By:        Rotor Tool Management Service Corp.
                                  Title:     General Partner

                                  By:        /s/Karen M. Ryugo
                                  Name:      Karen M. Ryugo
                                  Title:     President


                                  THE ROTOR TOOL COMPANY

                                  By:        /s/Robert W. Zellner
                                  Name:      Robert W. Zellner
                                  Title:     President


                                  INTOOL, INC.


                                  By:        /s/Thomas R. Hurst
                                  Name:      Thomas R. Hurst
                                  Title:     President

<PAGE>





                                EXHIBIT 2.2(a)(w)
                                ESCROW AGREEMENT


The Exhibit to this Exhibit will be  furnished  to the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission upon request.










                                 Exhibit 10.23
<PAGE>
                                                        INTEGRATED CABLE CORP. V
                                                      c/o Wexford Management LLC
                                                          411 West Putnam Avenue
                                                             Greenwich, CT 06830
                                                                  (203) 862-7000
                                                             Fax: (203) 862-7463

                                                           Writer's Direct Dial:
                                                                        862-7423



Via Facsimile and Express Mail

January 17, 1996




TCI Ventures Five, Inc.
5619 DTC Parkway
Englewood, CO 80111
Attention: Mr. Gary Howard
Facsimile: 303-488-3219

Cablevision Equities Vl
c/o Mr. Thomas Marinkovich
General Partner
8805 North East 34th Street
Bellevue, WA 98004

Dear Partners:

         Pursuant  to  Section   7-62-602  of  the  Colorado   Uniform   Limited
Partnership  Act  (the  "Limited  Partnership  Act")  and  Section  19.4  of the
Partnership  Agreement of IR-TCI Partners V, L.P. (fommerly  IR-Daniels Partners
V, L.P.), a Colorado limited partnership (the "Partnership"), originally entered
into as of the I 5th day of December, 1986 (the "Partnership Agreement"), by and
among Integrated  Cable Corp. V, a Delaware  corporation  ("ICC"),  as a general
partner of the Partnership,  TCI Ventures Five, Inc. (forrnerly Daniels Ventures
Five,  Inc.) ("TCI  Ventures"),  as a general  partner of the  Partnership,  and
Cablevision  Equities VI, as the sole limited  partner of the  Partnership,  ICC
hereby gives notice that, effective immediately,  it is withdrawing as a general
partner of the Partnership.

         Pursuant to Section 7-62-604 of the Limited Partnership Act, ICC hereby
demands  that,  within a  reasonable  time  after the date of this  notice,  the
Partnership  pay ICC the fair  value,  as of the date of this  notice,  of ICC's
partnership interest in the Partnership.
<PAGE>
TCI Ventures Five, Inc.
Cablevision Equities VI
January 17, 1996
Page 2


         ICC further  demands that, in accordance  with Sections  7-62-202(2)(b)
and 7-62-202(3) of the Limited  Partnership Act, promptly,  but by no later than
30 days after the date  hereof,  TCI  Ventures,  as the sole  remaining  general
partner of the  Partnership,  file a Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate
of Limited  Partnership  of the  Partnership  reflecting  ICC's  withdrawal as a
general partner of the Partnership.

Sincerely,

INTEGRATED CABLE CORP. V



By: /s/Karen M. Ryugo
Narne: Karen M. Ryugo
Title: President

cc:   J. Jacobs, President, Wexford Management LLC
      A. Amron, Esq., Wexford Management LLC
      J. Fryer, Esq., Greenberg, Traurig et al
      L. Fisher, Esq., Kaye Scholer et al (Facsimile: 212-836-8689)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           Grantor Trust Certificates


           -----------------------------------------------------------

                  AMENDED AND RESTATED GRANTOR TRUST AGREEMENT

           -----------------------------------------------------------

                                      among


                           PRESIDIO CR HOLDINGS, L.P.,
                                   as Seller,

                           PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP. and
                    INTEGRATED RESOURCES LIFE COMPANIES INC.,
                             as Affiliated Sellers,

                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
                                  as Servicer,


                                       and


                                   UNION BANK,
                            as Grantor Trust Trustee




                           dated as of January 1, 1996

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<S>      <C>
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS.............................................................................................

         SECTION 1.01   General....................................................................................
         SECTION 1.02   Specific Terms.............................................................................

ARTICLE II  CREATION OF TRUST; CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACT RECEIVABLES; ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE...........................

         SECTION 2.01   Creation of Trust..........................................................................
         SECTION 2.02   Conveyance of Contract Receivables.........................................................
         SECTION 2.03   Acceptance by Grantor Trust Trustee........................................................
         SECTION 2.04   Closing Conditions.........................................................................
         SECTION 2.05   Consideration for Grantor Trust T-2 Certificate; Conditions to Issuance of
                               Grantor Trust T-2 Certificate.......................................................
         SECTION 2.06   Issuance of the Certificates; Payment to Holder of Class R Certificate.....................
         SECTION 2.07   Irrevocable Instructions of T-2 Holder.....................................................

ARTICLE III  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; THE CUSTODIAN; THE COLLATERAL AGENT...................................

         SECTION 3.01   Representations and Warranties.............................................................
         SECTION 3.01A   Representations and Warranties of Custodian Regarding the Contract Receivable
                               Files...............................................................................
         SECTION 3.02   Cure or Repurchase of Contract Receivables for Breach of Representations and
                               Warranties..........................................................................
         SECTION 3.03   Custody of Contract Receivable Files.......................................................
         SECTION 3.04   Duties of Custodian........................................................................
         SECTION 3.05   Instructions; Authority to Act.............................................................
         SECTION 3.06   Effective Period and Termination...........................................................
         SECTION 3.07   GT Collateral Agent........................................................................

ARTICLE IV ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF CONTRACT RECEIVABLES....................................................

         SECTION 4.01   Administration of the Contract Receivables.................................................
         SECTION 4.02   Liability of the Servicer..................................................................
         SECTION 4.03   Liquidation of the Pool....................................................................
         SECTION 4.04   Enforcement of Due-On-Sale Clauses.........................................................
         SECTION 4.05   Realization Upon Contract Receivables......................................................
         SECTION 4.06   Maintenance of Security Interests..........................................................
         SECTION 4.07   Servicer Report............................................................................
         SECTION 4.08   Annual Statement as to Compliance..........................................................
         SECTION 4.09   Annual Audit Report........................................................................
         SECTION 4.10   Directing Holders..........................................................................
         SECTION 4.11   Reports to the Rating Agency...............................................................
         SECTION 4.12   Maintenance of Fidelity Bond and Errors and Omission Policy................................
         SECTION 4.13   Payment in Full of Contract Receivable.....................................................
         SECTION 4.14   Collection of Taxes, Assessments and Similar Items; Escrow Accounts........................
         SECTION 4.15   Appraisals.................................................................................
         SECTION 4.16   Servicer Advances; Liquidation Expenses....................................................
         SECTION 4.17   Inspections................................................................................
         SECTION 4.18   Modifications, Waivers, Amendments and Consents............................................
         SECTION 4.19   Servicer Reimbursable Expenses.............................................................
         SECTION 4.20   Derby, Saber and Sentec; Net Sandwich Investments..........................................

ARTICLE V  THE GRANTOR TRUST CERTIFICATES..........................................................................

         SECTION 5.01   The Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate; The Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates......................
         SECTION 5.02   Delivery and Transferability of Grantor Trust Certificates.................................
         SECTION 5.03   Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Grantor Trust Certificates........................
         SECTION 5.04   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost, or Stolen Grantor Trust Certificates...........................
         SECTION 5.05   Persons Deemed Owners......................................................................
         SECTION 5.06   Access to List of Names and Addresses of Holders of the Grantor Trust
                               Certificates........................................................................
         SECTION 5.07   Maintenance of Office or Agency............................................................
         SECTION 5.08   Appointment of Grantor Trust Paying Agent..................................................

ARTICLE VI  DEPOSITS AND WITHDRAWALS; DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO HOLDERS OF THE GRANTOR TRUST
                  CERTIFICATES; SERVICING AND GRANTOR TRUST EXPENSES...............................................

         SECTION 6.01   Deposit of Funds on Closing Date...........................................................
         SECTION 6.02   Withdrawals of Funds from the Recordation Escrow Account...................................
         SECTION 6.03   Collections................................................................................
         SECTION 6.04   Servicing and Grantor Trust Expenses.......................................................
         SECTION 6.05   Withdrawals from the Reserve Fund..........................................................
         SECTION 6.06   Determination Date.........................................................................
         SECTION 6.07   Distributions after the REMIC Liquidation Date.............................................
         SECTION 6.08   Distributions from the Repurchase Reserve Fund.............................................
         SECTION 6.09   Application of Net Sandwich Investments....................................................

ARTICLE VII  ACCOUNTS..............................................................................................

         SECTION 7.01   Grantor Trust Collection Account...........................................................
         SECTION 7.02   Reserve Fund...............................................................................
         SECTION 7.03   Repurchase Reserve Fund....................................................................
         SECTION 7.04   Rejectable Offer Reserve Fund..............................................................
         SECTION 7.05   Directing Holders Reserve Fund.............................................................
         SECTION 7.06   Recordation Escrow Account.................................................................
         SECTION 7.07   Derby and Sentec Reserve Account...........................................................
         SECTION 7.08   Sandwich Reserve Fund......................................................................

ARTICLE VIII  THE SELLER AND THE AFFILIATED SELLERS................................................................

         SECTION 8.01   Merger or Consolidation of the Seller or the Affiliated Sellers............................
         SECTION 8.02   Limitation on Liability of the Seller and the Affiliated Sellers...........................

ARTICLE IX  THE SERVICER; REPRESENTATIONS AND LIABILITIES..........................................................

         SECTION 9.01   Representations of BT......................................................................
         SECTION 9.02   Liability of Servicer......................................................................
         SECTION 9.03   Merger or Consolidation of Servicer........................................................
         SECTION 9.04   Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.............................................
         SECTION 9.05   Servicer Not To Resign.....................................................................

ARTICLE X  EVENTS OF TERMINATION...................................................................................

         SECTION 10.01   Events of Termination.....................................................................
         SECTION 10.02   Grantor Trust Trustee to Act; Appointment of Successor....................................
         SECTION 10.03   Notification to Holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates and the Certificates............
         SECTION 10.04   Rights of Holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates to Direct Trustee and to
                               Waive Events of Termination.........................................................
         SECTION 10.05.   Effect of Transfer.......................................................................

ARTICLE XI  THE GRANTOR TRUST TRUSTEE..............................................................................

         SECTION 11.01   Duties of Grantor Trust Trustee...........................................................
         SECTION 11.02   [Intentionally Omitted]...................................................................
         SECTION 11.03   Certain Matters Affecting the Grantor Trust Trustee.......................................
         SECTION 11.04   Grantor Trust Trustee Not Liable for Grantor Trust Certificates or Contract
                               Receivables.........................................................................
         SECTION 11.05   Grantor Trust Trustee May Own Grantor Trust Certificates..................................
         SECTION 11.06   Grantor Trust Trustee's Fees and Expenses.................................................
         SECTION 11.07   Eligibility Requirements for Grantor Trust Trustee........................................
         SECTION 11.08   Resignation or Removal of Grantor Trust Trustee...........................................
         SECTION 11.09   Successor Grantor Trust Trustee...........................................................
         SECTION 11.10   Merger or Consolidation of Grantor Trust Trustee..........................................
         SECTION 11.11   Representations and Warranties of Grantor Trust Trustee...................................
         SECTION 11.12   Tax Returns...............................................................................
         SECTION 11.13   Obligor Claims............................................................................
         SECTION 11.14   Liabilities to Obligors...................................................................
         SECTION 11.15   Agents of Grantor Trust Trustee...........................................................
         SECTION 11.16   Acts of Holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates.........................................

ARTICLE XII  TERMINATION...........................................................................................

         SECTION 12.01   Termination of the Grantor Trust..........................................................

ARTICLE XIII  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.............................................................................

         SECTION 13.01   Amendment.................................................................................
         SECTION 13.02   Protection of Title to Grantor Trust......................................................
         SECTION 13.03   Limitation on Rights of Holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates.........................
         SECTION 13.04   Governing Law.............................................................................
         SECTION 13.05   Notices...................................................................................
         SECTION 13.06   Severability of Provisions................................................................
         SECTION 13.07   Grantor Trust Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid...................................
         SECTION 13.08   Submission to Jurisdiction; Venue.........................................................
         SECTION 13.09   Counterparts..............................................................................
         SECTION 13.10   Tax Treatment.............................................................................
         SECTION 13.11   Merger and Integration....................................................................
         SECTION 13.12   Headings..................................................................................
         SECTION 13.13   Indemnities...............................................................................
         SECTION 13.14   Replacement of Bankers Trust..............................................................
         SECTION 13.15   Calculations..............................................................................
         SECTION 13.16   No Bankruptcy Petition....................................................................
         SECTION 13.17   Waiver of Lien on Grantor Trust...........................................................
         SECTION 13.18   Presidio Tax Indemnification..............................................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                List of Exhibits

Exhibit A         Allocation  to  Grantor  Trust  T-1  and T-2  Certificates  of
                  Scheduled Payments on Contract Receivables

Exhibit B         Contract  Receivables  Allocable  Solely to Grantor  Trust T-2
                  Certificates

Exhibit C         Contract Receivable Schedule

Exhibit D         Credit Tenant Schedule

Exhibit E         Discount Rates For Allocated DPO Amount and Discounted Pay Off
                  Amount of Unmodified Contract  Receivables and Jacway Contract
                  Receivable

Exhibit F         Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate

Exhibit G         Grantor Trust T-2 Certificate

Exhibit H         List of Contract  Receivables  with Master Leases and Sandwich
                  Pledge Agreements

Exhibit I         DHRF Indemnity Agreement

Exhibit J         DHRF Pledge Agreement

Exhibit K         Recordation Escrow Amount Schedule

Exhibit L         Multiple Property Obligors

Exhibit M         Single Property Obligors

Exhibit N         RORF Indemnity Agreement

Exhibit O         RORF Pledge Agreement
          
Exhibit P         Assignment of Contract Receivables
          
Exhibit Q         Acknowledgment  of  Conveyance  of  Contract  Receivables  and
                  Capital Stock of Derby, Sentec and Saber
          
Exhibit R         Opinion of BT
          
Exhibit S         Representation and Warranty #44
          
Exhibit T         Underlying Lease Schedule
          
Exhibit U         Sample of Certificate of Incorporation  Containing  Bankruptcy
                  Remote Provisions
          
Exhibit V         Servicer Report
          
Exhibit W         Servicing Certificate attached to Servicer Report
          
Exhibit X         Post REMIC Liquidation Date Instructions for Distributions
          
Exhibit Y         Release Certificate
          
Exhibit Z         Allocation   to  Grantor   Trust   Certificates   of  Existing
                  Prepayment Deficiency Amounts.
          
Exhibit AA        Payment Schedules of Unmodified Contract Receivables
<PAGE>  
                  Amended and  Restated  Grantor  Trust  Agreement,  dated as of
January  1,  1996,  among  Presidio  CR  Holdings,   L.P.,  a  Delaware  limited
partnership,  as seller (together with its permitted successors and assigns, the
"Seller"), Presidio Capital Corp., a British Virgin Islands company ("Presidio")
and Integrated Resources Life Companies Inc., a Delaware corporation ("IRL," and
together with Presidio, the "Affiliated Sellers"),  Bankers Trust Company, a New
York banking  corporation,  as servicer (in its individual  capacity,  "BT," or,
together with its permitted successors and assigns,  the "Servicer"),  and Union
Bank, a banking  corporation  organized and existing under the laws of the State
of California,  as grantor trust trustee (together with its permitted successors
and assigns, the "Grantor Trust Trustee").

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  agreements
hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as provided herein:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  SECTION  1.01  General.  For the  purpose  of this  Agreement,
except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires,
the terms  defined in this Article  include the plural as well as the  singular,
the words  "herein,"  "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or
other subdivision, and Section references refer to Sections of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 1.02      Specific Terms.

                  "Accreted  Value" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Pooling Agreement.

                  "Accretion  Amounts" has the meaning  assigned to such term in
the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Advancing  Fee"  means  interest  at the  Prime  Rate on each
Servicer  Advance  from the date it is made to the  date of  repayment  in full,
calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 365 or 366 days, as
applicable.

                  "Affiliate"  means,  as to any  specified  Person,  any Person
controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person.
For the  purposes of this  definition,  "control"  when used with respect to any
specified  Person means the power to direct the  management and policies of such
Person,  directly  or  indirectly,  whether  through  the  ownership  of  voting
securities,   by  contract  or  otherwise;   and  the  terms   "controlling"  or
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

                  "Aggregate Debt Service Payments" has the meaning specified in
the applicable Subordinate Mortgage.

                  "Agreed  Upon   Procedures   Letter"  means  the  Agreed  Upon
Procedures  Letter  prepared  by  Deloitte & Touche LLP in  connection  with its
review of the Contract Receivables.

                  "Agreement"   means  this  Grantor  Trust  Agreement  and  all
amendments and supplements hereto.

                  "Allocable  Fraction"  means  (i) in the  case  of a  Multiple
Property  Obligor,  a fraction,  the  numerator of which is the original cost to
such Obligor of the  Property or  Properties  to be released  from the lien of a
Subordinate  Mortgage and the  denominator of which is the original cost to such
Obligor  of all of the  Properties  which  are  encumbered  by such  Subordinate
Mortgage immediately prior to such release (provided that the Allocable Fraction
with respect to the Utex Note shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is the
outstanding  amount(s)  of the First  Mortgage  Note(s)  related to the affected
Property or Properties of Sablemart Associates Limited Partnership ("Sablemart")
immediately  prior to such release and the denominator of which is the aggregate
outstanding  amount of the First Mortgage Notes related to all of the Properties
then subject to the lien of the First Mortgage encumbering all of the Properties
of Sablemart immediately prior to such release), or (ii) in the case of a Single
Property Obligor, 100%.

                  "Allocated  DPO Amount"  means the  Discounted  Pay Off Amount
multiplied by the applicable  Allocable  Fraction with respect to the applicable
Property  or  Properties;  except that (i) solely for  purposes  of  calculating
Losses,  Repurchase Price and Directing  Holders'  Deposits,  in the case of the
Contract  Receivables   delivered  by  Alwood  Associates  Limited  Partnership,
Clamarsh Associates Limited Partnership,  Lanmar Associates Limited Partnership,
Rochboro Associates Limited Partnership,  Rotale Associates Limited Partnership,
Sablemart   Associates   Limited   Partnership  and  Vegpow  Associates  Limited
Partnership,  it means the lesser of the  Discounted Pay Off Amount or the Whole
Prepayment Amount, in each case multiplied by the applicable Allocable Fraction,
and (ii) solely for calculating  Losses, in the case of any Unmodified  Contract
Receivables,  the Dalcin Contract  Receivable and (during the first Renewal Term
of the related Underlying Lease only) the Jacway Contract  Receivable,  it means
the Whole Prepayment  Amount thereof  multiplied by the Allocable  Fraction with
respect to the applicable Property or Properties.

                  "Allocated  Losses" has the  meaning  assigned to such term in
the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Assignee"  means a Person to which a Tenant (or any direct or
indirect  assignee of such Tenant) has assigned,  and which has assumed Tenant's
obligations  under,  an  Underlying  Lease  in  accordance  with the  terms  and
conditions thereof, and which is the Lessee under the Underlying Lease.

                  "Assignment  of  Lease  and  Agreement"   means  a  collateral
assignment of the Underlying  Lease(s)  affecting an Obligor's  Properties  from
such Obligor to a First Mortgagee.

                  "Balance"  means the sum of the cash and the principal  amount
of the Eligible Investments in the Reserve Fund.

                  "Bedcar Contract Receivable" means the Contract Receivable for
which Bedcar Associates Limited Partnership is the Obligor.

                  "Bessomac" means Bessomac  Associates Limited  Partnership,  a
Connecticut limited partnership.

                  "Business  Day" means any day other  than (a) a Saturday  or a
Sunday or (b) a day that is  observed by either the  Federal  government  or the
State of New York as a legal holiday.

                  "CERCLA"  means  the  Comprehensive   Environmental   Response
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

                  "Certificate   Account"   means  the   "Certificate   Account"
established and maintained under and pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Certificate  Accreted Value" has the meaning assigned to such
term in the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Certificate   Purchase   Agreement"   means  the  Certificate
Purchase Agreement,  dated March 25, 1996, between the Initial Purchaser and the
Grantor Trust.

                  "Certificates"   means  the  certificates   issued  under  and
pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Certificates  Paying Agent" has the meaning  assigned to such
term in the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Closing Date" means March 28, 1996.

                  "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as it may be
amended from time to time, or any successor  statute  thereto,  and the Treasury
Regulations.

                  "Collateral   Account"  means  the  account   established  and
maintained by the Paying Agent pursuant to each Paying Agent Agreement.

                  "Collateral  Agent" has the  meaning  assigned to such term in
the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Collateral Assignment" means a collateral lease assignment of
the Underlying  Leases  affecting an Obligor's  Properties from a lessee under a
Master Lease to such Obligor.

                  "Collection    Account"   means   the   "Collection   Account"
established  and  maintained  under and  pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Pooling
Agreement.

                  "Collection  Period" means with respect to a Distribution Date
in March,  the six-month  period  commencing on the tenth day of the immediately
preceding  September  and ending on the 9th day of March and,  with respect to a
Distribution Date in September, the six-month period commencing on the tenth day
of the immediately preceding March and ending on the 9th day of September (or in
the case of the first  Distribution  Date, the period  commencing on the Cut-off
Date and ending on the 9th day of September 1996).

                  "Contract  Receivable"  means  each  of the  deferred  payment
obligations  and  origination  fees  (including the Notes and the Contract Right
Agreements),  the Utex Note, the Segair Note, and the Subordinate Mortgages (and
the pledge of an undivided fractional interest in the notes secured by the First
Mortgage in the case of the Utex Note) and all collateral with respect  thereto,
transferred  and assigned to the Grantor  Trust  pursuant to this  Agreement and
from  time to time held by the  Grantor  Trust and  identified  on the  Contract
Receivable Schedule.

                  "Contract  Receivable  Document"  means,  with respect to each
Obligor,  the Note or Contract Right Agreement (and the Utex Note and the Segair
Note),  Subordinate  Mortgage (or the pledge of an undivided fractional interest
in the notes  secured by the First  Mortgage  with  respect  to the Utex  Note),
Paying Agent Agreement and Sandwich  Pledge  Agreement,  as applicable,  and any
amendments and modifications to any thereof.

                  "Contract   Receivable   File"  means,  as  to  each  Contract
Receivable (other than the Unmodified Contract  Receivables) (a) the original of
the related Note, (b) each  assignment or endorsement of such Note  evidencing a
complete  chain of title of such  Note  from the  Seller to BT, as agent for the
Grantor Trust;  (c) the Paying Agent  Agreement,  with evidence of filing of UCC
financing  statements (except as to the filing of UCC financing  statements with
respect to the Dalcin Contract  Receivable);  (d) the Sandwich Pledge Agreement,
if the  Contract  Receivable  is listed on  Exhibit H attached  hereto;  (e) the
Subordinate Mortgage, with evidence of filing of UCC financing statements and of
recording of the  Subordinate  Mortgage  (except in the case of the  Subordinate
Mortgages delivered by Bessomac,  Taber and Leyden,  which are not in recordable
form and except as to the filing of UCC financing statements with respect to the
Dalcin Contract Receivable);  (f) partnership certificate;  (g) opinion letters;
(h) copies of  Underlying  Lease and, if any,  Master  Lease and First  Mortgage
Documents in the possession of the Seller on the Closing Date; (i) copies of the
Guaranty,  if  applicable,  in the possession of the Seller on the Closing Date;
(j) estoppel letters in the possession of the Seller on the Closing Date and (k)
any  amendments  and  modifications  to the  foregoing in the  possession of the
Seller on the Closing Date; and, as to the Hertec Contract Receivable, the Metec
Contract  Receivable,  the Segair  Note and the Utex Note,  the Hertec  Contract
Receivable  File,  the Metec  Contract  Receivable  File,  the  Segair  Contract
Receivable File and the Utex Contract Receivable File, respectively.

                  "Contract  Receivable Schedule" means the list attached hereto
as Exhibit C specifically identifying each Contract Receivable constituting part
of the corpus of the Grantor Trust.

                  "Contract  Right   Agreements"   means  those  certain  letter
agreements  executed  and  delivered  by Hertec  and Metec  evidencing  deferred
payment  obligations and origination  fees originally  owing to Integrated or an
Affiliate thereof.

                  "Credit Tenant" means each party under an Underlying Lease (or
a guarantor  thereof) which is identified on Exhibit D as the party whose credit
is primarily relied upon as the source of satisfying rental obligations (whether
constituting the original tenant, assignee, or guarantor).

                  "CRPSP  Payment"  means that  portion  of the final  scheduled
payment(s)  due  under  a Note  which,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of a  separate
agreement, dated as of November 2, 1994, by and among Integrated and Beigel Schy
Lasky  Rifkind  Goldberg & Fertik,  Ltd.,  Integrated  has  directed the related
Obligor to pay to a trustee for third parties.

                  "Cure Amount" has the meaning assigned in Section 3.02(a).

                  "Custodian"  has the meaning assigned in Section 3.03.

                  "Cut-off Date" means January 1, 1996.

                  "Dalcin"  means  Dalcin  Associates  Limited  Partnership,   a
Connecticut limited partnership.

                  "Dalcin Contract Receivable" means the Contract Receivable for
which Dalcin was the original Obligor.

                  "DCR" means Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. and its successors
in interest.

                  "Debt Service Draw Amount" has the meaning assigned in Section
6.05(c).

                  "Defaulted Contract Receivable" means, at any time, a Contract
Receivable  as to which  an  event of  default  under  the  related  Subordinate
Mortgage has occurred and is continuing at such time.

                  "Deposit Date" means,  with respect to any Distribution  Date,
the Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

                  "Derby" means Derby Leasing Corp., a Delaware corporation.

                  "Derby and Sentec  Reserve  Account"  means the trust  account
established  on behalf  of the  Grantor  Trust as an  Eligible  Deposit  Account
pursuant to Section 7.07.

                  "Determination  Date" means,  with respect to any Distribution
Date, the third Business Day prior to such Distribution Date.

                  "DHRF  Indemnity  Agreement"  means  the  Indemnity  Agreement
(Directing Holders Reserve Fund) in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto.

                  "DHRF Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement  (Directing
Holders Reserve Fund) in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto.

                  "Directing  Holders"  has  the  meaning  assigned  in  Section
4.10(a).

                  "Directing  Holders'  Deposit"  has the  meaning  assigned  in
Section 4.10(a).

                  "Directing Holders Reserve Fund" means an account  established
by the  Directing  Holders with BT, as GT Collateral  Agent  pursuant to Section
7.05(a).

                  "Directing  Holders' Rejectable Offer Deposit" has the meaning
assigned in Section 4.10(b).

                  "Directions" has the meaning assigned in Section 4.10(b).

                   "Discount  Period"  means the period  ending on the scheduled
expiration date of the Primary Term of the applicable Underlying Lease.

                  "Discount  Purchase  Option"  means the  option of an  Obligor
(other than the Obligors with respect to the Dalcin Contract  Receivable and the
Unmodified  Contract  Receivables)  to  prepay  its  Note at a  fixed  discount;
provided  that,  in the  case of the  Contract  Receivables  issued  by  Washtex
Associates Limited  Partnership,  Scribe Associates Limited  Partnership,  Sajos
Associates Limited Partnership,  Vegrouge Associates Limited Partnership,  Johab
Associates Limited Partnership,  Jaclane Associates Limited  Partnership,  Allia
Associates  Limited  Partnership,  Reppoc  Associates  Limited  Partnership  and
Denport Associates Limited  Partnership,  such option will be applicable only if
the Obligor has exercised its right to acquire the Discount Purchase Option.

                  "Discounted Pay Off Amount" means the present value, as of the
date of any  determination of the Discounted Pay Off Amount or the Allocated DPO
Amount, of the remaining payments scheduled to be made on a Contract  Receivable
(excluding any Prepayment  Deficiency Amount and without taking into account any
possible reduction in the final scheduled payment(s) under a Contract Receivable
as a result of the CRPSP  Payment),  using one  discount  rate for the  payments
allocable  to periods  occurring  during the balance of the Primary  Term of the
related Underlying Lease and another discount rate for the payments allocable to
periods  after the Primary  Term of the related  Underlying  Lease,  all as more
particularly set forth in the related Contract  Receivable;  provided,  however,
that (i) except as provided in clause (iii) (with respect to the Jacway Contract
Receivable) and clause (iv) of this proviso, the Discounted Pay Off Amount shall
be zero if the  Discount  Period  applicable  to the Note has ended,  solely for
purposes  of  calculating  Losses,   Repurchase  Price  and  Directing  Holders'
Deposits, (ii) solely for purposes of calculating Losses,  Repurchase Prices and
Directing Holders' Deposits,  in the case of the Contract  Receivables issued by
Washtex Associates Limited  Partnership,  Scribe Associates Limited Partnership,
Sajos Associates Limited  Partnership,  Vegrouge Associates Limited Partnership,
Johab Associates Limited  Partnership,  Jaclane Associates Limited  Partnership,
Allia Associates Limited Partnership,  Reppoc Associates Limited Partnership and
Denport Associates Limited Partnership, it shall be assumed that the Obligor has
exercised its right to acquire the Discount  Purchase  Option,  (iii) solely for
purposes of calculating the Repurchase Price and Directing Holders' Deposits, in
the case of the Unmodified Contract Receivables,  the Dalcin Contract Receivable
and (during the first  Renewal  Term of the related  Underlying  Lease only) the
Jacway Contract Receivable,  the applicable discount rates shall be deemed to be
as set forth on Exhibit E attached  hereto,  (iv) solely for purposes of Section
6.05(c) and (d), in the case of any Unmodified Contract Receivables,  the Dalcin
Contract Receivable and (during the first Renewal Term of the related Underlying
Lease only) the Jacway Contract Receivable,  the Discounted Pay Off Amount shall
be equal to the Whole  Prepayment  Amount of the  Contract  Receivable,  and (v)
solely for  purposes of  calculating  Losses,  Repurchase  Prices and  Directing
Holders' Deposits,  in the case of the Contract Receivables  delivered by Alwood
Associates Limited Partnership,  Clamarsh Associates Limited Partnership, Lanmar
Associates Limited Partnership,  Rochboro Associates Limited Partnership, Rotale
Associates Limited  Partnership,  Sablemart  Associates Limited  Partnership and
Vegpow Associates Limited  Partnership,  the Discounted Pay Off Amount means the
lesser of the Discounted Pay Off Amount or the Whole Prepayment Amount.

                  "Distribution  Date"  means the 15th day of March and the 15th
day of  September,  or if such day is not a Business  Day,  the next  succeeding
Business  Day,  commencing  on September  16,  1996,  and on and after the REMIC
Liquidation Date, the Monthly Distribution Date.

                  "DPO Fraction" has the meaning assigned in Section 6.05(d).

                  "Eligible Deposit Account" means a segregated  account with an
Eligible Institution.

                  "Eligible   Institution"   means  (a)  the   corporate   trust
department  of the REMIC  Trustee,  the Grantor Trust Trustee or the Servicer or
(b) a depository  institution or trust company  organized  under the laws of the
United  States of America or any one of the states  thereof or the  District  of
Columbia  (or any domestic  branch of a foreign  bank) if it (or its parent bank
holding  company)  has either (A) a  long-term  unsecured  debt rating of "A" or
better from the Rating Agency (or, if it is not rated by the Rating Agency, then
a comparable rating from an NRSRO), or (B) a long-term  unsecured debt rating, a
short-term unsecured debt rating or a certificate of deposit rating in each case
acceptable to the Rating Agency.

                  "Eligible  Investments" means any one or more of the following
obligations  or securities  denominated in U.S.  dollars,  regardless of whether
issued by the  Servicer,  the REMIC  Trustee,  the Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  the
Collateral Agent, the GT Collateral Agent or any of their respective affiliates,
and having the required ratings provided for in this definition:

                           (i) direct obligations of, or obligations  guaranteed
         as to timely payment of principal and interest by, the United States or
         any agency or instrumentality  thereof,  provided that such obligations
         are  backed  by the full  faith  and  credit  of the  United  States of
         America;

                           (ii) direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed
         as to timely  payment of  principal  and  interest by, the Federal Home
         Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association or
         the Federal Farm Credit  System,  provided that any such  obligation is
         qualified  by the  Rating  Agency  as an  investment  of funds  backing
         securities with a long-term unsecured debt rating of "AAA;"

                           (iii) demand and time deposits in, or demand notes or
         certificates  of  deposit  of, or  bankers  acceptances  issued by, any
         domestic bank or trust company, savings and loan association or savings
         bank,  provided that the commercial  paper or long-term  unsecured debt
         obligations of such depository  institution or trust company (or in the
         case of the  principal  depository  institution  in a  holding  company
         system,  the  commercial  paper or long-term  debt  obligations of such
         holding  company) have a rating of "D-1+" or "AAA" by the Rating Agency
         (or, if not rated by the Rating Agency,  then a comparable rating by an
         NRSRO);

                           (iv)   general   obligations   of,   or   obligations
         guaranteed  by,  any  state of the  United  States or the  District  of
         Columbia  receiving the highest  long-term  debt ratings  available for
         such securities by the Rating Agency;

                           (v)  domestic  commercial  or finance  company  paper
         (including  both   non-interest   bearing   discount   obligations  and
         interest-bearing  obligations  payable on demand or on a specified date
         not more than one year  after  the date of  issuance  thereof)  that is
         rated by the Rating Agency (or, if not rated by the Rating Agency, then
         a comparable  rating by an NRSRO) in its highest  short-term  unsecured
         rating  category,   and  is  issued  by  a  domestic   corporation  the
         outstanding  senior  debt  obligations  of which are then  rated by the
         Rating Agency (or, if not rated by the Rating Agency, then a comparable
         rating by an NRSRO) in its  highest  short-term  unsecured  debt rating
         category or its highest  long-term  unsecured debt rating category,  as
         applicable;

                           (vi) guaranteed reinvestment agreements or guaranteed
         investment  contracts  issued by any bank,  insurance  company or other
         corporation  rated in the highest  rating  category  available  to such
         issuers by the Rating  Agency (or,  if not rated by the Rating  Agency,
         then a comparable rating by an NRSRO), but in no event less than "AAA,"
         provided that any such agreement must by its terms be terminable by the
         purchaser  without  penalty in the event any such rating is at any time
         lower than such level;

                           (vii)  repurchase  obligations  with  respect  to any
         security  described  in clause  (i) or (ii) above  entered  into with a
         depository  institution or trust company (acting as principal)  meeting
         the rating standards described in (iii) above;

                           (viii)  securities  (other  than  stripped  bonds  or
         stripped  coupons)  bearing  interest  or sold at a  discount  that are
         issued by any  corporation  incorporated  under the laws of the  United
         States of America or any state  thereof and rated by the Rating  Agency
         in its highest  long-term  unsecured  debt rating  category;  provided,
         however,  that securities  issued by any such  corporation  will not be
         Eligible  Investments to the extent that investment therein would cause
         the  outstanding   principal  amount  of  securities   issued  by  such
         corporation  that are held as part of the applicable fund or account to
         exceed 20% of the  aggregate  amount of all Eligible  Investments  then
         held in such fund or account;

                           (ix)  if  previously  confirmed  in  writing  to  the
         Servicer by the Rating Agency,  any other demand,  money market or time
         deposit,  demand  obligation  or  any  other  obligation,  security  or
         investment  as may be  acceptable  to the Rating  Agency as a permitted
         investment  of funds backing  securities  having a rating of "AAA," and
         which qualifies as a "cash flow investment" pursuant to the Code;

                           (x) if previously  confirmed in writing by the Rating
         Agency to the Servicer,  money market mutual funds  organized under the
         Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as  amended,  rated  in its  highest
         long-term or short-term rating category by DCR or, if not rated by DCR,
         then a comparable rating from an NRSRO; and

                           (xi) such  other  obligations  as are  acceptable  as
         Eligible Investments by the Rating Agency, as evidenced in writing, and
         which qualifies as a "cash flow investment" pursuant to the Code;

provided,  however,  that  no  obligation  or  security  shall  be  an  Eligible
Investment if (i) such obligation or security  evidences a right to receive only
interest  payments  or (ii)  the  stated  interest  rate on such  obligation  or
security is in excess of 120% of the yield to maturity  produced by the price at
which such obligation or security was purchased.

                  "Eligible Servicer" means BT, the Grantor Trust Trustee or any
Person which is an approved servicer of commercial  mortgage loans by the Rating
Agency.

                  "Event of  Termination"  means an event  specified  in Section
10.01.

                  "Excess Cash Flow" has the meaning specified in the applicable
Note.

                  "Excess  Proceeds" has the meaning specified in the applicable
Note.

                  "Excess  Superior  Amount"  has the meaning  specified  in the
applicable Note.

                  "Existing Prepayment  Deficiency Amounts" means the Prepayment
Deficiency  Amounts with respect to the Jacway Contract  Receivable,  the Dalcin
Contract  Receivable,  the Bedcar  Contract  Receivable and the Pinole  Contract
Receivable, in effect as of the Closing Date.

                  "First  Mortgage"  means the  first  mortgage(s),  deed(s)  of
trust,  indenture(s)  of mortgage and deed(s) of trust or similar  instrument(s)
creating a first  lien on an  Obligor's  Mortgaged  Properties  superior  to the
Subordinate Mortgage encumbering such Mortgaged Properties.

                  "First  Mortgage  Documents"  means (i) with  respect  to each
First Mortgage, the First Mortgage(s),  First Mortgage Note(s) and Assignment(s)
of Lease and Agreement, and (ii) with respect to each permitted refinancing of a
First  Mortgage,   the  first  mortgage(s),   the  First  Mortgage  Note(s)  and
Assignment(s) of Lease and Agreement.

                  "First  Mortgage  Notes" means the note(s)  secured by a First
Mortgage or any permitted refinancing thereof.

                  "First  Mortgagee"  means a holder of a First Mortgage and any
successor or assignee thereof.

                  "Foreclosed  Property"  has the  meaning  assigned  in Section
4.05(f).

                  "Grantor  Trust"  means  the  trust  created  pursuant  to the
Grantor  Trust  Agreement,  the  corpus of which will  initially  consist of all
right,  title and interest arising from and in connection with the capital stock
of Derby,  Saber and  Sentec and each  Contract  Receivable  including,  without
limitation,  (a) the related  Note or the Utex Note or the Segair  Note,  as the
case may be, or Contract Right  Agreement,  (b) all rights under the Subordinate
Mortgage  securing such Note, the Segair Note, or the Contract Right  Agreement,
as the case may be, or pledge of an undivided  fractional  interest in the notes
secured by the First  Mortgage  in the case of the Utex Note (or, in the case of
the  Subordinate  Mortgages  which are not in recordable form and do not grant a
lien  encumbering,  or  create a  security  interest  in,  any of the  Obligor's
property, all right to enforce the covenants made in the Subordinate Mortgage by
the Obligor for the benefit of the  Noteholder),  (c) all rights to payments due
and received on such Contract  Receivable on and after the Cut-off Date, (d) all
rights  under  the  related  Paying  Agent  Agreement,  including  rights to the
Collateral Account,  (e) all rights under the Sandwich Pledge Agreement (if any)
relating to such Contract  Receivable,  (f) all proceeds in any way derived from
any of the foregoing  items,  and (g) all documents  contained or required to be
contained in the related Contract  Receivable  File. In addition,  the corpus of
the Grantor  Trust will include the  Recordation  Escrow  Account,  the Sandwich
Reserve  Fund,  the Derby and Sentec  Reserve  Account,  the rights to indemnity
under  the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund  Indemnity  Agreement  and the  collateral
security therefor under the Repurchase  Reserve Fund Pledge  Agreement,  but the
corpus of the Grantor Trust shall not include the Pledged Funds.

                  "Grantor Trust  Certificate" means a Grantor Trust Certificate
executed  and  delivered  on behalf of the Grantor  Trust by the  Grantor  Trust
Trustee  substantially  in the form of either  Exhibit F or G which shall be the
Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate and Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates, respectively.

                  "Grantor  Trust  Certificate   Register"  and  "Grantor  Trust
Certificate  Registrar"  mean the register  maintained and the registrar (or any
successor registrar) appointed pursuant to Section 5.03.

                  "Grantor  Trust  Collection  Account"  means the trust account
established  and  maintained  in the name of the  Grantor  Trust in an  Eligible
Institution pursuant to Section 7.01.

                  "Grantor Trust Expenses"  means during each Collection  Period
(i) Servicer  Reimbursable  Expenses incurred by the Servicer in the performance
of its duties as Servicer,  (ii) certain expenses  incurred by the Grantor Trust
Trustee in the  performance of its duties and  reimbursable  pursuant to Section
11.06(b),  (iii) any  amounts  which the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee is entitled to
receive as  indemnification  pursuant to Section 13.13 hereof,  (iv) any amounts
which  BT,  in all  of its  capacities  hereunder  (or  its  successor  in  such
capacities), is entitled to receive as indemnification pursuant to Section 13.13
hereof,  and (v) all Sandwich  Administrative  Expenses (unless the Servicer has
determined  pursuant  to Section  4.20 not to fund the  payment  thereof) to the
extent that (a) in the case of Derby or Sentec,  there are insufficient funds in
the Derby and Sentec Reserve Account and (b) Derby, Saber and Sentec do not have
sufficient funds to make payment thereof when due.

                  "Grantor Trust Paying Agent" means any Person appointed by the
Grantor Trust Trustee and acting as such pursuant to Section 5.08.

                  "Ground Lease" means a ground or base lease, together with all
assignments and amendments thereof,  pursuant to which an Obligor has acquired a
leasehold interest in all or a portion of its Property.

                  "GT  Collateral  Agent" has the  meaning  assigned  in Section
3.07.

                  "Guarantor"  means  the  guarantor,  if  any,  of  a  Tenant's
obligations under an Underlying Lease.

                  "Guaranty" means a guaranty of a Tenant's obligations under an
Underlying Lease provided by a Guarantor.

                  "Hertec"  means  Hertec  Associates  Limited  Partnership,   a
Connecticut limited partnership.

                  "Hertec Contract Receivable" means the Contract Receivable for
which Hertec was the original Obligor.

                  "Hertec  Contract  Receivable  File"  means,  as to the Hertec
Contract Receivable (a) the original unmodified Contract Right Agreement;  (b) a
copy of each assignment of such Contract Right  Agreement  evidencing a complete
chain of title of such Contract Right  Agreement from the Seller to BT, as agent
for  the  Grantor  Trust;  (c)  a  copy  of  the  Subordinate  Mortgage  granted
contemporaneously  with such Contract Right Agreement;  (d) copies of Underlying
Lease, Master Lease and First Mortgage Documents in the possession of the Seller
on the Closing Date; (e) the Paying Agent Agreement; and (f) originals or copies
of any  amendments and  modifications  to the foregoing in the possession of the
Seller on the Closing Date.

                  "Initial Purchaser" means Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

                  "Instructions" has the meaning assigned in Section 4.10(a).

                  "Integrated" means Integrated Resources, Inc.

                  "Jacway Contract Receivable" means the Contract Receivable for
which Jacway Associates Limited Partnership is the Obligor.

                  "LCB"  means  LCB  Limited  Partnership,  a  Delaware  limited
partnership.

                  "Lessee"  means a Tenant  or  Assignee  which  is the  current
lessee of an Obligor's Property pursuant to an Underlying Lease.

                  "Leyden"  means  Leyden  Associates  Limited  Partnership,   a
Connecticut limited partnership.

                  "Liquidated"  or  "Liquidation"   means,  with  respect  to  a
Contract  Receivable,  the liquidation of a related Property or other collateral
securing the related Note (or the Utex Note or the Segair Note,  as the case may
be) or Contract Right Agreement through a Remedial Proceeding.

                  "Liquidated  Contract  Receivable" means a Defaulted  Contract
Receivable  as to which the Servicer has  certified to the Grantor Trust Trustee
and the REMIC Trustee that all Remedial Proceedings have been completed and that
it does not expect to  recover  additional  amounts in respect of such  Contract
Receivable  or the  Properties  presently or  previously  securing such Contract
Receivable or the Foreclosed Property related to such Contract Receivable.

                  "Liquidation  Expenses"  means,  with  respect  to a  Contract
Receivable,  expenses to third  parties  incurred by the Servicer in  connection
with the  Liquidation of a Contract  Receivable  and which,  pursuant to Section
4.16 hereof, are reimbursable to the Servicer.

                  "Liquidation  Proceeds"  means,  with  respect  to a  Contract
Receivable,  the  amount  of  cash,  including,  without  limitation,  insurance
proceeds  and  condemnation  proceeds  (but  excluding  scheduled  payments  and
prepayments by the Obligor) received in connection with the Liquidation  thereof
and net rental  income and proceeds of sale of Foreclosed  Property  (whether or
not  received  after  the  Defaulted  Contract  Receivable  became a  Liquidated
Contract Receivable).

                  "Loss" has the meaning assigned in Section 6.05(c).

                  "Majority-in-Interest"  means the holders of Grantor Trust T-2
Certificates  representing  greater than 50% of the  Percentage  Interest of all
Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates.

                  "Master  Lease"  means a master lease  agreement  affecting an
Obligor's Properties between such Obligor, as lessor, and the lessee thereunder,
which lessee is the lessor under the related Underlying Lease.

                  "Material Breach" has the meaning assigned in Section 3.02(a).

                  "Metec"  means  Metec  Associates   Limited   Partnership,   a
Connecticut limited partnership.

                  "Metec Contract  Receivable" means the contract Receivable for
which Metec was the original Obligor.

                  "Metec  Contract  Receivable  File"  means,  as to  the  Metec
Contract Receivable (a) the original unmodified Contract Right Agreement;  (b) a
copy of each assignment of such Contract Right  Agreement  evidencing a complete
chain of title of such Contract Right  Agreement from the Seller to BT, as agent
for  the  Grantor  Trust;  (c)  a  copy  of  the  Subordinate  Mortgage  granted
contemporaneously  with such Contract Right Agreement;  (d) copies of Underlying
Lease, Master Lease and First Mortgage Documents in the possession of the Seller
on the Closing Date; (e) the Paying Agent Agreement; and (f) originals or copies
of any  amendments and  modifications  to the foregoing in the possession of the
Seller on the Closing Date.

                  "Monthly  Distribution  Date"  means  the  15th  day  of  each
calendar month.

                  "Mortgaged   Property"   means  each   Property  (and  related
interests), as stated in the granting clause of a Subordinate Mortgage.

                  "Multiple  Property Obligor" means each Obligor  designated on
Exhibit L attached  hereto as owning  more than one  Property  as of the Cut-off
Date.

                  "Net Liquidation  Proceeds" means,  with respect to a Contract
Receivable, the excess of the Liquidation Proceeds realized with respect to such
Contract  Receivable  over the amount of (i) the  Liquidation  Expenses for such
Contract  Receivable  not paid from the  Directing  Holders  Reserve Fund or the
Rejectable Offer Reserve Fund, (ii) any Servicer  Advances and the Advancing Fee
thereon made in connection with the Liquidation of such Contract  Receivable and
(iii) the Special Servicing Fee (if any) payable with respect thereto.

                  "Net  Sandwich  Investments"  means  an  amount  equal  to the
difference,  for each of Derby,  Saber and Sentec,  between (i) the cash and the
principal  amount of the Eligible  Investments of such  corporation then held in
Eligible  Deposit  Accounts  (excluding  any  investment  income thereon and the
amount of any capital contribution by the Grantor Trust), and (ii) the amount of
any reserve established  pursuant to Section 4.20(d) for income taxes payable by
such  corporation  on payments  received by it under the  applicable  Underlying
Lease.

                  "Note" means a Negotiable  Promissory  Note in Replacement and
Substitution of Letter Agreement from an Obligor to BT, as agent for the Grantor
Trust  (successor-in-interest  to the Seller) or its registered  assigns,  which
evidences a Contract Receivable.

                  "Noteholder" the registered  holder of a Note or the Utex Note
or the holder of a Contract  Right  Agreement or the Segair  Note,  which on the
Closing Date shall be BT, as agent for the Grantor Trust.

                  "Noteholder  Expenses" means certain fees,  costs and expenses
which a Noteholder has agreed to pay or cause to be paid to the Obligor or other
third parties  (other than the Servicer) in connection  with the  administration
and  servicing of a Contract  Receivable  and the exercise of certain  rights by
such Noteholder under the related Subordinate Mortgage.

                  "NRSRO" means the Rating Agency,  Moody's  Investors  Service,
Inc.  and  Standard & Poor's  Ratings  Service,  a division  of the McGraw  Hill
Companies, Inc.

                  "Obligor" means each Person which is the obligor under a Note,
the Utex Note,  the Segair Note or a Contract Right  Agreement,  as the case may
be.

                  "Offered  Certificates"  has the meaning assigned to such term
in the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Officer's  Certificate"  means a  certificate  signed  by the
managing director,  treasurer,  secretary,  assistant secretary,  president, any
vice president, any assistant vice president or any assistant treasurer of BT or
the Servicer and delivered to the Grantor Trust Trustee.

                  "Opinion  of  Counsel"  means a written  opinion of counsel in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Grantor Trust Trustee which in
the case of an  opinion  with  respect  to tax  matters  shall be an  Opinion of
Independent Counsel.

                  "Opinion of  Independent  Counsel" means an Opinion of Counsel
independent  of the Person  required to provide the opinion and its  Affiliates,
provided  that an outside  counsel  for a Person  shall  not,  by reason of such
representation, be deemed not to be independent.

                  "Pass-Through  Rate" has the meaning  assigned to such term in
the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Paying  Agent"  means  BT and its  successors  pursuant  to a
Paying Agent Agreement.

                  "Paying  Agent  Agreement"  means each Paying Agent  Agreement
among an Obligor,  BT, as Paying  Agent,  and BT, as agent for the Grantor Trust
(as successor-in-interest to the Seller or an Affiliated Seller), its successors
and/or assigns.

                  "Payment  Schedule"  means  the  respective  payment  schedule
identified as Schedule A to each Note,  stating the scheduled  payment dates and
amounts  payable on such dates under such Note or, in the case of the Unmodified
Contract  Receivables,  the respective  payment  schedule on Exhibit AA attached
hereto.

                  "Payor" has the meaning assigned in Section 3.01(b)(34).

                  "Percentage   Interest"   means,   as  to  any  Grantor  Trust
Certificate,  the  percentage  specified  on the  face  of  such  Grantor  Trust
Certificate.

                  "Person"   means   any   individual,    corporation,   estate,
partnership,  joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability
company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof),  unincorporated organization
or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

                  "Pinole Contract Receivable" means the Contract Receivable for
which Pinole Associates Limited Partnership is the Obligor.

                  "Pledged  Fund" has the  meaning  assigned to such term in the
Pooling Agreement.

                  "Pooling Agreement" means the Pooling Agreement dated the date
hereof among the REMIC Trustee,  BT, as Servicer,  and the Grantor Trust, acting
through the Grantor Trust Trustee, as depositor.

                  "Post  Securitization  Servicing Fee" means an amount equal to
$75 per month per Contract Receivable.

                  "Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount" has the meaning  specified in
the applicable Note.

                  "Primary  Term" means the  primary,  fixed or basic term of an
Underlying Lease.

                  "Prime Rate" means, with respect to each day during the period
from the date of an advance to the date of  reimbursement,  the rate of interest
published in The Wall Street  Journal as the "Prime Rate." In the event The Wall
Street  Journal is not published or such rate does not appear in The Wall Street
Journal or more than one rate appears in The Wall Street Journal on a particular
date, the "Prime Rate" for such date shall be the Servicer's Prime Rate.

                  "Property" means each parcel of real property as stated in the
recitals and granting clause of a Subordinate Mortgage.

                  "Purchase  Option"  means an option set forth in an Underlying
Lease  exercisable at a Lessee's  election pursuant to which such Lessee has the
right to purchase one or more Properties leased under such Underlying Lease.

                  "Purchase Option Prepayment  Amount" has the meaning specified
in the applicable Note.

                  "Purchase  Option  Proceeds" has the meaning  specified in the
applicable Note.

                  "Rated Final  Distribution  Date" has the meaning  assigned to
such term in the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Rating Agency" means DCR.

                  "Rating Agency  Condition"  means, with respect to any action,
the condition  that the Rating Agency shall have been given prior notice thereof
and the Rating  Agency  shall have  notified  the  Servicer,  the Grantor  Trust
Trustee and the REMIC  Trustee in writing that such action shall not result in a
downgrade,  qualification  or  withdrawal  of the then  current  ratings  of the
Offered Certificates.

                  "Rating Agency Reserve Fund" has the meaning  assigned to such
term in the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Record Date" means,  with respect to any  Distribution  Date,
the close of business,  if  applicable,  on the last day of the  calendar  month
(whether or not a Business  Day)  immediately  preceding the month in which such
Distribution Date occurs.

                  "Recordation  Escrow Account" means the account established on
behalf of the Grantor Trust as an Eligible  Deposit Account  pursuant to Section
7.06.

                   "Rejectable  Offer"  means an offer to  purchase  a  Property
required to be made by a Lessee in  accordance  with the terms of an  Underlying
Lease and a Master Lease, as applicable.

                  "Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund" means an account  established
by the  Directing  Holders with BT, as GT Collateral  Agent  pursuant to Section
7.04.

                  "Rejection   Notice"  has  the  meaning  assigned  in  Section
4.10(b).

                  "Release  Certificate"  has the  meaning  assigned  in Section
6.02.

                  "Release  Price" has the meaning  specified in the  applicable
Note.

                  "Remedial  Proceeding"  means,  with  respect  to a  Defaulted
Contract  Receivable,  the  exercise  of any of the rights and  remedies  of the
Noteholder under such Contract Receivable.

                  "REMIC"  means a "real  estate  mortgage  investment  conduit"
within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code.

                  "REMIC  Liquidation Date" means the date on which the Trust is
liquidated.

                  "REMIC  Regulations"  has the meaning assigned to such term in
the Pooling Agreement.

                  "REMIC  Trustee" means The First National Bank of Chicago,  as
trustee under the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Renewal Term" means any renewal term of an Underlying Lease.

                  "Repurchase Date" has the meaning assigned in Section 3.02.

                  "Repurchase  Price" shall be  determined  in  accordance  with
Section 3.02(b) with respect to a Contract  Receivable (or interest  therein) to
be repurchased under Section 3.02 of this Agreement.

                  "Repurchase  Reserve Fund" means the account  established with
BT, as GT Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 7.03.

                  "Repurchase  Reserve  Fund  Indemnity   Agreement"  means  the
Repurchase Reserve Fund Indemnity Agreement dated as of the Closing Date made by
the T-2 Holder in favor of the Grantor Trust, and BT, as GT Collateral Agent.

                  "Repurchase   Reserve   Fund  Pledge   Agreement"   means  the
Repurchase  Reserve Fund Pledge  Agreement  dated as of the Closing Date made by
the T-2 Holder in favor of BT, as GT Collateral Agent.

                  "Reserve  Fund"  means  the  account  established  with BT, as
Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 7.02.

                  "Reserve  Fund  Indemnity  Agreement"  means the Reserve  Fund
Indemnity Agreement dated as of the Closing Date made by the T-2 Holder in favor
of the Trust, and BT, as Collateral Agent.

                  "Reserve Fund Pledge  Agreement" means the Reserve Fund Pledge
Agreement dated as of the Closing Date made by the T-2 Holder in favor of BT, as
Collateral Agent.

                  "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Grantor Trust
Trustee,  the  chairman  and any vice  chairman of its board of  directors,  the
president,  the chairman  and vice  chairman of any  executive  committee of its
board of directors, any officer in the corporate trust department of the Grantor
Trust Trustee as long as it is the Grantor Trust  Trustee  hereunder,  including
every vice president,  assistant vice president, the secretary,  every assistant
secretary, cashier or any assistant cashier, controller or assistant controller,
the treasurer,  every assistant treasurer,  every trust officer, assistant trust
officer  and every  other  officer or  assistant  officer of the  Grantor  Trust
Trustee customarily  performing  functions similar to those performed by persons
who at the time shall be such officers, respectively.

                  "RORF  Indemnity  Agreement"  means  the  Indemnity  Agreement
(Rejectable Offer Reserve Fund) in the form of Exhibit N attached hereto.

                  "RORF Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement (Rejectable
Offer Reserve Fund) in the form of Exhibit O attached hereto.

                  "Saber" means Saber Leasing Corp., a Delaware corporation.

                  "Saber Sandwich  Investment  Account" has the meaning assigned
in Section 4.20.

                  "Sandwich  Administrative  Expenses"  means an amount equal to
all expenses of Derby,  Sentec or Saber, as the case may be, including legal and
accounting  expenses,  the expenses of preparing  and filing tax returns and the
expenses of maintaining such corporation in good standing in its jurisdiction of
incorporation  and  each  other  jurisdiction  in which  it is  qualified  to do
business.

                  "Sandwich Corporation" means a corporation which is the lessee
under a Master Lease and the lessor under an Underlying  Lease with respect to a
Property.

                  "Sandwich  Pledge   Agreement"  means  each  pledge  agreement
between The Sandwich Services, L.L.C. and BT, as agent.

                  "Sandwich  Reserve  Fund" has the meaning  assigned in Section
7.08.

                  "Schedule  C Event"  means the  termination  of an  Underlying
Lease pursuant to a Rejectable Offer made under such Underlying Lease.

                  "Schedule C  Prepayment  Amount" has the meaning  specified in
the applicable Note.

                  "Schedule  C  Proceeds"  has  the  meaning  specified  in  the
applicable Note.

                  "Scheduled  Rent" has the meaning  specified in the applicable
Note.

                  "Section  2.09  Agreement"  means  the  agreement  dated as of
September  28,  1995  between  the  Seller  and  certain  of  the  Obligors  and
acknowledged and agreed to by certain of the Sandwich  Corporations  pursuant to
which the  parties  have  agreed  that (i) any  amounts  received  by a Sandwich
Corporation  as a result  of a  Schedule  C Event  or any  Purchase  Option  are
irrevocably  and  unconditionally  assigned by such Sandwich  Corporation to the
Obligor  constituting  the landlord under its Master Lease and (ii) such Obligor
shall apply such amounts to the indebtedness evidenced by the related Note.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  "Segair Contract Receivable File" means, as to the Segair Note
(a) the Segair Note; (b) a copy of the assignment of the Segair Note  evidencing
a complete  chain of title from Presidio to BT, as agent for the Grantor  Trust;
(c) a copy of the  Segair  Mortgage  granted  contemporaneously  with the Segair
Note; (d) copies of Underlying Lease,  Master Lease and First Mortgage Documents
in the  possession  of  Presidio  on the  Closing  Date;  (e) the  Paying  Agent
Agreement;  (f) the Sandwich Pledge Agreement;  and (g) a copy of any amendments
and  modifications to the foregoing in the possession of Presidio on the Closing
Date.

                  "Segair Note" means that certain  Promissory Note, dated as of
January 31, 1985, in the original principal amount of $2,031,065, made by Segair
Associates  Limited  Partnership  ("Segair") to Integrated (the current payor of
which is LCB and the  current  payee of which is BT,  as agent  for the  Grantor
Trust) which is secured by a third  priority  mortgage  (the "Segair  Mortgage")
encumbering the real property owned or leased by LCB.

                  "Sentec" means Sentec Leasing Corp., a Delaware corporation.

                  "Service Transfer" has the meaning assigned in Section 10.01.

                  "Servicer"  means BT  (subject  to  Section  9.03)  until  any
Service  Transfer  hereunder,  and thereafter  means the new servicer  appointed
pursuant to Article X.

                  "Servicer  Advance"  means  an  advance  made by the  Servicer
pursuant to Section 4.16 hereof.

                  "Servicer  Reimbursable  Expenses" has the meaning assigned in
Section 4.19.

                  "Servicer Report" has the meaning assigned in Section 4.07.

                  "Servicing and Grantor Trust  Expenses" mean (i) the Servicing
Fee, and (ii) the Grantor Trust Expenses.

                  "Servicing Fee" means, as to any Distribution  Date, except as
provided  in Section  10.02  hereof,  (i) on and prior to the REMIC  Liquidation
Date,  one-half of the product of 0.0625% and the Certificate  Accreted Value as
of the  immediately  preceding  Distribution  Date (or, in the case of the first
Distribution  Date,  the  product  of (A) the  actual  number  of  days  elapsed
(assuming twelve 30-day months and a 360-day year) from the Closing Date through
and  including  September 14, 1996 divided by 360 and (B) the product of 0.0625%
and the  Original  Certificate  Principal  Balance  (as  defined in the  Pooling
Agreement)) and (ii) after the REMIC Liquidation  Date, the Post  Securitization
Servicing Fee.

                  "Servicing Officer" means any officer of the Servicer involved
in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of Contract Receivables
whose name appears on a list of servicing  officers in an Officer's  Certificate
furnished  to the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee by the  Servicer,  as the same may be
amended from time to time.

                  "Single  Property  Obligor"  means each Obligor  designated on
Exhibit M as owning a single Property as of the Cut-off Date.

                  "Special  Servicing  Fee" means an amount  equal to the sum of
(i)  1.5% of the Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  (calculated  before  deducting  the
Special  Servicing  Fee) of any  Contract  Receivable  that became a  Liquidated
Contract  Receivable  during the related  Collection Period (unless the Servicer
initially  received   Instructions   prior  to  the  Servicer   determining  the
appropriate  actions  to be  taken or  received  Directions  from the  Directing
Holders); and (ii) if there is a workout agreement or a restructuring  agreement
modifying the payment terms of a Defaulted Contract  Receivable,  if such fee is
paid by the  related  Obligor,  0.5% of the  restated  principal  amount  of the
Contract  Receivable  (the  "Workout  Fee"),  or, if such fee is not paid by the
related  Obligor,  0.5% of the principal  amount realized in cash by the Grantor
Trust (other than  scheduled  payments of principal and interest) at the time of
such restructuring (unless the Servicer initially received Instructions prior to
the  Servicer  determining  the  appropriate  actions  to be taken  or  received
Directions from the Directing Holders).

                  "Stated Final  Distribution  Date" has the meaning assigned to
such term in the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Sub-account"  has the  meaning  assigned  to such term in the
Pooling Agreement.

                  "Subordinate  Mortgage"  means  the  mortgage,  deed of trust,
indenture  of  mortgage  and deed of  trust or  similar  instrument  creating  a
subordinate lien on the related Obligor's Mortgaged Property and securing a Note
or Contract Right  Agreement,  as the case may be; provided,  however,  that the
subordinate mortgage instruments delivered by Bessomac,  Taber and Leyden do not
create a lien upon the related Obligor's Mortgaged Property.

                  "Supplemental  Agreement"  means the  Supplemental  Agreement,
dated as of October 1, 1995, among BT, as agent for the Seller,  the Seller, BT,
as Paying Agent, and certain  Obligors,  as amended by that certain Amendment to
Supplemental Agreement dated as of October 1, 1995.

                  "Taber"  means  Taber  Associates   Limited   Partnership,   a
Connecticut limited partnership.

                  "T-1 Allocated DPO Amount" has the meaning assigned in Section
6.05(d).

                  "T-1 Allocable  Payments" consist of the following payments on
each Contract Receivable (other than the Contract  Receivables listed on Exhibit
B), (i) the  payments of  principal  and  interest on such  Contract  Receivable
scheduled  to be made on or prior to the  applicable  T-1  Payment  End Date set
forth on Exhibit A hereto and received after the Closing Date,  (ii) the portion
of each  prepayment  of such  Contract  Receivable  allocable to such  scheduled
payments  (other than  interest  not yet  accrued as of the date of  prepayment)
pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof,  (iii) the portion of the Repurchase  Price and
Cure Amounts paid under  Section 3.02 and the purchase  price paid under Section
4.10 of such Contract Receivable  allocable to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate
pursuant  to  Section  6.03(h),  (l) or (m)  hereof,  (iv)  the Net  Liquidation
Proceeds of such Contract  Receivable up to the amount of the unpaid  balance of
the payments  described in clause (i) and (v) hereof (other than interest  which
has not yet  accrued as of the date of  determination),  (v) the portion of each
payment of a Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount (other than the Existing  Prepayment
Deficiency  Amounts for the Pinole  Contract  Receivable and the Jacway Contract
Receivable)  on such a Contract  Receivable  allocable to the Grantor  Trust T-1
Certificate  pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof and (vi) any other  payment on such
Contract  Receivable  allocated by the specific  terms of this  Agreement to the
Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate.

                  "T-1  Payment  End  Date"  means the date set forth as such on
Exhibit A attached hereto.

                  "T-2 Allocable  Payments" consist of the following payments on
each  Contract  Receivable,  (i) the payments of principal  and interest on such
Contract Receivable (other than the Contract Receivables on Exhibit B) scheduled
to be made  after the  applicable  T-1  Payment  End Date set forth on Exhibit A
hereto (other than the CRPSP Payment) and received after the Closing Date,  (ii)
the  portion of each  prepayment  of such  Contract  Receivable  (other than the
Contract  Receivables on Exhibit B) allocable to such scheduled  payments (other
than  interest not yet accrued as of the date of such  prepayment  but including
the CRPSP  Payment)  pursuant to Section 6.03  hereof,  (iii) the portion of the
Repurchase Price and Cure Amounts paid under Section 3.02 or purchase price paid
under  Section  4.10  of such  Contract  Receivable  (other  than  the  Contract
Receivables  on Exhibit B) in excess of the  amounts  allocated  to the  Grantor
Trust T-1 Certificate  pursuant to Section 6.03(h),  (l) or (m) hereof, (iv) the
Net Liquidation  Proceeds of such Contract  Receivable  (other than the Contract
Receivables on Exhibit B) in excess of the amount allocated to the Grantor Trust
T-1  Certificate,  (v) the portion of each  payment of a  Prepayment  Deficiency
Amount on such Contract  Receivable (other than a Contract Receivable on Exhibit
B) not allocable to the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate  pursuant to Section 6.03
hereof,  (vi)  all  payments  (including  payments  on a  Prepayment  Deficiency
Amount), prepayments, Net Liquidation Proceeds and Cure Amounts of each Contract
Receivable  listed on Exhibit B and received  after the Closing Date,  (vii) all
payments (including payments on a Prepayment Deficiency Amount), prepayments and
Net  Liquidation  Proceeds of each  Contract  Receivable  (or portions  thereof)
following  its  repurchase  as a result of a  Material  Breach of certain of the
representations   and   warranties   pursuant  to  Section   3.02,   (viii)  all
distributions  on or proceeds of the capital  stock of Derby,  Saber and Sentec,
the Sandwich Reserve Fund and the Derby and Sentec Reserve Account, and (ix) any
other payment on such  Contract  Receivable  allocated by the specific  terms of
this Agreement to the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates.

                  "T-2 Certificate Purchase Agreement" means the T-2 Certificate
Purchase  Agreement  dated as of the Closing Date between the Grantor  Trust and
the T-2 Holder.

                  "T-2 Holder" means T-Two  Partners,  L.P., a Delaware  limited
partnership.

                  "T-2 Share" means the ratio of the T-2 Allocable Payments with
respect to a Collection Period to the sum of the T-1 Allocable  Payments and the
T-2 Allocable Payments with respect to such Collection Period.

                  "Tenant"  means,  with respect to any  Property,  the original
tenant under an Underlying Lease and/or,  if applicable,  the Assignee,  if any,
designated on Exhibit D attached hereto.

                  "Transfer Date" means the first Business Day following the end
of the Collection Period.

                  "Treasury Regulations" means any temporary or final regulation
promulgated under the Code, as in effect from time to time.

                  "Trust"   means   the   Contract   Receivables    Pass-Through
Certificate Trust created under and pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Trust Reimbursable Expenses" has the meaning assigned to such
term in the Pooling Agreement.

                  "Trustee's  Fee" means the fees and  expenses  of the  Grantor
Trust Trustee as described in Section 11.06.

                  "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time
to time in the relevant jurisdiction.

                  "Underlying  Lease"  means  a  lease  agreement   affecting  a
Property  between the tenant named therein and either a Sandwich  Corporation or
an Obligor, and which is identified as such on the Underlying Lease Schedule.

                  "Underlying Lease Schedule" means the schedule attached hereto
as Exhibit T.

                  "Unmodified  Contract  Receivables"  means the Hertec Contract
Receivable, the Metec Contract Receivable, the Segair Note and the Utex Note.

                  "Utex Contract Receivable File" means, as to the Utex Note (a)
the Utex  Note;  (b) a copy of the  assignment  of the Utex  Note  evidencing  a
complete  chain  of  title of the Utex  Note  from IRL to BT,  as agent  for the
Grantor Trust; (c) the pledge of an undivided fractional interest in each of the
notes issued by Sablemart Associates Limited Partnership  ("Sablemart") which in
turn are secured by the First Mortgage encumbering Sablemart's  Properties;  (d)
copies of Underlying  Lease,  Master Lease and First  Mortgage  Documents in the
possession  of IRL on the  Closing  Date;  (e) a copy  of the  direction  letter
provided to the paying agent for the mortgagee under the related First Mortgage;
and (f) an original or copy of any amendments and modifications to the foregoing
in the possession of IRL on the Closing Date.

                  "Utex Note" means that certain Utex Corp.  22.71355%  Note Due
February 1, 1998 No. C(R),  in the  original  principal  amount of $174,834,  as
modified.

                  "Whole   Prepayment   Amount"   means,   as  of  any  date  of
determination,  an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal  balance of a
Contract Receivable and the unpaid interest accrued thereon.


                                   ARTICLE II

             CREATION OF TRUST; CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACT RECEIVABLES;
                              ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE

                  SECTION 2.01 Creation of Trust.  There is hereby  created,  by
the Seller and the Affiliated  Sellers,  as  depositors,  a separate trust which
shall be known as the Contract  Right Grantor Trust (the "Grantor  Trust").  The
Grantor Trust shall be administered pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement
for the benefit of holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates.

                  SECTION 2.02  Conveyance of Contract  Receivables.  Subject to
the conditions in Section 2.04, on the Closing Date, the Seller (with respect to
all of the  Contract  Receivables  except  the Utex Note and the  Segair  Note),
Presidio  (with  respect to the Segair  Note) and IRL (with  respect to the Utex
Note) shall sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Grantor
Trust by  execution  of an  assignment,  substantially  in the form of Exhibit P
hereto,  and the Grantor Trust shall purchase,  all right, title and interest of
the Seller and the Affiliated  Sellers in each Contract  Receivable,  including,
without limitation, (a) the related Note or the Utex Note or the Segair Note, as
the  case  may be,  or  Contract  Right  Agreement,  (b) all  rights  under  the
Subordinate  Mortgage or pledge of an undivided fractional interest in the notes
secured by the First Mortgage with respect to the Utex Note, as the case may be,
securing  such  Note,  the  Segair  Note,  the Utex Note or the  Contract  Right
Agreement,  as the case may be (or,  in the  case of the  Subordinate  Mortgages
granted by Bessomac,  Taber and Leyden,  all right to enforce the covenants made
in the Subordinate  Mortgage by the Obligor for the benefit of the  Noteholder),
(c) all rights to payments due and received on such  Contract  Receivable on and
after the Cut-off Date, (d) all rights under the related Paying Agent Agreement,
including  rights to the Collateral  Account,  (e) all rights under the Sandwich
Pledge Agreement (if any) relating to such Contract Receivable, (f) all proceeds
in any way  derived  on and after  the  Cut-off  Date from any of the  foregoing
items,  and (g) all  documents  contained  or  required to be  contained  in the
Contract  Receivable  Files. To facilitate the servicing of the related Contract
Receivables and as additional  credit  enhancement,  the Seller shall also sell,
transfer,  assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Grantor Trust all of the
capital stock of Derby,  Saber and Sentec.  The Seller,  Presidio and IRL hereby
release absolutely and irrevocably any and all interest which any of them may at
any time have in the  Recordation  Escrow Account (except as provided in Section
6.02),  the Sandwich  Reserve Fund,  the Derby and Sentec Reserve  Account,  the
Rating Agency Reserve Fund, the Collection  Account (including the Sub-account),
the  Certificate  Account and the Pledged  Funds.  In exchange  for the Contract
Receivables and the capital stock and release described above, the Grantor Trust
shall pay to the Seller  $201,721,283.23  (plus the additional  amounts, if any,
payable  from  time  to  time  pursuant  to  Section  6.02),   pay  to  Presidio
$1,655,998.22 and pay to IRL  $3,622,496.10 in immediately  available funds. The
parties  intend and agree that the conveyance of the Seller's and the Affiliated
Sellers'  right,  title and interest in and to each Contract  Receivable and the
capital  stock of Derby,  Saber and  Sentec  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall
constitute  absolute  sales to the Grantor  Trust,  and not secured loans by the
Seller and the Affiliated Sellers to the Grantor Trust.

                  SECTION  2.03  Acceptance  by Grantor  Trust  Trustee.  On the
Closing  Date,  BT, on behalf of the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  shall  deliver a
certificate to the Seller and each Affiliated Seller,  substantially in the form
of Exhibit Q hereto,  acknowledging  conveyance  of the capital  stock of Derby,
Saber and Sentec,  each Contract Receivable and the Contract Receivable Files to
the Grantor Trust Trustee and declaring  that BT, on behalf of the Grantor Trust
Trustee,  will hold all  Contract  Receivables  and the capital  stock of Derby,
Saber and Sentec that have been  delivered in trust,  upon the trusts herein set
forth, for the use and benefit of all holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates,
subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The transfer, assignment,
and conveyance of the Contract Receivables and the capital stock of Derby, Saber
and  Sentec,  and the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee's  acceptance  thereof,  does not
constitute and is not intended to constitute an assumption by the Grantor Trust,
the Grantor Trust Trustee or any holder of a Grantor  Trust  Certificate  of any
obligation  of the  Seller or the  Affiliated  Sellers  in  connection  with the
Contract  Receivables or the capital stock of Derby,  Saber and Sentec, or under
any agreement or instrument  relating  thereto,  except (with respect to the T-2
Holder) as  provided  in Section  2.05 and except  (with  respect to the Grantor
Trust) the  obligations  under the Contract  Receivable  Documents of the holder
thereof   subject  to  which  the  Grantor   Trust  is  acquiring  the  Contract
Receivables.  Upon  the  order  of the  Seller  (on  behalf  of  itself  and the
Affiliated  Sellers),  the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate  shall be issued to the
Trust in exchange for the  Certificates  and the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates
shall be issued to the T-2 Holder in exchange for the consideration described in
Section 2.05.

                  SECTION 2.04      Closing Conditions.

                  On or before the Closing  Date, BT shall deliver the following
documents to the Grantor Trust Trustee:

                  (a)  Opinion of counsel for BT,  substantially  in the form of
Exhibit R hereto;

                  (b) An Officer's Certificate having attached thereto copies of
resolutions  of the board of directors of BT approving the  execution,  delivery
and  performance  of any contract,  document,  instrument,  certificate or other
writing that it may be necessary,  or  appropriate  to execute for, or on behalf
of, BT in the conduct of its lawful business;

                  (c)  An  Officer's  Certificate  appointing  and  listing  the
Servicing Officers;

                  (d) A blanket  assignment of the Contract  Receivables for the
transfer of the Contract  Receivables from the Seller and each Affiliated Seller
to the Grantor Trust substantially in the form of Exhibit P hereto;

                  (e) An  Officer's  Certificate  substantially  in the  form of
Exhibit Q hereto;

                  (f)  A  certificate  of  BT  confirming  the  deposit  in  the
Collection Account of $859,565 and in the Reserve Fund of $26,550,  constituting
all funds  received  with respect to the Contract  Receivables  on and after the
Cut-off  Date to the Closing Date and of the deposit of  $10,650,000,  $150,000,
$9,415,190,  $150,000,  $915,000,  $915,000 and $263,741 in,  respectively,  the
Repurchase  Reserve Fund, the Rating Agency Reserve Fund, the Recordation Escrow
Account,  the Derby and Sentec Reserve  Account,  the Saber Sandwich  Investment
Account, the Sandwich Reserve Fund and the Sub-account; and

                  (g)  An  Officer's  Certificate  of BT  stating  that  BT  has
accepted its role as GT Collateral Agent,  Custodian,  Grantor Trust Certificate
Registrar and Servicer  hereunder and confirming its appointment as Paying Agent
under the Paying Agent  Agreements,  agent under the Sandwich Pledge  Agreements
and mortgagee or beneficiary under the Subordinate Mortgages.

                  SECTION 2.05 Consideration for Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates;
Conditions to Issuance of Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates.

                  As a condition to the  issuance and sale by the Grantor  Trust
of the  Grantor  Trust  T-2  Certificates,  the T-2  Holder  shall  deliver  the
following  consideration  to the Servicer on behalf of the Grantor Trust Trustee
(and to the REMIC  Trustee in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv)) on the Closing
Date:

                  (i) acknowledgment, by a counterpart to this Agreement, by the
T-2 Holder of its acceptance of the obligations under Sections 2.05, 2.07, 3.02,
4.05(l), 4.20(h), 6.03, 6.05, 7.02, 7.03, 13.10 and 13.16 herein;

                  (ii) the T-2 Certificate Purchase Agreement,  duly executed by
the T-2 Holder;

                  (iii) the Reserve Fund Indemnity  Agreement,  duly executed by
the T-2 Holder;

                  (iv) the Reserve Fund Pledge  Agreement,  duly executed by the
T-2 Holder;

                  (v) the  Repurchase  Reserve Fund  Indemnity  Agreement,  duly
executed by the T-2 Holder;

                  (vi)  the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund  Pledge  Agreement,  duly
executed by the T-2 Holder; and

                  (vii)  payment by the T-2  Holder,  in  immediately  available
funds of $20,030,000 to the Grantor Trust.

                  SECTION 2.06 Issuance of the  Certificates;  Payment to Holder
of Class R Certificate.

                  On the Closing  Date,  the Grantor  Trust shall issue  written
instructions  to the REMIC Trustee to cause the  authentication  and delivery of
the Offered  Certificates to the order of the Initial  Purchaser and the Class R
Certificate to T-Two Corp.,  upon receipt of payment of the amount specified for
the Offered  Certificates in the Certificate  Purchase  Agreement in the case of
the Initial  Purchaser  and the payment to T-Two Corp. in the case of the holder
of the Class R Certificate of $1,500,000.

                  SECTION 2.07      Irrevocable Instructions of T-2 Holder.

                  The T-2 Holder hereby irrevocably  instructs the Servicer,  at
all times prior to the REMIC  Liquidation  Date,  to deposit  all T-2  Allocable
Payments  (other  than the  distributions  on or proceeds of the stock of Derby,
Saber and Sentec which shall be applied in  accordance  with this  Agreement) in
the Reserve Fund.


                                   ARTICLE III

                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; THE CUSTODIAN;
                              THE COLLATERAL AGENT

                  SECTION 3.01  Representations and Warranties.  (a) Each of the
Seller and the Affiliated Sellers severally represents and warrants as to itself
to the Grantor Trust that, as of the Closing Date:

                           (1)  The  Seller  is  a  limited   partnership   duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware;  Presidio is a company duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good
standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands;  and IRL is a corporation
duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
State of Delaware.

                           (2) It has taken all  necessary  action to  authorize
the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this Agreement by it, it has duly
executed and  delivered  this  Agreement  and it has the power and  authority to
execute,   deliver  and  perform  this   Agreement  and  all  the   transactions
contemplated hereby,  including,  but not limited to, the power and authority to
sell,  assign and  transfer  the  Contract  Receivables  and, in the case of the
Seller,  the capital stock of Derby,  Saber and Sentec,  in accordance with this
Agreement;

                           (3) Assuming  the due  authorization,  execution  and
delivery of this Agreement by the other parties  hereto,  this Agreement and all
of its  obligations  hereunder  are its legal,  valid and  binding  obligations,
enforceable  in  accordance  with the  terms of this  Agreement,  except as such
enforcement   may  be  limited  by   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,
liquidation,  receivership,  moratorium  or other laws  relating to or affecting
creditors' rights generally,  or by general  principles of equity (regardless of
whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

                           (4) The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and
its  performance  of its  obligations  hereunder  shall  not  conflict  with any
provision of any law or  regulation  to which it is subject,  or conflict  with,
result in a breach of or constitute a default under any of the terms, conditions
or  provisions of any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which
it is bound, or any order or decree  applicable to it, or result in the creation
or  imposition  of any  lien  on any of its  assets  or  property,  which  would
materially  and  adversely  affect  its  ability  to carry out the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement;  and it has obtained  any  consent,  approval,
authorization or order of any court or governmental  agency or body required for
its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

                           (5) There is no action,  suit or  proceeding  pending
against  it in any  court or by or  before  any  other  governmental  agency  or
instrumentality which would materially and adversely affect its ability to carry
out its obligations under this Agreement; and

                           (6) It has not  dealt  with  any  broker,  investment
banker,  agent or other person (other than the Grantor Trust,  the Grantor Trust
Trustee,  the Trust, the REMIC Trustee, BT, the Initial Purchaser and attorneys,
accountants  and  financial  advisors  to the  foregoing  and to it)  who may be
entitled to any commission or  compensation  in connection  with the sale of the
Contract Receivables or the capital stock of Derby, Saber and Sentec.

                  (b) Each of the Seller and the  Affiliated  Sellers  severally
represents and warrants with respect to the Contract  Receivables  sold by it to
the  Grantor  Trust  (except  that,   unless   specifically   noted  below,   no
representation is made with respect to the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables and
the Dalcin  Contract  Receivable)  that as of the date specified below or, if no
such date is specified, as of the Closing Date:

                           (1)  The   information  set  forth  in  the  Contract
Receivable  Schedule with respect to each  Contract  Receivable  (including  the
Unmodified Contract  Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable) is true and
correct in all  material  respects  at the date or dates  respecting  which such
information is furnished;

                           (2)  Immediately  prior  to  the  assignment  of  the
Contract  Receivables  (including the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables  and the
Dalcin Contract  Receivable) to the Grantor Trust, it had good title to, and was
the sole owner of, each  Contract  Receivable  and the  capital  stock of Derby,
Saber and Sentec free and clear of any  pledge,  lien,  encumbrance  or security
interest  and  such  assignment  validly  transfers  ownership  of the  Contract
Receivables  and the  capital  stock of Derby,  Saber and Sentec to the  Grantor
Trust free and clear of any pledge, lien, encumbrance or security interest;

                           (3) It has not taken any action  that would cause the
representations  and warranties made by any Obligor (including the Obligor under
the Dalcin  Contract  Receivable),  or its nominee,  in any Contract  Receivable
Document not to be true in any material respect;

                           (4) It has no  knowledge  that  the  representations,
warranties  or  certifications  provided by any Obligor  (including  the Obligor
under the Dalcin Contract  Receivable) in any Contract  Receivable  Document are
not true in any material respect;

                           (5) It has no  knowledge  that  any  information  set
forth in the  estoppel  letters  provided  by the  Tenants,  Lessees  and  First
Mortgagees is not true in any material  respect  (including  with respect to the
Dalcin Contract Receivable);

                           (6)  The   interest  in  each   individual   Contract
Receivable  (including  the  Unmodified  Contract  Receivables  and  the  Dalcin
Contract  Receivable) to be evidenced by the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate meets
the definition of a qualified  mortgage under Section  860G(a)(3)(A) of the Code
and Treasury Regulations Section 1.860G-2(a)(1);

                           (7) Each  Contract  Receivable  File  (including  the
Contract  Receivable Files with respect to the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables
and  the  Dalcin  Contract  Receivable)  contains  each  of  the  documents  and
instruments specified in the definition of such term to be included therein duly
executed and in due and proper form;

                           (8) Each Property (and with respect to the Unmodified
Contract Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable, the property secured by
the related  Subordinate  Mortgage or the First Mortgage indirectly securing the
Utex Note) consists of one or more parcels of real property in which the related
Obligor has the  following  interests:  (a) fee simple  ownership of the related
land and improvements,  or (b) fee simple ownership of the related  improvements
and a leasehold  interest  in the  related  land,  which  leasehold  interest is
provided  pursuant  to a  lease  which,  to the  best of its  knowledge,  has an
unexpired  term  which  is not  less  than  the  unexpired  Primary  Term of the
Underlying Lease for the related  Property,  or (c) a leasehold  interest in the
related  improvements  and a  leasehold  interest  in the  related  land,  which
leasehold  interest or interests are provided  pursuant to a lease which, to the
best of its  knowledge,  has an  unexpired  term  which  is not  less  than  the
unexpired Primary Term of the Underlying Lease for the related Property,  or (d)
fee title to the  improvements and an estate for years in the land which, to the
best of its knowledge, expires no earlier than the unexpired Primary Term of the
Underlying  Lease for the  related  Property  and an option to ground  lease the
related Property pursuant to a ground lease which, to the best of its knowledge,
has a term  commencing as of the day following the termination of the estate for
years, or (e) a leasehold  interest in the  improvements and an estate for years
in a leasehold  interest  in the land which  leasehold  interest  and estate for
years,  to the best of its  knowledge,  expire  no  earlier  than the  unexpired
Primary Term of the Underlying  Lease for the related  Property and an option to
lease the land and improvements from the holder of the remainder interest in the
leasehold  estate which,  to the best of its knowledge,  commences as of the day
following the termination of the estate for years; and all of the aforementioned
leasehold  interests are provided  pursuant to leases which,  to the best of its
knowledge,  (i) shall  expire  (assuming  the  exercise  of  applicable  renewal
options) at least ten years  after the date the last  scheduled  installment  of
principal and interest is due under the related Contract  Receivable and (ii) in
the case of leasehold  interests  described in clause (b) impose no  obligations
upon the  related  Obligor  or  Sandwich  Corporation  which  are not,  in turn,
directly or indirectly assumed by the related Lessee;

                           (9) Each Contract Receivable (including in respect of
the Unmodified Contract Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable) provides
for  monthly,  quarterly  or  semi-annual  payments  which are, if timely  paid,
sufficient to fully amortize the principal  balance of such Contract  Receivable
on or before its maturity  date  (including  in many cases a balloon  payment at
maturity);

                           (10)  Except for  Bessomac,  Leyden  and Taber,  each
Subordinate  Mortgage (and, with respect to the Dalcin  Contract  Receivable and
the Unmodified Contract  Receivables,  the related  Subordinate  Mortgage or the
First Mortgage  indirectly  securing the Utex Note) is a valid,  enforceable and
duly  perfected  lien of record  on  and/or  security  interest  in its  related
Mortgaged  Property  subject  only to  Permitted  Exceptions  (as defined in the
Subordinate  Mortgage)  for the  related  Mortgaged  Property,  which  Permitted
Exceptions  (except for the related First  Mortgage) do not,  individually or in
the  aggregate,  materially  and  adversely  affect the benefits of the security
intended to be provided by such Subordinate Mortgage;

                           (11)  To the  best  of  its  knowledge,  no  Contract
Receivable  is  subject to any right of  rescission,  set-off,  counterclaim  or
defense,  including the defense of usury,  nor shall the operation of any of the
terms of any Contract  Receivable  Document  (including those for the Unmodified
Contract Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable), or the exercise of any
right  thereunder,  render such Contract  Receivable  Document  unenforceable in
whole or in part (subject to the qualification that certain provisions contained
in  the  Contract  Receivable  Documents  may  not  be  enforceable,   but  such
unenforceability  shall not render such Contract Receivable Documents invalid as
a whole or substantially  interfere with the realization of the benefits thereof
and/or the security intended to be provided thereby), or subject to any right of
rescission,  set-off,  counterclaim or defense,  including the defense of usury,
and no such right of  rescission,  set-off,  counterclaim  or  defense  has been
asserted with respect thereto;

                           (12)  To the  best  of  its  knowledge,  there  is no
proceeding  pending or threatened for the total or partial  condemnation  of any
Property  related to any of the Contract  Receivables  (including the Unmodified
Contract  Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable) which would either (i)
give rise to a Schedule C Event or (ii)  entitle any Lessee to an  abatement  of
rent which would cause the Scheduled  Rent for such Property to be less than (a)
if the Property is owned by a Single Property Obligor,  the sum of the Aggregate
Debt Service Payments and the payments to be made under the Contract Receivable,
or (b) if the Property is owned by a Multiple Property  Obligor,  the product of
(A) the sum of the Aggregate  Debt Service  Payments and the payments to be made
under the Contract Receivable and (B) the Allocable Fraction for such Property;

                           (13) Each  Contract  Receivable  Document  (including
those  for  the  Unmodified   Contract   Receivables  and  the  Dalcin  Contract
Receivable) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each party thereto and
is enforceable in accordance with its terms, except only as such enforcement may
be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or other
similar laws  affecting the  enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally and by
general  principles of equity  (whether  considered in a proceeding or action in
equity  or at  law),  subject  to  the  qualification  that  certain  provisions
contained in such Contract Receivable Document may not be enforceable,  but such
unenforceability shall not render such Contract Receivable Document invalid as a
whole or  substantially  interfere with the realization of the benefits  thereof
and/or the security  intended to be provided  thereby;  all parties to each such
Contract  Receivable  Document  had full  legal  capacity  to  execute  all such
Contract  Receivable  Documents  and convey any estate  therein  purported to be
conveyed,  and each such Contract Receivable Document has been duly and properly
executed  by such  parties,  and  (except  with  respect to the Dalcin  Contract
Receivable and the Unmodified Contract  Receivables) it has obtained opinions of
counsel to such effect; none of such Contract  Receivable  Documents violate any
applicable usury laws or regulations;

                           (14)  None  of  the  Contract  Receivable   Documents
(including those for the Unmodified Contract Receivables and the Dalcin Contract
Receivable) have been amended or modified in any material  respect,  except by a
written instrument which is reflected on the Contract Receivable Schedule;

                           (15)  Except for  Bessomac,  Leyden  and Taber,  each
Subordinate  Mortgage (and with respect to the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables
and the Dalcin  Contract  Receivable,  the related  Subordinate  Mortgage or the
First Mortgage  indirectly securing the Utex Note) was duly recorded or properly
filed  in the  appropriate  recording  or  filing  office  for the  purposes  of
perfecting  the liens and security  interests  provided for therein  against the
property specified therein and except as set forth on Exhibit K at least 91 days
prior to the Closing Date;

                           (16) No  instrument  of  release  or waiver  has been
executed in connection  with any Contract  Receivable  (including the Unmodified
Contract  Receivables and the Dalcin  Contract  Receivable) by it or its agents,
and no Obligor,  Tenant,  Guarantor or (except in cases where a Master Lease has
been  terminated  and the Lessee has attorned to the related  Obligor  under the
terms of a related Underlying Lease) Sandwich Corporation has been released,  in
whole or in part (other than  pursuant to an order of a  Bankruptcy  Court or by
operation of law), from its obligations under the Contract Receivable Documents,
Underlying Lease, Guaranty or (except as provided above) Master Lease;

                           (17)  There  is no  obligation  on  the  part  of the
holders of any of the Contract  Receivables  (including the Unmodified  Contract
Receivables  and the Dalcin  Contract  Receivable) to make future advances under
any of the Contract Receivables;

                           (18) All costs, fees and expenses incurred in making,
closing or recording the Contract Receivables (including the Unmodified Contract
Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable) were paid;

                           (19) Each Contract  Receivable  (including the Dalcin
Contract Receivable and the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables) is not secured by
any collateral,  pledged account or other security except the liens and security
interests provided for in the Contract Receivable Documents related thereto;

                           (20) Except  pursuant to the Paying Agent  Agreements
(including  with respect to the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables and the Dalcin
Contract  Receivable)  and with  respect  to  Noteholder  Expenses,  there is no
obligation  on the part of it or any other party to make payments in addition to
those made or to be made by any Obligor under the Contract Receivable  Documents
(including those for the Unmodified Contract Receivables and the Dalcin Contract
Receivable);

                           (21) With respect to each Subordinate  Mortgage (and,
with respect to the  Unmodified  Contract  Receivables  and the Dalcin  Contract
Receivable,  the related  Subordinate  Mortgage or the First Mortgage indirectly
securing the Utex Note) constituting a deed of trust, a trustee,  duly qualified
under  applicable  law to serve  as  such,  has  been  properly  designated  and
currently so serves and is named in such Subordinate Mortgage;

                           (22) With respect to the execution,  delivery and (if
applicable) recording and filing of each Contract Receivable Document (including
those  for  the  Unmodified   Contract   Receivables  and  the  Dalcin  Contract
Receivable)  relating  to each  Contract  Receivable  either  (i) no  consent is
required  on the part of the holder of the related  First  Mortgage or (ii) such
consent has been obtained;

                           (23)  Except for  Bessomac,  Taber and  Leyden,  each
Subordinate  Mortgage  (including,  with  respect  to  the  Unmodified  Contract
Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable, the related Subordinate Mortgage
or the First Mortgage  indirectly  securing the Utex Note) contains  enforceable
provisions  which are  customary  in the State in which the related  Property is
located for second  mortgages (or, in the case of the First Mortgage  indirectly
securing  the Utex Note,  first  mortgages)  and which,  subject to the superior
rights  of the  First  Mortgagee  under the  First  Mortgage  Documents  and the
restrictions imposed upon the implementation of such provisions by virtue of the
First Mortgage,  render the rights and remedies of the holder of the Subordinate
Mortgage  adequate for the  realization  against the  Mortgaged  Property of the
benefits  of the  security  granted  therein;  each  such  Subordinate  Mortgage
provides for the  appointment of a receiver for rents in the event of default or
allows the  mortgagee  to enter  into  possession  to  collect  the rents of its
related  Property or  Properties,  subject to the  superior  rights of the First
Mortgagee under the First Mortgage  Documents and the restrictions  imposed upon
the implementation of such provisions by virtue of the First Mortgage;

                           (24) There is no statutory exemption available to the
Obligor  which would  materially  interfere  with the right of the holder of the
Contract  Receivables  (including the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables  and the
Dalcin  Contract  Receivable)  to sell the  Property at a trustee's  sale or the
right to foreclose on the Subordinate Mortgage;

                           (25) There is no default,  breach, violation or event
of acceleration existing under any Contract Receivable Document (including those
for the Unmodified Contract  Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable) and
no event which,  with the passage of time or with notice and the  expiration  of
any grace or cure period, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event
of  acceleration;  and neither it nor any of its agents has waived any  default,
breach,  violation or event of  acceleration;  and to the best of its knowledge,
there is no existing circumstance or condition with respect to any such Contract
Receivable,  Property  or Obligor  that in its sole  opinion can  reasonably  be
expected to cause the related Contract  Receivable to become subject to imminent
default;

                           (26) No Obligor  (including  the  Obligors  under the
Unmodified Contract Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable) is currently
a debtor in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding;

                           (27)  With  respect  to  each   Contract   Receivable
(including  the  Unmodified   Contract   Receivables  and  the  Dalcin  Contract
Receivable) (a) each Underlying Lease and, if any,  Guaranty and Master Lease is
in full force and effect and has not been  amended,  modified,  supplemented  or
superseded except as set forth in the Underlying Lease Schedule, (b) no party to
an  Underlying  Lease or, if any,  Guaranty or Master Lease is in default  under
such Underlying  Lease,  Guaranty or Master Lease beyond  applicable  notice and
cure periods,  (c) there is currently no defense,  offset, claim or counterclaim
by or in favor of any Lessee, Tenant or Guarantor under any Underlying Lease or,
if any, Guaranty or in favor of any Sandwich  Corporation under any Master Lease
or against the obligations of any Lessee, Tenant or, if any, Guarantor under any
Underlying  Lease or, if any,  Guaranty or any  Sandwich  Corporation  under any
Master  Lease,   (d)  there  has  not  been  any  prior  transfer,   assignment,
hypothecation or pledge of any Obligor's or Sandwich  Corporation's  interest in
any Underlying  Lease or, if any,  Guaranty or Master Lease,  except pursuant to
(i)  assignments  of leases and rents  delivered in connection  with the related
First Mortgage and, in the case of the Segair Note, the assignment  delivered in
connection with the second priority  mortgage  encumbering the Segair  Property,
(ii) the Subordinate Mortgage(s) and (iii) the Collateral Assignment(s), if any,
for the related  Property or Properties and the Section 2.09 Agreement,  (e) the
base  minimum  rent under each  Underlying  Lease and any Master Lease is in the
amounts,  and is  payable  on the  dates,  set  forth  on the  Underlying  Lease
Schedule,  all such base minimum rent is not  delinquent  under the terms of the
Underlying  Leases and, if any, the Master Leases as of the date hereof,  and no
Advance Rental Payment (as defined in the Supplemental Agreement) has been made,
(f) each  Collateral  Assignment,  if any, is in full force and effect as of the
date hereof,  and has not been  amended,  modified,  supplemented  or superseded
except as set forth in the  Contract  Receivable  Schedule,  and (g) each Tenant
which is not a Lessee  under its  related  Underlying  Lease is  liable  for the
payment and  performance  of such  Lessee's  obligations  under such  Underlying
Lease, and each Guarantor,  if any, is liable for the payment and performance of
its related Tenant's obligations under such Tenant's related Underlying Lease;

                           (28) It and BT, as its agent  (including with respect
to the Unmodified Contract Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable),  are
(1) in compliance with any and all applicable licensing requirements of the laws
of the state wherein each Property is located,  and (2)(A)  organized  under the
law of such state,  or (B)  qualified  to do business in such state,  or (C) not
doing  business  in such  state so as to  require  qualification  or  licensing;
assuming that the Grantor  Trust's sole activity in each state in which there is
a Property is to own the related Contract  Receivable and to receive and collect
the payments due  thereunder  (and the Trust's sole activity in each state is to
own the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  and to exercise  the rights  under this
Agreement  related  thereto),  the  Grantor  Trust  and the  Trust  shall not be
required to qualify to do business or to be licensed in such state or be subject
to the imposition of any tax of such state or any subdivision thereof;

                           (29) To the best of its  knowledge,  with  respect to
those Contract  Receivables  (including the Unmodified Contract  Receivables and
the  Dalcin  Contract  Receivable)  that are  secured  in whole or in part by an
interest of an Obligor as a lessee under a Ground  Lease:  (A) such Ground Lease
or an  estoppel or consent  letter or lender  protective  agreement  permits the
interest of the lessee  thereunder to be  encumbered by the related  Subordinate
Mortgage and there has been no amendment  or  modification  to the terms of such
Ground Lease which would  materially  and adversely  affect the Grantor  Trust's
ability to realize upon the security provided for under the related  Subordinate
Mortgage;  (B) subject to the superior  rights of the First  Mortgagee under the
First  Mortgage  Documents,  it and its successors and assigns have the right to
succeed to the  Obligor's  interest  in each  Ground  Lease upon  notice to, but
without  the  consent  of, the lessor  thereunder  (or,  if any such  consent is
required,  it has been obtained  prior to the Closing  Date),  provided,  in the
event  that it, or its  successors  and  assigns,  shall have  succeeded  to the
interest of the Obligor, as lessee under the Ground Lease, by foreclosure of the
related Subordinate Mortgage or acceptance of an assignment in lieu thereof, the
consent of such lessor may be required for any subsequent assignment; and (C) as
of the  Closing  Date,  each  Ground  Lease is in full  force and  effect and no
default  beyond  applicable  notice and cure periods has occurred under any such
Ground Lease;

                           (30) The  information  set  forth  on the  Underlying
Lease Schedule  (including with respect to the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables
and the Dalcin Contract  Receivable)  with respect to each Underlying Lease and,
to the best of its knowledge,  Guaranty thereof is true, correct and complete in
all  material  respects as of the date or dates upon which such  information  is
furnished, and no change has occurred with respect to the facts or circumstances
set forth therein from and after such date or dates;

                           (31) To the  best  of its  knowledge,  no  Rejectable
Offer or event which would give rise to a Rejectable  Offer has  occurred  since
October 17, 1995 with respect to any of the Contract Receivables  (including the
Unmodified Contract  Receivables and the Dalcin Contract  Receivable) except for
(A) Autolane  Associates Limited  Partnership which has received notice from the
Lessee of its Banning,  California Property that the Lessee intends to terminate
the Underlying Lease with respect to the Property,  together with an irrevocable
offer by the  Lessee  to  purchase  the  Property  for the  related  Schedule  C
Prepayment  Amount,  (B)  Waldrest  Associates  Limited  Partnership  which  has
received notice from the Lessee of its St. Petersburg, Florida Property that the
Lessee intends to terminate the  Underlying  Lease with respect to the Property,
together  with an  irrevocable  offer by the Lessee to purchase the Property for
the related  Schedule C Prepayment  Amount,  and (C) Sunway  Associates  Limited
Partnership  which has  received  notice from the Lessee of its Payson,  Arizona
Property that the Lessee intends to terminate the Underlying  Lease with respect
to the  Property,  and  intends to make an  irrevocable  offer to  purchase  the
Property for the related Schedule C Prepayment Amount (provided, that subsequent
to Sunway's  receipt of such  notice,  Seller  received  notice that Sunway will
voluntarily prepay the portion of its indebtedness allocable to such Property);

                           (32) To the best of its  knowledge,  no Lessee or any
other party which has a right to exercise a Purchase  Option has  exercised  any
Purchase Option with respect to any of the Contract  Receivables  (including the
Unmodified Contract Receivables and the Dalcin Contract Receivable);

                           (33)  The   holder   of  each   Contract   Receivable
(including the Hertec Contract Receivable, the Metec Contract Receivable and the
Dalcin Contract  Receivable) shall have a valid,  enforceable and duly perfected
lien on all amounts held by the Paying Agent in the Collateral  Account pursuant
to the terms of its related Paying Agent Agreement;

                           (34)  With  respect  to  each   Contract   Receivable
(including the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables  (other than the Utex Note) and
the Dalcin Contract Receivable),  (a) a direction letter in the form attached to
the related Paying Agent Agreement has been provided to (i) the lessee under the
related  Underlying  Lease or (ii) the First  Mortgagee  or the paying  agent or
trustee for the related First  Mortgagee (the entities  described in clauses (i)
and (ii) are referred to herein as the  "Payor"),  as  applicable,  (b) there is
currently  no dispute with  respect to such  Payor's  obligation  to pay rent in
excess of First  Mortgage debt  service,  trustee or paying agent fees (if any),
UCC filing fees and other sums then due and payable under the First  Mortgage to
the Paying Agent,  and (c) in the case of any  Underlying  Lease on which rental
payments  were due on or after  January 1, 1996 and prior to March 1, 1996,  the
Paying Agent has received  all payments  which were due on the related  Contract
Receivable  prior to March 1, 1996;  with  respect to the Utex Note, a direction
letter has been  provided to the paying  agent for the related  First  Mortgagee
directing  such paying agent to remit the portion of First Mortgage debt service
allocable to the Utex Note to the Paying Agent;

                           (35) Each Underlying Lease (including with respect to
the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables  and the Dalcin  Contract  Receivable) (i)
imposes on the Lessee all obligations with respect to the operation, maintenance
or use of the leased Properties (including,  but not limited to, the obligations
to comply with laws and to pay real estate taxes and assessments), and (ii) is a
"net  lease"  and  provides  that the  Tenant's  obligation  to pay fixed  rent,
additional  rent and all  other  sums  payable  by the  Tenant  pursuant  to the
Underlying  Lease shall be paid without notice,  demand,  counterclaim,  setoff,
deduction or defense and without abatement,  suspension , deferment,  diminution
or  reduction  of any  kind  whatsoever,  except  as may be  expressly  provided
therein;

                           (36) No sums  have been  advanced  by or on behalf of
any  holder of the  Contract  Receivables  (including  the  Unmodified  Contract
Receivables and the Dalcin  Contract  Receivable) for the purposes of paying any
sums due and payable by the Obligors thereunder;

                           (37) Each Obligor (including with respect to the Utex
Note)  which is a party to a Master  Lease has  acquired,  free and clear of any
liens,  claims and encumbrances  (except for certain  permitted  exceptions) the
absolute  right  to  receive  all  amounts  payable  to  its  related   Sandwich
Corporation  under the related  Master Lease (i) as the result of any Schedule C
Event and (ii) as a result of the exercise of any  Purchase  Option set forth in
the related  Underlying  Lease and such rights are included within the Mortgaged
Property subject to the lien of the related Subordinate Mortgage;

                           (38)  Each  Sandwich   Corporation   (including  with
respect  to Hertec,  Metec,  Dalcin and  Segair)  is a duly  formed and  validly
existing United States  corporation whose certificate of incorporation  contains
"bankruptcy remote" type provisions  substantially similar to those in Exhibit U
attached hereto; each Obligor (including LCB) which is a party to a Master Lease
is the equitable and beneficial owner, by virtue of a Nominee  Agreement,  dated
as of October 1, 1995, with The Sandwich  Services,  L.L.C., of all of the stock
of the Sandwich  Corporation which is a party to such Master Lease; BT, as agent
for  the  holder  of the  related  Contract  Receivable,  shall  have  a  valid,
enforceable and duly perfected lien on such stock;

                           (39) No Contract Receivable (including the Unmodified
Contract  Receivables  and the Dalcin Contract  Receivable)  contains any equity
participation  by the  holder  of the  Contract  Receivable,  and each  Contract
Receivable is a whole loan and not a participation certificate;

                           (40) To the best of its knowledge,  no default beyond
applicable notice or cure periods is currently existing under any First Mortgage
Documents  (including those relating to the Unmodified Contract  Receivables and
the Dalcin Contract Receivable);

                           (41)  As  of  the  Cut-off  Date,   the  most  recent
scheduled  payment  on  each  Contract  Receivable  (including  each  Unmodified
Contract  Receivable  and the Dalcin  Contract  Receivable)  was made or was not
delinquent more than 60 days;

                           (42)  The  interest  in  each   individual   Contract
Receivable  (including  each  Unmodified  Contract  Receivable  and  the  Dalcin
Contract  Receivable) to be evidenced by the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate has a
loan-to-value  ratio no greater than 125% at the Closing  Date.  For purposes of
computing such  loan-to-value  ratio,  (i) the amount of the loan at the Closing
Date is equal to the "adjusted issue price" of the interest of the Grantor Trust
T-1 Certificate in the Contract Receivable, as determined for Federal income tax
purposes,  and (ii) the fair market value of the Property must be reduced by the
amount of any lien that is senior to the mortgage  applicable to the interest of
the  Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  in the  Contract  Receivable,  and must be
further  reduced by a  proportionate  amount of any lien that is in parity  with
such applicable mortgage;

                           (43) The information in the "Data Base" and "Presidio
Electronic  Files" referred to in the Agreed Upon Procedures  Letter  (including
with respect to the  Unmodified  Contract  Receivables  and the Dalcin  Contract
Receivable)  is true,  correct and complete in all  material  respects as of the
date or dates upon which such  information was obtained and reviewed by Deloitte
&  Touche  LLP,  and no  change  has  occurred  with  respect  to the  facts  or
circumstances set forth therein from and after such date or dates;

                           (44) The information contained in Exhibit S, is true,
correct and complete in all material respects; and

                           (45)  No  Contract   Receivable  has  any  Prepayment
Deficiency Amount outstanding,  except for the Dalcin Contract  Receivable,  the
Jacway  Contract  Receivable,  the  Bedcar  Contract  Receivable  and the Pinole
Contract Receivable.

                  (c) The Seller represents and warrants, that as of the Closing
Date:

                           (1) Each of Derby,  Saber and Sentec is a corporation
duly  organized,  validly  existing  and in  good  standing  under  the  laws of
Delaware,  and has the requisite  corporate  power and lawful  authority to own,
lease  or  operate  its  assets,  properties  and  business  and to carry on its
business as it is now being conducted.  Each of Derby,  Saber and Sentec is duly
qualified as a foreign  corporation  authorized to transact business,  and is in
good standing,  in each  jurisdiction  in which the character of its properties,
owned or  leased,  or the  nature of its  activities  makes  such  qualification
necessary;

                           (2) The capital  stock of Derby,  Saber and Sentec to
be delivered to the Grantor  Trust  Trustee on the Closing Date will  constitute
all of the  issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of each of Derby,  Saber and
Sentec.  No shares of capital  stock of any of them are  reserved  for  issuance
pursuant  to any  outstanding  agreement.  There are no other  shares of capital
stock of any of them  outstanding and no other  outstanding  options,  warrants,
convertible or exchangeable  securities,  subscriptions,  rights  (including any
preemptive  rights),  stock  appreciation  rights,  calls or  commitments of any
character  whatsoever to which any of them is a party or may be bound  requiring
the  issuance or sale of shares of any capital  stock of any of them,  and there
are no contracts or other agreements by which any of them is or may become bound
to issue  additional  shares  of its  capital  stock or any  options,  warrants,
convertible or exchangeable  securities,  subscriptions,  rights  (including any
preemptive  rights),  stock  appreciation  rights,  calls or  commitments of any
character  whatsoever relating to such shares. All of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital  stock of each of Derby,  Saber and Sentec are validly  issued
and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable;

                           (3) None of Derby,  Saber or Sentec has any direct or
indirect indebtedness, liability, claim, loss, damage, deficiency, obligation or
responsibility,  including, without limitation, liabilities on account of taxes,
other  governmental,  regulatory or administrative  charges or lawsuits brought,
whether or not of a kind required by generally accepted accounting principles to
be set forth on a financial statement, except that each of these corporations is
subject to (i) liabilities and obligations under the Master Lease to which it is
a party,  each of which  liabilities  and  obligations  is also a  liability  or
obligation of the Lessee under an Underlying  Lease and (ii) tax liabilities for
which all estimated tax payments have been made or all returns filed; and

                           (4) The Seller is the record and beneficial  owner of
all  outstanding  shares of capital stock of Derby,  Saber and Sentec,  free and
clear of any lien or other  encumbrance  and has full  power  and  authority  to
convey such shares,  free and clear of any lien or other encumbrance,  and, upon
delivery of and payment for such shares as herein  provided,  the Grantor  Trust
will acquire good and valid title  thereto,  free and clear of any lien or other
encumbrance.

                  (d)  The  representations  and  warranties  described  in this
Section 3.01 shall survive the sale of the Contract  Receivables  to the Grantor
Trust and shall inure to the benefit of the Grantor Trust,  notwithstanding  any
restrictive or qualified  endorsement  on any Contract  Receivable or assignment
thereof or the  examination or lack of  examination  of any Contract  Receivable
File,  but the  remedies  for breach of a  representation  or warranty  shall be
limited to those set forth in Section 3.02 hereof.

                  SECTION  3.01A  Representations  and  Warranties  of Custodian
Regarding the Contract  Receivable Files. The Custodian  represents and warrants
to the Grantor Trust  Trustee and the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates
that  immediately  prior to the Closing Date, the Custodian will have possession
of each original Contract Receivable and the related Contract Receivable File.

                  SECTION 3.02 Cure or  Repurchase of Contract  Receivables  for
Breach of Representations and Warranties.

                  (a) On the Closing Date,  pursuant to the  Repurchase  Reserve
Fund  Indemnity  Agreement,  the T-2 Holder shall assume the  obligations of the
Seller and the Affiliated Sellers to pay the Cure Amount or the Repurchase Price
for  (i)  any  Contract   Receivable  as  to  which  there  is  a  breach  of  a
representation  or warranty under Section 3.01(b) which materially and adversely
affects the value of such Contract  Receivable or the interest of the holders of
the  Grantor  Trust   Certificates   therein  (and  regardless  of  whether  the
representation  or warranty was given to the best  knowledge of the Seller or an
Affiliated  Seller) or (ii) each  Unmodified  Contract  Receivable or the Dalcin
Contract  Receivable as to which an event or circumstance exists or has occurred
which, if the representation and warranty contained in Section  3.01(b)(11) were
applicable  to  such  Contract  Receivable,  there  would  be a  breach  of such
representation which materially and adversely affects the value of such Contract
Receivable  or the  interest of the holders of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates
therein  (regardless of whether such representation or warranty was given to the
best  knowledge  of the  Seller  or an  Affiliated  Seller  (each,  a  "Material
Breach")).  In the event of a Material  Breach,  the Servicer and/or the Grantor
Trust  Trustee shall  promptly  notify the T-2 Holder  specifying  the breach in
reasonable detail. Subject to Section 3.02(e), the T-2 Holder shall be given the
opportunity  to effect a cure of such  Material  Breach,  or, if not  cured,  to
repurchase a Contract  Receivable,  at its Repurchase  Price, or to pay the Cure
Amount, by not later than the date (the "Repurchase  Date") which is the earlier
of (i) the date which is 90 days after the T-2 Holder receives written notice of
such Material Breach from the Grantor Trust Trustee, or the Servicer or (ii) the
date  which is 90 days  after the T-2  Holder  otherwise  becomes  aware of such
Material  Breach.  The T-2 Holder may request the Servicer to disburse  funds to
pay the costs and  expenses of the cure of a Material  Breach  (including a Cure
Amount)  from the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund (or,  to the  extent  funds are not
available in the  Repurchase  Reserve Fund,  from the Reserve Fund and then from
the Net Sandwich  Investments  (in  accordance  with the  procedure set forth in
Section 6.09)),  in which event the Servicer shall determine  whether such funds
should be disbursed to cure a Material Breach. If such a Material Breach relates
to the payment terms of a Contract  Receivable,  the related Underlying Lease or
the related First Mortgage Note, the T-2 Holder may cure such Material Breach by
paying an amount (a "Cure Amount") equal to the difference  between the payments
as  represented  and the actual  payments  required to be made on such  Contract
Receivable  (or, if such  Material  Breach  relates to the payment  terms of the
Underlying Lease or the First Mortgage Note, the amount by which rental payments
under such  Underlying  Lease,  after  payment of debt service  under such First
Mortgage Note, are, as a result of such Material Breach, insufficient to pay the
debt service payable under such Contract Receivable as and when due). If the T-2
Holder  fails  to cure  such  Material  Breach  or pay the  Cure  Amount  by the
Repurchase  Date, the T-2 Holder may, at its option,  effect such  repurchase by
paying the Servicer the  Repurchase  Price on the  Repurchase  Date.  If the T-2
Holder does not effect such cure of a Material  Breach or pay the Cure Amount or
the Repurchase  Price for such Contract  Receivable by the  Repurchase  Date, an
amount equal to the lesser of the Repurchase Price for such Contract  Receivable
and the Cure Amount (if any) for such Material  Breach shall be withdrawn by the
Servicer,  first,  from the Repurchase  Reserve Fund,  second,  from the Reserve
Fund,  and third,  from the Net Sandwich  Investments  (in  accordance  with the
procedure set forth in Section 6.09) on the Repurchase Date. If, on a Repurchase
Date, there are not sufficient funds available from the foregoing  sources,  the
available  funds  shall be applied to pay such  Repurchase  Price in part on the
Repurchase  Date and on each subsequent date on which funds are available in the
Reserve Fund or from Net Sandwich  Investments (in accordance with the procedure
set forth in Section  6.09)  until the  portion of the  Repurchase  Price  which
constitutes a T-1 Allocable Payment has been paid in full.

                  Notwithstanding  the  immediately   preceding  paragraph,   no
Repurchase Price shall be payable with respect to a Contract Receivable, and the
Contract  Receivable  shall  not be  repurchased,  upon a  Material  Breach of a
representation  or warranty under Section 3.01(b),  (i) if a claim is made after
the Primary Term of the related Underlying Lease has expired (other than a claim
with respect to the Jacway  Contract  Receivable  made during the first  Renewal
Term of its related Underlying Leases),  (ii) if all T-1 Allocable Payments have
been made on such Contract Receivable or (iii) if it is a Contract Receivable on
Exhibit B; provided, however, that funds in the Repurchase Reserve Fund shall be
applied on the Repurchase Date pursuant to Section 3.02 in such circumstances to
pay the Cure Amount with respect to a Contract  Receivable with respect to which
no  Repurchase  Price is payable if (i) a Material  Breach has  occurred  and is
continuing,  (ii) such  Material  Breach  relates  to the  payment  terms of the
Contract  Receivable  or of the related  Underlying  Lease or the related  First
Mortgage  Note,  and (iii)  the  Servicer  determines,  in  accordance  with the
standard of care,  after prior  consultation  with the T-2 Holder (provided that
the T-2 Holder's advice shall not be binding on the Servicer), that it is in the
interest of the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates to apply funds in the
Repurchase  Reserve Fund to pay such Cure Amount.  No  Repurchase  Price or Cure
Amount will be payable by the Seller,  an  Affiliated  Seller or the T-2 Holder,
from the Repurchase Reserve Fund or otherwise,  if any of the representations or
warranties in Section 3.01(a) or (c) is incorrect.

                  (b) If a Material Breach under Section 3.01(b)  materially and
adversely affects less than all of the Properties of a Contract  Receivable of a
Multiple Property Obligor,  the Repurchase Price shall be equal to the Allocated
DPO Amount  (determined  as of the  related  Repurchase  Date) for the  affected
Property  or  Properties  only or,  if a  Schedule  C Event or  Purchase  Option
occurred with respect to the affected  Property or  Properties,  any  Prepayment
Deficiency Amount related to such affected Property or Properties. If a Material
Breach under  Section  3.01(b)  materially  and  adversely  affects the Contract
Receivable  as a  whole,  then  the  Repurchase  Price  shall  be  equal  to the
Discounted  Pay Off Amount  (determined as of the related  Repurchase  Date) for
such Contract Receivable (plus the outstanding  Prepayment Deficiency Amount, if
any).

                  (c) The sole remedy of the Grantor  Trust,  the Grantor  Trust
Trustee or the holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates against the Seller, the
Affiliated   Sellers  or  the  T-2  Holder  with   respect  to  a  breach  of  a
representation  or warranty  under  Section  3.01(b) shall be to require the T-2
Holder to pay the Cure Amount or Repurchase  Price for a Contract  Receivable or
portion thereof with respect to which a Material Breach has occurred and has not
been  cured,  but only from (and only to the  extent of) the funds on deposit in
the Repurchase Reserve Fund and the Reserve Fund pursuant to this Section 3.02.

                  (d) The Repurchase Price (or a Cure Amount) shall be allocated
between the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate and the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates
pursuant to Section 6.03(h) hereof and the T-1 Allocable  Payments  deposited in
the Collection Account (or, for the period of time from the Transfer Date to the
Deposit  Date,  in the  Certificate  Account)  and  the T-2  Allocable  Payments
deposited in the Reserve  Fund.  If the  Repurchase  Price (or a Cure Amount) is
paid,  in part or in  whole,  from the  Reserve  Fund or from  the Net  Sandwich
Investments (in accordance  with the procedure set forth in Section 6.09),  only
the portion of the  Repurchase  Price (or Cure Amount)  which  constitutes a T-1
Allocable  Payment  shall be  withdrawn.  For  purposes  of Section  3.02(f) and
Section 6.03(k),  if such portion of the Repurchase Price is paid, such Contract
Receivable  shall be deemed to have been  repurchased  and the Repurchase  Price
paid in full.

                  (e) No recourse shall be had to the T-2 Holder (except, in the
case of a  Material  Breach,  to the T-2  Holder's  interest  in the  Repurchase
Reserve Fund and the Reserve Fund), the Seller or the Affiliated  Sellers or the
successors or assigns  thereof for failure to cure a breach of a  representation
or warranty  under Section 3.01 or to pay the  Repurchase  Price or Cure Amount;
provided,  however,  that Presidio  shall be liable for any claim by the Grantor
Trust for a breach of a representation or warranty made by the Seller,  Presidio
or IRL in Section 3.01(a) which materially and adversely  affects the value of a
Contract  Receivable  or the  interest  of the  holders  of  the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates  therein  and  Presidio  also  shall be  liable  for a breach  of a
representation  or  warranty  made  by  the  Seller  in  Section  3.01(c)  which
materially and adversely affects the value of the capital stock of Derby, Sentec
or Saber or the interest of the holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates in the
stock of such a  corporation.  In no event shall  recourse be had against any of
the  general  or  limited  partners  of the T-2  Holder or the  Seller  (whether
heretofore  or  hereafter  admitted  to the T-2  Holder  or the  Seller)  or the
officers,  directors  or  shareholders  of the  Affiliated  Sellers.  Except  as
provided  with  respect to  Presidio  in the  proviso  to the  second  preceding
sentence,  the T-2 Holder, the Seller, the Affiliated Sellers and the successors
and  assigns  of any of them  shall  have no  obligation  to use funds or assets
(other than with  respect to a Material  Breach,  in the case of the T-2 Holder,
the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund  or the  Reserve  Fund)  to  cure a  breach  of a
representation  or warranty under Section 3.01 or to pay the Repurchase Price or
Cure Amount.

                  (f) Subsequent to the payment in full of the Repurchase  Price
of a Contract  Receivable (or the portion thereof  allocable to a Property) from
the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund,  from the Reserve  Fund or from the Net Sandwich
Investments (in accordance  with the procedure set forth in Section 6.09),  such
Contract  Receivable  shall  continue to be held by the Grantor  Trust,  but the
beneficial  interest  therein  will  be  evidenced  by  the  Grantor  Trust  T-2
Certificates.  All future payments collected on or with respect to such Contract
Receivable (or, in the case of a Multiple Property Obligor,  all future payments
allocable to the Property or  Properties  affected by such breach)  shall be T-2
Allocable Payments and shall be deposited into the Reserve Fund.

                  SECTION 3.03 Custody of Contract  Receivable  Files. To assure
uniform   quality  in  servicing   the  Contract   Receivables   and  to  reduce
administrative costs, the Grantor Trust Trustee, upon the execution and delivery
of  this  Agreement,   appoints  BT,  and  BT  accepts  such   appointment  (the
compensation  of which shall be payable from the  Servicing  Fee), to act as the
agent of the  Grantor  Trust as  custodian  (the  "Custodian")  of the  Contract
Receivable File with respect to each Contract Receivable.  Receipt of a Contract
Receivable File by the Custodian is deemed  constructive  receipt thereof by the
Grantor Trust Trustee.

                  SECTION 3.04      Duties of Custodian.

                  (a)  Safekeeping.   The  Custodian  shall  hold  the  Contract
Receivable  Files on behalf of the Grantor Trust Trustee for the use and benefit
of all present and future holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates and perform
all of the duties  specified  herein,  including  maintaining  such accurate and
complete  records  pertaining  to the Contract  Receivables  as shall enable the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee  and  the  Servicer  to  comply  with  their  respective
obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

                  On or prior to the Closing Date,  the  Custodian  shall review
each  Contract  Receivable  File in order to confirm that it contains all of the
documents required to be included therein as set forth in the definition of such
term.

                  The Custodian shall have and perform the following  powers and
duties:

                           (i) hold the Contract  Receivable  Files on behalf of
         the holders of the Grantor  Trust  Certificates  and the Grantor  Trust
         Trustee,   maintain  accurate  records   pertaining  to  each  Contract
         Receivable to enable it to comply with the terms and conditions of this
         Agreement, maintain a current inventory thereof;

                           (ii) implement policies and procedures in writing and
         signed by the  Custodian  with  respect to persons  authorized  to have
         access to the Contract  Receivable Files on the Servicer's premises and
         the receipting for Contract  Receivable  Files taken from their storage
         area by an employee of the  Servicer  for  purposes of servicing or any
         other purposes; and

                           (iii)  attend  to  all  details  in  connection  with
         maintaining  custody of the Contract  Receivable Files on behalf of the
         holders  of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates  and  the  Grantor  Trust
         Trustee.

                  In  performing   its  duties  under  this  Section  3.04,  the
Custodian agrees to act with reasonable care, consistent with the same degree of
skill and care that it  exercises  with  respect  to  commercial  mortgage  loan
documents  held by it as Custodian  for others.  The  Custodian  shall  promptly
report to the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  any  failure by it to hold the  Contract
Receivable Files as herein provided and shall promptly take  appropriate  action
to remedy any such failure.  The Custodian  agrees not to assert any  beneficial
ownership  interests in the  Contract  Receivables  or the  Contract  Receivable
Files.  The  Custodian  agrees to  indemnify  the holders of the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates,  and the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  for  any  and all  liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, payments, costs, or expense of any kind whatsoever
which may be imposed on, incurred or asserted against the holders of the Grantor
Trust  Certificates  or the holders of the  Certificates  and the Grantor  Trust
Trustee  as  the  result  of any  breach  by the  Custodian  of its  obligations
hereunder  relating to the  maintenance  and custody of the Contract  Receivable
Files; provided, however, that the Custodian shall not be liable for any portion
of any such amount  resulting from the  negligence or willful  misconduct of any
holder of a Grantor Trust Certificate or the Grantor Trust Trustee.

                  (b) Maintenance of and Access to Records. The Custodian agrees
to maintain the related  Contract  Receivable  Files at a BT office in New York,
New York, or at such of its offices in New York,  New York as shall from time to
time be identified to the Grantor Trust Trustee by written notice. The Custodian
may permit the Servicer to move temporarily individual Contract Receivable Files
or any portion  thereof  without  notice as necessary to conduct  collection and
other  servicing  activities  in  accordance  with its  customary  practices and
procedures.

                  The  Custodian  shall  make  available  to the  Grantor  Trust
Trustee and the Servicer or the duly  authorized  representatives,  attorneys or
auditors  of either  of them,  the  Contract  Receivable  Files and the  related
records  maintained by the Custodian at such times during normal operating hours
as  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  reasonably   instruct  which  does  not
unreasonably  interfere with the  Custodian's  normal  operations or customer or
employee relations.

                  (c) Release of Documents.  Upon  instruction  from the Grantor
Trust  Trustee or the  Servicer  on behalf of the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  the
Custodian shall release or cause to be released the Contract Receivables and any
document in the Contract  Receivable  Files to the Grantor  Trust Trustee or the
Servicer, or the agent, attorney or designee of either of them, at such place or
places as the Grantor  Trust Trustee or the Servicer may  designate,  as soon as
practicable.  The Custodian  shall not be responsible for any loss occasioned by
the failure of the Grantor Trust Trustee or the Servicer or its agent,  attorney
or its designee, to return any document or any delay in doing so.

                  SECTION 3.05  Instructions;  Authority  to Act. The  Custodian
shall be deemed to have  received  proper  instructions  from the Grantor  Trust
Trustee or the Servicer with respect to the Contract  Receivable  Files upon its
receipt of written  instructions  signed by a Responsible Officer or a Servicing
Officer.

                  SECTION   3.06   Effective   Period  and   Termination.   BT's
appointment as Custodian shall become effective as of the Closing Date and shall
continue in full force and effect until terminated pursuant to this Section 3.06
or until this  Agreement  shall be  terminated.  The  Custodian  may perform its
duties through one or more agents, which agents may maintain physical possession
of Contract  Receivable Files as agent for the Custodian.  If BT shall resign as
Servicer  under  Section 9.05 or if all of the rights and  obligations  of BT as
Servicer shall have been terminated  under Section 10.01,  the appointment of BT
as  Custodian  shall be  terminated.  The  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  or the REMIC
Trustee,  as holder of the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate,  may  terminate  BT's
appointment as Custodian at any time without cause upon written  notification to
the  Custodian.  The Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  serve,  without  additional
compensation,  as the Custodian  until its appointment of, and acceptance by, an
Eligible  Institution  (the  compensation  of which  shall be  payable  from the
Servicing  Fee)  as  successor  Custodian.  As  soon as  practicable  after  any
termination  of such  appointment,  the  Custodian  shall  deliver the  Contract
Receivables  and the Contract  Receivable  Files to the Grantor Trust Trustee or
the Grantor Trust  Trustee's  agent at such place or places as the Grantor Trust
Trustee may reasonably designate. The Custodian shall cooperate with the Grantor
Trust Trustee in making the transfer and shall bear all of the Custodian's costs
and expenses with respect to such transfer,  but (unless an Event of Termination
has occurred and is  continuing)  the Grantor  Trust shall bear the actual costs
and expenses of packing and  transporting  the Contract  Receivable Files to the
location   designated  by  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee.   Notwithstanding   the
termination  of BT as Custodian,  the Grantor Trust Trustee agrees that upon any
such termination, the Grantor Trust Trustee shall provide, or cause its agent to
provide, access to the Contract Receivable Files to the Servicer for the purpose
of carrying out its duties and responsibilities with respect to the servicing of
the Contract Receivables hereunder.

                  SECTION  3.07  GT  Collateral  Agent.  (a) The  Grantor  Trust
Trustee, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement,  appoints BT, and BT
accepts such  appointment  (the  compensation of which shall be payable from the
Servicing  Fee), to act as the collateral  agent (the "GT Collateral  Agent") of
the Grantor Trust for each Contract Receivable. As GT Collateral Agent, BT shall
act (i) as mortgagee  under each of the  Subordinate  Mortgages  or  beneficiary
under each Subordinate Mortgage which is a deed of trust, (ii) as the registered
holder of each Note and the Utex Note and the  holder of the  Segair  Note,  the
Hertec  Contract  Receivable  and the Metec  Contract  Receivable,  (iii) as the
pledgee of the stock of certain Sandwich  Corporations under the Sandwich Pledge
Agreements,  (iv) as  pledgee  of,  and  the  holder  of a lien on and  security
interest in, the Pledged Funds  (except,  only on a second  priority basis as to
the Reserve Fund) and (v) as the holder of record of the capital stock of Derby,
Saber and Sentec.

                  (b) The GT Collateral Agent shall hold, for the Grantor Trust,
the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund,  any  Directing  Holders  Reserve  Fund  and any
Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund, any monies on deposit  therein,  any investments
thereof and any  proceeds  thereof.  The GT  Collateral  Agent shall also be the
beneficiary  of the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund  Indemnity  Agreement,  any  DHRF
Indemnity Agreement and any RORF Indemnity Agreement and the pledgee of, and the
holder of a lien on and security  interest in, the Repurchase  Reserve Fund, any
Directing Holders Reserve Fund and any Rejectable Offer Reserve Fund pursuant to
the Repurchase Reserve Fund Pledge Agreement,  any DHRF Pledge Agreement and any
RORF Pledge Agreement,  respectively. The GT Collateral Agent shall make claims,
on behalf of the Grantor  Trust,  against the T-2 Holder for each Cure Amount or
Repurchase  Price as and when payable  pursuant to the  Repurchase  Reserve Fund
Indemnity Agreement and against the applicable Directing Holders for any amounts
as and when  payable  pursuant  to any  DHRF  Indemnity  Agreement  and any RORF
Indemnity Agreement.  The GT Collateral Agent is hereby authorized and empowered
to prepare,  execute and deliver any and all financing statements,  continuation
statements and other documents or instruments necessary to maintain the lien on,
pledge of, and security  interest in the Repurchase  Reserve Fund, any Directing
Holders  Reserve  Fund and any  Rejectable  Offer  Reserve  Fund , any monies on
deposit  therein,  any  investments  thereof  and  any  proceeds  thereof.  Upon
direction  from the  Servicer  pursuant to Section 3.07 (e), (f) and (g), the GT
Collateral Agent shall transfer the specified funds from the Repurchase  Reserve
Fund, any Directing  Holders Reserve Fund and any Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund
to the Collection  Account (or, for the period of time from the Transfer Date to
the Deposit Date, to the Certificate Account). The GT Collateral Agent hereby is
authorized at the direction of the Servicer to apply funds on deposit (i) in the
Repurchase Reserve Fund,  pursuant to Section 3.02(a), to pay the cost of curing
a Material Breach, the Cure Amount or the Repurchase Price for Material Breaches
of representations and warranties under Section 3.01(b),  (ii) in any Rejectable
Offer  Reserve Fund or any Directing  Holders  Reserve Fund, to pay expenses and
other  amounts  payable  therefrom  pursuant  to  Section  4.10 and (iii) in the
Repurchase  Reserve Fund, any Directing  Holders Reserve Fund and any Rejectable
Offer Reserve Fund,  to make  distributions  to the holders of the Grantor Trust
T-2 Certificates in the amounts and at the times provided in this Section 3.07.

                  (c)  The  appointment  of  the  GT  Collateral  Agent  may  be
terminated without cause by the Grantor Trust Trustee upon written  notification
to the GT Collateral Agent, and the Grantor Trust Trustee shall give such notice
upon   receipt  of  written   instructions   from  the  REMIC   Trustee  or  the
Majority-in-Interest of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates.  If such appointment
is  terminated,  the Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  serve,  without  additional
compensation,  as  the  GT  Collateral  Agent  until  the  appointment  of,  and
acceptance  by, an  Eligible  Institution  (the  compensation  of which shall be
payable from the Servicing Fee) as successor GT Collateral Agent and the Grantor
Trust Trustee  shall have all  authority  and power of the GT  Collateral  Agent
under this Agreement  until a successor GT Collateral  Agent is appointed by the
Grantor Trust Trustee and such successor accepts.  The GT Collateral Agent shall
cooperate  and execute  such  documents  as may be  necessary  to  transfer  its
functions to a successor GT Collateral Agent; however, the Grantor Trust Trustee
is  authorized  and  empowered to execute and deliver any and all  documents and
other  instruments and to do any and all acts or things necessary or appropriate
to effect such termination and new appointment of a GT Collateral  Agent. The GT
Collateral  Agent shall join in the execution of any  agreement  and  assignment
pursuant to which the Seller and the Affiliated  Sellers shall convey all of its
right,  title and interest in the Contract  Receivables to the Grantor Trust, as
contemplated in Section 2.02 hereof.

                   (d)  The GT  Collateral  Agent  shall  not  resign  from  the
obligations  and  duties  hereunder   except  upon  a  determination   that  the
performance of its duties  hereunder is no longer  permissible  under applicable
law,  compliance  with which  could not be realized  without a material  adverse
impact on the GT  Collateral  Agent's  financial  condition.  Notice of any such
determination  permitting the  resignation  of the GT Collateral  Agent shall be
communicated  to the Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  the REMIC  Trustee and the Rating
Agency at the earliest  practicable  time (and, if such  communication is not in
writing, shall be confirmed in writing at the earliest practicable time) and any
such  determination  permitting the resignation of the GT Collateral Agent shall
be evidenced by an Opinion of  Independent  Counsel to such effect  delivered to
the Grantor  Trust  Trustee and the REMIC  Trustee.  No such  resignation  shall
become  effective  until a successor  GT  Collateral  Agent which is an Eligible
Institution  shall have been  appointed  by the Grantor  Trust  Trustee and such
successor shall have accepted such appointment and assumed the  responsibilities
and obligations of the GT Collateral Agent.

                  (e) Funds on deposit in the  Repurchase  Reserve Fund shall be
invested by the GT Collateral  Agent solely in Eligible  Investments that mature
not later than the  Deposit  Date next  succeeding  the date of  investment,  in
accordance with instructions provided by a  Majority-In-Interest  of the holders
of the  Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates.  All net income and gain earned on the
investment  of funds in the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund shall be  retained in the
Repurchase  Reserve  Fund and shall be  available  for  distribution  therefrom.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  sentence,  on each  Distribution  Date,  the GT
Collateral Agent shall distribute,  pro rata, based upon Percentage Interest, to
the holders of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates, any amounts on deposit in the
Repurchase  Reserve Fund in excess of 5% of the Certificate  Accreted Value. For
this purpose,  the Certificate Accreted Value shall be calculated without taking
into account any  Allocated  Losses in reduction of Accreted  Value made on such
Distribution Date and all prior  Distribution  Dates or the interest which would
have  accrued  on the  amount  of such  Allocated  Losses  from the date of such
reduction to such  Distribution Date at the applicable  Pass-Through  Rates, but
taking into account all  Accretion  Amounts for such  Distribution  Date and all
distributions  in respect of  Accreted  Value  made on such  Distribution  Date.
Except as provided  in the second  preceding  sentence,  funds on deposit in the
Repurchase  Reserve  Fund  shall,  upon  direction  from  the  Servicer,  (i) be
transferred by the GT Collateral  Agent to the  Collection  Account (or, for the
period of time from the Transfer Date to the Deposit  Date,  to the  Certificate
Account)  and  the  Reserve  Fund  in  accordance  with  the  allocation  of the
Repurchase Price between the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate and Grantor Trust T-2
Certificates as set forth in Section 6.03(h),  (ii) pursuant to Section 3.02, to
pay Cure  Amounts  or the cost of cure with  respect  to  Material  Breaches  of
representations  and warranties made by the Seller or an Affiliated Seller under
Section  3.01(b) or (iii) on the REMIC  Liquidation  Date, be distributed to the
holders  of the  Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates,  pro rata,  based  upon their
Percentage Interests.

                  (f) Funds on deposit in a Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund shall
be invested by the GT  Collateral  Agent  solely in  Eligible  Investments  that
mature not later than the Deposit Date next  succeeding  the date of investment,
in accordance with instructions  provided by the applicable Directing Holders in
writing.  On each  Distribution  Date,  all net  income  and gain  earned on the
investment of funds in a Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund shall be  distributed by
the GT Collateral Agent to the applicable Directing Holders. Upon direction from
the  Servicer,  the GT  Collateral  Agent shall  transfer  specified  amounts on
deposit in a Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund to the  Collection  Account (or, for
the  period  of  time  from  the  Transfer  Date  to the  Deposit  Date,  to the
Certificate Account) and the Reserve Fund and distribute other specified amounts
on deposit in such  Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund to the  applicable  Directing
Holders, in the circumstances described under Section 4.10(b).

                  (g) Funds on deposit in a Directing Holders Reserve Fund shall
be invested by the GT  Collateral  Agent  solely in  Eligible  Investments  that
mature not later than the Deposit Date next  succeeding  the date of investment,
in accordance with instructions  provided by the applicable Directing Holders in
writing.  On each  Distribution  Date,  all net  income  and gain  earned on the
investment of funds in a Directing  Holders Reserve Fund shall be distributed by
the GT Collateral Agent to the applicable Directing Holders. Upon direction from
the  Servicer,  the GT  Collateral  Agent shall  transfer  specified  amounts on
deposit in a Directing  Holders Reserve Fund to the Collection  Account (or, for
the  period  of  time  from  the  Transfer  Date  to the  Deposit  Date,  to the
Certificate  Account),  distribute  other  specified  amounts on deposit in such
Directing  Holders  Reserve Fund to the  applicable  Directing  Holders,  in the
circumstances  described under Section 4.10(a),  and shall apply other specified
amounts to pay expenses of any Remedial Proceedings.


                                   ARTICLE IV

              ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF CONTRACT RECEIVABLES

                  SECTION 4.01      Administration of the Contract Receivables.

                  (a) The  Servicer,  as agent for the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,
shall  manage,  administer,  service (to the extent not  performed by the Paying
Agent) and make collections on the Contract  Receivables and perform or cause to
be performed all  contractual  and customary  undertakings  of the holder of the
Contract Receivables to the Obligors.  The Grantor Trust Trustee, at the request
of a Servicing  Officer,  shall  furnish (or cause the  Collateral  Agent or the
Custodian  to furnish) the Servicer  with any  reasonable  documents or take any
action reasonably requested,  necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to
carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder.

                  (b)  The   Servicer  is  obligated  to  service  the  Contract
Receivables,  pursuant to this Agreement, on behalf of the Grantor Trust, solely
in the best  interests  and for the benefit of the holders of the Grantor  Trust
Certificates  (as  determined  by  the  Servicer  in  its  good  faith  business
judgment),  in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement  and the  Contract
Receivables. In managing, administering, servicing and making collections on the
Contract Receivables pursuant to this Agreement, the Servicer shall exercise the
same degree of skill,  care,  prudence  and  diligence  which money center banks
engaged in  commercial  mortgage  lending  would  exercise in the  servicing and
administration  of commercial  mortgage  loans in their  portfolios  and no less
skill,  care,  prudence and diligence as the Servicer exercises when it services
and   administers   commercial   mortgage  loans  which  it  owns,   giving  due
consideration  to the  customary  and usual  standards of practice  that prudent
institutional  commercial  mortgage  lenders  and loan  servicers  utilize  with
respect to commercial  mortgage loans and with the objective of  maximization of
the present value of net cash flows generated by the Contract Receivables.  This
paragraph is referred to herein as the "standard of care."

                  (c) The Servicer  shall,  consistent with the standard of care
and the terms of this  Agreement,  act with respect to each  Defaulted  Contract
Receivable,  in such manner as will maximize the timely and complete recovery of
principal and interest on such Contract  Receivable,  including Net  Liquidation
Proceeds. Upon notice to the Servicer from the Grantor Trust Trustee, holders of
a  Majority-in-Interest  of the  Grantor  Trust  T-2  Certificates  or the REMIC
Trustee,  or upon  knowledge  of a  Contract  Receivable  becoming  a  Defaulted
Contract  Receivable,  the Servicer shall  determine what action should be taken
with respect to such Defaulted Contract Receivable,  including,  but not limited
to, whether to institute any Remedial  Proceeding,  after  consultation with the
T-2 Holder  (provided  that the T-2 Holder's  advice shall not be binding on the
Servicer).

                  (d) The Servicer's duties shall include collection and posting
of all  payments,  responding  to inquiries by Obligors or by Federal,  state or
local  governmental  authorities  with  respect  to  the  Contract  Receivables,
investigating delinquencies,  reporting tax information to Obligors,  accounting
for collections and furnishing  semi-annual and annual statements to the Grantor
Trust Trustee with respect to distributions.

                  (e) The  Servicer is hereby  authorized  and  empowered by the
Grantor Trust Trustee to perform all of the obligations of the Noteholders under
the Contract Receivable Documents, including, without limitation, to execute and
deliver, on behalf of itself, the Grantor Trust, the Grantor Trust Trustee,  the
holders  of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates,  or any of them,  any and all (i)
instruments of  satisfaction or  cancellation,  or of partial or full release or
discharge,  of a  Subordinate  Mortgage  (or  consent to such  instruments  with
respect to the First Mortgage with respect to the Utex Note), in each case, only
in connection  with the payment of the applicable  Release Price under a Note or
payment in full of an Unmodified Contract Receivable or pursuant to Section 4.05
or 4.10  hereof;  (ii)  instruments  of release or  discharge  of a Paying Agent
Agreement or Sandwich  Pledge  Agreement in accordance  with the terms  thereof,
(iii) instruments  subordinating a Contract  Receivable and related  Subordinate
Mortgage to the related First Mortgage,  permitted  refinancings thereof and any
additional  financings which (pursuant to the terms of such Contract  Receivable
and related  Subordinate  Mortgage)  are  permitted  to be secured by a mortgage
senior  to  a  Subordinate  Mortgage,   (iv)  subordination  and  nondisturbance
agreements  with Lessees of the  Properties  (which comply with the terms of the
Supplemental Agreement and, with respect to the Dalcin Contract Receivable,  the
related Subordinate Mortgage),  (v) estoppel  certificates,  and (vi) subject to
Section  4.18,  other  comparable  instruments  with  respect  to  the  Contract
Receivables or with respect to the Mortgaged  Properties if, in accordance  with
the  standard  of care,  such action is in the  interests  of the holders of the
Grantor Trust Certificates or is required by this Agreement or by the applicable
Subordinate Mortgage.

                  (f) The Servicer shall replace the trustee under a Subordinate
Mortgage which is a deed of trust if the trustee resigns, and the Servicer shall
remove a trustee if, in the  Servicer's  sole  discretion,  consistent  with the
standard of care, such removal is advisable. The Servicer shall pay all expenses
of the trustee that are to be reimbursed by the  beneficiary  of a deed of trust
and shall  indemnify the trustee as provided in the  Subordinate  Mortgage.  All
expenses incurred in connection with such replacement, appointment, reimbursable
expenses and indemnification shall be Grantor Trust Expenses.

                  (g) The Servicer  shall be  responsible  for  allocating  each
payment or  prepayment  received in respect of the Contract  Receivables  or the
other assets of the Grantor Trust to the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate  and the
Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates as provided in Section 6.03 hereof.

                  (h) Upon  receipt of notice from an Obligor of the making of a
Rejectable Offer by a Tenant or the exercise by a Tenant of a Purchase Option or
the proposed prepayment of a Contract  Receivable,  the Servicer shall determine
the amount of the prepayment (if any) to be made on such Contract Receivable, in
consultation  with the T-2 Holder  (provided that the T-2 Holder's  advice shall
not be binding on the Servicer),  and give notice  thereof to such Obligor,  the
T-2 Holder and the Paying Agent on or before the date  specified for such notice
in the Paying Agent Agreement.

                  (i) In its  capacity as Paying  Agent under each Paying  Agent
Agreement,  the Servicer  shall  monitor the rental and other (i.e.,  Schedule C
Event and Purchase Option) payments made by the Lessee under an Underlying Lease
from the time  such  payment  is due to be made by such  Lessee  to the date the
Servicer receives the appropriate portion of such payment from the Paying Agent.
In the event that the Paying  Agent fails to receive  such portion of any rental
payment payable by a Lessee under the related  Underlying Lease in excess of the
debt  service  (and the trustee or paying  agent  fees,  if any) under the First
Mortgage from the Lessee or the First Mortgagee, its trustee or paying agent (or
after any permitted refinancing thereof, from the holder of any refinanced First
Mortgage  or its  trustee or paying  agent)  within five days after the date the
corresponding  payment was due from a Lessee under the related  Underlying Lease
to the  Paying  Agent  or to the  First  Mortgagee  (or  to  the  holder  of any
refinanced  First  Mortgage  permitted  under  the  Subordinate  Mortgage),  the
corporate trustee or paying agent for a First Mortgagee (or to the holder of any
refinanced First Mortgage permitted under the Subordinate Mortgage),  the Paying
Agent shall give prompt  written  notice to the Obligor of such failure.  In its
capacity as the Noteholder, the Servicer shall either join in such notice, which
shall state that an amount payable under the Note has not been paid when due, or
shall promptly  deliver a separate written notice to that effect to the Obligor.
In the  event  that  the  Servicer  is  not  the  Paying  Agent  for a  Contract
Receivable,  the Servicer  shall oversee the  performance by the Paying Agent of
its responsibilities under the Paying Agent Agreement.

                  (j) If a Paying Agent  Agreement is no longer in effect and BT
(in its capacity as Noteholder)  does not receive an installment of principal or
interest on a Contract  Receivable (or any portion  thereof) on the date when it
is due in accordance  with the Contract  Receivable it shall give prompt written
notice of such failure to the Obligor. For so long as the Paying Agent Agreement
is in effect,  the failure to receive  payment of an installment of principal or
interest on a Note (or any portion  thereof)  will not be an event of default if
such  failure  results  from (x) the failure by the Paying Agent to remit to the
Servicer  amounts  received by the Paying  Agent and  required to be paid to the
Servicer  pursuant  to a Paying  Agent  Agreement  then in effect,  unless  such
failure has been caused by the  wrongful  interference  by the Obligor  with the
Paying Agent's obligations under a Paying Agent Agreement, or (y) the failure of
the related First Mortgagee or its designee, or the holder of any other superior
mortgage  permitted  under the  related  Subordinate  Mortgage,  to remit to the
Paying  Agent all rents (and all  payments  with  respect to a Schedule C Event)
received in excess of the debt service  payable (and payments due as a result of
a  Schedule  C Event) on all  superior  mortgages  permitted  under the  related
Subordinate Mortgage, unless the payment default continues for 90 days following
written notice to the Obligor. In the event that the Paying Agent arrangement is
no longer in effect or the  default in  payment  was not caused by either of the
events  described in the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  the Servicer  shall
declare an event of default under the Contract  Receivable  and the  Subordinate
Mortgage if an Obligor  fails to pay any  installment  of  principal or interest
under its Contract  Receivable for ten days after receipt of written notice from
the Servicer of such failure. If a Paying Agent arrangement is in effect and the
default in payment of an  installment  of  principal  or  interest on a Note was
caused  by (i)  the  event  described  in  clause  (y) in the  second  preceding
sentence,  the  Servicer  shall  declare an event of default  under the Contract
Receivable and the Subordinate  Mortgage 90 days following written notice to the
Obligor if such payment default is continuing or (ii) the wrongful  interference
by the  Obligor  with  the  Paying  Agent's  obligations  under a  Paying  Agent
Agreement,  the Servicer shall declare an event of default after the appropriate
notice  and grace  period  under the  Contract  Receivable  and the  Subordinate
Mortgage.   Promptly  after  sending  a  notice  of  default  pursuant  to  this
subparagraph or a notice pursuant to subparagraph (i), the Servicer shall send a
copy thereof to the Rating Agency and the T-2 Holder.

                  (k) The Servicer shall monitor  periodically the compliance by
each  Obligor  of  its  covenants  under  its   Subordinate   Mortgage  and  the
Supplemental Agreement, and give a written notice to the Obligor in the event of
any such noncompliance of which the Servicer has knowledge. Such notice shall be
effective upon receipt by the intended Obligor. In the event an Obligor fails to
perform any of its payment obligations or its non-payment  obligations under the
Contract Receivable or the Subordinate  Mortgage within the applicable grace and
cure periods provided therein, and subject to the provisions of subparagraph (j)
above with  respect to the failure to perform any payment  obligation  under the
affected Note, the Servicer shall, to the extent consistent with the standard of
care,  declare  an  event of  default  under  the  Contract  Receivable  and the
Subordinate Mortgage.

                  (l) The Servicer  shall maintain  individual  records for each
Contract  Receivable  and,  in the case of a  Multiple  Property  Obligor,  each
Property.  The Servicer  shall  verify the accuracy of all payments  received on
each Contract Receivable, and take the appropriate actions when payments are not
received. The Servicer shall monitor and record the amounts due on each Contract
Receivable  during the Primary Term and each  Renewal Term and, in  consultation
with the T-2 Holder  (provided that the T-2 Holder's advice shall not be binding
on the Servicer),  prepare a revised Payment Schedule for a Contract  Receivable
and revise  Exhibit  A, B and AA  hereto,  as  applicable,  upon  receipt of any
prepayment.  If  there is a  Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount,  the  Servicer,  in
consultation  with the T-2 Holder  (provided that the T-2 Holder's  advice shall
not be binding on the Servicer),  shall keep records of (i) the portions thereof
consisting of principal  and  interest,  (ii) the  respective  interest  accrued
thereon as of each scheduled  payment date under the applicable  Note, and (iii)
any Excess Cash Flow or Excess  Proceeds or other  amounts to be applied and the
allocation  thereof  between the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate  and the Grantor
Trust T-2 Certificates, pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof.

                  (m) In the event that an Obligor fails to pay any  installment
of  principal  or  interest  under its Note  within 30 days (or such longer time
period as may be applicable under the terms of the Contract Receivable) after it
was due, the Servicer shall calculate the interest payable at the "Default Rate"
specified in the Note, notify the Obligor and demand payment thereof.

                  (n) The Servicer shall  maintain funds in the proper  accounts
and prepare the Servicer Report for the Grantor Trust Trustee and the holders of
the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates,   including  the  REMIC  Trustee,   regarding
collections on the Contract  Receivables and distributions to the holders of the
Grantor Trust Certificates and Certificateholders.

                  (o) The Servicer shall monitor  periodically the credit rating
of each Credit  Tenant and shall review the  potential  impact of a  suspension,
downgrade or  qualification  of such  rating.  The  Servicer  shall  monitor any
assignments  or  terminations  under an Underlying  Lease,  of which it receives
notice from an Obligor.

                  (p) Upon  written  request of the  Servicer and receipt by the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee  of an  Officer's  Certificate  setting  forth the facts
underlying  such  request,  the Grantor Trust Trustee shall furnish the Servicer
with any limited powers of attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate
to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties, and
the Grantor  Trust  Trustee shall not be liable for such actions of the Servicer
pursuant thereto.

                  (q) The  Servicer  shall  promptly  execute  and  deliver  any
documents (in recordable form) as reasonably  requested by an Obligor (and which
are  not  adverse  to  the  interests  of  the  holders  of  the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates) or as required by the related Subordinate Mortgage.  The Servicer,
if it has  knowledge  of the  failure  of an  Obligor  to extend  the term of an
expiring  Ground Lease within the time specified  under the related  Subordinate
Mortgage,  shall,  after consultation with the T-2 Holder (provided that the T-2
Holder's advice shall not be binding on the Servicer),  to the extent  permitted
under the  Subordinate  Mortgage and the Ground  Lease,  extend the term of such
Ground  Lease,  if the  Servicer  determines  that  such  action  is in the best
interests of the holders of the  Certificates,  would increase the present value
of net cash flow  generated by the Contract  Receivable and would not expose the
Servicer to liability under CERCLA.  Prior to the termination of a Ground Lease,
if an Obligor shall offer the Servicer the right to accept the assignment of and
assume the Obligor's  interest under the Ground Lease, the Servicer shall, after
consultation  with the T-2 Holder  (provided that the T-2 Holder's  advice shall
not be binding on the Servicer),  elect to assume the Obligor's interest in such
Ground  Lease,  if the  Servicer  determines  that  such  action  is in the best
interests of the holders of the  Certificates,  would increase the present value
of net  cash  flow  generated  by  the  Contract  Receivable  and  the  Servicer
determines  that such action would not expose the  Servicer to  liability  under
CERCLA.  The  Servicer  shall be  required to deliver an  Officer's  Certificate
(copies of which shall be delivered to the Grantor Trust Trustee and the holders
of the Grantor Trust  Certificates)  if the Servicer  determines not to take the
action  described  in either of the two  preceding  sentences  because  it would
expose the  Servicer to  liability  under  CERCLA.  The  Grantor  Trust shall be
responsible for, and shall hold the Servicer harmless  against,  all liabilities
and expenses incurred as a result of such an assumption.

                  (r) If a First  Mortgage is refinanced  or the Obligor  incurs
additional  financing  and  the  holder  of the  refinanced  First  Mortgage  or
additional  financing receives payment directly from a Lessee, the Servicer will
cooperate  with each such  Obligor to arrange for all sums to be paid under such
refinanced  First Mortgage or additional  financing to be paid through a trustee
for the  holder  of the  refinanced  First  Mortgage  or  additional  financing,
provided  that  the  holder  of the  refinanced  First  Mortgage  or  additional
financing agrees to the appointment of such trustee; provided,  however, that if
the Servicer  determines  (in  consultation  with the T-2 Holder,  the advice of
which  shall not be  binding  on the  Servicer)  that the fees of such a trustee
would  be in  excess  of the  fees  charged  by  other  trustees  for the  First
Mortgagees  or in excess of a  reasonable  trustee's  fee,  the  Servicer  shall
consult with the T-2 Holder and,  unless the T-2 Holder  advises the Servicer to
agree to the appointment of the trustee and such appointment would be consistent
with the standard of care,  the  Servicer  shall notify the Obligor that it will
not seek the appointment of such a trustee or pay the fees thereof. The expenses
of  such  trustee  shall  be  Grantor  Trust  Expenses.  In  connection  with  a
refinancing of a First Mortgage, if the Servicer knows of such refinancing,  the
Servicer shall confirm,  in consultation  with the T-2 Holder (provided that the
T-2  Holder's  advice  shall not be binding on the  Servicer),  that the related
Paying  Agent has  correctly  revised  Exhibit  B to the  related  Paying  Agent
Agreement  and that a new direction  letter under the Paying Agent  Agreement is
sent to the new First Mortgagee (or trustee or paying agent). In connection with
a refinancing of a First  Mortgage or the incurrence of additional  indebtedness
by an Obligor of which the Servicer has notice, the Servicer shall determine, in
consultation  with the T-2 Holder  (provided that the T-2 Holder's  advice shall
not be binding on the Servicer), whether the refinancing complies with Section 3
and Section 4 of the related Subordinate Mortgage. In the event there are Excess
Superior  Amounts in  connection  with a  refinancing  or  permitted  additional
financing  by an Obligor  (other  than an  Obligor  which has not  acquired  the
Discount Purchase Option),  the Servicer shall confirm, in consultation with the
T-2 Holder  (provided  that the T-2 Holder's  advice shall not be binding on the
Servicer),  that such  Excess  Superior  Amounts  are  applied on account of the
related Contract  Receivable in accordance with the related Contract  Receivable
Documents or otherwise  determine  whether  there is a default under the related
Contract Receivable or Subordinate Mortgage.

                  (s)  The  Servicer   shall   request  an  estoppel  and  other
certificates  contemplated  by the  Subordinate  Mortgage from each Obligor once
each calendar  year,  or as otherwise  permitted  under the related  Subordinate
Mortgage.

                  (t) The Servicer may enter into  subservicing  agreements with
one or more subservicers  (which shall be Eligible  Servicers) for the servicing
and  administration of certain of the Contract  Receivables.  References in this
Agreement  to  actions  taken,  to  be  taken,  or  permitted  to be  taken,  or
restrictions on actions  permitted to be taken, by the Servicer in servicing the
Contract Receivables shall include actions by, or restrictions on, a subservicer
on behalf of the Servicer.  Each subservicing  agreement will be upon such terms
and conditions as are not  inconsistent  with this Agreement and the standard of
care and as the  Servicer and the  subservicer  have  agreed.  All  compensation
payable to a subservicer under a subservicing  agreement shall be payable by the
Servicer  from its  servicing  compensation  or  otherwise  from  its own  funds
(without reimbursement from the Grantor Trust therefor), and none of the Grantor
Trust,   the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  or  the  holders  of  the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates will have any liability to the subservicer with respect thereto.

                  Any  subservicing  agreement  that may be entered into and any
other   transactions  or  servicing   arrangements   relating  to  the  Contract
Receivables  involving a subservicer  in its capacity as such shall be deemed to
be between the subservicer and the Servicer alone, and the Grantor Trust Trustee
and the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  shall not be deemed  parties
thereto and shall have no claims,  rights,  obligations,  duties or  liabilities
with  respect  to the  subservicer  except as set  forth in the next  succeeding
paragraph; provided, however, that the Servicer shall provide copies of any such
subservicing agreement(s) to the T-2 Holder.

                  In the event the  Servicer  shall for any  reason no longer be
acting as such, the successor Servicer may, in its discretion,  thereupon assume
all of the rights and obligations of the outgoing  Servicer under a subservicing
agreement. In such event, the successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed
all of the  Servicer's  interest  therein  and to  have  replaced  the  outgoing
Servicer as a party to each such subservicing agreement to the same extent as if
such subservicing agreement had been assigned to the successor Servicer,  except
that the  outgoing  Servicer  shall not thereby be relieved of any  liability or
obligations on the part of the outgoing  Servicer to the subservicer  under such
subservicing agreement. The outgoing Servicer shall, upon request of the Grantor
Trust  Trustee,  but at the  expense of the  outgoing  Servicer,  deliver to the
successor  Servicer all documents and records relating to each such subservicing
agreement and the Contract  Receivables  then being  serviced  thereunder and an
accounting  of amounts  collected and held by the outgoing  Servicer,  and shall
otherwise use its best efforts to effect the orderly and  efficient  transfer of
any  subservicing  agreement to the  successor  Servicer.  In the event that the
successor Servicer elects not to assume a subservicing  agreement,  the outgoing
Servicer,  at its  expense,  shall  cause  the  subservicer  to  deliver  to the
successor   Servicer  all  documents  and  records   relating  to  the  Contract
Receivables  being  serviced  thereunder  and all  amounts  held (or  thereafter
received) by such subservicer  (together with an accounting of such amounts) and
shall  otherwise  use its best  efforts  to effect  the  orderly  and  efficient
transfer  of  servicing  of the  Contract  Receivables  being  serviced  by such
subservicer to the successor Servicer.

                  (u) The Servicer shall review each  obligation or indebtedness
which an Obligor  incurs or proposes  to incur (to the extent that the  Servicer
has notice thereof), or which appears on an annual financial statement which may
be  delivered  by an Obligor,  to confirm  that it complies  with  Section 3 and
Section 4 of the  applicable  Subordinate  Mortgage  and  otherwise  constitutes
indebtedness  of  such  Obligor  which  it  is  permitted  to  incur  under  the
Subordinate Mortgage.  In connection therewith,  the Servicer shall consult with
the T-2 Holder  (provided  that the T-2 Holder's  advice shall not be binding on
the Servicer).

                  (v)  Consistent  with the  standard of care,  the Servicer may
consult with counsel with respect to matters  arising under, or related to, this
Agreement,  and any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete  authorization
and  protection  in  respect of any action  taken or  suffered  or omitted by it
hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such Opinion of Counsel.

                  (w) In the event the Servicer  receives payments on a Contract
Receivable  while  there  exists an event of  default  under the  related  First
Mortgage  or  a  permitted  refinancing  thereof  or  other  permitted  superior
mortgage,  upon learning of such an event of default, the Servicer shall consult
with counsel and comply with the applicable  terms and provisions of the related
Subordinate  Mortgage,  which in most circumstances  require the Servicer to pay
such  payments  to the  holder  of  such  permitted  superior  mortgage  (or its
designee),  to the extent any debt  service  payments  on the  promissory  notes
secured by such mortgage are due and not yet paid.

                  (x) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement,  the  Servicer  shall  not,  without  the  consent  of  holders  of a
Majority-In-Interest of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates and the holder of the
Grantor  Trust  T-1  Certificate,  take any  action  or omit to take any  action
(including  actions taken in accordance  with  Instructions or Directions of the
Directing  Holders),  if such  action or  omission  to take such action will (i)
adversely  affect  either  the  status of the  assets of the Trust as to which a
REMIC  election has been made as a REMIC or the status of the Grantor Trust as a
grantor trust under subpart E, part I of subchapter J of the Code, or (ii) cause
a gain on the  disposition of a qualified  mortgage that would subject the Trust
to the 100% tax on "prohibited  transactions"  imposed by Section 860F(a) of the
Code,  or (iii)  cause  the  Trust to be  subject  to any tax  under  the  REMIC
Regulations or equivalent provisions of Federal, state or local law or ordinance
(which  determination  may be made by the Servicer without liability based on an
Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the REMIC Trustee).

                  (y) In the case of any Obligor which has acquired the Discount
Purchase  Option,  if any of the events  described  in Section  4(c) of the Note
occurs,  the Servicer  shall notify the Grantor Trust Trustee and the holders of
the Grantor Trust Certificates and thereafter shall not accept prepayment of the
Contract Receivable at the Discounted Pay Off Amount or the Allocated DPO Amount
(in each case, as defined in the Note).

                  (z) The  provisions  of this  Section 4.01 which relate to the
occurrence and  declaration of an event of default,  prescribed  notice and cure
periods and specific Section references to the Note and Subordinate Mortgage are
generally not applicable to the Unmodified  Contract  Receivables.  In managing,
administering,  servicing  and making  collections  on the  Unmodified  Contract
Receivables, the Servicer shall review the Contract Receivable Documents related
thereto and shall consult with counsel, as necessary,  to determine what actions
should  and may be taken,  consistent  with the  standard  of care,  in order to
perform its obligations and duties as Servicer.

                  (aa) The  Servicer  shall  promptly  deliver to the T-2 Holder
copies of all notices,  documents,  reports and other information sent, received
or obtained by the Servicer  pursuant to or in accordance  with this  Agreement,
any Contract Receivable Document,  any First Mortgage Document or otherwise with
respect to any of the  Contract  Receivables.  The Servicer may consult with the
T-2 Holder  regarding  any matter  relating  to the  servicing  of the  Contract
Receivables  (provided that the T-2 Holder's  advice shall not be binding on the
Servicer).

                  (bb) The Servicer shall not give its consent to the release by
an Obligor of any Credit Tenant (unless a case under the  Bankruptcy  Code shall
have been commenced and be continuing  with respect to such Credit Tenant) under
its  Underlying  Lease or Guaranty to the extent that such release  requires its
consent under the related Subordinate Mortgage.

                  SECTION 4.02  Liability of the Servicer.  Notwithstanding  any
subservicing  agreement,  any of the  provisions of this  Agreement  relating to
agreements  or  arrangements  between  the  Servicer  and any  Person  acting as
subservicer  (or its  agents  or  subcontractors),  the  Servicer  shall  remain
obligated and  primarily  liable to the Grantor Trust Trustee and holders of the
Grantor Trust  Certificates for the servicing and  administering of the Contract
Receivables pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement without diminution
of such  obligation  or liability by virtue of such  subservicing  agreements or
arrangements  or  by  virtue  of  indemnification  from  any  Person  acting  as
subservicer (or its agents or  subcontractors)  to the same extent and under the
same  terms  and  conditions  as  if  the  Servicer  alone  were  servicing  and
administering such Contract Receivables. The Servicer shall be entitled to enter
into an agreement  with any  subservicer  providing for  indemnification  of the
Servicer by such  subservicer,  and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
deemed  to limit or  modify  such  indemnification,  but no such  agreement  for
indemnification shall be deemed to limit or modify this Agreement.

                  SECTION  4.03  Liquidation  of  the  Pool.  If  on  the  fifth
anniversary  of the  Stated  Final  Distribution  Date the  Servicer  determines
pursuant to Section 10.03 of the Pooling Agreement that the Offered Certificates
will not be paid in full by the Rated  Final  Distribution  Date,  the  Servicer
shall prepare a program for the liquidation and sale of the Contract Receivables
(and the  other  assets of the  Grantor  Trust)  on or  before  the Rated  Final
Distribution  Date.  The  Servicer  shall,  pursuant to the  Pooling  Agreement,
prepare,  and request the REMIC Trustee to adopt, on behalf of the Trust, a plan
of complete  liquidation of the Trust, within the meaning of Section 860F of the
Code  and  the  Treasury  Regulations  thereunder,  effective  on or  after  the
ninetieth  day prior to the Rated Final  Distribution  Date.  Within ninety days
after the  adoption  of the plan of  complete  liquidation  adopted by the REMIC
Trustee (but no later than the Rated Final Distribution Date), all of the assets
of the Grantor  Trust shall be sold or  liquidated by the Servicer in accordance
with such plan, the net proceeds  thereof  (after the costs of such  liquidation
and sale) shall be allocated  between the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate and the
Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates in accordance with Section  6.03(q),  and a final
distribution  shall be made by the Trust on the Rated  Final  Distribution  Date
(or, if it is not a Business Day, the next  succeeding  Business Day) to holders
of Certificates pursuant to the Pooling Agreement.  The Servicer shall, or shall
retain an  independent  contractor  to, sell or  liquidate  all of the  Contract
Receivables (and other assets of the Grantor Trust) in a commercially reasonable
manner and on commercially  reasonable terms, which may include the solicitation
of bids (sealed or otherwise),  an auction, a bulk sale, individually negotiated
sales of the assets of the Grantor Trust, or a combination of the foregoing. The
fees and expenses  incurred in connection  with such  liquidation and sale shall
constitute Liquidation Expenses which shall be reimbursed to the Servicer.

                  SECTION 4.04 Enforcement of Due-On-Sale  Clauses. The Servicer
shall promptly  enforce any  due-on-sale  clause in a Contract  Receivable,  and
thereby  accelerate  the  maturity  of  such  Contract  Receivable,  (a) if such
enforcement  is  consistent  with  its  then  current  servicing   policies  for
commercial  mortgage loans and the policies of the Rating Agency,  provided that
such enforcement is permitted by applicable law and the Subordinate Mortgage and
the Servicer  shall consult with the T-2 Holder  (provided that the T-2 Holder's
advice shall not be binding on the Servicer),  (b) if,  pursuant to the terms of
the Underlying  Lease,  the  Subordinate  Mortgage will be discharged or will be
null and void,  or (c) the  Obligor  is a Single  Property  Obligor  or the last
remaining Property of a Multiple Property Obligor is being sold.

                  SECTION 4.05      Realization Upon Contract Receivables.

                  (a) Upon the occurrence of an event of default with respect to
any of the Contract Receivables, the Servicer shall commence such procedures for
the  foreclosure  of any  related  Property  or take such  other  steps,  as are
consistent  with the standard of care, in each event to the extent  permitted in
the  applicable  Subordinate  Mortgage  and  that in the  Servicer's  reasonable
judgment  shall  maximize the timely  receipt of  principal  and interest or Net
Liquidation  Proceeds  with  respect  to the  Contract  Receivables,  subject to
Section 4.10 hereof and subject to the  requirements of the applicable state and
Federal law and subject to whether the related First Mortgage,  or any permitted
refinancing thereof,  permits such action (or the First Mortgagee or the holders
of any permitted refinancing thereof, consents thereto). In connection with such
foreclosure,  the Servicer  shall follow such  practices  and  procedures as are
permitted in the applicable  Subordinate Mortgage and as it shall deem necessary
or advisable and as shall be consistent  with the standard of care. In the event
that title to any  Property  is acquired by the  Servicer in  foreclosure  or by
conveyance  in lieu of  foreclosure,  the deed or  certificate  of sale shall be
issued to the Grantor Trust  Trustee,  in its capacity as Grantor Trust Trustee,
or, at its  election,  to its  nominee or the  Servicer on behalf of the Grantor
Trust Trustee, in its capacity as Grantor Trust Trustee.

                  (b) Prior to  commencing a Remedial  Proceeding  in connection
with a  Defaulted  Contract  Receivable,  the  Servicer  shall  consult (i) with
counsel  regarding the application of one action rules, the election of remedies
rules and other legal  doctrines  which  affect the order and timing of remedial
actions  and (ii) with the T-2 Holder  (provided  that the T-2  Holder's  advice
shall not be binding on the Servicer).

                  (c) The  Servicer  shall not obtain  title to a Property  if a
Majority-in-Interest of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates or the REMIC Trustee,
as holder of the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate,  direct the Servicer to refrain
from obtaining title to such Property.

                  (d) In the event the  Servicer  receives  notice or  otherwise
becomes  aware of any  bankruptcy or insolvency  proceeding  pending  against an
Obligor,  the Servicer shall immediately consult with counsel and shall take all
actions and make all filings  consistent with the standard of care and otherwise
necessary  to (a)  preserve and protect the validity and priority of the lien of
the  Subordinate  Mortgage (or the First Mortgage with respect to the Utex Note,
as the  case  may be) on,  and  security  interest  in,  the  related  Mortgaged
Property,  (b) determine the amount of the debt secured  thereby and (c) file in
any such bankruptcy or insolvency  proceeding all claims that the Noteholder may
have  against  the  applicable  Obligor and  otherwise  in  connection  with the
applicable  Subordinate Mortgage (or the First Mortgage with respect to the Utex
Note, as the case may be). In addition,  in the event that a foreclosure  action
or proceeding is commenced by or on behalf of a First Mortgagee or the holder of
any other superior mortgage  instrument  (permitted or otherwise) or a trustee's
sale or similar action is noticed pursuant to power of sale provisions contained
in a First Mortgage or other  superior  mortgage  instrument  which is a deed of
trust or similar instrument, the Servicer shall immediately consult with counsel
concerning such proceeding and shall take all actions  necessary to preserve and
protect,  and to prevent (to the extent  permitted or required under  applicable
law and the Subordinate Mortgage) a loss or waiver of, the validity and priority
of the  Subordinate  Mortgage  lien on, and  security  interest  in, the related
Mortgaged  Property,  and the  validity and  enforceability  of the debt secured
thereby,  including  appearing  in such  foreclosure  action or  proceeding  and
asserting therein all claims that the Noteholder may have against the applicable
Obligor and otherwise in connection  with the applicable  Subordinate  Mortgage.
The Servicer shall be obligated to take the foregoing  actions,  notwithstanding
that the  Servicer  may not have had an  opportunity  to obtain  the  reports or
otherwise make the  determinations  referred to in Section  4.05(e) below by the
time that any such actions must be taken. The provisions of this paragraph shall
not be  applicable  with  respect  to the  Subordinate  Mortgages  delivered  by
Bessomac,  Leyden  and  Taber  (unless  such  Subordinate  Mortgages  have  been
recorded) and, other than in the first sentence of this paragraph,  with respect
to the related First Mortgage which indirectly secures the Utex Note.

                  (e) The  Servicer  shall not be permitted to obtain title to a
Property on behalf of the  Grantor  Trust,  or take any other  action that would
cause  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  on  behalf  of the  Grantor  Trust,  to be
considered to hold title to, to be a  "mortgagee-in-possession"  of, or to be an
"owner" or "operator" of such Property  within the meaning of the  Comprehensive
Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and  Liability  Act of 1980,  as amended
("CERCLA"),  or any comparable Federal, state or local law, or a "discharger" or
"responsible party" thereunder,  unless the Servicer has previously  determined,
based on a report or assessment  prepared (at the expense of the Grantor  Trust)
by a qualified person who regularly  conducts  environmental  assessments (which
report or assessment may have been prepared for the holder of the First Mortgage
or any permitted refinancing thereof), that:

                           (i) such  Property is in compliance  with  applicable
                  environmental laws or, if not, that taking such actions as are
                  necessary to bring such  Property in  compliance  therewith is
                  reasonably  likely to produce a greater  recovery on a present
                  value basis than not taking such actions, and

                           (ii)  there  are no  circumstances  present  at  such
                  Property  relating to the use,  management  or disposal of any
                  hazardous substances,  hazardous materials,  hazardous wastes,
                  or petroleum-based materials for which investigation, testing,
                  monitoring,  containment,  clean-up  or  remediation  could be
                  required under any Federal,  state or local law or regulation,
                  or that if any such  materials  are  present  for  which  such
                  action could be required,  taking such actions with respect to
                  the  affected  Property  is  reasonably  likely  to  produce a
                  greater recovery on a present value basis than not taking such
                  actions.

                  If the Servicer has so determined,  based on  satisfaction  of
the criteria in clauses (i) and (ii) above, that it would be consistent with the
standard of care to take any such actions, the Servicer shall notify the Grantor
Trust  Trustee,  which in turn shall  notify the  holders of the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates of such proposed  action,  and if the Grantor Trust Trustee has not
received and  delivered to the  Servicer,  within five  Business Days after such
notification to the holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates, Instructions from
the Directing Holders not to take any such action,  the Servicer shall take such
action.

                  If, on the other hand,  the  Servicer  determines  that taking
such actions as are necessary to bring any such Property  into  compliance  with
applicable  environmental  laws,  or taking  such  actions  with  respect to the
containment, clean-up, removal or remediation of hazardous substances, hazardous
materials,  hazardous  wastes or  petroleum-based  materials  affecting any such
Property,  is not reasonably  likely to produce a greater  recovery on a present
value basis than not taking such actions,  the Servicer shall notify the Grantor
Trust Trustee of such  determination and the Grantor Trust Trustee shall in turn
notify the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates.  If, within five Business
Days after the Grantor Trust Trustee's  notification,  the Grantor Trust Trustee
has not received,  and notified the Servicer of, contrary  Instructions from the
Directing  Holders,  then the  Servicer  may take such  action as it deems to be
consistent with the standard of care, including,  without limitation,  releasing
the lien of the Subordinate Mortgage with respect to the affected Property.  The
Servicer  shall not be  required  to  accept  Instructions  if, in an  Officer's
Certificate (copies of which shall be delivered to the Grantor Trust Trustee and
the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates),  they would expose the Servicer
to  liability  under  CERCLA.  The  cost of any  such  compliance,  containment,
clean-up  or  remediation  is a Grantor  Trust  Expense and shall be paid to the
Servicer pursuant to Section 6.04;  provided that if a Directing Holders Reserve
Fund is established in connection  with such Property,  such cost shall first be
paid from the Directing Holders Reserve Fund, to the extent available.

                   (f) If the  Servicer  acquires  a  Property  on behalf of the
Grantor  Trust (a  "Foreclosed  Property"),  the  Servicer  shall be  empowered,
subject to the REMIC  Regulations,  to do any and all things in connection  with
the  management  and operation  thereof as are  consistent  with the standard of
care.  The  Servicer  shall  hire  an  independent  contractor  to  operate  any
Foreclosed  Property  if  required  to do so under  the REMIC  Regulations.  The
retention of an independent  contractor,  however, will not relieve the Servicer
of any of its  obligations  with respect to the management and operation of such
Foreclosed Property. If proceeds received in respect of such Foreclosed Property
prior to the final liquidation of such Foreclosed Property are not sufficient to
pay the costs  and fees  incurred  by the  Servicer  (including  the fees of the
independent  contractor),  such  costs  and  fees  will be  reimbursable  to the
Servicer out of Liquidation Proceeds received from the final Liquidation of such
Foreclosed Property.

                  The Servicer  shall sell any Foreclosed  Property  (other than
Foreclosed Property for a Contract Receivable which is on Exhibit B or which has
been  repurchased  pursuant  to  Section  3.02 or as to which all T-1  Allocable
Payments  have been made) within two years after such property has been acquired
(within the meaning of the REMIC  Regulations) by the Grantor Trust,  unless the
Trust has received an extension of such period from the Internal Revenue Service
to the effect that the holding by the Grantor Trust of such Foreclosed  Property
for an additional specified period will not result in the imposition of taxes on
"prohibited  transactions"  of the Trust as defined in Section 860F of the Code,
or  adversely  affect  the status of the assets of the Trust as to which a REMIC
election  has  been  made  as a  REMIC  at any  time  that  any  Certificate  is
outstanding,  in which  event such  two-year  period  will be  extended  by such
additional  specified  period  (and  any  expense  incurred  in  obtaining  such
extension shall be reimbursed to the Servicer as a Trust Reimbursable Expense).

                  (g) The  Servicer  shall not  acquire  for the  benefit of the
Grantor Trust any personal property pursuant to this Section 4.05 unless either:

                           (i)  such  personal  property  is  incident  to  real
                  property (within the meaning of Section 856(e)(1) of the Code)
                  so  acquired  by the  Servicer  for the benefit of the Grantor
                  Trust (which  determination  may be made without  liability in
                  reliance upon an Opinion of Counsel); or

                           (ii) the Servicer  shall have  requested and received
                  an Opinion of Counsel  (obtained at the expense of the Grantor
                  Trust)  to the  effect  that  the  holding  of  such  personal
                  property by the Grantor Trust will not cause the imposition of
                  a tax on the Trust  under the REMIC  Regulations  or cause the
                  assets of the Trust as to which a REMIC election has been made
                  to fail to qualify as a REMIC at any time that any Certificate
                  is outstanding.

                  (h) The Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  with respect to a Contract
Receivable,  shall be allocated by the Servicer pursuant to Section 6.03 between
T-1  Allocable  Payments  which  shall  be  deposited  by  the  Servicer  in the
Collection  Account and T-2 Allocable  Payments  which shall be deposited by the
Servicer in the Reserve Fund.

                  (i) The Servicer  may sue to enforce or collect upon  Contract
Receivables,  in its own name,  if possible,  or as agent for the Grantor  Trust
Trustee,  after consultation with the T-2 Holder (provided that the T-2 Holder's
advice shall not be binding on the Servicer). If the Servicer elects to commence
a Remedial Proceeding to enforce a Contract Receivable,  the act of commencement
shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment of such Contract Receivable to the
Servicer  for  purposes  of  collection  only.  If,  however,  in  any  Remedial
Proceeding it is held that the Servicer may not enforce a Contract Receivable on
the  ground  that it is not a real party in  interest  or a holder  entitled  to
enforce such  Contract  Receivable,  the Grantor  Trust Trustee on behalf of the
Grantor Trust shall, at the Servicer's expense,  take such steps as the Servicer
deems necessary to enforce such Contract Receivable,  including bringing suit in
its name or the names of the holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates.

                  (j) If the  Servicer  elects to  proceed  with a  non-judicial
foreclosure  in  accordance  with the laws of the state  where the  Property  is
located and the provisions of the related  Contract  Receivable  Documents,  the
Servicer  shall not be  required  to pursue a  deficiency  judgment  against the
related  Obligor or any other  liable  party if (i) the laws of the state do not
permit such a deficiency  judgment  after a non-judicial  foreclosure,  (ii) the
related  Contract  Receivable  provides  that the recourse of the  Noteholder is
limited to the Mortgaged Property, or (iii) the Servicer determines, in its good
faith business  judgment,  that the likely recovery if a deficiency  judgment is
obtained  will not be  sufficient  to warrant  the cost,  time,  expense  and/or
liability  of  pursuing  the  deficiency  judgment  and  such  determination  is
evidenced by an Officer's  Certificate  to that effect  delivered to the Grantor
Trust Trustee.

                  (k) The  Servicer  shall not be  permitted  to sell a Contract
Receivable except under the following circumstances:  (i) upon the occurrence of
an event  described  under  Section  4.03, or (ii) to maintain the status of the
Trust as a REMIC. The Servicer may sell, however,  (i) any Foreclosed  Property,
to the extent permitted by applicable law and the related Subordinate  Mortgage,
and (ii) other  proceeds  of a Defaulted  Contract  Receivable  or a  Liquidated
Contract  Receivable.  The  Servicer may also cause the transfer of the stock of
Derby, Saber and Sentec in accordance with Section 4.05(1).

                  (l) With respect to Derby, Saber or Sentec, in the event that,

                           (i) the Credit Tenant shall have defaulted  under the
         related Underlying Lease to which such corporation (either Derby, Saber
         or Sentec) is a party or shall have  commenced a  voluntary  case under
         any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar  law now or
         hereafter in effect,  or shall have  consented to the entry of an order
         for relief in an  involuntary  case  under any such law,  or shall have
         consented to the  appointment  of or taking  possession  by a receiver,
         liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,  custodian or  sequestrator  (or other
         similar  official)  for it or its  property,  or  shall  have  made any
         general  assignment  for the  benefit of its  creditors,  or shall have
         failed to, or admitted in writing  its  inability  to, pay its debts as
         they  become  due,  or  shall  have  taken  any  corporate   action  in
         furtherance of the foregoing;

                           (ii)  Presidio  fails  to pay its  obligations  under
         Section 13.18 with respect to Saber, Derby or Sentec or the liabilities
         against which Presidio is otherwise  obligated to indemnify the Grantor
         Trust thereunder (together with the reasonably estimated  out-of-pocket
         expenses  which  Presidio  will incur in defending any claim that would
         give rise to an  indemnification  claim) exceed the maximum amount that
         Presidio is required to pay thereunder;

                           (iii) Derby,  Saber or Sentec lacks  sufficient funds
         (in its Sandwich  Investment Account or otherwise) to pay its expenses,
         claims or  liabilities  (and, in the case of Derby or Sentec,  no funds
         are available in the Derby and Sentec Reserve Account) and, pursuant to
         Section  4.20(e) the Servicer has  determined  in  accordance  with the
         standard of care not to make a capital contribution; or

                           (iv)  Presidio or the T-2 Holder shall have failed to
         cure a breach of any  representation  or warranty under Section 3.01(c)
         within 90 days after the  Servicer  shall have given notice to Presidio
         and the T-2 Holder of such breach in reasonable  detail, if such breach
         materially  and  adversely  affects  the  value  of the  stock  of such
         corporation or the interest of the Grantor Trust in such corporation;

then (unless the Servicer  determines,  in the case of an event of default under
the Underlying Lease or a breach of  representation,  that such event of default
or breach of  representation  is not  material  or will be cured  promptly  with
respect to the  affected  corporation  (either  Derby,  Saber or  Sentec)),  the
Servicer (x) shall direct the GT Collateral  Agent to give written notice to the
T-2 Holder,  whereupon the stock of such  corporation  (any of Sentec,  Derby or
Saber, whichever is applicable) shall, without further action, be deemed to have
been  transferred  to the T-2 Holder  subject to a lien thereon  pursuant to the
Reserve  Fund Pledge  Agreement  (or,  upon notice from the T-2 Holder to the GT
Collateral  Agent,  the T-2  Holder may  designate  an  affiliated  partnership,
limited  liability  company  or  nominee  of the T-2  Holder to own such  stock,
provided  that such  affiliate or nominee  confirms the pledge of such stock and
the  distributions  thereon and  proceeds  thereof  pursuant to the Reserve Fund
Pledge Agreement), (y) shall cause the stock ledger of such Sandwich Corporation
to be changed to reflect such transfer subject to a lien thereon pursuant to the
Reserve  Fund  Pledge  Agreement,  and such  transferee  shall be deemed to have
pledged such stock and the  proceeds  thereof and  distributions  thereon to the
Collateral  Agent pursuant to the Reserve Fund Pledge  Agreement,  and (z) shall
make no further transfers of the Net Sandwich Investments of such corporation to
the Certificate  Account (or to reimburse the Servicer).  Upon request,  the T-2
Holder (or its affiliate or nominee)  shall confirm in writing the acceptance of
such  transfer and the making of such pledge.  Prior to any such transfer of the
stock of Derby or Sentec, the Grantor Trust shall make a capital contribution to
such  corporation  in the  amount of half of the  funds in the Derby and  Sentec
Reserve Account.

                  At any time that  Derby,  Saber or Sentec has no Net  Sandwich
Investments  in  its  Sandwich  Investment  Account,   the  Servicer  hereby  is
authorized to transfer to the T-2 Holder, upon 10 days notice to the T-2 Holder,
the stock of such  corporation  subject to a lien thereon for the benefit of the
Collateral  Agent pursuant to the Reserve Fund Pledge  Agreement (or upon notice
from the T-p2 Holder to the GT Collateral Agent, the T-2 Holder may designate an
affiliated  partnership,  limited liability company or nominee of the T-2 Holder
to own such stock), provided that such T-2 Holder (or such affiliate or nominee)
confirms the pledge of such stock and all  distributions on and proceeds thereof
pursuant to a supplement to the Reserve Fund Pledge  Agreement  satisfactory  to
the Servicer. Such supplement shall require that any Net Sandwich Investments of
such  corporation be maintained and applied in accordance  with Section 4.20 and
that the transferee  comply with the covenants in Section 4.20 applicable to the
sole stockholder of such corporation. Prior to any such transfer of the stock of
Derby or Sentec,  the Grantor  Trust shall make a capital  contribution  to such
corporation  in the amount of half of the funds in the Derby and Sentec  Reserve
Account.  Subsequent to such transfer,  the transferee,  pursuant to the Reserve
Fund Pledge Agreement,  shall cause transfers of the Net Sandwich Investments to
be made to the Servicer, for deposit in the Certificate Account (or to reimburse
the Servicer),  in accordance  with Section 6.09 of this  Agreement,  unless and
until such time as an event set forth in clauses (i), (ii),  (iii) or (iv) above
shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to such corporation.

                  SECTION 4.06      Maintenance of Security Interests.

                  (a) The  Servicer,  in  accordance  with the standard of care,
shall take such steps as are  necessary  to maintain  the lien and the  security
interest created by each Sandwich Pledge Agreement, each Paying Agent Agreement,
each Subordinate  Mortgage (in the related  Mortgaged  Property) and the Pledged
Funds in favor of BT,  as GT  Collateral  Agent  and as  Collateral  Agent.  The
Servicer  shall,  and is hereby  authorized  and  empowered by the Grantor Trust
Trustee to,  prepare,  execute and  deliver  any and all  financing  statements,
continuation statements and other documents or instruments necessary to maintain
the lien on and security interest in each Mortgaged  Property (except,  prior to
the recordation thereof,  with respect to the Subordinate  Mortgages for Leyden,
Bessomac and Taber).

                  (b) If at any time consent of the holder of the First Mortgage
is received, or if the First Mortgage is refinanced,  permitting  recordation of
the Subordinate  Mortgage delivered by Bessomac,  Leyden or Taber, the Servicer,
together  with the related  Obligor,  shall take such steps as are  necessary to
obtain a lien  encumbering  and  creating a  security  interest  in the  related
Mortgaged  Property,   including,  without  limitation,   recording  Subordinate
Mortgages in each county where an Obligor's  property is located,  and (with the
consent  of the T-2  Holder  and the  related  Obligor)  shall  consent  to such
amendments or  modifications  to the  Subordinate  Mortgage as the holder of the
First Mortgage shall reasonably request.

                  (c) The  Servicer  shall take such steps as are  necessary  to
continue the security  interest  created by the initial  filing of UCC financing
statements  in  connection  with the  Subordinate  Mortgages  and  Paying  Agent
Agreements,  including,  without  limitation,  filing requisite UCC continuation
statements.

                  SECTION 4.07 Servicer Report. On each  Distribution  Date, the
Servicer  shall  prepare  and  forward  a report  (the  "Servicer  Report"),  in
substantially  the form of  Exhibit V  attached  hereto,  to the  Grantor  Trust
Trustee,  any Grantor Trust Paying Agent, the REMIC Trustee,  the holders of the
Grantor  Trust   Certificates   and  the  holders  of  the   Certificates.   The
determination  by the  Servicer  of the amount of the  distributions  to be made
pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof and pursuant to the Pooling  Agreement shall, in
the  absence of obvious  error,  be  presumptively  deemed to be correct for all
purposes hereunder.

                  On the Business Day following  each  Determination  Date,  the
Servicer  shall inform the T-2 Holder of the amount,  if any, to be  transferred
from each Pledged Fund to the Certificate Account on the next succeeding Deposit
Date.

                  Each Servicer  Report shall be accompanied by a certificate of
a  Servicing  Officer  substantially  in the form of Exhibit W attached  hereto,
certifying the accuracy of the Servicer  Report and certifying  that no Event of
Termination,  or event that with notice or lapse of time, or both,  would become
an Event of  Termination,  has  occurred,  or if such event has  occurred and is
continuing, specifying the event and its status.

                  SECTION 4.08      Annual Statement as to Compliance.

                  (a) The Servicer  shall deliver to the Grantor Trust  Trustee,
the REMIC Trustee,  the holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates and the Rating
Agency  within  90 days  after  the  end of each  calendar  year,  an  Officer's
Certificate  of an officer of the Servicer with direct  responsibility  over the
administration of this Agreement and the Pooling  Agreement,  stating that (i) a
review of the activities of the Servicer  during the preceding  calendar year of
its  performance  under this  Agreement and the Pooling  Agreement has been made
under  such  officer's  supervision  and  (ii) to the  best  of  such  officer's
knowledge,  based  upon such  review,  the  Servicer  has  fulfilled  all of its
obligations  under this  Agreement  and the Pooling  Agreement  throughout  such
preceding  calendar year, or, if there has been a default in the  fulfillment of
any such obligation,  specifying each such default known to such officer and the
nature  and  status  thereof.  The first  such  Officer's  Certificate  shall be
delivered by April 1, 1997, for the calendar year 1996.

                  (b) The Servicer  shall  deliver to the Grantor  Trust Trustee
and the  holders  of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates,  promptly  after  having
obtained knowledge thereof, an Officer's Certificate  specifying any event which
with the giving of notice or lapse of time,  or both,  would  become an Event of
Termination  under clause (a) or (b) of Section 10.01.  The Seller shall deliver
to the Grantor Trust Trustee and the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates,
promptly  after having  obtained  knowledge  thereof,  an Officer's  Certificate
specifying  any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both,
would become an Event of Termination under clause (a) or (b) of Section 10.01.

                  SECTION 4.09 Annual Audit Report. Within 90 days after the end
of each calendar  year, the Servicer,  at its expense,  shall cause a nationally
recognized  firm of  independent  public  accountants,  which is a member of the
American  Institute of Certified Public  Accountants,  to furnish a statement to
the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee to the effect that such firm has  examined  certain
documents  and records  relating to the Servicer and that,  on the basis of such
examination  conducted  substantially  in  compliance  with the  Uniform  Single
Attestation  Program for Mortgage Bankers ("Audit Program"),  such servicing has
been  conducted in  compliance  with  agreements  substantially  similar to this
Agreement,  except for such significant exceptions or errors in records that, in
the opinion of such firm,  the Audit  Program  requires it to report.  The first
such statement  shall be delivered on April 1, 1997, for the calendar year 1996.
The Servicer shall forward a copy of such annual  statement to the Grantor Trust
Trustee, the REMIC Trustee, as holder of the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate,  and
the  holders  of the  Grantor  Trust  T-2  Certificates.  Copies  of the  annual
statement  of  accountants  shall also be provided by the Servicer to the Rating
Agency.

                  SECTION 4.10      Directing Holders.

                  (a) Remedial  Proceeding.  If a Contract  Receivable becomes a
Defaulted Contract  Receivable,  the Servicer shall  immediately,  but not later
than the third  Business Day following  the day the Servicer  becomes aware that
such Contract Receivable has become a Defaulted Contract Receivable, give notice
to the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates and the Grantor Trust Trustee,
specifying  the nature and  circumstances  of the event of default to the extent
known to the Servicer. The Servicer may be given irrevocable  instructions as to
the  action  to be taken  with  respect  to the  Defaulted  Contract  Receivable
("Instructions") by holders of a  Majority-In-Interest  of the Grantor Trust T-2
Certificates  (the "Directing  Holders") within five Business Days of receipt of
such notice.  In the event that the Servicer does not receive such  Instructions
within such five Business Day period,  the Servicer shall promptly determine the
appropriate actions to be taken consistent with the standard of care, and, prior
to taking such  actions,  the Servicer  shall  provide the Grantor Trust Trustee
with notice of such  determination  in  reasonable  detail and the Grantor Trust
Trustee  shall  deliver  any such  notice  received  by it to the holders of the
Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates. Within five Business Days after receipt from the
Grantor Trust Trustee of notice of the Servicer's intended actions, the Servicer
may be given  Instructions by the Directing Holders as to the action to be taken
with respect to a Defaulted Contract Receivable,  which may include, among other
things, the following: (i) not to commence a Remedial Proceeding,  (ii) to agree
or  refuse  to agree to an  amendment,  waiver or  modification  of a  Defaulted
Contract Receivable or release of all or a portion of the Property from the lien
of the Subordinate  Mortgage, in substitution for other collateral or otherwise;
or (iii) to commence a Remedial Proceeding.  Instructions shall be restricted to
the  actions  that the  Servicer  could have taken with  respect to a  Defaulted
Contract Receivable  (including  modifications,  waivers or amendments thereof),
except that the  Instructions of the Directing  Holders shall not (i) be subject
to the objection of the other holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates, or (ii)
require the Servicer to transfer or lease a Property or a Foreclosed Property to
an Affiliate of the T-2 Holder.

                  If the Servicer  receives  Instructions  within five  Business
Days  after  notice  of  an  event  of  default  or  notice  of  the  Servicer's
determination  was  delivered  to the  Directing  Holders by the  Grantor  Trust
Trustee (as  described in the  immediately  preceding  paragraph),  the Servicer
shall act in accordance with such Instructions,  and the procedures described in
the following  paragraphs  below shall apply to the servicing of such  Defaulted
Contract  Receivable.  In the event  that the  Servicer  does not  receive  such
Instructions within such five Business Day period, the Servicer may proceed in a
manner  consistent  with  the  standard  of care  and the  notice  given  to the
Directing Holders until the Servicer makes a determination to commence or not to
commence a Remedial  Proceeding (or to agree or refuse to agree to an amendment,
waiver or modification of a Defaulted Contract Receivable or release of all or a
portion  of  the  Property  from  the  lien  of  the  Subordinate  Mortgage,  in
substitution  for other  collateral  or  otherwise)  or take  other  action  not
described in such notice,  in which event the  Directing  Holders shall again be
given the same opportunity to give  Instructions  (unless the Directing  Holders
shall  waive  the  right  to  receive  such   opportunity  as  to  any  Contract
Receivable).

                  Within  five  Business  Days after the  Servicer's  receipt of
Instructions, the Directing Holders shall

                  (A) pay to the Servicer for deposit (the  "Directing  Holders'
         Deposit") with the GT Collateral Agent into a Directing Holders Reserve
         Fund an amount equal to the sum of (i) 125% of the  Discounted  Pay Off
         Amount  determined  as of the date of the  Directing  Holders'  Deposit
         (provided  that if a T-1  Allocable  Payment  due on or  within 25 days
         prior  to the  scheduled  expiration  date of the  Primary  Term of the
         related  Underlying  Lease  is due  and  owing  as of the  date  of the
         Directing Holders' Deposit,  and the Discounted Pay Off Amount is zero,
         the amount of the Directing  Holders'  Deposit  pursuant to this clause
         (i) shall be 125% of the unpaid  balance of the  scheduled  payments on
         such Contract  Receivable  which are T-1 Allocable  Payments) plus (ii)
         the outstanding  Prepayment  Deficiency Amount, if any, with respect to
         the affected Contract Receivable,

                  (B) deliver a DHRF Indemnity  Agreement,  agreeing to make the
         payments  described  below  (but only to the  extent  of the  Directing
         Holders' Deposit), and

                  (C) deliver a DHRF Pledge  Agreement  pledging the  applicable
         Directing  Holders  Reserve Fund to secure the  obligations  under such
         DHRF Indemnity Agreement.

In the event  that the  Directing  Holders  do not make the  Directing  Holders'
Deposit and deliver the DHRF Indemnity  Agreement and the DHRF Pledge  Agreement
within five  Business Days after the  Servicer's  receipt of  Instructions,  the
Servicer shall disregard such Instructions. If the Directing Holders' Deposit is
made  and the  DHRF  Indemnity  Agreement  and the  DHRF  Pledge  Agreement  are
delivered within five Business Days, the Directing  Holders may continue to give
Instructions  from  time  to  time  with  respect  to  that  Defaulted  Contract
Receivable, and the Servicer shall be obligated to follow such Instructions.

                  No Directing  Holders'  Deposit,  DHRF Indemnity  Agreement or
DHRF Pledge  Agreement  shall be required (i) if the  Discounted  Pay Off Amount
plus the outstanding  Prepayment Deficiency Amount, if any, determined as of the
date of the Directing  Holders'  Deposit equals zero,  (ii) if all T-1 Allocable
Payments on such Contract Receivable have been made or (iii) if it is a Contract
Receivable on Exhibit B. If no Directing Holders' Deposit is required to be made
for a Defaulted Contract  Receivable,  it will not be subject to purchase by the
Directing Holders pursuant to the third succeeding paragraph.

                  The Servicer shall apply funds in a Directing  Holders Reserve
Fund to pay the fees of third  parties  incurred in  connection  with a Remedial
Proceeding  conducted in accordance  with the  Instructions,  provided that such
third parties retained by the Servicer shall have been approved by the Directing
Holders, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  If the  Defaulted  Contract  Receivable  that  is  subject  to
Instructions  becomes a  Liquidated  Contract  Receivable,  the  Servicer  shall
withdraw from the Directing Holders Reserve Fund and deposit into the Collection
Account (or, for the period of time from the Transfer  Date to the Deposit Date,
into the Certificate Account), as additional Liquidation Proceeds, the amount by
which  the  Discounted  Pay  Off  Amount  determined  as of  the  date  of  such
Liquidation plus the outstanding Prepayment Deficiency Amount, if any, allocable
to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate  exceeds the Net Liquidation  Proceeds from
such Liquidation.

                  If the  Defaulted  Contract  Receivable  that  is  subject  to
Instructions has not become a Liquidated Contract Receivable (or been prepaid in
full) on or before the third  anniversary  of receipt of the  Instructions,  the
Directing  Holders shall purchase such Defaulted  Contract  Receivable  from the
Grantor Trust for a purchase  price equal to the  Discounted Pay Off Amount plus
the outstanding  Prepayment  Deficiency Amount, if any, allocable to the Grantor
Trust T-1 Certificate  determined as of the third  anniversary of receipt of the
Instructions;  provided,  however,  that such purchase shall be conditioned upon
the delivery to the Grantor  Trust  Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel  reasonably
satisfactory  to the REMIC Trustee (and, if the Directing  Holders shall fail to
deliver such opinion, the Servicer shall request such opinion from counsel),  at
the expense of the Directing Holders,  to the effect that such purchase (and the
obligation  of the  Directing  Holders to effect  such  purchase)  shall not (i)
adversely  affect  either  the  status of the  assets of the Trust as to which a
REMIC  election has been made as a REMIC or the status of the Grantor Trust as a
grantor trust under Subpart E, part I of Subchapter J of the Code, or (ii) cause
a gain on the  disposition of a qualified  mortgage that would subject the Trust
to the 100% tax on "prohibited  transactions"  imposed by Section 860F(a) of the
Code,  or (iii)  cause  the  Trust to be  subject  to any tax  under  the  REMIC
Regulations  or  equivalent  provisions  of  Federal,  state  or  local  law  or
ordinance. Upon receipt of such opinion, on such anniversary, the Servicer shall
effect  such  purchase by  withdrawing  the  purchase  price from the amounts on
deposit  in the  Directing  Holders  Reserve  Fund,  and the  obligation  of the
Directing  Holders to pay such purchase  price shall be limited to such amounts.
No later than 30 days prior to each Deposit Date, the Servicer  shall  determine
whether there will be sufficient funds in the Directing  Holders Reserve Fund to
pay such purchase  price  (determined as of the second  succeeding  Distribution
Date) and if the  Servicer  determines  that  there  will be a  deficiency,  the
Servicer shall notify the Directing Holders;  in the event the Directing Holders
elect not to deposit such deficiency,  upon receipt of the aforesaid  Opinion of
Counsel  described  above in this  paragraph,  the  Servicer  shall  effect such
purchase on the next  succeeding  Deposit  Date (even  though it is prior to the
third  anniversary of the receipt of  Instructions)  by withdrawing the purchase
price  (determined  as of such  Deposit  Date)  from the funds on deposit in the
Directing  Holders Reserve Fund. If,  notwithstanding  the foregoing,  there are
insufficient  funds in the  Directing  Holders  Reserve Fund to pay the purchase
price,  the  Directing  Holders  shall  not  purchase  such  Defaulted  Contract
Receivable  unless at their option they deposit  sufficient  funds to effectuate
such purchase.

                  If the  Directing  Holders  purchase such  Defaulted  Contract
Receivable, such Defaulted Contract Receivable, the Subordinate Mortgage and the
related Contract  Receivable File shall be transferred from the Grantor Trust to
the Directing  Holders,  the Grantor  Trust Trustee and the GT Collateral  Agent
shall  execute  any  assignments,   financing  statements  and  other  documents
reasonably  requested by the Directing Holders to effect such transfer,  and any
payments made on or with respect to such Defaulted Contract Receivable after the
date of such purchase, including the Net Liquidation Proceeds, shall be the sole
property  of (and  shall be paid to) the  Directing  Holders.  If the  Defaulted
Contract  Receivable  purchased  is the Hertec  Contract  Receivable,  the Metec
Contract  Receivable or the Dalcin Contract  Receivable,  (i) the purchase price
shall be increased by an amount  equal to the Net  Sandwich  Investments  of the
Sandwich Corporation (Sentec, Derby or Saber,  respectively) which is party to a
Master  Lease with the  Obligor  on such  Contract  Receivable,  and (ii) at the
option of the Directing  Holders,  either (A) the Servicer and the Grantor Trust
Trustee shall transfer to the Directing Holders (free and clear of any pledge or
lien)  all  right,  title  and  interest  in and to the  stock of such  Sandwich
Corporation  (including all funds or investments of such Sandwich  Corporation),
and appoint the designee of the  Directing  Holders as the sole director of such
Sandwich Corporation, or (B) all proceeds of, and distributions on, the stock of
such Corporation shall be distributed by the Grantor Trust Trustee,  as and when
received,  to the Directing Holders  (notwithstanding any other provision herein
regarding the application of the Net Sandwich Investments).

                  In  determining  the amount  payable from a Directing  Holders
Reserve Fund  pursuant to any of the three  preceding  paragraphs,  the Servicer
shall credit against such amount all amounts paid from the applicable  Directing
Holders Reserve Fund pursuant to the immediately following paragraph.

                  If, at any time  following  the  establishment  of a Directing
Holders Reserve Fund with respect to a Defaulted  Contract  Receivable and prior
to the date on which it becomes a Liquidated  Contract  Receivable,  the Obligor
fails to pay any amount which is due and payable under such  Defaulted  Contract
Receivable  within 30 days after the scheduled due date for such payment  (other
than by reason of the Noteholder  having  declared all amounts to be immediately
due and  payable  thereunder  as a result of an event of default  thereunder  or
under the related  Subordinate  Mortgage),  including amounts due and payable in
connection  with a Purchase  Option or a Schedule C Event,  the  Servicer  shall
cause the withdrawal from the applicable  Directing Holders Reserve Fund and the
deposit  into the  Collection  Account  (or,  for the  period  of time  from the
Transfer Date to the Deposit Date, into the Certificate  Account) of the portion
of such delinquent payment which is a T-1 Allocable Payment.

                  Promptly  after  the  date  on  which  a  Defaulted   Contract
Receivable which becomes a Liquidated  Contract  Receivable (or portion thereof)
is purchased by the Directing Holders or is prepaid in full, the Servicer shall,
after  withdrawing any amounts payable from a Directing Holders Reserve Fund (as
described above), pay the remaining balance to the applicable Directing Holders.

                  From time to time,  the Directing  Holders may pay  additional
amounts to the Servicer,  for deposit in the Directing  Holders Reserve Fund, in
which case the Directing  Holders also may give  Instructions to the Servicer to
apply such funds on deposit in the Directing Holders Reserve Fund for any of the
purposes listed in Section 4.16(b).

                  (b) Rejectable  Offer.  Upon receipt of notice from an Obligor
of a proposed  rejection of a Rejectable  Offer (the  "Rejection  Notice"),  the
Servicer shall immediately,  but not later than the third Business Day following
receipt of such  Rejection  Notice,  give  notice to the  holders of the Grantor
Trust  Certificates and the Grantor Trust Trustee of such proposed  rejection by
sending  a copy of the  Rejection  Notice  to each of  them,  together  with the
Servicer's  calculation  of the  Schedule C  Prepayment  Amount for the affected
Property.  Within 14 Business  Days after receipt by the Servicer of a Rejection
Notice,  the  Servicer  shall  deliver  written  notice  to the  Obligor  of its
objection  to the  rejection  of the  Rejectable  Offer in  accordance  with the
related  Subordinate  Mortgage  (other than with respect to the Hertec  Contract
Receivable,  the Metec  Contract  Receivable  and the  Segair  Note)  unless the
Directing  Holders  (i) direct  ("Directions")  the  Servicer  to consent to the
Obligor's rejection of the Rejectable Offer (ii) pay to the Servicer for deposit
with the GT  Collateral  Agent into a Rejectable  Offer  Reserve Fund, an amount
equal to 125% of the Schedule C Prepayment Amount for the affected Property (the
"Directing  Holders'  Rejectable  Offer  Deposit"),  and  (iii)  deliver  a RORF
Indemnity  Agreement and a RORF Pledge  Agreement.  If such  Direction is given,
such deposit is made and such  Agreements  are  delivered,  the  Servicer  shall
consent  in  writing  to  the  Obligor's   rejection  of  the  Rejectable  Offer
immediately (but in any event prior to the fourteenth  Business Day after notice
of the proposed  rejection was given by the Obligor).  The Servicer shall direct
the GT  Collateral  Agent to  return  to the  Directing  Holders  the  Directing
Holders'  Rejectable  Offer Deposit (and any investment  income  thereon) if the
Obligor accepts the Rejectable  Offer or if the Rejectable  Offer is canceled or
withdrawn by the Lessee (such that the Schedule C Event does not occur).

                  No Directing Holders' Rejectable Offer Deposit, RORF Indemnity
Agreement  or RORF Pledge  Agreement  shall be  required  if (i) the  Schedule C
Prepayment  Amount equals zero,  (ii) all T-1  Allocable  Payments on a Contract
Receivable have been made, or (iii) it is a Contract Receivable on Exhibit B. If
no  Directing  Holders'  Rejectable  Offer  Deposit is required to be made for a
Contract  Receivable,  it shall not be  subject  to  purchase  by the  Directing
Holders pursuant to the second succeeding paragraph.

                  If, following the  establishment of a Rejectable Offer Reserve
Fund with respect to a Contract  Receivable,  such Contract Receivable becomes a
Defaulted Contract Receivable:

                           (A) the Directing  Holders shall have the same rights
         to direct  the  Servicer  (including  with  respect  to  modifications,
         waivers or  amendments of the terms of a Contract  Receivable)  as if a
         Directing Holders Reserve Fund was established,  without depositing the
         Directing  Holders' Deposit;  provided,  however,  that if the Contract
         Receivable  relates  to a  Multiple  Property  Obligor,  the  Directing
         Holders  shall not have such rights  unless at their option they make a
         Directing  Holders'  Deposit  equal to 125% of the Allocated DPO Amount
         (determined  as of the  date of such  deposit)  (plus  the  outstanding
         Prepayment Deficiency Amount, if any) for the Properties, if any, other
         than those for which the Directing  Holders'  Rejectable  Offer Deposit
         was  made.  If  the  Directing  Holders'  Deposit  referred  to in  the
         immediately  preceding proviso is made, this Section 4.10(b) (including
         the  immediately  following  sentence) shall no longer be applicable to
         such  Contract   Receivable  and  instead   Section  4.10(a)  shall  be
         applicable  (except  that  the  purchase  price  payable  on the  third
         anniversary of the receipt of  Instructions  shall be calculated as the
         sum of the  Schedule C  Prepayment  Amount for the Property as to which
         the Directing  Holders'  Rejectable  Offer  Deposit was made,  plus the
         Allocated DPO Amount as of the date of such deposit (and any Prepayment
         Deficiency  Amount) for the other  Properties  allocable to the Grantor
         Trust T-1 Certificate).

                           (B) In the case of a Single  Property  Obligor  (or a
         Multiple  Property  Obligor if a Directing  Holders'  Rejectable  Offer
         Deposit  has  been  made  for  all of  its  Properties  subject  to the
         Subordinate Mortgage) or if the Directing Holders elect, in the case of
         a Multiple Property Obligor, not to make the Directing Holders' Deposit
         referred to in subparagraph  (A), and such Contract  Receivable has not
         become a  Liquidated  Contract  Receivable  (or been  prepaid  in full)
         within twelve months after such Contract  Receivable became a Defaulted
         Contract Receivable, the Directing Holders shall purchase such Contract
         Receivable  (or,  in the  case  of a  Multiple  Property  Obligor,  the
         interest  in the  portion of such  Contract  Receivable  related to the
         affected  Property)  and the  Servicer  shall  effect such  purchase by
         withdrawing  from the Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund an amount equal to
         the Schedule C Prepayment  Amount for the affected  Property (as of the
         date on which the Directing Holders' Rejectable Offer Deposit was made)
         and depositing the portion thereof allocable  (pursuant to Section 6.03
         hereof)  to the  Grantor  Trust  T-1  Certificate  into the  Collection
         Account  (or,  for the  period  of time from the  Transfer  Date to the
         Deposit Date,  into the Certificate  Account) and any remaining  amount
         into the Reserve Fund; provided,  however,  that such purchase shall be
         conditioned  upon the  delivery  to the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  of an
         Opinion of  Counsel  satisfactory  to the REMIC  Trustee  (and,  if the
         Directing  Holders  shall fail to deliver  such  opinion,  the Servicer
         shall  request  such  opinion  from  counsel),  at the  expense  of the
         Directing Holders, to the effect that such purchase (and the obligation
         of the  Directing  Holders  to  effect  such  purchase)  shall  not (i)
         adversely  affect  either  the  status of the assets of the Trust as to
         which a REMIC  election  has been made as a REMIC or the  status of the
         Grantor  Trust as a grantor trust under Subpart E, part I of Subchapter
         J of the Code, or (ii) cause a gain on the  disposition  of a qualified
         mortgage  that would  subject the Trust to the 100% tax on  "prohibited
         transactions"  imposed by Section  860F(a) of the Code,  or (iii) cause
         the Trust to be  subject  to any tax under  the  REMIC  Regulations  or
         equivalent provisions of Federal, state or local law or ordinance.  The
         amount so to be withdrawn from the Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund shall
         be reduced by the payments made pursuant to subparagraph (D). Following
         any such purchase (if the purchase price is paid in full),

                           (i)  in  the  case  of a  Multiple  Property  Obligor
                  (unless  the  affected  Property  or  Properties  are the only
                  Property or Properties subject to the Subordinate Mortgage, in
                  which  case  clause  (ii)  below  shall  be  applicable),  any
                  payments  made on or with respect to the  Contract  Receivable
                  (and attributable to the affected  Property) after the date of
                  purchase,  including the Net  Liquidation  Proceeds,  shall be
                  paid to the applicable Directing Holders, pro rata, based upon
                  their Percentage Interest,  until the aggregate amount of such
                  payments  equals the amount so withdrawn  from the  applicable
                  Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund,  and thereafter any additional
                  payments shall be deposited into the Reserve Fund, and

                           (ii) in all  other  cases,  such  Defaulted  Contract
                  Receivable,  the Subordinate Mortgage and the related Contract
                  Receivable File shall be transferred from the Grantor Trust to
                  the  Directing  Holders,  the Grantor Trust Trustee and the GT
                  Collateral  Agent  shall  execute any  assignments,  financing
                  statements  and other  documents  reasonably  requested by the
                  Directing  Holders to effect such  transfer  and any  payments
                  made on or with respect to such Defaulted Contract  Receivable
                  after  the date of  purchase,  including  the Net  Liquidation
                  Proceeds, shall be the sole property of (and shall be paid to)
                  the Directing Holders.  If the Defaulted  Contract  Receivable
                  purchased is the Dalcin Contract Receivable,  (i) the purchase
                  price  shall  be  increased  by an  amount  equal  to the  Net
                  Sandwich  Investments of Saber,  and (ii) at the option of the
                  Directing  Holders,  either (A) the  Servicer  and the Grantor
                  Trust  Trustee shall  transfer to the Directing  Holders (free
                  and clear of any pledge or lien) all right, title and interest
                  in  and  to  the  stock  of  Saber  (including  all  funds  or
                  investments of such corporation),  and appoint the designee of
                  the   Directing   Holders  as  the  sole   director   of  such
                  corporation, or (B) all proceeds of, and distributions on, the
                  stock of such corporation shall be distributed by the Servicer
                  on behalf of the Grantor Trust Trustee,  as and when received,
                  to the Directing Holders  (notwithstanding any other provision
                  herein   regarding  the   application   of  the  Net  Sandwich
                  Investments).

                           (C) In the case of a Single  Property  Obligor  (or a
         Multiple  Property  Obligor if a Directing  Holders'  Rejectable  Offer
         Deposit  has  been  made  for  all of  its  Properties  subject  to the
         Subordinate Mortgage) or if the Directing Holders elect, in the case of
         a Multiple Property Obligor, not to make the Directing Holders' Deposit
         referred to in subparagraph (A), and such Contract Receivable becomes a
         Liquidated Contract Receivable within twelve months after such Contract
         Receivable became a Defaulted Contract Receivable,  the Net Liquidation
         Proceeds  and the amounts on deposit in the  Rejectable  Offer  Reserve
         Fund shall be  applied  as  follows.  If the Net  Liquidation  Proceeds
         allocable to the Property (for which the Directing Holders'  Rejectable
         Offer  Deposit was made) exceed the  Schedule C  Prepayment  Amount for
         such  Property  (as  of  the  date  on  which  the  Directing  Holders'
         Rejectable Offer Deposit was made), such excess shall be deposited into
         the Reserve Fund, the balance of the Net Liquidation  Proceeds shall be
         deposited  into the Collection  Account,  and the amounts on deposit in
         the Rejectable Offer Reserve Fund shall be distributed to the Directing
         Holders, pro rata based upon their Percentage Interest (or as otherwise
         directed by the  Directing  Holders).  On the other  hand,  if such Net
         Liquidation  Proceeds  allocable to the affected Property are less than
         the Schedule C Prepayment  Amount for the affected  Property (as of the
         date on which the  Directing  Holders'  Rejectable  Offer  Deposit  was
         made),  the  amount  of such  deficiency  shall be  withdrawn  from the
         applicable  Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund,  and an amount equal to the
         portion  of  such  deficiency   allocable  to  the  Grantor  Trust  T-1
         Certificate shall be deposited into the Collection Account (or, for the
         period from the Transfer Date to the Deposit Date, into the Certificate
         Account),  an amount equal to the remainder of such deficiency shall be
         deposited  in the  Reserve  Fund,  and  any  amounts  remaining  in the
         applicable  Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund shall be  distributed to the
         applicable  Directing  Holders,  pro rata based  upon their  Percentage
         Interest  (or  as  otherwise  directed  by  the  applicable   Directing
         Holders).  The amount  withdrawn  from a Rejectable  Offer Reserve Fund
         pursuant to either of the preceding  two sentences  shall be reduced by
         any  payments  made  therefrom  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (D) and any
         prepayments made on the Contract  Receivable after the Rejectable Offer
         Reserve Fund was established.

                           (D) If, at any time following the  establishment of a
         Rejectable Offer Reserve Fund with respect to a Contract Receivable and
         prior to the Liquidation of such Contract Receivable, the Obligor fails
         to pay  any  amount  which  is due  and  payable  under  such  Contract
         Receivable within 30 days after the scheduled due date for such payment
         (other than by reason of the Noteholder  having declared all amounts to
         be  immediately  due and payable  thereunder as a result of an event of
         default  thereunder  or under the related  Subordinate  Mortgage),  the
         Servicer shall cause the withdrawal  from the Rejectable  Offer Reserve
         Fund and the deposit  into the  Collection  Account (or, for the period
         from the  Transfer  Date to the  Deposit  Date,  into  the  Certificate
         Account)  of  the  portion  of  such   delinquent   payment   which  is
         attributable  to the  affected  Property  and which is a T-1  Allocable
         Payment.

                  Promptly  after  the  date on  which  the  Defaulted  Contract
Receivable becomes a Liquidated  Contract  Receivable or the Contract Receivable
is prepaid  pursuant to the Note, the Servicer,  after  withdrawing  any amounts
payable  from the  applicable  Rejectable  Offer  Reserve  Fund,  shall  pay the
remaining  balance to the applicable  Directing  Holders,  pro rata,  based upon
their Percentage Interest, or as otherwise directed by the Directing Holders.

                  SECTION 4.11 Reports to the Rating Agency.  The Servicer shall
forward to the Rating  Agency each letter of the  independent  certified  public
accountants'  described in Section 4.09, each Officer's Certificate described in
Section  4.08(b),  each annual  statement as to compliance  described in Section
4.08(a),  each Servicer  Report  described in Section 4.07 and each notice given
under Section 4.18(e).

                  SECTION  4.12  Maintenance  of  Fidelity  Bond and  Errors and
Omission Policy. The Servicer shall, during the term of its service as Servicer,
maintain in force a policy or policies of insurance  covering loss occasioned by
the errors and  omissions of its  officers,  employees  and agents in connection
with its obligations to service the Contract Receivables hereunder. The Servicer
shall  maintain  a  fidelity  bond in the form and  amount  that  would meet the
servicing requirements of prudent institutional  commercial mortgage lenders and
loan servicers.  The Servicer shall cause each and every subservicer to maintain
or be covered by a policy of  insurance  covering  errors  and  omissions  and a
fidelity  bond that would  meet the  foregoing  requirements.  In the event that
there shall not have been  maintained an errors and  omissions  policy and there
shall have been a loss that would have been covered by such policy, the Servicer
shall deposit in the  Collection  Account the amount that would  otherwise  have
been payable under the policy.

                  SECTION  4.13  Payment in Full of  Contract  Receivable.  Upon
payment in full of any  Contract  Receivable  (taking  into account the Discount
Purchase Option if the Obligor has acquired the Discount  Purchase  Option,  the
Servicer  shall notify the Grantor  Trust Trustee and the holders of the Grantor
Trust  Certificates by delivery of an Officer's  Certificate.  Thereupon,  after
consultation  with the T-2 Holder  (provided that the T-2 Holder's  advice shall
not be binding on the Servicer), the Servicer is hereby authorized to execute an
instrument in satisfaction of such Contract Receivable and to do such other acts
and execute such other  documents as the Servicer  deems  necessary to discharge
the Obligor  thereunder  and  terminate  the security  interest in the Mortgaged
Property  related  thereto.   The  Servicer  shall  determine  when  a  Contract
Receivable has been paid in full.

                  SECTION  4.14  Collection  of Taxes,  Assessments  and Similar
Items; Escrow Accounts. If the Servicer Liquidates a Property through a Remedial
Proceeding,  the  Servicer  shall  segregate  and hold all funds  collected  and
received and constituting escrow payments separate and apart from any of its own
funds and general assets and establish and maintain, when and if necessary,  one
or more accounts into which all escrow payments shall be deposited and retained.
The Servicer  shall notify the Grantor  Trust Trustee in writing of the location
and account  number of each escrow  account and shall  notify the Grantor  Trust
Trustee  in writing  prior to any  subsequent  change  thereof.  Withdrawals  of
amounts from an escrow  account may be made only to (i) effect payment of taxes,
insurance premiums,  ground rents, assessments and comparable items; (ii) refund
to third  parties any sums that are  determined  to be  overages;  (iii)  remove
amounts deposited  therein in error;  (iv) restore,  repair or otherwise protect
the Properties;  (v) pay interest,  if required and as described below, to third
parties on balances in the escrow  account;  (vi) transfer the escrow account to
another  financial  institution if required hereby; or (vii) clear and terminate
the escrow account at the termination of this Agreement.

                  The  Servicer  shall  establish   appropriate  record  keeping
procedures  to reflect  the party  entitled to any  interest  earned on funds in
escrow  accounts  and shall  disburse  such  interest  to such party in a timely
manner.

                  SECTION 4.15 Appraisals. The Servicer may, but is not required
to, obtain an appraisal of a Property securing a Defaulted  Contract  Receivable
to determine whether (i) to commence a Remedial  Proceeding or (ii) to determine
whether the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate  will incur a Loss in connection with
such Contract Receivable. The expense of such appraisal shall be reimbursable as
a Liquidation Expense out of Liquidation Proceeds if such Contract Receivable is
Liquidated; otherwise it shall be a Grantor Trust Expense.

                  SECTION 4.16      Servicer Advances; Liquidation Expenses.

                  (a) The Servicer shall not be required to (but may in its sole
discretion)  make  advances  to pay  delinquent  debt  service  on the  Contract
Receivables or on the First Mortgages (or any permitted  refinancings  thereof),
delinquent  real estate  taxes,  ground lease rents or  assessments  or to cover
other  similar  costs and to pay expenses  necessary to preserve the priority of
any of the Contract  Receivables or to maintain or insure the related  Property,
except to a limited  extent in  connection  with the  Liquidation  thereof.  The
following  expenses to third parties incurred by the Servicer in connection with
the Liquidation of a Contract Receivable shall constitute  Liquidation  Expenses
(excluding  the cost of the  Servicer's  employees,  facilities  and  overhead),
except any such expense as may be attributable to the Servicer's negligence, bad
faith, willful misconduct or misfeasance: legal fees, title costs, appraisals of
Properties,  travel costs, inspections of Properties,  sales and brokerage fees,
closing costs and  operating  costs of the Property.  Any  Liquidation  Expenses
incurred  by the  Servicer  shall  be  reimbursable  to  the  Servicer  only  in
accordance  with  subparagraph  (c)  hereof.  The  Servicer  shall incur (and be
reimbursed for)  Liquidation  Expenses (i) only in accordance with Directions or
Instructions, or (ii) if Instructions or Directions have not been given, only if
the incurrence of such  Liquidation  Expenses is consistent with the standard of
care,  and the Servicer  determined  in good faith that the  incurrence  thereof
would  increase the present value of the net cash flow generated by the Contract
Receivable  and was likely to be  recoverable  out of the  Liquidation  Proceeds
thereof;  provided,  however,  that the Servicer  shall not incur a  Liquidation
Expense if it shall have received prior written instructions from the holders of
a  Majority-in-Interest  of the  Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates  and the REMIC
Trustee, as holder of the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate,  directing the Servicer
not to incur such  Liquidation  Expense or to refrain from the  prosecution of a
Remedial Proceeding.

                  (b) In the case of any  Defaulted  Contract  Receivable  as to
which the Servicer has requested but has not received  Instructions  pursuant to
Section 4.10, if the Servicer determines that it is consistent with the standard
of care,  would  increase  the present  value of net cash flow  generated by the
Contract  Receivable and that such advance is recoverable out of the Liquidation
Proceeds  thereof (taking into account the proceeds of the First Mortgage to the
extent  purchased),  (i) the  Servicer  shall  advance  the  necessary  funds to
purchase the related First  Mortgage (or any permitted  refinancing  thereof) or
other superior mortgage,  (ii) the Servicer shall advance the necessary funds to
cure any defaults under the related First Mortgage (or any permitted refinancing
thereof) or other  superior  mortgage,  and (iii) the Servicer shall advance the
necessary  funds to pay  delinquent  real estate  taxes,  ground  lease rents or
assessments  or to cover other  similar  costs and to pay expenses  necessary to
preserve the priority of any of the Contract Receivable Documents or to maintain
or insure the related Property;  provided,  however, that the Servicer shall not
make a Servicer  Advance if it shall have received  prior  written  instructions
from the holders of a Majority-in-Interest of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates
and the REMIC Trustee, as holder of the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate, directing
the Servicer not to make a Servicer Advance.

                  In  the  event  the  Servicer  makes  a  Servicer  Advance  in
connection  with the  Liquidation of a Contract  Receivable or to cure a default
under a First Mortgage (or any permitted  refinancing thereof) or other superior
mortgage,  the Servicer shall be entitled to an Advancing Fee at the Prime Rate.
Such Servicer Advances and Advancing Fee shall be repaid to the Servicer only in
accordance with subparagraph (c) hereof.

                  (c) If after the date on which a Contract Receivable becomes a
Liquidated  Contract   Receivable,   the  Liquidation  Proceeds  (including  any
liquidation  proceeds  attributable  to the  First  Mortgage  (or any  permitted
refinancing  thereof)  or other  superior  mortgage  purchased  with a  Servicer
Advance) are insufficient to repay to the Servicer the Liquidation Expenses (not
theretofor paid from the Directing  Holders Reserve Fund or the Rejectable Offer
Reserve Fund), the Servicer Advance and the related  Advancing Fee, the Servicer
will reimburse itself, first, from such Liquidation  Proceeds,  second, from the
Reserve Fund, third,  from the Net Sandwich  Investments (in accordance with the
procedure set forth in Section 6.09), and, fourth,  from the Collection  Account
as a Servicing and Grantor Trust Expense.

                  SECTION  4.17  Inspections.  The  Servicer  shall,  at its own
expense and to the extent  permitted  under a Subordinate  Mortgage,  inspect or
cause to be inspected  each  Property if an event of default has occurred  under
such Subordinate Mortgage.

                  SECTION 4.18 Modifications, Waivers, Amendments and Consents.

                  (a)  Subject  to the  provisions  of this  Section  4.18,  the
Servicer  shall  have  the  right,  but  not the  obligation,  to  agree  to any
modification, waiver or amendment of any term of any Contract Receivable without
the  consent of the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  or any  holder of a Grantor  Trust
Certificate,  but only if the circumstances described in subparagraph (b) or (c)
shall  exist.  In  connection  with a  modification,  waiver or  amendment,  the
Servicer  shall  have the  authority  to  forgive  permanently  the  payment  of
principal or accrued interest or both and to modify the schedule for payments of
principal and interest.

                  All  modifications,  waivers  or  amendments  of any  Contract
Receivable  shall be in writing  and,  except as set forth in  Section  4.10(a),
shall be consistent  with the standard of care and otherwise in compliance  with
the  terms  and  provisions  of  the  Subordinate   Mortgage  and  the  Contract
Receivables secured thereby.

                  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained  in this
Agreement, the Servicer shall not agree to any modification, waiver or amendment
of any term of any Obligation, if the proposed modification, waiver or amendment
will (i)  adversely  affect  either  the status of the assets of the Trust as to
which a REMIC  election  has been made as a REMIC or the  status of the  Grantor
Trusts as a grantor  trust under  subpart E, part I of subchapter J of the Code,
(ii) cause a gain on the disposition of a qualified  mortgage that would subject
the  Trust to the 100%  tax on  "prohibited  transactions"  imposed  by  Section
860F(a) of the Code, or (iii) cause the Trust to be subject to any tax under the
REMIC  Regulations  or equivalent  provisions of Federal,  state or local law or
ordinance (which  determination  may be made by the Servicer  without  liability
based on an Opinion of Counsel).

                  (b) If a  Contract  Receivable  becomes a  Defaulted  Contract
Receivable,  after giving the notices  required by Section 4.10(a) and the lapse
of both notice periods set forth therein, the Servicer is hereby authorized,  to
modify,  waive  or  amend  any  term  of  the  Contract  Receivable  or  related
Subordinate  Mortgage  or  release  all  or  a  portion  of  the  Property,   in
substitution for other collateral or otherwise,  in accordance with the standard
of care,  without the consent of the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates,
except that in the following  three  instances the Servicer shall be required to
obtain, before agreeing to such modification,  waiver or amendment or release of
all or a portion  of the  Property,  in  substitution  for other  collateral  or
otherwise, the prior written consent of the holders of a Majority-in-Interest of
the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates  (i) no T-1 Allocable  Payments remain unpaid
on the applicable Contract Receivable,  (ii) a waiver, modification or amendment
to a Contract  Receivable  only affects T-2  Allocable  Payments or is effective
only after all T-1  Allocable  Payments  have been paid,  or (iii) the  Servicer
shall have  given  notice  pursuant  to  Section  4.10(a) to the  holders of the
Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates of the proposed modification, waiver or amendment
or  release  of all or a portion  of the  Property,  in  substitution  for other
collateral or otherwise and shall have received Instructions or Directions.

                  (c)  If a  Contract  Receivable  is not a  Defaulted  Contract
Receivable,  the Servicer may not modify,  waive or amend any term thereof or of
the related  Subordinate  Mortgage  unless (i) it would be  consistent  with the
standard  of care,  (ii) the  holders of a  Majority-in-Interest  of the Grantor
Trust T-2 Certificates  consent to such modification,  waiver or amendment,  and
(iii) either

                           (A) the Servicer  certifies in writing to the Grantor
         Trust Trustee and the REMIC Trustee that in its good faith  judgment it
         has  determined  that it is  reasonably  foreseeable  that an  event of
         default will occur under the Subordinate Mortgage; or

                           (B) the  Servicer  shall have  received an Opinion of
         Counsel  (which  may be  applicable  to more  than one  transaction  or
         generally to a class or classes of transactions  described  therein) in
         form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to the REMIC Trustee to the
         effect that the proposed modification,  waiver or amendment, release or
         substitution,  or the  ability  of the  Servicer  to  effect  any  such
         transaction,  will not (x)  adversely  affect  either the status of the
         assets  of the  Trust as to which a REMIC  election  has been made as a
         REMIC or the  status  of the  Grantor  Trust as a grantor  trust  under
         subpart E, part I of subchapter J of the Code,  (y) cause a gain on the
         disposition of a qualified mortgage that would subject the Trust to the
         100% tax on "prohibited transactions" imposed by Section 860F(a) of the
         Code,  or (z) cause the Trust to be  subject to any tax under the REMIC
         Regulations or equivalent provisions of Federal,  state or local law or
         ordinance.

Holders of a  Majority-In-Interest  of the Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates  may
deliver  such  Opinion of Counsel to the  Servicer  and request it to consent to
such modification, waiver or amendment. In the case of a modification, waiver or
amendment pursuant to clause (iii)(B) of the second preceding sentence, provided
that such consent of the holders of a Majority-In-Interest  of the Grantor Trust
T-2 Certificates  and such Opinion of Counsel are delivered,  the Servicer shall
give its consent if

                           (A)  the  Rating   Agency   Condition   is  satisfied
         (provided  that the  Servicer  shall  not  propose  such an  amendment,
         modification or waiver pursuant to clause (iii)(B) to the Rating Agency
         for purposes of satisfying the Rating Agency  Condition more frequently
         than once in each 12-month  period) and the Servicer  determines in its
         good faith judgment that such  amendment,  modification or waiver would
         not reduce or would result in a greater  recovery of cash, on a present
         value basis, on the T-1 Allocable Payments.  The Servicer may rely on a
         calculation by a financial advisor or accounting or investment  banking
         firm of the  effect of such  amendment,  modification  or waiver on the
         present value of the T-1 Allocable Payments. The Servicer shall deliver
         a copy of any notice  provided  by the Rating  Agency  with  respect to
         satisfying  the Rating  Agency  Condition to the holders of the Grantor
         Trust Certificates,  and the party requesting the modification,  waiver
         or amendment  shall reimburse the Rating Agency for its reasonable fees
         and expenses in connection therewith; or

                           (B) all holders of the Certificates  shall consent in
         writing to such modification, waiver or amendment.

                  (d) The  Servicer  may, in  connection  with any request by an
Obligor  for any  consent,  modification,  waiver or  amendment  of a  Defaulted
Contract Receivable,  require (to the extent permitted by applicable law and any
Instructions  or  Directions  received from the holders of the Grantor Trust T-2
Certificates)  that such  Obligor pay the Workout  Fee, but the Servicer may not
condition  its  grant of any  request  for a  consent,  modification,  waiver or
amendment on payment thereof, and no such fee may be charged, to the extent that
such fee is reasonably  unaffordable by the Obligor or would reduce the payments
of  principal  or  interest  made on the  Contract  Receivable  (or the  amounts
available to make such payments) or constitute a Grantor Trust Expense.

                  Any  provision  of  this  Section   4.18(d)  to  the  contrary
notwithstanding,  no fee described in this Section 4.18(d) shall be collected by
the Servicer from the Obligor (or on behalf of the Obligor) in conjunction  with
any consent or any such  modification,  waiver or  amendment  (unless the amount
thereof is specified in the related  Contract  Receivable)  if the collection of
such fee would cause such  consent,  modification,  waiver or  amendment to be a
"significant modification" of the Contract Receivable that would be treated as a
taxable exchange under Section 1001 of the Code (which determination may be made
by the Servicer without liability based on an Opinion of Counsel).

                  (e) The Servicer  shall notify the Grantor  Trust  Trustee and
the T-2  Holder  of any  modification,  waiver or  amendment  of any term of any
Contract  Receivable and the date thereof and shall deliver to the Custodian for
deposit in the related Contract  Receivable File an original  counterpart of the
agreement relating to such modification, waiver or amendment, promptly following
the execution thereof.

                  SECTION 4.19  Servicer  Reimbursable  Expenses.  The following
expenses  ("Servicer  Reimbursable  Expenses") to third parties  incurred by the
Servicer in the performance of its duties as Servicer  (excluding those expenses
which are reimbursable only from Liquidation  Proceeds) shall be reimbursable to
the Servicer as Grantor Trust Expenses: (i) the reasonable costs and expenses of
the  appearance  in,  prosecution  of, or defense by, the  Servicer of any legal
action  (other  than a  Remedial  Proceeding)  which  arises  under the  Pooling
Agreement  or this  Agreement,  (ii)  Noteholder  Expenses,  (iii)  expenses  in
connection with an environmental  assessment pursuant to Section 4.05(e) hereof,
including any Phase I environmental assessment, (iv) expenses in connection with
the  appointment  of a trustee under a refinanced  First  Mortgage or additional
financing  pursuant to Section 4.01(r)  hereof,  (v) expenses in connection with
the trustee under a Subordinate  Mortgage  which is a deed of trust  pursuant to
Section  4.01(f)  hereof,  (vi) expenses in connection  with the assumption of a
Ground Lease  pursuant to Section  4.01(q)  hereof,  and (vii) after the date on
which a  Contract  Receivable  becomes a  Liquidated  Contract  Receivable,  the
Servicer  Advance,  Advancing  Fee and  Liquidation  Expenses  relating  to such
Contract Receivable, to the extent not otherwise paid in accordance with Section
4.16;  provided that, in each case, such expenses shall be reimbursable  only as
and to the extent that the Servicer is authorized  to incur such expenses  under
this Agreement (and excluding the cost of its employees, facilities and overhead
and including the reasonable  compensation and the expenses and disbursements of
its agents and counsel which it is authorized to retain  pursuant  hereto),  and
that  such  expense  or  disbursement  is not  attributable  to its  negligence,
misfeasance, willful misconduct or bad faith.

                  SECTION   4.20   Derby,   Saber  and  Sentec;   Net   Sandwich
Investments.

                  (a) The Servicer shall  designate a Servicing  Officer (or, if
no Servicing  Officer will serve, such other person selected by the Servicer) to
be elected as the sole director of each of Derby,  Sentec and Saber,  and if the
Servicer  fails to designate  such a person,  the Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall
designate such person (and, if no other person can be found,  shall  designate a
person which the T-2 Holder  shall  nominate).  The Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  on
behalf of the  Grantor  Trust as sole  stockholder  of each of Derby,  Saber and
Sentec,  shall elect such person to be the sole director of each of Derby, Saber
and Sentec.

                  (b) On the  Closing  Date,  an account  (the  "Saber  Sandwich
Investment Account") shall be established on behalf of Saber and, on any date on
which Sentec or Derby receives a payment under its Underlying  Lease, an account
(the "Sentec  Sandwich  Investment  Account" or the "Derby  Sandwich  Investment
Account") shall be established on behalf of Sentec and Derby,  respectively,  in
each case as an Eligible Deposit Account, which initially shall be maintained at
BT and  shall  at all  times  be  maintained  at an  Eligible  Institution.  The
Servicer,  on behalf of Grantor Trust as the sole  stockholder of each of Derby,
Sentec and Saber,  shall  request the sole  director  thereof to cause all funds
(including capital  contributions by the Grantor Trust,  investment earnings and
any tax reserve) of Saber,  Derby or Sentec to be  deposited  in its  respective
Sandwich Investment Account and be invested in Eligible Investments which mature
on or prior to the next  succeeding  Deposit  Date  selected by the holders of a
Majority-in-Interest  of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates.  Each such Sandwich
Investment  Account  shall  be  held  in the  name  of the  applicable  Sandwich
Corporation  and be its sole  property  and shall not be  pledged  to secure the
Grantor Trust Certificates or the Offered Certificates.  The net income and gain
earned from investments  (after payment by Derby,  Saber or Sentec of income tax
thereon) in a Sandwich  Investment Account shall be retained by such corporation
and  applied  solely  to pay  Sandwich  Administrative  Expenses,  and  such net
investment  income and gains  shall not  constitute  a part of the Net  Sandwich
Investments.

                  (c) The Servicer,  in  consultation  with the sole director of
each of Saber, Derby and Sentec,  shall determine at least annually,  the amount
of Sandwich  Administrative  Expenses  which each of Saber,  Derby and Sentec is
expected  to incur  during  the  succeeding  twelve  months  for the  purpose of
determining  whether it has adequate  funds (from its own  resources,  including
anticipated  investment earnings) to pay its Sandwich  Administrative  Expenses;
provided  that in the  absence of a  contrary  determination  by such  Servicing
Officer or such director, the Sandwich  Administrative  Expenses shall be deemed
to be $5,000 for each of Derby,  Sentec and Saber.  The  Servicer  shall cause a
capital  contribution  to be made  annually  from the Derby and  Sentec  Reserve
Account  so that the cash and  Eligible  Investments  held by each of Derby  and
Sentec is equal to at least $5,000 (or such other  amount as the Servicer  shall
have determined to be the anticipated Sandwich  Administrative  Expenses for the
succeeding twelve months).

                  (d) The  Servicing  Officer  shall,  in  consultation  with an
accountant and the T-2 Holder,  determine on each date on which Derby,  Saber or
Sentec  receives  a payment  pursuant  to its  Underlying  Lease,  the amount of
Federal,  State or local taxes payable by such corporation on such payment,  and
establish a reserve therefor.

                  (e) The Servicer  shall monitor  whether each of Saber,  Derby
and  Sentec  pays as and when due all  expenses  of such  corporation  from such
corporation's own funds (including funds in its Sandwich Investment Account). If
Derby or Sentec do not have  sufficient  funds to pay its expenses when due, the
Servicer,  on  behalf  of the  Grantor  Trust,  shall  (in the case of Derby and
Sentec) withdraw funds from the Derby and Sentec Reserve Account and the Grantor
Trust,  as  sole  stockholder,   shall  make  a  capital  contribution  to  such
corporation  to pay any  such  expenses.  If it  would  be  consistent  with the
standard of care,  the Servicer may cause funds in the Reserve Fund (but, in the
case of Derby and Sentec,  only if the Derby and Sentec Reserve Account has been
exhausted) to be contributed as capital by the Grantor Trust to Derby, Saber and
Sentec to pay expenses for which funds are not  otherwise  available;  provided,
however,  that the  Servicer  shall  not make a capital  contribution  (from the
Reserve Fund or otherwise) to pay the expenses of any of Derby,  Saber or Sentec
if in accordance  with the standard of care, the Servicer  determines that it is
not in the Grantor Trust's interest to pay such expenses.  In no event shall the
Grantor  Trust pay  expenses of Derby,  Saber or Sentec  directly (as opposed to
making a  capital  contribution  to such  corporation  to enable it to make such
payment).

                  (f) If the  consent of Derby,  Saber or Sentec is  required in
connection  with its Master Lease or Underlying  Lease or the related  Property,
the Grantor Trust  Trustee and the  Servicer,  on behalf of the Grantor Trust as
the sole  stockholder  of each of Derby,  Sentec  and  Saber,  shall  cause such
corporation to take the appropriate  actions as are consistent with the standard
of care and in the interests of the Grantor Trust,  as sole  stockholder of such
corporation, provided that the Grantor Trust Trustee and the Servicer, on behalf
of the Grantor Trust as the sole stockholder of each of Derby, Sentec and Saber,
shall not  consent  to the  termination  of its Master  Lease or the  Underlying
Lease,  the  dissolution or sale of the Sandwich  Corporation's  interest in its
Master Lease and the Underlying Lease, without the consent of the T-2 Holder.

                  (g) The Grantor Trust  Trustee and the Servicer,  on behalf of
the Grantor Trust as the sole  stockholder  of each of Derby,  Sentec and Saber,
shall  cause  each of Derby,  Saber and  Sentec  to (i) file tax  returns,  (ii)
maintain  separate  corporate  books  and  records  and  observe  all  corporate
formalities  (including  obtaining consent of the sole stockholder  electing the
director  and  consent of the sole  director  authorizing  all matters for which
action of such director is necessary or  advisable,  at least  annually),  (iii)
make filings  necessary to remain in good  standing in the  jurisdiction  of its
incorporation  and in each jurisdiction in which it is qualified to do business,
(iv)  comply  in  all  respects  with  the  provisions  of  such   corporation's
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws,  and (v) take all steps to recover any
amounts payable to such corporation under its Underlying Lease.

                  (h) In the  circumstances  described in Section 4.05(l) the GT
Collateral Agent shall transfer ownership of the stock of Derby, Sentec or Saber
to the T-2 Holder or its affiliate or nominee, but the GT Collateral Agent shall
retain  physical  possession  of such stock as  pledged  stock  pursuant  to the
Reserve Fund Pledge Agreement and, upon request, the T-2 Holder or its affiliate
or nominee,  whichever is applicable,  shall deliver a written  confirmation  of
such pledge to the GT Collateral Agent.

                  (i) The  Servicer,  on behalf of the  Grantor  Trust,  as sole
stockholder,  shall request that the sole director cause the dissolution of each
of Derby,  Sentec and Saber,  as  applicable,  upon  termination  of the related
Underlying  Lease to which  such  corporation  is a party  and  payment  to such
corporation of all amounts due to it thereunder and payment by such  corporation
of all of its obligations and liabilities.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         THE GRANTOR TRUST CERTIFICATES

                  SECTION 5.01 The Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate;  The Grantor
Trust T-2 Certificates.

                  (a) On  the  Closing  Date,  the  Grantor  Trust  shall,  upon
satisfaction  of the conditions  set forth in Section 2.04 hereof,  issue to the
REMIC  Trustee  a single  Grantor  Trust  T-1  Certificate,  which  evidences  a
beneficial  ownership  interest  in each  Contract  Receivable  (other  than the
Contract  Receivables listed on Exhibit B) consisting of (A) (i) the payments of
principal  and interest on such Contract  Receivable  scheduled to be made on or
prior to the applicable T-1 Payment End Date set forth on Exhibit A hereto, (ii)
the  portion  of  each  prepayment  of each  such  Contract  Receivable  that is
allocable to such scheduled  payments (other than interest not yet accrued as of
the date of  prepayment)  in  accordance  with Section  6.03  hereof,  (iii) the
portion of the Repurchase Price and Cure Amounts paid under Section 3.02 and the
purchase price paid under Section 4.10 of each such Contract  Receivable that is
allocable  to the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  in  accordance  with  Section
6.03(h),  (l) or (m)  hereof,  (iv) the Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  of each such
Contract  Receivable  up to the  amount of the unpaid  balance  of the  payments
described in clause (i) and (v) hereof  (other than  interest  which has not yet
accrued as of the date of  determination),  (v) the portion of each payment of a
Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount  (other than the Existing  Prepayment  Deficiency
Amounts for the Pinole Contract  Receivable and the Jacway Contract  Receivable)
on each such Contract Receivable  allocable to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate
in  accordance  with Section 6.03 hereof,  (B) the rights under the  Subordinate
Mortgage  (which  shall  be  senior  to the  rights  of the  Grantor  Trust  T-2
Certificates) and Pledge Agreement (if any), and the Paying Agent Agreement (and
Collateral Account) and any other instruments securing such Contract Receivable,
the proceeds thereof and the property  acquired  pursuant  thereto,  and (C) any
other payment on such  Contract  Receivable  allocated by the specific  terms of
this Agreement to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate.

                  (b) On  the  Closing  Date,  the  Grantor  Trust  shall,  upon
satisfaction  of the conditions  set forth in Section 2.05 hereof,  issue to the
T-2  Holder  one or more  Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates,  which  evidences  a
beneficial  ownership  interest (i) in each Contract  Receivable (other than the
Contract  Receivables  listed on Exhibit B)  consisting  of (a) the  payments of
principal  and  interest  on such  Contract  Receivable  (other  than the  CRPSP
Payment)  scheduled  to be made after the  applicable  T-1  Payment End Date set
forth on Exhibit A hereto,  (b) the portion of each  prepayment of such Contract
Receivable that is allocable to such scheduled payments  (including to the CRPSP
Payment)  pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof,  (c) the Net Liquidation  Proceeds of
such Contract  Receivable in excess of the amount allocated to the Grantor Trust
T-1  Certificate,  (d) the portion of the Repurchase Price and Cure Amounts paid
under Section 3.02 and the portion of any purchase price paid under Section 4.10
of such Contract  Receivable in each case in excess of the amounts  allocated to
the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate  pursuant to Section 6.03(h),  (l) or (m), (e)
the portion of each payment of a Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount on such Contract
Receivable not allocable to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate in accordance with
Section 6.03 hereof, and (f) subject to the superior rights of the Grantor Trust
T-1  Certificate  as  described  in Section  5.01(a)(iv),  the rights  under the
Subordinate  Mortgage and Pledge  Agreement  (if any) (or under the pledge of an
undivided  fractional  interest in the First  Mortgage  Notes  securing the Utex
Note) and the Paying  Agent  Agreement  (and  Collateral  Account) and any other
instruments  securing such  Contract  Receivable,  the proceeds  thereof and the
property acquired pursuant thereto,  (ii) all payments  (including payments of a
Prepayment  Deficiency Amount),  prepayments,  Net Liquidation Proceeds and Cure
Amounts of the Contract  Receivables listed on Exhibit B attached hereto,  (iii)
all payments (including payments of a Prepayment Deficiency Amount), prepayments
and Net  Liquidation  Proceeds of Contract  Receivables  (or  portions  thereof)
following  their  repurchase  pursuant to Section 3.02, (iv) with respect to the
Contract Receivables described in clause (ii) and (iii) hereof, all rights under
the related  Subordinate  Mortgage and Pledge Agreement (if any), and the Paying
Agent Agreement (and Collateral Account) and any other instruments securing such
Contract  Receivable,  the proceeds thereof and the property  acquired  pursuant
thereto,  (v) all  distributions  on and proceeds of the capital stock of Derby,
Saber and Sentec,  the Derby and Sentec Reserve Account and the Sandwich Reserve
Fund,  and (vi) any other  payment on a  Contract  Receivable  allocated  by the
specific terms of this Agreement to the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates.

                  (c) The Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate  shall be  substantially
in the form set forth in Exhibit F and each Grantor Trust T-2 Certificate  shall
be  substantially  in the form set forth in Exhibit G and shall,  upon  original
issue, be executed by manual or facsimile signature of the Grantor Trust Trustee
by a duly authorized signatory and delivered to or upon the order of the Seller.
The Grantor Trust  Certificates  shall be  authenticated  by manual signature on
behalf of the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  by a duly  authorized  signatory  of the
Grantor Trust  Trustee.  Grantor Trust  Certificates  bearing the  signatures of
individuals  who were at any time  the  proper  officers  of the  Grantor  Trust
Trustee shall bind the Grantor Trust,  notwithstanding  that such individuals or
any of them have ceased to hold such  offices  prior to the  authentication  and
delivery of such Grantor Trust  Certificates or did not hold such offices at the
date of such Grantor Trust  Certificates.  No Grantor Trust Certificate shall be
entitled  to any  benefit  under this  Agreement,  or be valid for any  purpose,
unless such Grantor Trust Certificate has been authenticated by manual signature
in  accordance  with this  Section,  and such  signature  upon any Grantor Trust
Certificate  shall be  conclusive  evidence,  and the only  evidence,  that such
Grantor Trust Certificate has been duly  authenticated and delivered  hereunder.
All Grantor Trust Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.

                  SECTION 5.02  Delivery and  Transferability  of Grantor  Trust
Certificates.  The Grantor Trust Trustee shall deliver,  simultaneously with the
sale,  assignment and transfer to the Grantor Trust of the Contract Receivables,
the  constructive  delivery  to  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  of  the  Contract
Receivable Files and the  constructive  delivery to the Grantor Trust Trustee of
the capital stock of Derby,  Sentec and Saber,  Grantor Trust  Certificates duly
executed  and  authenticated  by the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  on behalf of the
Grantor Trust, and evidencing the entire ownership of the Grantor Trust.

                  The Seller and the  Affiliated  Sellers  hereby  designate the
REMIC Trustee,  on behalf of the Trust, to be the recipient of the Grantor Trust
T-1  Certificate and the T-2 Holder to be the recipient of all the Grantor Trust
T-2  Certificates.  Pursuant to the terms of the Reserve Fund Pledge  Agreement,
the Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates  shall be  registered in the name of BT, as
Collateral Agent.

                  No  transfer,  pledge,  exchange,  assignment  or  sale of any
Grantor  Trust  T-2  Certificates  shall be  permitted,  and the  Grantor  Trust
Certificate  Registrar  shall not  register  any such  sale,  pledge,  transfer,
exchange or assignment, unless (i) the Grantor Trust Trustee receives an Opinion
of Counsel in form and  substance  acceptable  to the  Servicer  and the Grantor
Trust  Trustee  that such  transfer  or sale (a) is being  made  pursuant  to an
exemption  from,  or  in  a  transaction   not  subject  to,  the   registration
requirements of the Securities Act, (b) will not adversely  affect the status of
the assets of the Trust as to which a REMIC  election is made as a REMIC and (c)
will not  adversely  affect the status of the Grantor  Trust as a grantor  trust
under  subpart E, part I of  subchapter  J of the Code,  (ii) the Rating  Agency
Condition is satisfied  (iii) such  transfer is made subject to the Reserve Fund
Indemnity  Agreement,  the  Repurchase  Reserve Fund  Indemnity  Agreement,  the
Reserve Fund Pledge Agreement and the Repurchase  Reserve Fund Pledge Agreement,
and (iv) the transferee  certifies,  represents and warrants that it is, and for
so long as it is a holder of a Grantor Trust T-2 Certificate, will be, a "United
States Person" as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code; provided, however,
that the foregoing  restrictions  (other than clause (i)(a)) shall be applicable
only during such time as the Offered Certificates are outstanding.  No transfer,
pledge, exchange,  assignment or sale of the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate shall
be permitted, and the Grantor Trust Certificate Registrar shall not register any
such sale,  pledge,  transfer,  exchange or  assignment,  unless (i) the Grantor
Trust Trustee receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer or sale is being
made  pursuant to an exemption  from,  or in a  transaction  not subject to, the
registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act, and (ii) prior to the REMIC
Liquidation  Date, the transferee is a successor  REMIC Trustee or,  pursuant to
Section  10.03(b)  of  the  Pooling  Agreement,   the  holder  of  the  Class  R
Certificate.

                  No transfer of a Grantor Trust T-2  Certificate may be made to
an employee  benefit  plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject
to Title I of ERISA, a plan described in Section  4975(e)(1) of the Code, or any
entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan  assets  by  reason of a plan's
investment in the entity (other than an "insurance  company general  account" as
defined in Prohibited  Transaction Exemption 95-60, 60 Fed. Reg. 35925 (July 12,
1995);  provided that neither the insurance  company nor an affiliate thereof is
an insurer or servicer with respect to the Trust or the Grantor Trust).

                  The  Grantor  Trust  Certificates  shall  bear  legends to the
effect set forth in the preceding two paragraphs.

                  SECTION 5.03  Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Grantor
Trust  Certificates.  The Grantor Trust  Trustee shall appoint a "Grantor  Trust
Certificate  Registrar"  which  shall  maintain  a  "Grantor  Trust  Certificate
Register" in which, subject to such reasonable  regulations as it may prescribe,
the Grantor Trust  Certificate  Registrar shall provide for the  registration of
Grantor  Trust  Certificates  and of transfers  and  exchanges of Grantor  Trust
Certificates as herein  provided.  BT is hereby  appointed  (without  additional
compensation)  as the Grantor  Trust  Certificate  Registrar  for the purpose of
registering  the Grantor  Trust  Certificates  and  transfers  and  exchanges of
Grantor Trust  Certificates as herein provided.  In performing such duties,  the
Grantor  Trust  Certificate  Registrar  shall  have  the  same  benefit  of  the
provisions of this  Agreement as the Grantor Trust Trustee would have if it were
itself performing such duties.  The appointment of the Grantor Trust Certificate
Registrar  may be  terminated  without  cause by the Grantor  Trust Trustee upon
written notification to the Grantor Trust Certificate Registrar, and the Grantor
Trust Trustee shall give such notice upon receipt of written  instructions  from
the  REMIC  Trustee  and  the  Majority-in-Interest  of the  Grantor  Trust  T-2
Certificates. If such appointment is terminated, the Grantor Trust Trustee shall
serve,  without  additional  compensation,  as  the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate
Registrar until the  appointment of, and acceptance by, an Eligible  Institution
(the compensation of which shall be payable from the Servicing Fee) as successor
Grantor Trust  Certificate  Registrar.  The Grantor Trust Trustee shall have all
authority  and power of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  Registrar  under  this
Agreement  until a successor  Grantor Trust  Certificate  Registrar  accepts the
appointment  by  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee.  The  Grantor  Trust  Certificate
Registrar  shall give the Servicer  prompt  written  notice of any change in the
holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates.  The Grantor Trust Trustee shall give
prompt written notice to the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  and the
Servicer of any change in the Grantor Trust Certificate Registrar.

                  Subject to Section 5.02 upon  surrender  for  registration  or
transfer of any Grantor  Trust  Certificate  at the office or agency  maintained
pursuant to Section 5.07, the Grantor Trust Trustee shall execute,  authenticate
and deliver,  in the name of the designated  transferee or  transferees,  one or
more new Grantor Trust Certificates.  Subject to Section 5.02 at the option of a
holder of the Grantor  Trust  Certificate,  Grantor  Trust  Certificates  may be
exchanged for other like Grantor Trust  Certificates at such office or agency in
denominations equal to at least a 1% Percentage  Interest.  Whenever any Grantor
Trust  Certificates  are so surrendered for exchange,  the Grantor Trust Trustee
shall authenticate, execute and deliver the Grantor Trust Certificates which the
holder of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  making the  exchange  is entitled to
receive.   Every  Grantor  Trust   Certificate   presented  or  surrendered  for
registration  of  transfer  or  exchange  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  written
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Grantor Trust Trustee and the
Grantor Trust  Certificate  Registrar duly executed by the holder.  Each Grantor
Trust Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange shall be
canceled and subsequently destroyed by the Grantor Trust Trustee.

                  No  service  charge  shall be made to a holder of the  Grantor
Trust Certificate for any registration of transfers or exchange of Grantor Trust
Certificates,  but the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  may  require  payment  of a sum
sufficient  to cover  any tax or  governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in
connection with any transfer or exchange of Grantor Trust Certificates.

                  All Grantor Trust  Certificates  surrendered  for transfer and
exchange shall be disposed of in a manner approved by the Grantor Trust Trustee.

                  SECTION 5.04  Mutilated,  Destroyed,  Lost, or Stolen  Grantor
Trust  Certificates.  If (a) any mutilated  Grantor Trust  Certificate  shall be
surrendered  to the Grantor Trust  Trustee,  or if the Grantor Trust Trustee and
the  Grantor  Trust   Certificate   Registrar  shall  receive  evidence  to  its
satisfaction of the destruction,  loss or theft of any Grantor Trust Certificate
and (b) there shall be  delivered to the Grantor  Trust  Trustee and the Grantor
Trust  Certificate  Registrar  such security or indemnity as may require to save
each of them  harmless,  then in the absence of notice that such  Grantor  Trust
Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Grantor Trust
Trustee on behalf of the Grantor Trust shall execute,  authenticate and deliver,
in  exchange  for or in lieu of any such  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen
Grantor Trust Certificate,  a new Grantor Trust Certificate bearing a number not
contemporaneously  outstanding.  In  connection  with  the  issuance  of any new
Grantor Trust Certificate under this Section 5.04, the Grantor Trust Trustee may
require the payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental
charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

                  SECTION 5.05 Persons Deemed Owners.  Prior to due presentation
of a Grantor Trust Certificate for registration of transfer,  the Servicer,  the
Seller,  the Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  the Grantor  Trust  Paying  Agent and the
Grantor  Trust  Certificate  Registrar  may treat the  Person in whose  name any
Grantor Trust Certificate shall be registered as the owner of such Grantor Trust
Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Section 6.03,
6.05, 6.07 and 6.08 and for all other purposes whatsoever; none of the Servicer,
the Seller, the Grantor Trust Trustee, the Grantor Trust Certificate  Registrar,
the Grantor  Trust Paying Agent or any agent of the  Servicer,  the Seller,  the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  the Grantor  Trust Paying  Agent or the Grantor  Trust
Certificate Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

                  SECTION  5.06 Access to List of Name and  Addresses of Holders
of the Grantor Trust Certificates. The Grantor Trust Certificate Registrar shall
furnish or cause to be furnished to the  Servicer,  within 15 days after receipt
by the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  Registrar  of a request  therefor  from the
Servicer in writing, in such form as the Servicer may reasonably require, a list
of the names and addresses of the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  as
of the most recent  Record Date.  If any holder of a Grantor  Trust  Certificate
applies in writing to the Grantor Trust Trustee (provided such holder (i) states
that  it  wishes  to  communicate  with  other  holders  of  the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates  with  respect to their  rights  under this  Agreement or under the
Grantor  Trust  Certificates,  and (ii)  provides the Grantor  Trust Trustee and
Servicer  with a copy of the  proposed  communication),  then the Grantor  Trust
Trustee  shall,   within  fifteen  Business  Days  after  the  receipt  of  such
application,  obtain from the Grantor Trust  Certificate  Registrar,  and afford
such holder access during normal  business hours to, the current list of holders
of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates.  If such list is as of a date more than 90
days prior to the date of receipt of such  holder's  request,  the Grantor Trust
Trustee shall promptly  request from the Grantor Trust  Certificate  Registrar a
current list as provided above, and shall afford such holder access to such list
promptly  upon  receipt.  The Grantor  Trust Trustee shall have no obligation to
evaluate the communication that such holder proposes to submit. Each holder of a
Grantor Trust Certificate, by receiving and holding a Grantor Trust Certificate,
shall be deemed to have agreed to hold neither the  Servicer,  the Grantor Trust
Trustee nor the Grantor Trust Certificate Registrar accountable by reason of the
disclosure  of its name and  address,  regardless  of the source from which such
information was derived.

                  SECTION  5.07  Maintenance  of Office or Agency.  The  Grantor
Trust  Certificate  Registrar  shall  maintain an office or offices or agency or
agencies where Grantor Trust Certificates may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange and where  notices and demands to or upon the Grantor Trust
Trustee in respect of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  and this Agreement may be
served. The Grantor Trust Certificate  Registrar initially designates its office
at Four Albany Street, New York, New York 10006 as its office for such purposes.
The Grantor Trust Certificate  Registrar shall give prompt written notice to the
Grantor Trust Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency.

                  SECTION 5.08  Appointment  of Grantor Trust Paying Agent.  The
Grantor Trust Trustee is empowered to appoint a "Grantor Trust Paying Agent" for
the  purpose  of  making   distributions   to  holders  of  the  Grantor   Trust
Certificates;  provided,  that  prior to any such  appointment  (other  than the
initial  appointment  of BT as Grantor  Trust  Paying  Agent) the Grantor  Trust
Trustee  shall first have received a letter from the Rating Agency to the effect
that the  appointment  of such  Grantor  Trust  Paying Agent will not, in and of
itself, result in the qualification,  reduction or withdrawal of the rating then
assigned to the  Certificates  by such  Rating  Agency.  BT is hereby  initially
appointed as Grantor Trust Paying Agent (without  additional  compensation).  If
such appointment is terminated,  the Grantor Trust Trustee shall serve,  without
additional  compensation,  as the Grantor Trust Paying Agent until it appoints a
successor  Grantor  Trust  Paying  Agent which is an Eligible  Institution  (the
compensation  of which shall be payable from the  Servicing  Fee) and shall have
all authority  and power of the Grantor Trust Paying Agent under this  Agreement
until a successor  Grantor  Trust Paying Agent is appointed by the Grantor Trust
Trustee.  The Grantor Trust Trustee shall require the Grantor Trust Paying Agent
(if other than the Grantor  Trust  Trustee) to agree in writing that all amounts
held by it for  payment  hereunder  will be held in trust for the benefit of the
holders of the Grantor  Trust  Certificates  and that it will notify the Grantor
Trust  Trustee of any  failure by the  Servicer to make funds  available  to the
Grantor  Trust Paying Agent for the payment of amounts due on the Grantor  Trust
Certificates.  On and after the  REMIC  Liquidation  Date,  in  respect  of each
Distribution Date, the Servicer on behalf of the Grantor Trust Trustee shall, by
11:00  A.M.  (New York City time) on each  Distribution  Date,  transfer  to the
Grantor  Trust  Paying  Agent  for the  purposes  of this  Section  5.08,  funds
sufficient to make the distribution to holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates
pursuant to this Section 5.08.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                    DEPOSITS AND WITHDRAWALS; DISTRIBUTIONS;
            STATEMENTS TO HOLDERS OF THE GRANTOR TRUST CERTIFICATES;
                      SERVICING AND GRANTOR TRUST EXPENSES

                  SECTION 6.01 Deposit of Funds on Closing Date.

                  (a) The Servicer shall deposit into the Collection Account all
payments due and received on the Contract  Receivables  on Exhibit A on or after
the Cut-off Date to the Closing Date and shall deposit into the Reserve Fund all
payments due and received on the Contract  Receivables on Exhibit B on and after
the Cut-Off Date to the Closing Date.

                  (b) On the Closing Date, the Servicer on behalf of the Grantor
Trust Trustee shall  deposit with the GT  Collateral  Agent into the  Repurchase
Reserve Fund, from the proceeds of the sale of the Certificates, an amount equal
to $10,650,000.

                  (c) On the Closing Date, the Servicer on behalf of the Grantor
Trust  Trustee  shall  deposit into the  Recordation  Escrow  Account out of the
proceeds of the sale of the Certificates, an amount equal to $9,415,190.

                  (d) On the Closing Date, the Servicer on behalf of the Grantor
Trust  Trustee  shall  deposit  into the Rating  Agency  Reserve Fund out of the
proceeds of the sale of the Certificates, an amount equal to $150,000.

                  (e) On the Closing Date, the Servicer on behalf of the Grantor
Trust Trustee shall deposit into the Derby and Sentec Reserve Account out of the
proceeds of the sale of the Certificates, an amount equal to $150,000, and shall
make  therefrom  on the  Closing  Date on behalf of the  Grantor  Trust  capital
contributions in the amount of $10,000 and $10,000 to Derby and Sentec.

                  (f) On the Closing Date, the Servicer on behalf of the Grantor
Trust Trustee shall deposit into the Sub-account out of the proceeds of the sale
of the Certificates, an amount equal to $263,741.

                  (g) On the Closing Date, the Servicer on behalf of the Grantor
Trust Trustee  shall deposit into the Sandwich  Reserve Fund out of the proceeds
of the sale of the Certificates an amount equal to $915,000.

                  (h) On the Closing Date, the Servicer on behalf of the Grantor
Trust Trustee shall pay, at the direction of the Seller,  $1,500,000  out of the
proceeds of the offering to third parties specified by the Seller, in payment of
expenses related to the offering.

                  SECTION 6.02 Withdrawals of Funds from the Recordation  Escrow
Account.  On or after the  applicable  dates set forth on Exhibit K hereto,  the
Servicer  shall  withdraw  from the  Recordation  Escrow  Account and pay to the
Seller  the amount  set forth on  Exhibit K (and,  together  with the final such
payment to the  Seller,  the net  investment  income  earned on the  Recordation
Escrow Account) for each Contract Receivable listed thereon, upon receipt by the
Servicer of a certificate (the "Release  Certificate")  from the Seller,  in the
form of Exhibit Y, that to its  knowledge  there has been no petition for relief
under  Title 11 of the  United  States  Code  filed by or  against  the  Obligor
thereunder within 91 days after the recording of such Subordinate  Mortgage.  If
the Release  Certificate  with respect to a Contract  Receivable is not received
within 30 days after the applicable date set forth on Exhibit K, (i) the related
amount  set forth on Exhibit K shall be  transferred  by the  Servicer  from the
Recordation  Escrow  Account (with the portion  thereof  allocable in accordance
with Section  6.03(o) to the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate  deposited  into the
Collection  Account and the portion thereof allocable in accordance with Section
6.03(o) to the Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates  deposited in the Reserve  Fund)
(ii) the Seller shall be deemed to have  repurchased  each  Contract  Receivable
with  respect to which it did not  deliver the  Release  Certificate,  (iii) the
Servicer and the Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  execute  such  documents as are
presented  to it by the  Seller  and are  reasonably  necessary  to  convey  the
repurchased  Contract  Receivable to the Seller,  including  assignments of such
Contract Receivable and the related Subordinate Mortgage,  and (iv) all payments
due and received on or after the Cut-off Date on such Contract  Receivable shall
be paid to, and be the sole property of, the Seller.

                  SECTION 6.03      Collections.

                  (a) Prior to the REMIC  Liquidation  Date,  the Servicer shall
deposit into the  Collection  Account on the Business Day  following the receipt
thereof by the Paying Agent or, if a payment is made  directly to the  Servicer,
as promptly as practicable  (and not later than the next Business Day) following
the receipt  thereof by the  Servicer,  each T-1 Allocable  Payment  received in
respect of a Contract Receivable.

                  (b) Prior to the REMIC  Liquidation  Date,  the Servicer shall
deposit into the Reserve Fund on the Business Day following the receipt  thereof
by the  Paying  Agent or, if a payment  is made  directly  to the  Servicer,  as
promptly as practicable (and not later than the next Business Day) following the
receipt  thereof  by the  Servicer,  each T-2  Allocable  Payment  (except  that
distributions  by Derby,  Sentec and Saber shall be applied  pursuant to Section
6.09) received in respect of a Contract Receivable.

                  (c) On and after  the REMIC  Liquidation  Date,  the  Servicer
shall  deposit  into the  Grantor  Trust  Collection  Account,  as  promptly  as
practicable  (and not later than the next  Business  Day)  following the receipt
thereof by the Servicer, any and all amounts received in respect of the Contract
Receivables  or the other  assets of the Grantor  Trust  (including  the capital
stock of Derby, Saber and Sentec).

                  (d) When the Servicer  receives a scheduled  payment on any of
the Contract  Receivables  (other than the Contract  Receivables  identified  on
Exhibit B), it shall  determine  whether the payment was scheduled to be made on
or prior to the  applicable T-1 Payment End Date, in which case the payment is a
T-1  Allocable  Payment  and the  Servicer  shall  deposit  the  payment  in the
Collection Account;  alternatively,  if the Servicer determines that the payment
was scheduled to be made after the  applicable T-1 Payment End Date, the payment
is a T-2  Allocable  Payment and the Servicer  shall  deposit the payment in the
Reserve Fund.

                   (e) If  there is a  prepayment,  in whole or in part (in such
case,  determined on a  Property-by-Property  basis),  of a Contract  Receivable
(other  than a Contract  Receivable  listed on  Exhibit B  attached  hereto or a
Contract  Receivable or portion thereof which has been  repurchased  pursuant to
Section 3.02),  the Servicer  shall allocate the prepayment  between the Grantor
Trust T-1  Certificate and the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates  (except that any
portion of such prepayment  which, in accordance with the Note, is to be applied
to a  Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount,  shall be  allocated  in  accordance  with
subparagraph (f) or (p), as applicable), so that there shall be deposited in the
Collection Account the portion of the prepayment which (pursuant to the terms of
the Contract Receivable (as clarified by the Supplemental Agreement)) is applied
to payments which had been scheduled to be made on the Contract Receivable on or
prior to the  applicable T-1 Payment End Date (other than interest which has not
yet  accrued  as of the  date  of  the  prepayment)  and  the  remainder  of the
prepayment shall be deposited in the Reserve Fund.

                  (f) If, upon prepayment of a Contract Receivable by a Multiple
Property Obligor as a result of a Schedule C Event or the exercise of a Purchase
Option,  a Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount results,  the amount of the Prepayment
Deficiency  Amount  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with the Note and the
Servicer  shall allocate the  beneficial  interest in the Prepayment  Deficiency
Amount  between  the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  and the Grantor  Trust T-2
Certificates as follows: the amount of the beneficial interest in the Prepayment
Deficiency  Amount allocable to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate shall be equal
to the  excess  of  (A)  all  payments  scheduled  to be  made  on the  Contract
Receivable on or prior to the T-1 Payment End Date (which,  immediately prior to
the  prepayment,  have not yet been  made) over (B) the sum of (i) the amount of
the proceeds of the prepayment deposited in the Collection Account as the result
of the  prepayment  and  (ii)  any  Loss  allocable  to the  Grantor  Trust  T-1
Certificate  as a result  of the  prepayment  determined  pursuant  to  Sections
6.05(c) and (d) herein. The amount of the beneficial  interest in the Prepayment
Deficiency  Amount allocable to the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates  shall equal
the amount not  allocated  to the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate.  The Servicer
shall allocate any payments to be applied to the Prepayment Deficiency Amount in
accordance  with the Note and  shall  allocate  all such  payments  first to the
Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate  until the amount of its  beneficial  interest is
satisfied and the  remainder of such payments  shall be allocated to the Grantor
Trust  T-2  Certificates.  Amounts  so  allocated  shall  be  deposited  in  the
Collection Account and the Reserve Fund, respectively.

                  (g)  Except as  provided  in  subparagraphs  (i),  (j) and (k)
hereof and Section 4.10  hereof,  if a Contract  Receivable  becomes a Defaulted
Contract Receivable,  the Net Liquidation Proceeds thereof shall be allocated by
the  Servicer  to the  Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  and  deposited  into the
Collection  Account  until the payments  scheduled  to be made on such  Contract
Receivable  (other  than  interest  which  has  not  accrued  as of the  date of
determination)  on or prior to the  applicable  T-1  Payment  End Date  (and the
portion of any Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount allocable to the Grantor Trust T-1
Certificate) have been paid in full and any remaining amounts shall be allocated
to the Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates  and  deposited  into the Reserve  Fund.
Liquidation  Proceeds received after a Contract  Receivable becomes a Liquidated
Contract  Receivable,  including  the net rental  income and sales  proceeds  of
Foreclosed  Property,  also will be allocated in  accordance  with the preceding
sentence  (except  as  provided  in  subparagraphs  (i),  (j) and (k) hereof and
Section 4.10 hereof).

                  (h)  If  a  Contract   Receivable  (or  portion   thereof)  is
repurchased pursuant to Section 3.02, the Repurchase Price shall be allocated by
the  Servicer to the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  so that the same amount is
deposited  in the  Collection  Account  (or,  for the  period  of time  from the
Transfer Date to the Deposit Date, in the, Certificate Account) which would have
been  allocated to the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  if the related  Contract
Receivable  (or  the  portion  thereof)  had  been  prepaid  voluntarily  on the
Repurchase Date at the Discounted Pay Off Amount plus any Prepayment  Deficiency
Amount (or, if the breach  affects less than all of the Properties of a Multiple
Property  Obligor,  at the  Allocated DPO Amount and any  Prepayment  Deficiency
Amount for the affected  Property or Properties  only), and any remaining amount
shall be allocated to the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates and deposited into the
Reserve Fund.  Any Cure Amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.02 shall be allocated
by the Servicer (i) to the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  and deposited in the
Collection  Account (or,  for the period of time from the  Transfer  Date to the
Deposit  Date,  in the  Certificate  Account) to the extent paid in respect of a
Material  Breach  affecting  T-1  Allocable  Payments  (or  with  respect  to an
Underlying Lease or First Mortgage Note which materially  adversely  affects T-1
Allocable Payments) and (ii) to the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates and deposited
in the Reserve Fund to the extent paid in respect of a Material Breach affecting
T-2 Allocable Payments (or with respect to an Underlying Lease or First Mortgage
Note which  materially  adversely  affects T-2  Allocable  Payments),  or a Cure
Amount payable pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 3.02(a).

                  (i) Each Debt Service Draw Amount transferred from the Reserve
Fund or from the Net Sandwich  Investments (in accordance with the procedure set
forth in  Section  6.09) to the  Certificate  Account  shall be  treated as if a
scheduled  payment  on the  Contract  Receivable  allocated  on Exhibit A to the
Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate  (or, if the Debt Service Draw Amount was made to
pay a Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount or to pay a deficiency  in Net  Liquidation
Proceeds,  as  if a  payment  of  such  Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount  or  such
deficiency) was received by the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate. If such scheduled
payment on the Contract Receivable (or such payment of the Prepayment Deficiency
Amount or a payment of Net Liquidation  Proceeds) is subsequently  received,  it
shall be deposited into the Reserve Fund by the Servicer in reimbursement of the
Debt Service Draw Amount.

                  (j) As shown on Exhibit B attached  hereto,  the Grantor Trust
T-1  Certificate  does not evidence any interest in the Contract  Receivables of
Bessomac,  Taber, Cenland Associates Limited  Partnership,  Leyden and Sharrotts
Associates Limited Partnership and the Utex Note. The Servicer shall deposit all
payments  (including payments on a Prepayment  Deficiency Amount),  prepayments,
Cure Amounts and Net Liquidation Proceeds received on these Contract Receivables
in the Reserve Fund.

                  (k) The  Servicer  shall  deposit  into the  Reserve  Fund all
payments (including payments on a Prepayment Deficiency Amount), prepayments and
Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  received  on any  Contract  Receivable  (or  portion
thereof)  following  its  repurchase  pursuant to Section  3.02 as a result of a
Material Breach.

                  (l) If a Contract  Receivable is purchased pursuant to Section
4.10(a),  the  purchase  price shall be allocated by the Servicer to the Grantor
Trust T-1  Certificate  and  deposited  in the  Collection  Account (or, for the
period of time from the Transfer Date to the Deposit  Date,  in the  Certificate
Account);  provided that, if a Directing  Holders'  Rejectable Offer Deposit was
made for any Property, the amount allocated to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate
in respect of such Property  shall be the amount which would have been allocated
to it if the  Contract  Receivable  had been  prepaid at the related  Schedule C
Prepayment  Amount  calculated  as of the date on which the  Directing  Holders'
Rejectable  Offer Deposit was made, and any remaining  amount shall be allocated
to the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates and deposited in the Reserve Fund.

                  (m) If a Contract  Receivable is purchased pursuant to Section
4.10(b),  the  Purchase  Price shall be allocated by the Servicer to the Grantor
Trust T-1  Certificate  so that the same amount is deposited  in the  Collection
Account (or, for the period of time from the Transfer  Date to the Deposit Date,
in the Certificate Account) which would have been allocated to the Grantor Trust
T-1  Certificate  if the Contract  Receivable had been prepaid at the Schedule C
Prepayment  Amount  calculated  as of the date on which the  Directing  Holders'
Rejectable  Offer Deposit was made, and any remaining  amount shall be allocated
to the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates and deposited in the Reserve Fund.

                  (n)  In  the  event  of a  partial  prepayment  of a  Contract
Receivable (except to the extent that, in accordance with the Note, such partial
prepayment  is applied to a  Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount,  in which event the
portion of such prepayment applied to the Prepayment  Deficiency Amount shall be
allocated between the Grantor Trust Certificates in accordance with Section 6.03
(f) or (p), as applicable),

                           (i)  by  payment  of  Excess  Superior  Amounts,  the
         Servicer shall in consultation  with the T-2 Holder  (provided that the
         advice of the T-2  Holder  shall not be binding  on the  Servicer)  (i)
         apply such  prepayment in accordance with the Note (as clarified by the
         Supplemental  Agreement)  and allocate  such  prepayment to the Grantor
         Trust  T-1  Certificate  and the  Grantor  Trust  T-2  Certificates  in
         accordance  with  Section  6.03(a),  (ii) change its records to reflect
         that the principal balance,  accrued interest and each future scheduled
         payment on the Note (and the  beneficial  interest of the Grantor Trust
         T-1  Certificate and the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates  therein) have
         been reduced in accordance  with the applicable  provisions of the Note
         (as clarified by the  Supplemental  Agreement),  (iii) apply all future
         payments and  prepayments  on such Note, and allocate such payments and
         prepayments  between the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate and the Grantor
         Trust  T-2  Certificates,   in  accordance  with  the  revised  Payment
         Schedule,  and (iv)  revise the T-1  Payment  End Date on Exhibit A for
         such Contract  Receivable  to the extent  required such that the sum of
         the  portion of such  prepayment  allocated  to the  Grantor  Trust T-1
         Certificate  and  the  remaining   scheduled  T-1  Allocable   Payments
         (immediately  following  the  adjustment  to the  Payment  Schedule  to
         reflect such  prepayment)  shall not exceed the scheduled T-1 Allocable
         Payments immediately prior to such prepayment.

                           (ii) by a Multiple  Property  Obligor  (other than by
         payment  of  Excess   Superior   Amounts),   the  Servicer   shall,  in
         consultation  with the T-2 Holder  (provided that the advice of the T-2
         Holder shall not be binding on the Servicer), (i) apply such prepayment
         in accordance with Section 6.03(e) hereof and the Note (as clarified by
         the  Supplemental  Agreement),  (ii) change its records to reflect that
         the  principal  balance,  accrued  interest  and each future  scheduled
         payment on the Note (and the  beneficial  interest of the Grantor Trust
         T-1  Certificate and the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates  therein) have
         been reduced in accordance  with the applicable  provisions of the Note
         (as clarified by the  Supplemental  Agreement) and this Agreement,  and
         (iii)  apply all future  payments  and  prepayments  on such Note,  and
         allocate  such payments and  prepayments  between the Grantor Trust T-1
         Certificate and the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates,  in accordance with
         the  revised  Payment  Schedule;   provided,   however,  that  if  such
         prepayment results in a Prepayment  Deficiency Amount the provisions of
         Section 6.03(f) also shall be applicable.

                  (o) If any amount is transferred  from the Recordation  Escrow
Account  as a  result  of the  failure  of  the  Seller  to  deliver  a  Release
Certificate  pursuant  to Section  6.02,  the amount  thereof  allocable  to the
Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  shall be the same amount  which would have been
allocable to it if the Contract  Receivable had been prepaid  voluntarily at the
Allocated  DPO Amount and such amount  shall be  deposited  into the  Collection
Account and any  remaining  amounts  shall be allocated to the Grantor Trust T-2
Certificates and deposited into the Reserve Fund.

                  (p)  As  of  the  Closing   Date,   certain  of  the  Contract
Receivables have Existing  Prepayment  Deficiency  Amounts.  Each payment by the
related Obligor of such Existing Prepayment Deficiency Amount (i) in the case of
the Pinole Contract  Receivable and the Jacway Contract  Receivable,  shall be a
T-2 Allocable  Payment and be deposited  into the Reserve Fund,  and (ii) in the
case of the Bedcar Contract Receivable and the Dalcin Contract Receivable, shall
be  allocated  to the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  (and  deposited  into the
Collection  Account) until the amount of payments allocated to the Grantor Trust
T-1 Certificate in respect of each such Existing Prepayment Deficiency Amount is
equal to the amount on Exhibit Z hereto,  and any  subsequent  payments shall be
allocated to the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates  (and deposited into the Reserve
Fund).

                  (q) If the Trust is  liquidated  and the assets of the Grantor
Trust are sold or liquidated  in accordance  with Section 4.03, or if a Contract
Receivable is sold pursuant to 4.05(k)(ii),  (A) the net proceeds of the sale or
liquidation of the Contract Receivables (or related Foreclosed Property or other
proceeds  thereof) in which the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  has an interest
shall be allocated between the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate (and deposited into
the  Collection  Account  or,  after the  Transfer  Date,  into the  Certificate
Account) and the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates  (and deposited into the Reserve
Fund)  (i) in the  case  of any  Defaulted  Contract  Receivable  or  Liquidated
Contract Receivable, in accordance with Section 6.03(g), and (ii) in the case of
all other  Contract  Receivables,  in  accordance  with Section  6.03(e) as if a
voluntary  prepayment had been received on the Contract  Receivable in an amount
equal to the net proceeds of such sale or  liquidation,  and (B) the proceeds of
the sale of all other assets of the Grantor  Trust shall be  deposited  into the
Reserve Fund.

                  (r) In the  case  of a  Multiple  Property  Obligor,  (i)  the
principal,  accrued  interest and current  interest on the  Contract  Receivable
allocable to each Property that it owns shall,  in accordance  with the terms of
the Contract  Receivable,  be equal to the Allocable Fraction  multiplied by the
principal,  accrued  interest and current  interest on the  Contract  Receivable
(excluding  any  Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount),  and (ii) the  Servicer  shall
determine the interest of the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate  in the  principal,
accrued  interest  and  current  interest  allocable  to each such  Property  by
multiplying (x) the Allocable Fraction  applicable to such Property,  by (y) the
accrued  interest,  the current  interest  and the  principal  on such  Contract
Receivable (other than any Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount) which is allocable to
the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate.  If a Schedule C Event or  Purchase  Option
occurred  with respect to such  Property  resulting  in a Prepayment  Deficiency
Amount,  the allocation of the Prepayment  Deficiency Amount between the Grantor
Trust Certificates shall be determined based on Section 6.03 (f) or (p) hereof.

                  SECTION 6.04  Servicing  and Grantor Trust  Expenses.  On each
Deposit Date, prior to paying any Debt Service Draw Amount,  Repurchase Price or
Cure Amount from the Reserve Fund or the Net Sandwich Investments,  the Servicer
shall withdraw funds from the Reserve Fund and (in accordance with the procedure
set forth in Section 6.09) the Net Sandwich Investments, and pay to the Servicer
the  T-2  Share  of the  Servicing  and  Grantor  Trust  Expenses,  and  pay any
Liquidation  Expenses,  Servicer  Advances and Advancing  Fees not paid from the
Liquidation  Proceeds of a Liquidated Contract  Receivable.  The Servicer shall,
pursuant  to the Pooling  Agreement,  pay to the  Servicer  the T-1 Share of the
Servicing  and  Grantor  Trust  Expenses  from  the  funds  on  deposit  in  the
Certificate  Account.  Prior to each Distribution  Date, and during a Collection
Period,  the Servicer may reimburse the Grantor Trust  Trustee,  the REMIC Trust
Trustee and itself for any Grantor  Trust Expense by  withdrawing  the T-1 Share
thereof from the  Collection  Account and the T-2 Share thereof from the Reserve
Fund. In such event, the Servicer shall use the calculation of the T-1 Share and
the T-2  Share  from the  immediately  preceding  Collection  Period;  provided,
however,  that, at the end of the Collection Period the Servicer shall determine
the T-1  Share  and the T-2  Share  for  such  Collection  Period  and  make the
appropriate  adjustments  to the Reserve  Fund and the  Collection  Account with
respect to the Grantor Trust Expenses  withdrawn  during such Collection  Period
from the Collection Account and the Reserve Fund.

                  To the extent  that funds are not  available  from the sources
described  in the  immediately  preceding  paragraph  to pay  the  Servicer  its
Servicing Fee or Special  Servicing Fee as and when due, BT hereby  acknowledges
and agrees that it shall nevertheless  continue to perform its  responsibilities
and obligations in all of its capacities hereunder,  under the Pooling Agreement
and under the Contract Receivable Documents.

                  SECTION 6.05      Withdrawals from the Reserve Fund.

                  (a) On each  Determination  Date, the Servicer shall determine
whether,  on the subsequent  Distribution Date, the Balance of the Reserve Fund,
together with the Net Sandwich  Investments,  exceeds the sum of the Certificate
Accreted Value plus one year's  interest on such  Certificate  Accreted Value at
the weighted average Pass-Through Rate, in which event the Servicer shall direct
the Collateral Agent to distribute such excess (up to the Balance of the Reserve
Fund)  on such  Distribution  Date  to the  holders  of the  Grantor  Trust  T-2
Certificates,  pro rata, based upon their Percentage Interest. For this purpose,
the  Certificate  Accreted Value will be calculated  without taking into account
any Allocated  Losses in reduction of Accreted  Value made on such  Distribution
Date and all prior  Distribution  Dates or the interest which would have accrued
on the amount of such  Allocated  Losses from the date of such reduction to such
Distribution Date at the applicable  Pass-Through Rates, but taking into account
all  Accretion  Amounts  for such  Distribution  Date and all  distributions  in
respect of Accreted Value made on such Distribution Date.

                  (b) On the  first  Distribution  Date on or  after  the  REMIC
Liquidation  Date, the Servicer shall direct the Collateral Agent to distribute,
pro rata,  based upon Percentage  Interest,  to the holders of the Grantor Trust
T-2 Certificates all amounts or investments (in kind or in cash, at the election
of a Majority-in-Interest  of the holders of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates)
then held in the Reserve Fund.

                  (c) On the Deposit Date preceding each Distribution Date after
payment of the T-2 Share of the Servicing  and Grantor Trust  expenses and other
expenses which,  pursuant to this Agreement,  are payable from the Reserve Fund,
the  Servicer  shall  direct the  Collateral  Agent to  transfer  funds from the
Reserve Fund (or, if the Reserve Fund is not  sufficient,  from the Net Sandwich
Investments  (in  accordance  with the  procedure  set  forth in  Section  6.09)
pursuant  to clause (f)  hereof) to the  Certificate  Account in an amount  (the
"Debt Service Draw Amount") equal to the lesser of (A) the sum of the Balance of
the Reserve Fund and the Net Sandwich  Investments and (B) the "Losses" incurred
during  the  preceding  Collection  Period.  The  "Losses"  are  the  sum of the
following:

                           (1) the portion of any scheduled payment of principal
         or interest  constituting a T-1 Allocable  Payment (or portion thereof)
         on a Contract Receivable which was due during the immediately preceding
         Collection  Period but which has not been paid and is delinquent  for a
         period of at least 30 days;

                           (2) an amount equal to the loss (as  certified by the
         Servicer)  allocable  to  the  Grantor  Trust  T-1  Certificate  upon a
         prepayment of a Contract  Receivable  in  connection  with a Schedule C
         Event or the  exercise  of a  Purchase  Option  either  by (i) a Single
         Property Obligor, (ii) a Multiple Property Obligor upon the disposition
         of the final Property encumbered by the related  Subordinate  Mortgage,
         or (iii) a Multiple Property Obligor, if a Prepayment Deficiency Amount
         results from such prepayment,  but only to the extent that the Servicer
         certifies that (x) the aggregate amount which the holder of the Grantor
         Trust T-1 Certificate  would have received with respect to the affected
         Property  if  there  had been a  voluntary  partial  prepayment  of the
         Contract  Receivable  at the  Allocated DPO Amount with respect to such
         affected  Property  (immediately  prior to such Schedule C Event or the
         exercise  of  such  Purchase  Option)  is  more  than  the  sum  of the
         Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount  allocable  to  the  Grantor  Trust  T-1
         Certificate  and the prepayment  received on such event or exercise and
         allocated to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate,  and/or (y) it does not
         reasonably  anticipate  that the remaining  Property or Properties will
         produce  Excess  Cash Flow or  Excess  Proceeds  sufficient  to pay the
         portion of the Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount  allocable to the Grantor
         Trust  T-1  Certificate  (excluding  the  amount  of any  loss  on such
         Contract Receivable determined under clause (x));

                           (3) an amount equal to the loss (as  certified by the
         Servicer) allocable to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate if a Defaulted
         Contract  Receivable  is  accelerated  and  a  Remedial  Proceeding  is
         commenced by the Servicer, upon a certification by the Servicer that it
         does not  reasonably  anticipate  that the  amount of such loss will be
         satisfied out of Net Liquidation Proceeds, and

                           (4) the losses  calculated  pursuant  to clauses  (1)
         through (3) which were not paid (from the Reserve  Fund or from the Net
         Sandwich  Investments  (in  accordance  with the procedure set forth in
         Section 6.09)) on any prior Deposit Date (together with simple interest
         thereon  at the  Pass-Through  Rate of the Class D-1  Certificates  (as
         defined in the Pooling  Agreement)  from the Deposit Date on which each
         such loss was to have been paid through the current Deposit Date).

                  (d) The Servicer shall  calculate the Loss described in clause
(c)(2)(i)  or (ii) above as the  excess,  if any, of (i) the T-1  Allocated  DPO
Amount, over (ii) the amount of the actual prepayment which was allocated to the
Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate.  The Servicer shall calculate the Loss described
in clause  (c)(2)(iii)(x)  above as the excess, if any, of (i) the T-1 Allocated
DPO  Amount,  over (ii) the  amount of the  actual  prepayment  made;  provided,
however,  that if there is a Loss in accordance with the  immediately  preceding
clause of this Section  6.05(d) and if the amount of the actual  prepayment made
is less than the product of the T-1 Allocated  DPO Amount  multiplied by the DPO
Fraction, the Loss will be equal to the excess, if any, of the T-1 Allocated DPO
Amount over the product of the T-1  Allocated  DPO Amount  multiplied by the DPO
Fraction.   The  Servicer   shall   calculate  the  Loss   described  in  clause
(c)(2)(iii)(y) above as the excess, if any, of (i) the portion of the Prepayment
Deficiency Amount allocable to the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate,  over (ii) the
portion  of the  payments  of Excess  Cash Flow or Excess  Proceeds  theretofore
received or that the Servicer anticipates that it will receive on the Prepayment
Deficiency  Amount  for such  Contract  Receivable  which are  allocable  to the
Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate.  The Servicer shall calculate the Loss described
in clause  (c)(3)  above as the  excess,  if any, of (i) the T-1  Allocated  DPO
Amount,  over (ii) the amount of Net Liquidation  Proceeds received or which the
Servicer reasonably anticipates it will receive.

                  For purposes of calculating the Loss, the Allocated DPO Amount
shall be determined  without regard to the 25% premium  required to be paid by a
Multiple  Property Obligor if a partial  prepayment is made at the option of the
Obligor at the Allocated DPO Amount.

                  The "T-1  Allocated DPO Amount" is equal to the portion of the
Allocated DPO Amount for the affected  Property or Properties  (and, in the case
of an event  described  in  clause  (c)(2)(ii)  and  clause  (c)(3)  above,  any
Prepayment  Deficiency  Amount)  which would have been  allocable to the Grantor
Trust T-1  Certificate if there had been a voluntary  prepayment of the Contract
Receivable  immediately  prior to the  prepayment  made in  connection  with the
Schedule C Event or the Purchase  Option (or, in the case of an event  described
in clause  (c)(3),  on the date of the  certification  by the Servicer  pursuant
thereto).  The "DPO  Fraction"  is a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the
Discounted  Pay Off  Amount,  and the  denominator  of which is the  outstanding
balance of unpaid  interest and principal on the Note  (excluding any Prepayment
Deficiency Amount).

                  (e) There shall be no recourse to the T-2 Holder in respect of
its obligation to pay the Loss (except the T-2 Holder's  interest in the Reserve
Fund), and no recourse to the Seller and the Affiliated Sellers. In addition, no
recourse shall be had against any of the general or limited  partners of the T-2
Holder or the Seller (whether heretofore or hereafter admitted to the T-2 Holder
or the Seller) or the  officers,  directors or  shareholders  of the  Affiliated
Sellers.  The T-2 Holder,  the Seller and the  Affiliated  Sellers shall have no
obligation to use funds or assets other than the Reserve Fund to pay the Loss.

                  (f) The Servicer  shall deliver on the  Distribution  Date, to
the T-2 Holder,  a certificate  showing the calculation of the Debt Service Draw
Amount  (including  each  Loss) in  reasonable  detail,  and the  Balance of the
Reserve Fund and the Net Sandwich  Investments  on the Deposit Date after paying
the Debt Service Draw Amount.

                  SECTION 6.06 Determination  Date. On each Determination  Date,
the Servicer shall determine  (and, on the following  Business Day, shall advise
the  Collateral  Agent,  the  T-2  Holder,  the  GT  Collateral  Agent  and  the
Certificates  Paying Agent) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement,
the  amounts  to be  withdrawn  from  each  Pledged  Fund  and the Net  Sandwich
Investments  and the amounts to be distributed to each Class of  Certificates in
respect of the interest thereon and the Accreted Value thereof.

                  SECTION 6.07  Distributions  after the REMIC Liquidation Date.
On and after the REMIC  Liquidation  Date, the Servicer shall,  one Business Day
before each Monthly  Distribution  Date,  direct and  instruct the  Certificates
Paying  Agent  to make  the  following  distributions  from  the  Grantor  Trust
Collection  Account,  (which  instructions shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit X), in the following order of priority:

                  (a) To the Servicer, by wire transfer of immediately available
funds, the Servicing and Grantor Trust Expenses.

                  (b) To the Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate,  all T-1 Allocable
Payments  (after  deduction of the T-1 Share of the  Servicing and Grantor Trust
Expenses)  received prior to such Monthly  Distribution Date and not theretofore
distributed.

                  (c) To the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates,  all T-2 Allocable
Payments  (after  deduction of the T-2 Share of the  Servicing and Grantor Trust
Expenses)  received prior to such Monthly  Distribution Date and not theretofore
distributed.

                  SECTION 6.08  Distributions  from the Repurchase Reserve Fund.
On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall direct the GT Collateral Agent to
distribute  on the next  Distribution  Date,  pro rata,  based  upon  Percentage
Interest, to the holders of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates,  (i) any amounts
on deposit in the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund in excess of 5% of the  Certificate
Accreted Value, and (ii) all amounts in the Repurchase Reserve Fund on the first
Distribution  Date on or after the REMIC  Liquidation  Date.  For the purpose of
clause (i), the  Certificate  Accreted Value shall be calculated  without taking
into account any  Allocated  Losses in reduction of Accreted  Value made on such
Distribution Date and all prior  Distribution  Dates or the interest which would
have  accrued  on the  amount  of such  Allocated  Losses  from the date of such
reduction to such  Distribution Date at the applicable  Pass-Through  Rates, but
taking into account all  Accretion  Amounts for such  Distribution  Date and all
distributions in respect of Accreted Value made on such Distribution Date.

                  The Servicer shall direct the GT Collateral  Agent to transfer
funds on deposit in the Repurchase  Reserve Fund to the Certificate  Account and
the Reserve Fund in accordance  with the allocation of the  Repurchase  Price or
Cure Amounts between the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate and the Grantor Trust T-2
Certificates as set forth in Section 6.03 of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 6.09      Application of Net Sandwich Investments.

                  (a) If on any Deposit Date, the Balance of the Reserve Fund is
not  sufficient  to pay the Debt  Service  Draw  Amount,  or (if  funds  are not
available in the Repurchase  Reserve Fund) the Repurchase  Price or Cure Amounts
then  payable  or (if  Liquidation  Proceeds  are not  available  therefor)  the
Liquidation  Expenses,  Servicer  Advances and Advancing  Fees then payable with
respect to Liquidated Contract  Receivables in accordance with Section 4.16, the
Servicer, on behalf of the Grantor Trust as sole stockholder,  shall request the
sole director of any or all of Derby,  Saber and Sentec to make distributions to
the  Grantor  Trust  as  its  sole   stockholder  (up  to  the  amount  of  such
corporation's Net Sandwich  Investments in its Sandwich Investment  Accounts) to
the  extent  necessary  to make each  such  payment;  provided  that if an event
described in Section 4.05(l)(i),  (ii), (iii) or (iv) shall have occurred and be
continuing with respect to any such corporation, the Net Sandwich Investments in
its Sandwich  Investment  Account shall not be distributed but shall be retained
in such  account.  The  Servicer  shall  deposit each such  distribution  in the
Certificate  Account (except to the extent that such  distribution is to be used
to reimburse the Servicer for  Liquidation  Expenses,  Servicer  Advances or the
Advancing Fee).

                  (b) The Grantor Trust  Trustee and the Servicer,  on behalf of
the Grantor Trust as sole stockholder of Saber,  shall take all actions to cause
(i) the sole  director of Saber to  distribute  to the Grantor Trust as its sole
stockholder,  for deposit in the Reserve Fund,  the Net Sandwich  Investments in
the Saber Sandwich Investment Account on the Deposit Date immediately  preceding
the March 1997 Distribution Date, and (ii) the sole director of Derby, Saber and
Sentec to distribute to the Grantor Trust as its sole  stockholder,  for deposit
in the Reserve Fund, Net Sandwich  Investments in the Saber Sandwich  Investment
Account,   the  Sentec  Sandwich  Investment  Account  and  the  Derby  Sandwich
Investment  Account  on  each  Deposit  Date  (on  or  after  the  Deposit  Date
immediately  preceding  the  March  1997  Distribution  Date) on  which  any Net
Sandwich Investments are on deposit in any such Account; provided, however, that
no such distribution shall be made by such Sandwich  Corporation if, pursuant to
Section  4.05(l)(i),  (ii),  (iii) or (iv),  the GT Collateral  Agent shall have
given (and not  withdrawn)  written  notice to the T-2 Holder  that the stock of
such  corporation  has been  transferred  to the T-2 Holder or the T-2  Holder's
affiliate or nominee.

                  (c) All  distributions  on or  proceeds of the stock of Derby,
Sentec and Saber  shall,  except as  otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,  be
deposited in the Reserve Fund.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                    ACCOUNTS

                  SECTION 7.01      Grantor Trust Collection Account.

                  (a) On the REMIC  Liquidation  Date, the Grantor Trust Trustee
shall establish and maintain the Grantor Trust  Collection  Account on behalf of
the Grantor Trust. The Grantor Trust Collection Account shall be entitled "[Name
of Grantor  Trust  Trustee]  as trustee for the sole  benefit of Contract  Right
Grantor Trust ([Name of Servicer], Servicer) Grantor Trust Collection Account."

                  (b) Amounts in the Grantor Trust  Collection  Account shall be
invested by the Grantor Trust Trustee, in the name of the Grantor Trust Trustee,
in any investments in accordance with instructions provided to the Grantor Trust
Trustee  by  holders  of  a  Majority-in-Interest   of  the  Grantor  Trust  T-2
Certificates in writing or, if not so provided, in Eligible Investments. All net
income  and  gain  earned  on the  investment  of  funds  in the  Grantor  Trust
Collection Account shall be retained in the Grantor Trust Collection Account and
shall be for the benefit of the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  (and
shall be  allocated  to the  Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate  if the  investment
related to a T-1  Allocable  Payment or  investment  income  thereon,  or to the
Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates  if the  investment  related to a T-2 Allocable
Payment or investment income thereon).

                  SECTION 7.02      Reserve Fund.

                  (a) On or  before  the  Closing  Date,  the T-2  Holder  shall
establish the Reserve Fund initially with BT, as Collateral  Agent.  The Reserve
Fund shall be entitled "Bankers Trust Company,  as Collateral Agent for the sole
benefit of Contract Receivables  Pass-Through Certificate Trust - Reserve Fund."
The  Collateral  Agent shall  maintain  such account at all times as an Eligible
Deposit  Account.  The Reserve  Fund shall be the property of the holders of the
Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates  and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of
the corpus of the Grantor Trust or of the Trust.

                  (b)  Pursuant to the Reserve  Fund  Pledge  Agreement  the T-2
Holder shall grant to the Collateral Agent, a security interest in, and lien on,
all of the T-2 Holder's right, title and interest in and to the Reserve Fund and
the funds on deposit  therein as security  for the limited  indemnity  under the
Reserve Fund Indemnity Agreement.  The Collateral Agent shall have sole dominion
and control over the Reserve Fund.

                  (c) Funds on deposit in the Reserve  Fund shall be invested in
accordance with instructions  provided by holders of a  Majority-in-Interest  of
the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates in Eligible Investments that mature not later
than the Deposit Date next succeeding the date of investment. Except as provided
in Section 6.05(a), all net income and gain earned on the investment of funds in
the Reserve Fund shall be retained in the Reserve Fund and will be available for
distribution therefrom.

                  SECTION 7.03      Repurchase Reserve Fund.

                  (a) On or before the Closing Date,  there shall be established
the  Repurchase  Reserve Fund  initially  with BT, as GT Collateral  Agent.  The
Repurchase  Reserve Fund shall be entitled  "Bankers Trust Company as Collateral
Agent for the sole benefit of Contract Right Grantor Trust - Repurchase  Reserve
Fund." The  Collateral  Agent  shall  maintain  such  account at all times as an
Eligible Deposit Account.  The Repurchase  Reserve Fund shall be the property of
the holders of the  Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates  and shall not be deemed to
constitute a part of the corpus of the Grantor Trust or of the Trust.

                  (b) Funds on deposit in the  Repurchase  Reserve Fund shall be
invested solely in Eligible  Investments  that mature not later than the Deposit
Date next  succeeding  the date of investment in  accordance  with  instructions
provided  by  holders  of  a  Majority-in-Interest  of  the  Grantor  Trust  T-2
Certificates.  Except as  provided in Section  3.07(e),  all net income and gain
earned  on the  investment  of funds in the  Repurchase  Reserve  Fund  shall be
retained in the Repurchase  Reserve Fund and shall be available for distribution
therefrom.

                  (c) Pursuant to the Repurchase  Reserve Fund Pledge Agreement,
the T-2 Holder shall grant to the GT Collateral  Agent, a security  interest in,
and lien on, all of the T-2  Holder's  right,  title and  interest in and to the
Repurchase  Reserve Fund and the funds on deposit  therein,  as security for the
T-2 Holder's  limited  recourse  obligation  under the  Repurchase  Reserve Fund
Indemnity Agreement to cure or repurchase a Contract Receivable upon a breach of
a  representation  or warranty under Section 3.01(b)  hereof.  The GT Collateral
Agent shall have sole dominion and control over the Repurchase Reserve Fund.

                  SECTION 7.04      Rejectable Offer Reserve Fund.

                  (a) Upon the  occurrence  of certain  events  described  under
Section 4.10(b), the Directing Holders shall establish an account (a "Rejectable
Offer  Reserve  Fund") as an Eligible  Deposit  Account,  with the GT Collateral
Agent.  A separate  account shall be  established  for each Property as to which
Directing Holders have delivered Directions. Each such account will be funded by
the applicable  Directing  Holders in an amount described under Section 4.10(b).
Each Rejectable Offer Reserve Fund shall be entitled "Bankers Trust Company,  as
Collateral  Agent  for the  sole  benefit  of  Contract  Right  Grantor  Trust -
Rejectable Offer Reserve Fund [Name of Property and Obligor]." The GT Collateral
Agent shall have sole  dominion and control over each  Rejectable  Offer Reserve
Fund.  Each  Rejectable  Offer  Reserve Fund shall not be deemed to constitute a
part of the corpus of the Grantor Trust or of the Trust.

                  (b) Funds on deposit in each  Rejectable  Offer  Reserve  Fund
shall be invested solely in Eligible  Investments that mature not later than the
next succeeding  Deposit Date, in accordance with  instructions  provided by the
applicable  Directing  Holders in writing.  On each  Distribution  Date, all net
income and gain earned on the investment of funds in a Rejectable  Offer Reserve
Fund shall be  distributed to the applicable  Directing  Holders  (except to the
extent  required  to  make a  payment  due to be  made  from  such  Fund  on the
immediately  preceding  Deposit Date).  Amounts on deposit in a Rejectable Offer
Reserve Fund shall be transferred to the Collection  Account (or, for the period
of time from the Transfer Date to the Deposit Date, to the Certificate  Account)
or the Reserve Fund or distributed to the  applicable  Directing  Holders in the
circumstances described under Section 4.10(b).

                  SECTION 7.05      Directing Holders Reserve Fund.

                  (a) Upon the  occurrence  of certain  events  described  under
Section 4.10(a),  the Directing Holders shall establish an account (a "Directing
Holders  Reserve  Fund") as an Eligible  Deposit  Account with the GT Collateral
Agent. A separate  account shall be established for each Contract  Receivable as
to which the Directing  Holders have delivered  Instructions.  Each such account
will be funded by the  applicable  Directing  Holders  in an amount  more  fully
described under Section  4.10(a).  Each Directing  Holders Reserve Fund shall be
entitled  "Bankers  Trust Company,  as Collateral  Agent for the sole benefit of
Contract Right Grantor Trust  Directing  Holders  Reserve Fund [Name of Contract
Receivable and  Obligor]." The GT Collateral  Agent shall have sole dominion and
control over each Directing Holders Reserve Fund. Each Directing Holders Reserve
Fund shall not be deemed to constitute a part of the corpus of the Grantor Trust
or of the Trust.

                  (b) Funds on deposit in a Directing Holders Reserve Fund shall
be invested solely in Eligible  Investments  that mature not later than the next
succeeding  Deposit  Date,  in  accordance  with  instructions  provided  by the
applicable  Directing  Holders in writing.  On each  Distribution  Date, all net
income and gain earned on the investment of funds in a Directing Holders Reserve
Fund shall be  distributed to the applicable  Directing  Holders  (except to the
extent  required  to  make a  payment  due to be  made  from  such  Fund  on the
immediately  preceding  Deposit Date).  Amounts on deposit in a Rejectable Offer
Reserve Fund shall be transferred to the Collection  Account (or, for the period
of time from the Transfer Date to the Deposit Date, to the Certificate  Account)
or  distributed  to  the  applicable  Directing  Holders  in  the  circumstances
described under Section 4.10(a).

                  SECTION 7.06      Recordation Escrow Account.

                  On or before the Closing Date,  there shall be  established an
account (the "Recordation  Escrow Account") on behalf of the Grantor Trust as an
Eligible  Deposit  Account,  which shall be  maintained  at BT. The  Recordation
Escrow Account shall be entitled  "Bankers  Trust  Company,  as Servicer for the
sole benefit of Contract  Right  Grantor Trust -  Recordation  Escrow  Account."
Funds on deposit in the  Recordation  Escrow  Account  shall be  invested on the
Closing Date in  accordance  with  instructions  provided by the Servicer on the
Closing  Date,  solely in Eligible  Investments  described  in clause (x) of the
definition  thereof.   Subsequent  to  the  Closing  Date,  there  shall  be  no
reinvestment or change in the investments in the Recordation Escrow Account, and
any amounts withdrawn from such Account or investment income paid on investments
in such  Account  shall be held  uninvested  in such  Account  until  applied in
accordance with this Agreement. All net income and gain earned on the investment
of funds in the  Recordation  Escrow Account shall be disbursed to the Seller on
the date on which the original  balance of the funds in the  Recordation  Escrow
Account shall have been fully disbursed or transferred to the Collection Account
(or, for the period of time from the Transfer  Date to the Deposit  Date, to the
Certificate Account). Amounts on deposit in the Recordation Escrow Account shall
not be  utilized  except to be  disbursed  to the Seller or  transferred  to the
Collection Account or the Certificate Account as provided in this Agreement.

                  SECTION 7.07      Derby and Sentec Reserve Account.

                  On or before the Closing Date,  there shall be  established an
account (the "Derby and Sentec Reserve  Account") on behalf of the Grantor Trust
as an Eligible Deposit  Account,  which initially shall be maintained at BT. The
Derby and Sentec Reserve  Account shall be entitled  "Bankers Trust Company,  as
Servicer for the sole benefit of Contract Right Grantor Trust - Derby and Sentec
Reserve Account." Funds on deposit in the Derby and Sentec Reserve Account shall
be invested on the Closing Date in accordance with instructions  provided by the
Servicer on the Closing  Date,  solely in Eligible  Investments  which mature in
approximately equal annual amounts over the succeeding fifteen years. Subsequent
to the Closing Date, there shall be no reinvestment or change in the investments
in the Derby and Sentec  Reserve  Account,  and any amounts  withdrawn from such
Account or investment  income paid on  investments in such Account shall be held
uninvested in such Account until applied in accordance with this Agreement.  All
net income and gain earned on the  investment  of funds in such Account shall be
retained in such Account and, if not applied to make  capital  contributions  to
Derby or Sentec,  shall be disbursed to the T-2 Holder on the first Distribution
Date after the REMIC Liquidation Date.

                  SECTION 7.08      Sandwich Reserve Fund.

                  (a) On or before the Closing Date,  there shall be established
an account (the  "Sandwich  Reserve  Fund") on behalf of the Grantor Trust as an
Eligible  Deposit  Account,  which  initially  shall be  maintained  at BT.  The
Sandwich Reserve Fund shall be entitled "Bankers Trust Company,  as Servicer for
the sole benefit of Contract Right Grantor Trust - Sandwich Reserve Fund." Funds
on deposit in the  Sandwich  Reserve  Fund shall be invested on the Closing Date
solely  in  Eligible  Investments  described  in  clause  (x) of the  definition
thereof.  Subsequent  to the Closing  Date,  there shall be no  reinvestment  or
change in the investments in the Sandwich Reserve Fund and any amounts withdrawn
from such Fund or investment  income paid on  investments  in such Fund shall be
held  uninvested in such Fund until applied in accordance  with this  Agreement.
All net income and gain earned on the  investment of funds in such Fund shall be
retained  in such Fund and,  if all or any  portion of the corpus of the Fund is
distributed  to the T-2  Holder  such  investment  income  shall be  distributed
concurrently  to the T-2 Holder,  or if the corpus of the Fund is transferred to
the Reserve  Fund such  investment  income shall be  transferred  to the Reserve
Fund.

                  (b) On the second  Distribution  Date  following  each date on
which all or a portion of the Net  Sandwich  Investments  in the Saber  Sandwich
Investment  Account are transferred to the Collection Account or the Certificate
Account (or applied to reimburse the Servicer for Liquidation Expenses, Servicer
Advances  or  Advancing   Fees)  in  accordance   with  Section  6.09(a)  and/or
transferred to the Reserve Fund in accordance with Section 6.09(b), the Servicer
shall  distribute the same amount from the Sandwich Reserve Fund pro rata to the
holders of the Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates,  unless an event  described  in
Section  4.05(l)(i),  (ii),  (iii) or (iv) shall have occurred and be continuing
with respect to Saber; provided, however, that no distribution from the Sandwich
Reserve Fund shall be made during the  continuance of such event with respect to
Saber,  except that (i) an amount shall be transferred from the Sandwich Reserve
Fund to the Reserve Fund to the extent that Net Sandwich Investments are applied
to pay the Sandwich Administrative Expenses of Saber, (ii) if, as a result of an
event described in Section 4.05(l)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) with respect to Saber
or as a result of the  determination  (by delivery to the Servicer,  the Grantor
Trust  Trustee and the T-2 Holder of an Opinion of  Independent  Counsel) that a
dividend  made by Saber to the Grantor  Trust is unlawful  or ultra  vires,  any
amounts transferred from the Net Sandwich Investments to the Certificate Account
must be repaid to Saber or its creditors,  such repayment shall be made from the
Sandwich  Reserve  Fund,  and (iii) any amount  which would  pursuant to Section
6.09(a)  be  transferred  from  the Net  Sandwich  Investments  of  Saber to the
Certificate  Account  but  was  not so  transferred,  as a  result  of an  event
described  in Section  4.05(l)(i),  (ii),  (iii) or (iv) with  respect to Saber,
shall instead be transferred  from the Sandwich  Reserve Fund to the Certificate
Account.  A  distribution  from the Sandwich  Reserve Fund to the holders of the
Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates  shall be made only upon the delivery by the T-2
Holder of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that any dividend or  distribution
made or to be made in respect of the capital stock of Saber  relating to the Net
Sandwich  Investments  was or will be in  compliance  with the  requirements  of
applicable laws of the State of Delaware,  which Opinion of Counsel may be based
on (A) a consent of the sole Director of Saber declaring such dividend,  (B) the
most recent financial statements of Saber (whether audited or unaudited) and (C)
the absence of notice from the Servicer to the T-2 Holder of the  occurrence  of
any of the  events  described  in clause  (i),  (ii),  (iii) or (iv) of  Section
4.05(l)  with  respect  to  Saber  as  satisfying   any  financial  or  solvency
prerequisite to such dividend or distribution.  The Servicer,  the GT Collateral
Agent and the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  cooperate  with such  counsel  in
delivering such certificates and copies of financial  statements and consents of
directors of Saber as such counsel shall request.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      THE SELLER AND THE AFFILIATED SELLERS

                  SECTION  8.01  Merger or  Consolidation  of the  Seller or the
Affiliated  Sellers.  Any Person into which the Seller or any of the  Affiliated
Sellers may be merged or  consolidated,  or any entity resulting from any merger
or consolidation to which the Seller or any of the Affiliated Sellers shall be a
party,  or any Person  succeeding  to the  business  of the Seller or any of the
Affiliated  Sellers,  shall  be  the  successor  of  the  Seller  or  any of the
Affiliated  Sellers  hereunder,  without the execution or filing of any paper or
any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the
contrary notwithstanding.

                  SECTION  8.02  Limitation  on  Liability of the Seller and the
Affiliated Sellers.

                  (a) Neither the Seller nor any of the  Affiliated  Sellers nor
any of the partners,  employees or agents of the Seller or any of the Affiliated
Sellers shall be under any liability to the Grantor Trust Trustee or the holders
of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  for any action taken or for refraining  from
the taking of any action in good faith  pursuant to this Agreement or for errors
in judgment.

                  (b)  The  Seller  or any of the  Affiliated  Sellers  and  any
partner,  employee or agent of the Seller or any of the  Affiliated  Sellers may
rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and
submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising hereunder.

                  (c) The Seller or any of the  Affiliated  Sellers shall not be
under any  obligation  to appear in,  prosecute or defend any legal action which
arises under this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                  THE SERVICER; REPRESENTATIONS AND LIABILITIES

                  SECTION  9.01  Representations  of BT.  BT  hereby  makes  the
following  representations as to itself. The  representations  shall speak as of
the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

                  (i)   Organization   and  Good  Standing.   BT  is  a  banking
         corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
         the laws of the  jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate
         power to own its assets and to  transact  the  business  in which it is
         currently  engaged.  BT is duly  qualified  to do business as a foreign
         corporation  and is in good standing in each  jurisdiction in which the
         character  of the  business  transacted  by it or  properties  owned or
         leased by it requires such qualification and in which the failure so to
         qualify  would  have  a  material   adverse  effect  on  the  business,
         properties,  assets, or condition  (financial or otherwise) of BT or on
         the Grantor Trust Certificates or the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement.

                  (ii) Authorization;  Binding Obligations. BT has the power and
         authority to make, execute,  deliver and perform this Agreement and all
         of the  transactions  contemplated  under this  Agreement,  the Pooling
         Agreement and each Contract  Receivable Document to which it is a party
         and  has  taken  all  necessary   corporate  action  to  authorize  the
         execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement,  the Pooling
         Agreement and each Contract Receivable Document to which it is a party.
         When executed and delivered,  this Agreement, the Pooling Agreement and
         each  Contract  Receivable  Document  to  which  it  is  a  party  will
         constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of BT enforceable in
         accordance  with its terms,  except as enforcement of such terms may be
         limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  similar  laws  affecting  the
         enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally and by the availability of
         equitable remedies.

                  (iii) No Consent  Required.  BT is not  required to obtain the
         consent  of any  other  party  or any  consent,  license,  approval  or
         authorization   from,  or   registration   or  declaration   with,  any
         governmental  authority,  bureau  or  agency  in  connection  with  the
         execution,  delivery,  performance,  validity or enforceability of this
         Agreement,  the Pooling Agreement and each Contract Receivable Document
         to which it is a party,  the failure of which so to obtain would have a
         material  adverse  effect  on  the  business,   properties,  assets  or
         condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of BT or on  the  Grantor  Trust
         Certificates or the  transactions  contemplated  by the Agreement,  the
         Pooling Agreement and each Contract  Receivable Document to which it is
         a party.

                  (iv) No Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of
         this  Agreement,  the Pooling  Agreement and each  Contract  Receivable
         Document to which it is a party by BT will not violate any provision of
         any existing law or  regulation  or any order or decree of any court or
         the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of BT, or constitute a material
         breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which
         BT is a party or by which BT may be bound.

                  (v) Litigation.  No litigation or administrative proceeding of
         or  before  any  court,  tribunal  or  governmental  body is  currently
         pending, or to the knowledge of BT threatened, against BT or any of its
         properties or with respect to this Agreement, the Pooling Agreement and
         each  Contract  Receivable  Document  to which  it is a  party,  or the
         Grantor Trust Certificates which, if adversely determined, would in the
         opinion  of BT  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement, the Pooling Agreement and each Contract
         Receivable Document to which it is a party.

                  (vi) No Event of  Termination.  No Event of  Termination or an
         event which would (pursuant to Section 9.05) permit BT to resign in any
         capacity hereunder has occurred and is continuing.

                  (vii) Absence of Adverse Claim. The Collateral Agent has taken
         the initial  Grantor Trust T-2 Certificate for value, in good faith and
         without  notice of any adverse claim with respect to such Grantor Trust
         T-2 Certificate or the security interest therein created by the Reserve
         Fund Pledge Agreement.

                  SECTION  9.02  Liability of  Servicer.  The Servicer  shall be
liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations specifically
undertaken by the Servicer and shall have no other  obligations  or  liabilities
hereunder.

                  SECTION 9.03 Merger or Consolidation  of Servicer.  Any person
into  which the  Servicer  may be  merged,  converted  or  consolidated,  or any
corporation resulting from any merger,  conversion or consolidation to which the
Servicer  shall be a party,  or any Person  succeeding  to the  business  of the
Servicer,  shall  be  the  successor  of the  Servicer  hereunder,  without  the
execution  or filing of any paper or any  further  act on the part of any of the
parties  hereto,  anything  herein to the  contrary  notwithstanding;  provided,
however,  that the successor or surviving  Person to the Servicer  shall satisfy
the criteria set forth in the definition of an Eligible  Servicer.  The Servicer
shall  promptly  notify  the Rating  Agency of any such  merger,  conversion  or
consolidation to which it is a party.

                  SECTION 9.04 Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others.

                  (a) Neither the Servicer nor any of the  directors,  officers,
employees or agents of the Servicer  shall be under any liability to the Grantor
Trust  Trustee or the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  for any action
taken or for refraining  from the taking of any action in good faith pursuant to
this Agreement or the Pooling  Agreement,  or for errors in judgment;  provided,
however,  that this provision  shall not protect the Servicer or any such Person
against any breach by it of warranties or representations  made by it herein and
therein,  the negligence,  willful  misconduct or misfeasance of the Servicer or
its agent,  or failure to perform its or his  obligations in compliance with the
standard of care, or any liability which otherwise would be imposed by reason of
any  breach  of the  terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement  or the  Pooling
Agreement or the Contract Receivable Documents to which it is a party.

                  (b) The Servicer and any director,  officer, employee or agent
of the  Servicer  may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie
properly  executed  and  submitted  by any  authorized  Person in respect of any
matters arising hereunder or under the Pooling Agreement.

                  (c)  Except  as  arises  from  its  duties  as  Servicer,   GT
Collateral Agent or Grantor Trust Certificate Registrar hereunder or its various
capacities under the Pooling Agreement and the Contract Receivable  Documents to
which it is a party,  the Servicer  shall not be under any  obligation to appear
in,  prosecute or defend any legal action which arises under this  Agreement and
which in its  opinion  may  involve it in any  expense or  liability;  provided,
however, that the Servicer may in its discretion undertake any such action which
it may deem  necessary or desirable in respect of this  Agreement or the Pooling
Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties  hereto and thereto.  In such
event,  unless  such  action  is a  Remedial  Proceeding  (in  which  event  the
Servicer's  expenses shall be reimbursed out of the Liquidation  Proceeds),  the
legal  expenses and costs of such action and any liability  resulting  therefrom
shall be Grantor Trust Expenses.

                  SECTION 9.05  Servicer Not To Resign.  The Servicer  shall not
resign  from its  obligations  and duties  under  this  Agreement,  the  Pooling
Agreement  and each Contract  Receivable  Document to which it is a party except
upon its  determination  that the  performance  of its duties shall no longer be
permissible  under  applicable law,  compliance with which could not be realized
without material adverse impact on the Servicer's financial condition. Notice of
any such  determination  permitting  the  resignation  of the Servicer  shall be
communicated  by the Servicer to the Grantor Trust  Trustee,  the REMIC Trustee,
the T-2 Holder and the Rating Agency at the earliest  practicable  time (and, if
such  communication  is not in  writing,  shall be  confirmed  in writing at the
earliest practicable time) and any such determination permitting the resignation
of the Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Independent  Counsel to such
effect  delivered to the Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  the REMIC Trustee and the T-2
Holder.  No such  resignation  shall become  effective  until the Grantor  Trust
Trustee or a successor  Servicer  shall have  assumed the  responsibilities  and
obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 10.02. The Servicer under
this Agreement shall at all times be the Servicer under the Pooling Agreement.


                                    ARTICLE X

                             EVENTS OF TERMINATION.

                  SECTION 10.01 Events of  Termination.  "Event of  Termination"
means the occurrence of any of the following:

                  (a) any  failure  by the  Servicer  (in any of its  capacities
under this Agreement,  the Pooling  Agreement or any Paying Agent  Agreement) to
make any deposit into an account  required to be made under this Agreement,  the
Pooling  Agreement or any Paying Agent  Agreement  and the  continuance  of such
failure for a period of one  Business  Day after the  Servicer  has become aware
that such deposit was required;

                  (b) failure on the  Servicer's  part (in any of its capacities
under this Agreement,  the Pooling  Agreement or any Paying Agent  Agreement) to
observe or perform in any  material  respect any  covenant or  agreement in this
Agreement or the Pooling  Agreement or any Paying Agent Agreement  (other than a
failure by the Servicer to make any deposit into an account  required to be made
hereunder and thereunder),  which failure continues unremedied for 30 days after
the date on which  written  notice  of such  failure,  requiring  the same to be
remedied,  shall have been given to the Servicer by the Grantor  Trust  Trustee,
the Seller,  the  holders of a  Majority-in-Interest  of the  Grantor  Trust T-2
Certificates  or  the  REMIC  Trustee,  as  holder  of  the  Grantor  Trust  T-1
Certificate;

                  (c) any  assignment  or  delegation by the Servicer (in any of
its capacities under this Agreement,  the Pooling Agreement, or any Paying Agent
Agreement) of its duties or rights under this Agreement,  the Pooling  Agreement
or any Paying Agent Agreement except as specifically  permitted  thereunder,  or
any attempt to make such an assignment or delegation;

                  (d) if a representation or warranty by the Servicer (in any of
its capacities under this Agreement,  the Pooling  Agreement or any Paying Agent
Agreement)  under this  Agreement,  the Pooling  Agreement  or any Paying  Agent
Agreement  proves to be incorrect  as of the time made in any  material  respect
that  materially  and  adversely  affects  the  interests  of the holders of the
Grantor  Trust   Certificates   or  holders  of  the   Certificates,   and  such
circumstances or conditions in respect of which such  representation or warranty
was incorrect shall not have been  eliminated or corrected  within 60 days after
written notice thereof;

                  (e)  a  court   or   other   governmental   authority   having
jurisdiction  in the premises shall have entered a decree or order for relief in
respect of the Servicer in an involuntary case under any applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency  or other  similar law now or  hereafter in effect,  or  appointing a
receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  custodian,  trustee, sequestrator (or similar
official)  of  the  Servicer,  as the  case  may  be,  or  for  any  substantial
liquidation of its affairs;

                  (f) the Servicer  shall have  commenced a voluntary case under
any applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect,  or shall  have  consented  to the  entry of an order  for  relief in an
involuntary  case under any such law, or shall have consented to the appointment
of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator,  assignee, trustee, custodian
or  sequestrator  (or  other  similar  official)  of the  Servicer  or  for  any
substantial part of its property,  or shall have made any general assignment for
the  benefit of its  creditors,  or shall have failed to, or admitted in writing
its  inability  to, pay its debts as they  become  due,  or shall have taken any
corporate action in furtherance of the foregoing; or

                  (g) the failure of the Servicer to be an Eligible Servicer.

                  If an Event of Termination has occurred and is continuing, the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee  at the  written  direction  of  (i)  the  holders  of a
Majority-in-Interest  of the Grantor  Trust T-2  Certificates  or (ii) the REMIC
Trustee,  as holder of the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate,  shall  terminate all
(but not less than all) of the Servicer's management, administrative,  servicing
and  collection  functions  (such  termination  being  herein  called a "Service
Transfer").  On receipt  of such  notice  (or,  if later,  on a date  designated
therein),  all authority and power of the Servicer  under this Agreement and the
Pooling Agreement whether with respect to the Contract Receivables, the Contract
Receivable Files or otherwise,  shall pass to and be vested in the Grantor Trust
Trustee  pursuant to and under this Section  10.01,  until a successor  Servicer
shall  have  been  appointed  and  accepted  such   appointment;   and,  without
limitation, the Grantor Trust Trustee is authorized and empowered to execute and
deliver on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all
documents  and  other  instruments  (including,  without  limitation,  documents
required to make the Grantor  Trust  Trustee or a  successor  Servicer  the sole
lienholder or legal title holder of record of each Contract  Receivable and each
Contract Receivable Document), and to do any and all acts or things necessary or
appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of termination. Each of BT and
the Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Grantor Trust Trustee in effecting the
termination of the  responsibilities  and rights of BT (in all of its capacities
hereunder),  including,  without  limitation,  the transfer to the Grantor Trust
Trustee  (or to the  REMIC  Trustee  in  the  case  of  the  Reserve  Fund,  the
Certificate  Account, the Collection Account and the Rating Agency Reserve Fund)
or a  successor  Servicer,  for  administration  by it of all cash  amounts  and
investments which shall at the time be held by the Servicer for deposit, or have
been deposited by the Servicer, in any account or fund or for its own account in
connection  with its services  hereunder or thereafter  received with respect to
the Contract  Receivables,  and the execution of any documents  required to make
the Grantor Trust Trustee or a successor  Servicer the sole  lienholder or legal
title holder of record in respect of each Contract  Receivable and each Contract
Receivable Document. The Servicer shall be entitled to receive any other amounts
which are  payable  to the  Servicer  under this  Agreement,  at the time of the
termination  of its  activities  as  Servicer,  to the extent  that funds in the
Collection  Account and the Reserve Fund are available  for the payment  thereof
without  reducing the amount of  distributions  that would be made to holders of
the Grantor Trust Certificates or the holders of the Certificates.  The Servicer
shall  transfer to the new Servicer (i) the Servicer's  records  relating to the
Contract Receivables in such form as the new Servicer may reasonably request and
(ii) the Contract Receivables,  the stock of Derby, Saber and Sentec and all the
Contract  Receivable  Files in the  Servicer's  possession  (in its  capacity as
Servicer, Custodian or otherwise).

                  SECTION 10.02 Grantor  Trust  Trustee to Act;  Appointment  of
Successor.  On and after the time the Servicer  receives a notice of termination
pursuant to Section 10.01 or a notice of determination pursuant to Section 9.05,
until such time as a successor Servicer is appointed,  the Grantor Trust Trustee
shall be the  successor  in all  respects  to the  Servicer  in its  capacity as
Servicer under this Agreement and the Pooling Agreement and the transactions set
forth or provided  for herein and therein and its  successor in all of its other
capacities under this Agreement (and the REMIC Trustee shall be its successor in
all of its other capacities under the Pooling  Agreement),  and shall be subject
to all the  responsibilities,  duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on
the Servicer by the terms and  provisions  hereof and thereof,  and the Servicer
shall be relieved of such responsibilities, duties and liabilities arising after
such Service Transfer;  provided,  however, that the Grantor Trust Trustee shall
not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Servicer  occurring prior to such
Service  Transfer  or for any  breach  by BT of any of its  representations  and
warranties contained herein and therein or in any related document or agreement.
The  Grantor   Trust  Trustee  and  any   successor   Servicer   shall  have  no
responsibility for failure of BT and any predecessor  Servicer to deliver to the
Grantor Trust Trustee or such successor Servicer any property or funds belonging
to the  Grantor  Trust,  including,  but not  limited  to, the  funds,  records,
Contract  Receivables and Contract  Receivable Files. As compensation  therefor,
the Grantor Trust Trustee shall,  except as provided in this Section  10.02,  be
entitled  to such  compensation  as the  Servicer  would have been  entitled  to
hereunder  if no such notice of  termination  had been given  (and,  out of such
compensation, shall pay the fees of the Grantor Trust Trustee, the REMIC Trustee
and any Eligible  Institutions  appointed to replace BT in any of its capacities
under  this  Agreement,  the  Pooling  Agreement  and  the  Contract  Receivable
Documents).  The Grantor  Trust Trustee may, if it shall be unwilling so to act,
or  shall,  if  it is  legally  unable  so to  act  or  if it  receives  written
instructions from the holders of either the  Majority-in-Interest of the Grantor
Trust T-2 Certificates or the REMIC Trustee, appoint an Eligible Servicer as the
successor to the Servicer  hereunder in the assumption of all or any part of the
responsibilities,  duties  or  liabilities  of the  Servicer  hereunder  (and an
Eligible  Institution(s) to succeed BT in its other capacities hereunder,  under
the Pooling Agreement and the Contract Receivable Documents); provided, however,
that no such  successor  shall be appointed if, within 10 days after the Grantor
Trust  Trustee gives written  notice of such  proposed  appointment,  either the
holders of the Majority-in-Interest of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates or the
REMIC Trustee  notifies the Grantor Trust Trustee of its  objections in writing;
provided,   further,   that  if  the  REMIC  Trustee  and  the  holders  of  the
Majority-in-Interest  of the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates  give written joint
instructions  to the  Grantor  Trustee  designating  a successor  Servicer,  the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  appoint  the  person so  designated  if it is an
Eligible Servicer. Pending appointment of a successor to the Servicer hereunder,
the Grantor Trust Trustee  shall act in such  capacity as  hereinabove  provided
unless the Grantor Trust  Trustee is prohibited by law from so acting,  in which
event the Grantor Trust Trustee shall petition a court of competent jurisdiction
to appoint an Eligible Servicer as successor to the Servicer. In connection with
such  appointment of and assumption by a successor  Servicer,  the Grantor Trust
Trustee in consultation with the holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates shall
make such  arrangements for the compensation of such successor  Servicer,  to be
paid as part of the Servicing and Grantor  Trust  Expenses on each  Distribution
Date, as it and such successor  Servicer  shall agree;  provided,  however,  the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  use its best  efforts  to engage  the  successor
Servicer (and either the successor Servicer or other Eligible  Institution(s) to
succeed BT in its other capacities  hereunder,  under the Pooling  Agreement and
the Contract Receivable Documents) for total compensation (including the fees of
the REMIC Trustee and the Grantor Trust  Trustee) which are not in excess of the
Servicing Fee and the Special  Servicing  Fee,  which would have been payable on
each  Distribution  Date to BT; provided,  further,  that in no event shall such
total  compensation  (other  than the  Special  Servicing  Fee)  exceed  on each
Distribution  Date one-half of 0.1% of the Certificate  Accreted Value as of the
immediately  preceding  Distribution  Date,  without the written  consent of all
holders of the Grantor  Trust  Certificates.  The Grantor Trust Trustee and such
successor  Servicer shall take such action,  consistent with this Agreement,  as
shall be necessary to effectuate any such succession. No change shall be made in
the  Servicing  Fee  or  Special   Servicing  Fee  applicable  after  the  REMIC
Liquidation Date without the consent of 100% of the Certificateholders.

                  SECTION  10.03  Notification  to Holders of the Grantor  Trust
Certificates and the Certificates.

                  (a)  Promptly   following  the  occurrence  of  any  Event  of
Termination, the Servicer shall give written notice thereof to the Grantor Trust
Trustee,  the REMIC Trustee,  the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates and
the holders of the Certificates,  at their respective addresses appearing on the
Grantor Trust Certificate  Register,  the Certificate  Register (as described in
the Pooling Agreement), and to the Rating Agency.

                  (b) Within 10 days following any termination or appointment of
a  successor  to the  Servicer  pursuant to this  Article X, the  Grantor  Trust
Trustee  shall give  written  notice  thereof to  holders of the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates and the holders of the Certificates,  at their respective addresses
appearing on the Grantor Trust Certificate Register and the Certificate Register
(as described in the Pooling Agreement).

                  (c) The Grantor Trust Trustee shall give written notice to the
Rating  Agency  at least  30 days  prior to the date  upon  which  any  Eligible
Servicer   (other   than  the   Grantor   Trust   Trustee)   is  to  assume  the
responsibilities  of Servicer  pursuant to Section 10.02,  naming such successor
Servicer.

                   SECTION   10.04  Rights  of  Holders  of  the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates  to Direct  Trustee and to Waive Events of  Termination.  The REMIC
Trustee, as holder of the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate, shall have the right to
direct the time,  method,  and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available  to the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  or  exercising  any  trust or power
conferred on the Grantor Trust  Trustee;  provided,  however,  that,  subject to
Section  11.01,  the Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall have the right to decline to
follow  any such  direction  if the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  (being  advised by
counsel) determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if
the Grantor  Trust  Trustee in good faith  shall,  by a  Responsible  Officer or
Officers  of the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  determine  that the  proceedings  so
directed  would be  illegal or involve  it in  personal  liability  or be unduly
prejudicial to the rights of the holders of the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates;
provided,  further, that nothing in this Agreement shall impair the right of the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee to take any action  deemed  proper by the Grantor  Trust
Trustee and which is not inconsistent  with such direction by the holders of the
Grantor Trust Certificates.

                  The Grantor Trust Trustee  shall,  at the direction of holders
of a  Majority-in-Interest  of the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates and the REMIC
Trustee,  as holder of the  Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate,  waive any Event of
Termination  hereunder  and its  consequences  (except  a  failure  to make  any
required  deposits to any  account or fund in  accordance  with this  Agreement,
which default cannot be waived without the consent of all holders of the Grantor
Trust  Certificates) and, upon any such waiver,  such Event of Termination shall
cease to exist and shall be deemed to have been cured for every  purpose of this
Agreement;  but no such waiver shall extend to any  subsequent or other Event of
Termination or impair any right consequent thereon.

                  SECTION 10.05.    Effect of Transfer.

                  (a) After the Service  Transfer,  the Grantor Trust Trustee or
successor  Servicer  shall  notify the Paying  Agent (or,  if there is no Paying
Agent arrangement in effect for a Contract  Receivable,  the Obligor thereunder)
to make  payments  directly  to the  successor  Servicer  that are due under the
Contract Receivables after the effective date of the Service Transfer.

                  (b) After the Service Transfer,  the terminated Servicer shall
have no further  obligations  with  respect to the  management,  administration,
servicing or collection of the Contract  Receivables and the successor  Servicer
shall have all of such  obligations,  except that the terminated  Servicer shall
remain liable for any liability of the  terminated  Servicer  hereunder that was
already  accrued  at the  time of the  Service  Transfer  and  except  that  the
terminated  Servicer  will transmit or cause to be  transmitted  directly to the
successor Servicer for its own account, promptly on receipt and in the same form
in which  received,  any  amounts  (properly  endorsed  where  required  for the
successor  Servicer to collect  them)  received as payments upon or otherwise in
connection with the Contract Receivables.

                  (c) A Service  Transfer shall not affect the rights and duties
of the parties  hereunder  (including,  but not limited to, the  indemnities and
other  agreements  of the  Servicer  and BT) other  than those  relating  to the
management, administration, servicing or collection of the Contract Receivables.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                            THE GRANTOR TRUST TRUSTEE


                  SECTION  11.01 Duties of Grantor  Trust  Trustee.  The Grantor
Trust Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Termination, and after the
curing of all such Events of Termination that may have occurred, shall undertake
to perform such duties as are  specifically  set forth in this Agreement.  If an
Event of  Termination  of which a Responsible  Officer has knowledge  shall have
occurred and shall not have been cured, the Grantor Trust Trustee shall exercise
such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement; provided, however,
that if the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  assume the  duties of the  Servicer
pursuant to Sections  9.05 and 10.02,  the Grantor  Trust  Trustee in performing
such duties shall act in accordance with the standard of care.

                  The Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  upon receipt of any  resolution,
certificate,  statement,  opinion, report, document,  order, or other instrument
furnished to the Grantor Trust Trustee that shall be specifically required to be
furnished to it pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, shall examine it to
determine whether it conforms to the requirements of this Agreement.

                  No provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to relieve
the Grantor Trust Trustee from liability for its own negligent  action,  its own
negligent failure to act, or its own bad faith; provided, however, that:

                  (i) Prior to the  occurrence of an Event of  Termination,  and
         after  the  curing  of all such  Events  of  Termination  that may have
         occurred, the duties and obligations of the Grantor Trust Trustee shall
         be determined solely by the express  provisions of this Agreement,  the
         Grantor Trust Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of
         such duties and obligations as shall be specifically  set forth in this
         Agreement,  no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
         Agreement  against the Grantor Trust Trustee,  the permissible right of
         the Grantor  Trust Trustee to do things  enumerated  in this  Agreement
         shall not be  construed  as a duty and,  in the absence of bad faith on
         the part of the Grantor Trust Trustee,  or manifest error,  the Grantor
         Trust Trustee may conclusively  rely on the truth of the statements and
         the correctness of the opinions expressed therein upon any certificates
         or opinions  furnished to the Grantor Trust  Trustee and  conforming to
         the requirements of this Agreement;

                  (ii) The Grantor Trust Trustee shall not be personally  liable
         for an error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of
         the Grantor Trust  Trustee,  unless it shall be proved that the Grantor
         Trust Trustee shall have been negligent in  ascertaining  the pertinent
         facts;

                  (iii) The Grantor Trust Trustee shall not be personally liable
         with respect to any action taken,  suffered,  or omitted to be taken in
         good faith in accordance  with the direction of the REMIC  Trustee,  as
         holder of the  Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate,  relating  to the time,
         method,  and place of conducting any proceeding or any remedy available
         to the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  or  exercising  any  trust  or  power
         conferred upon the Grantor Trust Trustee, under this Agreement; and

                  (iv) The  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall not be  charged  with
         knowledge of any failure by the Servicer to comply with the obligations
         of the  Servicer  referred to in clause (b) of Section  10.01  unless a
         Responsible Officer receives actual knowledge or written notice of such
         failure.

                  The Grantor  Trust  Trustee shall not be required to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial  liability in the performance of
any of its duties hereunder,  or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers,
if there shall be  reasonable  ground for  believing  that the repayment of such
funds  or  adequate  indemnity  against  such  risk or  liability  shall  not be
reasonably assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in this Agreement
shall  in any  event  require  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  to  perform,  or be
responsible  for the manner of  performance  of, any of the  obligations  of the
Servicer  under this  Agreement  except during such time, if any, as the Grantor
Trust Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the rights,  duties,
powers and  privileges  of, the  Servicer in  accordance  with the terms of this
Agreement.

                  The Grantor Trust Trustee shall not be charged with  knowledge
of an Event of Termination  until such time as a Responsible  Officer shall have
actual  knowledge or have received  written  notice thereof from the Servicer or
the holders of a  Majority-in-Interest  of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates or
the REMIC Trustee, as holder of the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate.  Prior to the
occurrence  of an Event of  Termination  of which the Grantor  Trust Trustee has
knowledge,  except as expressly provided herein, the Grantor Trust Trustee shall
have no duty to monitor the performance of the Servicer.

                  Except for actions expressly authorized by this Agreement, the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  take no action  reasonably  likely to impair the
security interests created by or existing under any of the Subordinate Mortgages
or to impair the value of any Contract Receivables.

                  SECTION 11.02     [Intentionally Omitted].

                  SECTION  11.03  Certain  Matters  Affecting  the Grantor Trust
Trustee.

                  (a)      Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.01:

                           (i) The  Grantor  Trust  Trustee may request and rely
         upon and shall be  protected in acting or  refraining  from acting upon
         any  resolution,  certificate  of  auditors  or any other  certificate,
         statement,  instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,  request,  consent,
         order, appraisal,  bond, or other paper or document reasonably believed
         by it to be genuine and to have been signed or  presented by the proper
         party or parties.

                           (ii) The  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  may  consult  with
         counsel  and  any  Opinion  of  Counsel  shall  be  full  and  complete
         authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered
         or omitted by it under this  Agreement in good faith and in  accordance
         with such Opinion of Counsel.

                           (iii) The  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall be under no
         obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
         Agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this
         Agreement or in relation to this  Agreement,  at the request,  order or
         direction  of any of the  holders  of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates
         pursuant to the  provisions of this  Agreement,  unless such holders of
         the Grantor Trust  Certificates shall have offered to the Grantor Trust
         Trustee  reasonable  security or indemnity against the costs,  expenses
         (including the fees and expenses of counsel),  and liabilities that may
         be incurred  therein or thereby;  nothing  contained in this Agreement,
         however,  shall relieve the Grantor  Trust Trustee of the  obligations,
         upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Termination  (that shall not have
         been cured),  to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by
         this  Agreement,  and to use the same degree of care and skill in their
         exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances
         in the conduct of his own affairs.

                           (iv) The Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall not be liable
         for any  action  taken,  suffered  or  omitted  by it in good faith and
         believed by it to be authorized  or within the  discretion or rights or
         powers conferred upon it by this Agreement.

                           (v)   Prior  to  the   occurrence   of  an  Event  of
         Termination and after the curing of all such Events of Termination that
         may have occurred, the Grantor Trust Trustee shall not be bound to make
         any  investigation  into the facts or matters stated in any resolution,
         certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
         consent,  order,  approval,  bond,  or other paper or document,  unless
         requested in writing so to do by the holders of a  Majority-in-Interest
         of the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates or the REMIC Trustee,  as holder
         of the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate;  provided,  however,  that if the
         payment  within a reasonable  time to the Grantor  Trust Trustee of the
         costs,  expenses  (including  the  fees and  expenses  of  counsel)  or
         liabilities  likely  to be  incurred  by  it  in  the  making  of  such
         investigation  shall be, in the opinion of the Grantor  Trust  Trustee,
         not  reasonably  assured to the Grantor  Trust  Trustee by the security
         afforded  to it by the  terms  of this  Agreement,  the  Grantor  Trust
         Trustee may require reasonable  indemnity against such cost, expense or
         liability as a condition to so proceed. The reasonable expense of every
         such  examination  shall be paid by the  Servicer,  or,  if paid by the
         Grantor Trust Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Servicer upon demand.

                           (vi) The Grantor Trust Trustee may execute any of the
         trusts or powers  hereunder or perform any duties under this  Agreement
         either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian and
         shall not liable  for their acts or  omissions  if  appointed  with due
         care.

                  (b) No  holder of a Grantor  Trust  Certificate  will have any
right to institute any proceeding  with respect to this  Agreement,  unless such
holder shall have given to the Grantor Trust Trustee  written notice of an Event
of Termination and: (i) the Event of Termination  arises under Section 10.01(a);
or (ii) the REMIC Trustee,  as holder of the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate,  or
holders of a Majority-in-Interest of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates has made
written request to the Grantor Trust Trustee to institute such proceeding in its
own name as Grantor  Trust  Trustee  thereunder,  and has offered to the Grantor
Trust Trustee  reasonable  indemnity,  and the Grantor Trust Trustee for 30 days
has neglected or refused to institute any such proceedings.

                  SECTION  11.04  Grantor  Trust  Trustee Not Liable for Grantor
Trust Certificates or Contract  Receivables.  The Grantor Trust Trustee makes no
representations  as to the validity or  sufficiency  of this Agreement or of the
Grantor Trust  Certificates or of any Contract  Receivable or related  document.
The Grantor Trust Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application of
the proceeds of such Grantor  Trust  Certificates  if disposed of in  accordance
with this  Agreement,  or for the use or  application  of any funds  paid to the
Servicer  in  respect  of the  Contract  Receivables  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement or deposited in or withdrawn  from any account or fund by the Servicer
in accordance with this Agreement.

                  The Grantor Trust Trustee shall have no obligations to perform
any of the duties of the Seller or Servicer unless  explicitly set forth in this
Agreement,  except in its  capacity as  successor  Servicer.  The Grantor  Trust
Trustee  shall  at no time  have any  responsibility  or  liability  for or with
respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any security interest in
any  Contract  Receivable  Document,  or the  perfection  and priority of such a
security  interest or the maintenance of any such  perfection and priority;  the
efficacy of the Grantor  Trust or its  ability to  generate  the  payments to be
distributed to holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  under this Agreement;
the existence  and contents of any Contract  Receivable or any computer or other
record thereof; the validity of the assignment of any Contract Receivable to the
Grantor Trust or of any intervening assignment; the completeness of any Contract
Receivable;  the  performance  or enforcement  of any Contract  Receivable;  the
compliance  by the Seller or the Servicer  with any  warranty or  representation
made under this  Agreement  or in any related  document  and the accuracy of any
such warranty or representation  prior to the Grantor Trust Trustee's receipt of
notice or other discovery of any noncompliance  therewith or any breach thereof;
any  investment  of monies by the Grantor  Trust  Trustee or any loss  resulting
therefrom  (it being  understood  that the Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall remain
responsible  for any  Grantor  Trust  property  that it may  hold);  the acts or
omissions of the Seller, the Servicer or any Obligor; any action of the Servicer
taken in the name of the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee;  or any action by the Grantor
Trust Trustee taken at the instruction of the Servicer;  provided, however, that
the foregoing  shall not relieve the Grantor Trust Trustee of its  obligation to
perform  its duties  under this  Agreement,  whether in its  capacity as Grantor
Trust Trustee or successor  Servicer and in the latter case, in accordance  with
the standard of care. Except with respect to a claim based on the failure of the
Grantor Trust Trustee to perform its duties under this Agreement or based on the
Grantor Trust Trustee's willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence, no recourse
shall be had for any claim based on any provision of this Agreement, the Grantor
Trust Certificates or any Contract  Receivable or assignment thereof against the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee in its  individual  capacity.  Except as provided in the
preceding  sentence,  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall not have any  personal
obligation,  liability  or duty  whatsoever  to any  holder of a  Grantor  Trust
Certificate  or any other  Person with  respect to any such claim,  and any such
claim shall be asserted  solely  against the Grantor Trust or any indemnitor who
shall furnish indemnity as provided in this Agreement.

                  SECTION  11.05  Grantor  Trust  Trustee May Own Grantor  Trust
Certificates.  The Grantor Trust Trustee in its individual or any other capacity
may become the owner or pledgee of Grantor Trust  Certificates and may deal with
the  Seller,  the  Servicer  and their  Affiliates  in banking  transaction  and
fiduciary  matters  with the same rights as it would have if it were not Grantor
Trust Trustee.

                  SECTION 11.06 Grantor Trust  Trustee's Fees and Expenses.  The
Servicer agrees:

                  (a) that the  Servicer  shall  pay,  from  its own  funds  and
without  reimbursement  by the  Grantor  Trust,  to the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee
reasonable  compensation  upon  receipt of an invoice  therefor for all services
rendered by it in any of its capacities  hereunder  (which  compensation  is set
forth in a letter  agreement  between the Servicer and the Grantor Trust Trustee
and  which  shall  not be  limited  by any  provision  of law in  regard  to the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust); and

                  (b)  that the  Servicer  shall  reimburse  the  Grantor  Trust
Trustee as a Grantor Trust Expense, to the extent requested by the Grantor Trust
Trustee in any of its capacities  hereunder,  for all  reasonable  extraordinary
expenses and  disbursements  to third parties  incurred by it in accordance with
any  provisions  of this  Agreement  but  only as and to the  extent  that it is
authorized to incur such expenses  under this  Agreement (but excluding the cost
of  its  employees,   facilities  and  overhead  and  including  the  reasonable
compensation and the expenses and  disbursements of its agents and counsel which
it is  authorized  to  retain  pursuant  hereto),  except  any such  expense  or
disbursement  as may be  attributable to its  misfeasance,  negligence,  willful
misconduct or bad faith.

                  The  covenants in this Section  11.06 shall be for the benefit
of the Grantor Trust Trustee and shall survive the resignation or termination of
the Grantor Trust Trustee and the termination of this Agreement.

                  SECTION  11.07  Eligibility  Requirements  for  Grantor  Trust
Trustee. The Grantor Trust Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation
or a national  banking  association  having its principal  office in a state and
city  acceptable to holders of a  Majority-in-Interest  of the Grantor Trust T-2
Certificates and, so long as the Offered Certificates are outstanding, the REMIC
Trustee, and organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or any state,  authorized  under such laws to exercise  corporate  trust
powers,  and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least  $50,000,000,
or shall be a member of a bank holding system the aggregate combined capital and
surplus of which is at least $50,000,000, and the Grantor Trust Trustee shall be
subject to supervision and  examination by a Federal or state  authority  having
jurisdiction  over  depository  institutions.  The long-term  unsecured  debt or
certificates of deposit of the Grantor Trust Trustee shall have a rating from an
NRSRO  of at  least  "BBB"  (or the  equivalent  thereof).  If such  corporation
publishes  reports of  condition  at least  annually,  pursuant to law or to the
requirements of a supervising or examining  authority,  then for the purposes of
this Section  11.07,  the  combined  capital and surplus of such Person shall be
deemed to be its  combined  capital  and surplus as set forth in its most recent
report of  condition  so  published.  The  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall not be
affiliated with the Seller, the Affiliated  Sellers,  the Servicer,  the Initial
Purchaser or the REMIC  Trustee.  In case at any time the Grantor  Trust Trustee
shall cease to be eligible in  accordance  with the  provisions  of this Section
11.07, the Grantor Trust Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with
the effect specified in Section 11.08.

                  SECTION 11.08 Resignation or Removal of Grantor Trust Trustee.
The Grantor  Trust  Trustee may at any time  resign and be  discharged  from the
trusts hereby created by giving  written  notice  thereof to the Servicer.  Upon
receiving such notice of  resignation,  the Servicer  shall  promptly  appoint a
successor  Grantor Trust Trustee which  satisfies the  eligibility  requirements
therefor by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall
be  delivered  to the  resigning  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  and  one  copy to the
successor  Grantor Trust  Trustee.  If no successor  Grantor Trust Trustee shall
have been so appointed  and have accepted  appointment  within 30 days after the
giving of such notice of  resignation,  the resigning  Grantor Trust Trustee may
petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Grantor Trust Trustee.

                  If at any time the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall cease to be
eligible in  accordance  with the  provisions of Section 11.07 and shall fail to
resign after written  request  therefor by the  Servicer,  or if at any time the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall be legally  unable to act,  or shall be  adjudged
bankrupt or  insolvent,  or a receiver of the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee or of its
property shall be appointed,  or any public officer shall take charge or control
of the Grantor  Trust  Trustee or of its  property or affairs for the purpose of
rehabilitation,  conservation,  or liquidation, then the Servicer may remove the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee.  If it shall remove the Grantor Trust Trustee under the
authority of the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  the Servicer shall promptly
appoint a successor  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  which  satisfies  the  eligibility
requirements  therefor by written  instrument,  in duplicate,  one copy of which
instrument  shall be delivered to the Grantor  Trust  Trustee so removed and one
copy to the successor Grantor Trust Trustee.

                  Any  resignation  or removal of the Grantor  Trust Trustee and
appointment  of a  successor  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  pursuant  to  any  of the
provisions of this Section 11.08 shall not become  effective until acceptance of
appointment by the successor Grantor Trust Trustee pursuant to Section 11.09.

                   SECTION 11.09 Successor Grantor Trust Trustee.  Any successor
Grantor  Trust  Trustee  appointed  pursuant  to Section  11.08  shall  execute,
acknowledge,  and deliver to the Servicer and to its  predecessor  Grantor Trust
Trustee an instrument  accepting  such  appointment  under this  Agreement,  and
thereupon the  resignation or removal of the  predecessor  Grantor Trust Trustee
shall become  effective and such successor  Grantor Trust  Trustee,  without any
further act, deed or conveyance,  shall become fully vested with all the rights,
powers,  duties,  and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement,  with
like effect as if originally  named as Grantor Trust  Trustee.  The  predecessor
Grantor  Trust  Trustee  at its  sole  cost and  expense  shall  deliver  to the
successor  Grantor Trust Trustee all documents,  funds,  accounts and statements
held by it under or in accordance with this Agreement,  and the Servicer and the
predecessor Grantor Trust Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and
do such other  things as may  reasonably  be  required  for fully and  certainly
vesting and  confirming in the successor  Grantor Trust Trustee all such rights,
powers, duties, and obligations.

                  No successor Grantor Trust Trustee shall accept appointment as
provided  in this  Section  11.09  unless  at the time of such  acceptance  such
successor Grantor Trust Trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 11.07.

                  Upon  acceptance of appointment  by a successor  Grantor Trust
Trustee  pursuant to this Section  11.09,  the Servicer shall mail notice of the
successor of such Grantor Trust  Trustee under this  Agreement to all holders of
the Grantor  Trust  Certificates  and all holders of the  Certificates  at their
respective addresses of record and to each Obligor and the Rating Agency. If the
Servicer  shall  fail to mail such  notice  within 10 days after  acceptance  of
appointment  by successor  Grantor Trust  Trustee,  the successor  Grantor Trust
Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Servicer.

                  SECTION  11.10  Merger  or   Consolidation  of  Grantor  Trust
Trustee.  Any  corporation  or other  entity  (i) into which the  Grantor  Trust
Trustee  may be merged or  consolidated,  (ii) which may result from any merger,
conversion,  or  consolidation  to which the Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall be a
party,  or (iii) which may succeed to the business of the Grantor Trust Trustee,
shall be the  successor of the Grantor Trust  Trustee  hereunder,  provided such
corporation or other entity shall be eligible pursuant to Section 11.07, without
the execution or filing of any  instrument or any further act on the part of any
of the parties  hereto;  anything herein to the contrary  notwithstanding.  Such
successor of the Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall notify the Rating  Agency of the
occurrence of any of the foregoing events.

                  SECTION 11.11  Representations and Warranties of Grantor Trust
Trustee.  The Grantor Trust Trustee  hereby makes the following  representations
and  warranties  on which the Seller,  the  Servicer  and holders of the Grantor
Trust Certificates may rely:

                  (i)  Organization  and Good  Standing.  It is duly  organized,
         validly   existing  and  in  good  standing   under  the  laws  of  the
         jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate power to own its
         assets and to transact the  business in which it is currently  engaged.
         It is duly qualified to do business as a foreign  corporation and is in
         good  standing  in each  jurisdiction  in which  the  character  of the
         business  transacted by it or properties owned or leased by it requires
         such  qualification and in which the failure so to qualify would have a
         material  adverse  effect  on  its  business,  properties,  assets,  or
         condition (financial or otherwise).

                  (ii) Authorization;  Binding Obligations. It has the power and
         authority to make, execute,  deliver and perform this Agreement and all
         of the transactions  contemplated  under this Agreement,  and has taken
         all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and
         performance  of this  Agreement.  When  executed  and  delivered,  this
         Agreement  will  constitute  its legal,  valid and  binding  obligation
         enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement of such
         terms  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  similar  laws
         affecting the  enforcement  of creditors'  rights  generally and by the
         availability of equitable remedies.

                  (iii) No Consent  Required.  It is not  required to obtain the
         consent  of any  other  party  or any  consent,  license,  approval  or
         authorization   from,  or   registration   or  declaration   with,  any
         governmental  authority,  bureau  or  agency  in  connection  with  the
         execution,  delivery,  performance,  validity or enforceability of this
         Agreement,  the  failure  of which so to obtain  would  have a material
         adverse  effect  on  its  business,  properties,  assets  or  condition
         (financial or otherwise).

                  (iv) No Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of
         this Agreement by it will not violate any provision of any existing law
         or  regulation  or any order or decree of any court or its  constituent
         documents, or constitute a material breach of any mortgage,  indenture,
         contract or other  agreement  to which it is a party or by which it may
         be bound.

                  (v) Litigation.  No litigation or administrative proceeding of
         or  before  any  court,  tribunal  or  governmental  body is  currently
         pending,  or to  its  knowledge  threatened,  against  it or any of its
         properties or with respect to this  Agreement,  the Pooling  Agreement,
         the Grantor Trust Certificates or the Certificates, which, if adversely
         determined,  would, in its opinion,  have a material  adverse effect on
         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  SECTION  11.12 Tax  Returns.  The Servicer  shall  prepare (or
cause to be  prepared)  in  accordance  with Section  13.10,  the Grantor  Trust
Trustee  shall  sign,  and the  Servicer  shall file (or cause to be filed) on a
timely basis the applicable  Federal,  state or local tax or information returns
of the Grantor Trust as may be required by the Code or applicable state or local
statutes  or  other  authorities  and  shall  furnish  all  applicable  forms or
statements to holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates.

                  SECTION 11.13 Obligor  Claims.  In connection  with any offset
defenses, or affirmative claims for recovery,  asserted in legal actions brought
by Obligors under one or more Contract Receivables based upon provisions therein
or upon other rights or remedies arising from any legal requirements  applicable
to the Contract Receivables:

                  (a) The Grantor  Trust  Trustee is the holder of the  Contract
         Receivables  only as  trustee on behalf of the  holders of the  Grantor
         Trust  Certificates,  and not as a principal  or in any  individual  or
         personal capacity.

                  (b) The  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall not, by reason of this
         Agreement,  be personally liable for, or obligated to pay Obligors, any
         affirmative  claims asserted thereby,  or responsible to holders of the
         Grantor  Trust  Certificates  for any offset  defense  amounts  applied
         against Contract Receivable payments, pursuant to such legal actions.

                  (c) The Grantor Trust Trustee will pay,  solely from available
         Grantor Trust money,  affirmative  claims for recovery by Obligors only
         pursuant to final judicial orders or judgments,  or judicially-approved
         settlement agreements, resulting from such legal actions.

                  (d) The Grantor Trust Trustee will comply with judicial orders
         and judgments  which require its actions or  cooperation  in connection
         with  Obligors'  legal actions to recover  affirmative  claims  against
         holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates.

                  (e) The Grantor Trust Trustee will  cooperate  with and assist
         holders of the Grantor  Trust  Certificates  in their  defense of legal
         actions by Obligors to recover  affirmative  claims if such cooperation
         and  assistance  is not contrary to the  interests of the Grantor Trust
         Trustee  as a party to such  legal  actions  and if the  Grantor  Trust
         Trustee is  satisfactorily  indemnified  for all  liability,  costs and
         expenses arising therefrom.

                  SECTION  11.14  Liabilities  to Obligors.  No liability to any
Obligor under any of the Contract Receivables arising out of any act or omission
to act of the  Servicer  in  servicing  the  Contract  Receivables  prior to the
Closing Date is intended to be assumed by the Seller,  the  Affiliated  Sellers,
the Grantor Trust or the holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates  under, or as
a result of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and, to the
maximum  extent  permitted  and valid under  applicable  provisions  of law, the
Seller, the Affiliated Sellers, the Grantor Trust and the holders of the Grantor
Trust Certificates expressly disclaim such assumption.

                  SECTION 11.15 Agents of Grantor Trust  Trustee.  To the extent
not prohibited by law and not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the
Grantor  Trust  Trustee may appoint one or more agents to carry out  ministerial
matters on behalf of the Grantor Trust Trustee under this Agreement.

                  SECTION   11.16  Acts  of  Holders   of  the   Grantor   Trust
Certificates.

                  (a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, whenever
approval,  authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action is
required of holders of Grantor  Trust  Certificates  hereunder,  such  approval,
authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent,  waiver or other  action  shall be
deemed to have been given or taken on behalf of, and shall be binding upon,  all
holders  of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates  if agreed to by the  holders of a
Majority-in-Interest  of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates  and, so long as the
Offered  Certificates  are  outstanding,  the  REMIC  Trustee,  as holder of the
Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate.

                  (b) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent,  waiver or other action provided by this Agreement to be given or taken
by holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates may be embodied in and evidenced by
one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such holders of
the Grantor Trust  Certificates in person or by agent duly appointed in writing;
and except as herein  otherwise  expressly  provided,  such action  shall become
effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Grantor Trust
Trustee and,  where  required,  to the Servicer.  Proof of execution of any such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose of this Agreement and (subject to Section 11.01)  conclusive in favor of
the Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  the  Servicer and the Seller if made in the manner
provided in this Section 11.16.

                  (c) The fact  and date of the  execution  by any  holder  of a
Grantor Trust Certificate of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any
reasonable manner which the Grantor Trust Trustee deems sufficient.

                  (d) The  ownership  of  Grantor  Trust  Certificates  shall be
proved by the Grantor Trust Certificate Register.

                  (e) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent,  waiver or other act by a holder of the Grantor Trust Certificate shall
bind  every  holder  of  every  Grantor  Trust   Certificate   issued  upon  the
registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof,  in
respect of anything  done, or omitted to be done by the Grantor  Trust  Trustee,
the Servicer or the Seller in reliance thereon,  whether or not notation of such
action is made upon such security.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                   TERMINATION

                  SECTION 12.01  Termination of the Grantor  Trust.  The Grantor
Trust, and the respective  obligations and  responsibilities  of BT, the Seller,
the Servicer,  the Affiliated  Sellers and the Grantor Trust Trustee (other than
the  obligation of the Grantor Trust Trustee to make certain  payments after the
final  Distribution  Date to holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  and the
obligation  of the Servicer to send certain  notices as  hereinafter  set forth)
(except as provided in Section 9.02) shall  terminate  upon the earlier to occur
of (i) the final payment,  liquidation  or sale of the last Contract  Receivable
remaining in the Grantor Trust and the disposition of all property acquired upon
any Remedial Proceeding in respect of the Contract Receivables,  or (ii) if none
of the Offered Certificates are outstanding, at any time with the consent of all
holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates;  provided,  however, that in no event
shall the Grantor Trust created by this Agreement continue beyond the expiration
of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the  descendants of Joseph P.
Kennedy,  the late  ambassador to the Court of St. James,  living on the date of
this Agreement.  The Servicer shall promptly notify the Grantor Trust Trustee of
any prospective termination pursuant to this Section 12.01.

                  Notice of any termination,  specifying the  Distribution  Date
upon which the holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  may  surrender  their
Grantor Trust  Certificates to the Grantor Trust Paying Agent for payment of the
final  distribution  and  cancellation,  shall be given  promptly by the Grantor
Trust Paying Agent by letter to holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates mailed
not earlier  than the 15th day and not later than the 25th day of the month next
preceding the specified  Distribution  Date stating the amount of any such final
payment,  and  stating  that  payments  will be made  only  upon  surrender  and
cancellation  of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates  at the office of the Grantor
Trust Paying Agent therein specified.  The Grantor Trust Paying Agent shall give
such notice to the Grantor Trust  Certificate  Registrar at the time such notice
is given to holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates.  Upon  presentation  and
surrender  of the Grantor  Trust  Certificates,  the Grantor  Trust Paying Agent
shall  cause to be  distributed  to holders of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates
amounts distributable on such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 6.07.

                  In the event  that all of the  holders  of the  Grantor  Trust
Certificates  subject to such repurchase shall not surrender their Grantor Trust
Certificates for cancellation  within six months after the date specified in the
above-mentioned  written notice, the Servicer shall give a second written notice
to the remaining  holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  to surrender their
Grantor Trust  Certificates for cancellation and receive the final  distribution
with respect thereto. If within one year after the second notice all the Grantor
Trust Certificates shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Grantor
Trust Certificate  Registrar may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent
to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining holders of the Grantor Trust
Certificates  concerning surrender of their Grantor Trust Certificates,  and the
cost  thereof  shall be paid out of the funds and other assets that shall remain
subject to this  Agreement.  Any funds  remaining in the Grantor Trust after the
Servicer  notifies  the Grantor  Trust Paying Agent in writing that the Servicer
has exhausted  such remedies  shall be paid by the Grantor Trust Paying Agent to
the Servicer for deposit into an escrow  account and  thereafter  holders of the
Grantor Trust  Certificates  shall look only to such escrow account with respect
to any claims in respect of such funds.


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                  SECTION  13.01  Amendment.  This  Agreement  may be amended in
writing from time to time,  without prior notice to or the consent of any of the
holders of the Grantor Trust  Certificates,  by the Grantor Trust  Trustee,  the
Seller and the Affiliated Sellers or their successors,  and the Servicer, (i) to
correct  manifest  error,  to cure any  ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any
provisions  herein which may be inconsistent  with any other provisions  herein,
(ii) to add any other  provisions  with respect to matters or questions  arising
under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this
Agreement,  or (iii) to add or amend any  provisions  as  required by the Rating
Agency in order to maintain  or improve  any rating of the Offered  Certificates
(it being understood that, after the required rating has been obtained,  none of
the Grantor Trust Trustee, the Seller, the Affiliated Sellers or the Servicer is
obligated  to maintain or improve the  ratings);  provided,  however,  that such
action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, (i) adversely affect in
any  material  respect the  interests  of the  Grantor  Trust or any holder of a
Grantor Trust Certificate,  or (ii) adversely affect the status of the assets of
the Trust as to which a REMIC election has been made as a REMIC or the status of
the Grantor  Trust as a grantor trust under subpart E, part I of subchapter J of
the Code.

                  This  Agreement  may also be amended  in writing  from time to
time by the Servicer, the Seller and the Affiliated Sellers or their successors,
and  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,   with  the  consent  of  the  holders  of  a
Majority-in-Interest  of the  Grantor  Trust  T-2  Certificates  and  the  REMIC
Trustee,  as holder of the  Grantor  Trust T-1  Certificate,  for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of this  Agreement,  or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
holders of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates;  provided,  however,  that no such
amendment shall increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or
delay the timing of,  collections  of payments on the Contract  Receivables,  or
distributions  which are  required to be made on any Grantor  Trust  Certificate
without the consent of the holder of each  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  affected
thereby.

                  This  Agreement  may also be amended  in writing  from time to
time,  without  prior  notice to or the  consent  of any of the  holders  of the
Grantor Trust  Certificates,  by the Grantor Trust  Trustee,  the Seller and the
Affiliated Sellers or their successors, and the Servicer to modify, eliminate or
add to the  provisions of this Agreement to such extent as shall be necessary to
(i)  maintain the  qualification  of the assets of the Trust as to which a REMIC
election  was made  under  the Code and  under  relevant  state and local law or
avoid,  or reduce the risk of, the  imposition of any tax on the Trust under the
Code that would be a claim against the assets of the Trust,  provided that there
shall have been delivered an Opinion of Counsel  reasonably  satisfactory to the
REMIC  Trustee to the effect that such  action is  necessary  to  maintain  such
qualification  or avoid any such tax or reduce  the risk of its  imposition,  or
(ii) prevent the Trust or the Grantor Trust from  entering into any  transaction
which would cause the Trust to be treated as having  entered into a  "prohibited
transaction"  as defined in Section 860F of the Code,  provided that there shall
have been delivered an Opinion of Counsel  reasonably  satisfactory to the REMIC
Trustee,  to the effect that such action is  necessary  to avoid,  or reduce the
risk of, the Trust or the Grantor  Trust  entering  into any  transaction  which
would  cause  the  Trust to be  treated  as having  entered  into a  "prohibited
transaction"  and that such amendment shall not adversely affect in any material
respect the interests of any Certificateholder  (including,  without limitation,
the  maintenance of the Trust as a REMIC under the Code and under relevant state
and local law).

                  Promptly  after the  execution  of any  amendment  or  consent
pursuant to this  Section,  the Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall  furnish  written
notification  of the  substance of such  amendment to each holder of the Grantor
Trust  Certificate  (but  only if  such  amendment  is  pursuant  to the  second
paragraph of this Section 13.01) and, in all cases, to the Rating Agency,  which
notification will be prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Grantor Trust
Trustee.

                  The Grantor  Trust Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into any such  amendment  which  affects the Grantor  Trust  Trustee's own
rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

                  In  connection  with any  amendment  pursuant to this  Section
13.01,  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that such  amendment  is  authorized  or permitted by this
Agreement.

                  Upon the  execution of any  amendment  or consent  pursuant to
this Section 13.01,  this Agreement  shall be modified in accordance  therewith,
and such  amendment  or  consent  shall  form a part of this  Agreement  for all
purposes,  and  every  holder  of  Grantor  Trust  Certificates  theretofore  or
thereafter issued hereunder shall be bound thereby.

                  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions,  on and after the
REMIC Liquidation Date, holders of a  Majority-in-Interest  of the Grantor Trust
T-2  Certificates  and the holder of the Grantor Trust T-1  Certificate  may (i)
remove and replace the Servicer  (in each of its  capacities  hereunder)  or the
Grantor Trust Trustee and the successor  need not be an Eligible  Servicer or an
Eligible  Institution  and need not satisfy the  requirements of this Agreement,
(ii)  direct the  parties  hereto to amend  this  Agreement  in writing  for any
purpose,  (iii) give Instructions or Directions without depositing the requisite
deposit or delivering any indemnity  agreement or pledge agreement,  (iv) direct
the Servicer to agree to any amendments, modifications, waivers or substitutions
or releases of collateral with respect to any of the Contract  Receivables or to
commence  or  prosecute a Remedial  Proceeding,  and (v) cause any or all of the
Contract  Receivables to be distributed to the appropriate  holder or holders of
Grantor Trust  Certificates or the stock of or  distributions  on or proceeds of
the stock of Derby,  Saber and Sentec to be  distributed  to the  holders of the
Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates.

                  SECTION 13.02     Protection of Title to Grantor Trust.

                  (a)  From  time to time the  Servicer  shall,  subject  to the
following  paragraph,  take and cause to be taken such  actions and execute such
documents as are  necessary to perfect and protect the  interests of the holders
of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificates'  in the  Contract  Receivables  and  their
proceeds against all other persons, including, without limitation, the filing of
protective financing statements, amendments thereto and continuation statements,
the execution of transfer  instruments  and the making of notations on or taking
possession of all records or documents of title.

                  The Servicer will  maintain the Grantor  Trust's title to each
Contract  Receivable  so long as the Contract  Receivable is the property of the
Grantor Trust, as provided in Section 4.06 hereof.

                  The  Servicer   agrees  to  pay  all   reasonable   costs  and
disbursements in connection with the maintenance,  as against all third parties,
of the holders' of the Grantor Trust  Certificates  right, title and interest in
and to the Contract Receivables.

                  (b) The  Servicer  shall  maintain  accounts and records as to
each Contract  Receivable  accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the
reader  thereof  to know at any time the  status  of such  Contract  Receivable,
including  payments and  recoveries  made and payments  owing (and the nature of
each) and (ii) reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect
to) each Contract Receivable and the amounts from time to time deposited in each
account or fund in respect of such Contract Receivable.

                  (c) Each of the Seller and the  Servicer  shall  maintain  its
computer  systems so that,  from and after the time of sale under this Agreement
of the Contract Receivables to the Grantor Trust, the master computer records of
the Seller and the Servicer (including  archives) that shall refer to a Contract
Receivable  indicate  clearly  that  such  Contract  Receivable  is owned by the
Grantor  Trust.  Indication  of the  Grantor  Trust's  ownership  of a  Contract
Receivable  shall be deleted from or modified on the Seller's and the Servicer's
computer  systems when, and only when, the Contract  Receivable  shall have been
paid in full, purchased or assigned pursuant hereto.

                  (d) At all times  during the term hereof,  the Servicer  shall
afford the Grantor Trust Trustee each holder of a Grantor Trust  Certificate and
the authorized  agents of any of the foregoing  reasonable  access during normal
business hours to the Servicer's  records  relating to the Contract  Receivables
and will cause its personnel to assist in any examination of such records by the
Grantor Trust Trustee or its authorized agents.  The examination  referred to in
this Section  13.02(d) will be conducted in a manner which does not unreasonably
interfere  with  the  Servicer's  normal  operations  or  customer  or  employee
relations.  Without otherwise  limiting the scope of the examination the Grantor
Trust  Trustee may make,  the Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  each holder of a Grantor
Trust Certificate or the authorized  agents of any of the foregoing,  may, using
generally  accepted  audit  procedures,  verify  the  status  of  each  Contract
Receivable  and review the records  relating  thereto for conformity to Servicer
Reports  prepared  pursuant  to Article  IV and  compliance  with the  standards
represented to exist as to each Contract  Receivable in this Agreement.  Nothing
in this Section  13.02(d) shall affect the obligation of the Servicer to observe
any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors,
and the failure of the Servicer to provide  access to information as a result of
such  obligation  shall not  constitute a breach of this Section  13.02(d).  The
Grantor  Trust Trustee shall have no obligation to examine or review the records
relating to the Contract Receivables.

                  (e) Upon  request,  the Servicer  shall furnish to the Grantor
Trust Trustee or a holder of a Grantor Trust  Certificate,  within five Business
Days, a list of all Contract Receivables by name of Obligor as of the end of the
most recent Collection Period held as part of the Grantor Trust, together with a
reconciliation of such list to the Contract Receivable Schedule.

                  At all times during the term hereof,  the Servicer  shall keep
available a copy of the Contract  Receivable Schedule at its principal executive
office for inspection by holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates.

                  SECTION  13.03  Limitation on Rights of Holders of the Grantor
Trust  Certificates.  The death or  incapacity  of any holder of a Grantor Trust
Certificate  shall not operate to terminate this Agreement or the Grantor Trust,
nor entitle the holder of such Grantor Trust Certificate's legal representatives
or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or commence any proceeding
in any court for a partition or winding up of the Grantor  Trust,  nor otherwise
affect the rights, obligations, and liabilities of the parties to this Agreement
or any of them.

                  No holder of the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  shall  have any
right to vote  (provided  that the  rights of such  holder  to give  Directions,
Instructions  or  consents  expressly  provided in this  Agreement  shall not be
deemed such a right to vote) or in any manner  otherwise  control the  operation
and management of the Grantor Trust,  or the  obligations of the parties to this
Agreement,  nor shall  anything set forth in this  Agreement or contained in the
terms of the Grantor Trust  Certificates,  be construed so as to constitute  the
holders as  partners or members of an  association;  nor shall any holder of the
Grantor Trust  Certificate  be under any liability to any third person by reason
of any action taken pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

                  No holder of a Grantor Trust  Certificate shall have any right
by virtue or by availing itself of any provisions of this Agreement to institute
any  suit,  action,  or  proceeding  in  equity  or at law upon or under or with
respect to this  Agreement,  except as provided in Section  11.03(b);  no one or
more holders of Grantor  Trust  Certificates  shall have any right in any manner
whatever by virtue or by availing itself or themselves of any provisions of this
Agreement  to affect,  disturb,  or  prejudice  the rights of the holders of any
other of the Grantor Trust Certificates, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority
over or preference to any other such holder,  or to enforce any right under this
Agreement,  except in the manner  provided in this  Agreement and for the equal,
ratable and common benefit of all holders of the Grantor Trust Certificates. For
the  protection and  enforcement  of the provisions of this Section 13.03,  each
holder of a Grantor  Trust  Certificate  and the Grantor  Trust Trustee shall be
entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

                  SECTION 13.04  Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS.

                  SECTION 13.05 Notices. All communications and notices pursuant
hereto to the Seller, the Affiliated  Sellers,  the Servicer,  the Grantor Trust
Trustee, the T-2 Holder and the Rating Agency shall be in writing and delivered,
sent by  facsimile  or  mailed  to each  of  them at the  appropriate  following
address:

                  If to the Seller:

                  Presidio CR Holdings, L.P.
                  c/o Wexford Management LLC
                  411 West Putnam Avenue, Suite 125
                  Greenwich, CT  06830
                  Fax: (203) 862-7490

                  If to the Affiliated Sellers:

                  Presidio Capital Corp.
                  c/o Wexford Management LLC
                  411 West Putnam Avenue, Suite 125
                  Greenwich, CT  06830
                  Fax: (203) 862-7490

                  Integrated Resources Life Companies Inc.
                  c/o Wexford Management LLC
                  411 West Putnam Avenue, Suite 125
                  Greenwich, CT  06830
                  Fax: (203) 862-7490

                  If to the T-2 Holder:

                  T-Two Partners, L.P.
                  411 West Putnam Avenue, Suite 125
                  Greenwich, CT  06830
                  Fax: (203) 862-7490

                  If to the Servicer,  the GT Collateral  Agent,  the Custodian,
the Grantor Trust Paying Agent and the Grantor Trust Certificate Registrar:

                  Bankers Trust Company
                  Four Albany Street
                  New York, NY  10006
                  Fax:  (714) 253-7577
                  Attention:  Presidio Series 1996-1

                  with a copy to:

                  Bankers Trust Company
                  3 Park Plaza, 16th Floor
                  Irvine, California  92714
                  Attention:  Presidio Series 1996-1

                  If to the Grantor Trust Trustee:

                  Union Bank
                  Corporate Trust Department
                  350 California Street, Suite 1150
                  San Francisco, CA  94104
                  Fax: (415) 705-7537

                  If to the Rating Agency:

                  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
                  55 East Monroe Street
                  Suite 3500
                  Chicago, Illinois  60603
                  Fax:  (312) 263-2852

                  Attention:  Commercial Mortgage
                  Monitoring and Surveillance Group

or at such  other  address  as the  party may  designate  by notice to the other
parties hereto, which notice shall be effective when received.

                  All  communications and notices pursuant hereto to a holder of
the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  shall be in  writing  and  delivered,  sent by
facsimile  or mailed  to the  address  shown in the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate
Register.

                  SECTION 13.06  Severability of Provisions.  If any one or more
of the covenants,  agreements,  provisions,  or terms of this Agreement shall be
for any  reason  whatsoever  held  invalid,  then  such  covenants,  agreements,
provisions,  or terms shall be deemed  severable  from the remaining  covenants,
agreements,  provisions,  or terms of this  Agreement and shall in no way affect
the validity or  enforceability  of the other provisions of this Agreement or of
the Grantor Trust Certificates or the rights of the holders thereof.

                  SECTION  13.07 Grantor Trust  Certificates  Nonassessable  and
Fully Paid. The interests represented by the Grantor Trust Certificates shall be
nonassessable  for any  losses or  expenses  of the  Grantor  Trust  (except  as
provided in the Reserve Fund Indemnity  Agreement,  the Repurchase  Reserve Fund
Indemnity  Agreement and any DHRF  Indemnity  Agreement  and any RORF  Indemnity
Agreement with respect to the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificate)  or for any reason
whatsoever,  and,  upon  authentication  thereof by the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee
pursuant to Section 5.01, each Grantor Trust  Certificate  shall be deemed fully
paid.

                  SECTION 13.08 Submission to Jurisdiction;  Venue.  Each of the
parties hereto  irrevocably  submits to the  non-exclusive  jurisdiction  of any
Federal or New York State court having jurisdiction in the Borough of Manhattan,
the City of New York, for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding  arising
out of or relating to this Agreement or the Grantor Trust Certificates.  Each of
the parties hereto  irrevocably  waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
any objection  which it may now or hereafter  have to the laying of the venue of
any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court and any claim that any
suit,  action or proceeding in such a court has been brought in an  inconvenient
forum.

                  SECTION 13.09 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
two or more counterparts,  each of which shall be an original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  SECTION 13.10     Tax Treatment.

                  (a) The parties  hereto agree that the Grantor  Trust  created
hereby will at all times be characterized as an investment trust as described in
Treasury  Regulations  Section  301.7701-4(c)  taxable  as a  grantor  trust for
Federal,  state and local income tax  purposes.  The parties also agree to treat
the  respective  interests  of the  Certificateholders  in  payments  under each
Contract Receivable, other than a Contract Receivable listed on Exhibit B, as an
instrument  subject to the "stripping" rules of Section 1286 of the Code for all
Federal,  state and local income tax purposes.  For all income tax purposes, (i)
any income,  gain or loss of the Grantor Trust  associated  with a T-1 Allocable
Payment or  attributable to any asset of the Grantor Trust, to the extent of the
beneficial  interest therein of the holder of the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate,
is the income,  gain or loss of the holder of the Grantor Trust T-1 Certificate,
and (ii) any income,  gain or loss of the Grantor  Trust  associated  with a T-2
Allocable Payment,  including,  without limitation, all amounts deposited in the
Certificate  Account  pursuant to Section 6.09, or  attributable to any asset of
the  Grantor  Trust,  to the extent of the  beneficial  interest  therein of the
holders of the Grantor Trust T-2  Certificates,  is the income,  gain or loss of
the holders of the Grantor Trust T-2 Certificates.

                  (b) The Seller  agrees that on or prior to the tenth day after
the  Closing  Date,  the  Seller  shall  provide  the  Servicer  with a  written
notification  relating  to each  Class of  Certificates,  setting  forth (i) the
"issue  prices"  thereof as defined  in  Section  1273(b) of the Code  stated in
dollars and as a  percentage  of par;  (ii) the  prepayment  assumption  used in
pricing the  Certificates;  (iii) the yield to maturity as of the issue date for
each Class of the Certificates and for each Grantor Trust Certificate;  (iv) the
projected cash flow of the Certificates  and for each Grantor Trust  Certificate
using the pricing prepayment speed assumption;  (v) sub-pooling criteria for the
collateral  and any other  criteria  which may have been used in generating  the
cash flow model for the pricing of each of the Certificates and for each Grantor
Trust Certificate;  and (vi) such other information as to matters of fact as the
Servicer  may  reasonably  request  to enable it to  comply  with its  reporting
requirements  with respect to each Class of such Certificates to the extent such
information can in the good faith judgment of the Seller be determined by it.

                  SECTION 13.11 Merger and  Integration.  Except as specifically
stated otherwise herein,  this Agreement and the Pooling Agreement set forth the
entire  understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof,  and
all prior understandings,  written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement and
the Pooling  Agreement.  This  Agreement  and the Pooling  Agreement  may not be
modified,  amended,  waived,  or  supplemented  except as  provided  herein  and
therein, respectively.

                  SECTION 13.12  Headings.  The headings herein are for purposes
of reference only and shall not otherwise  affect the meaning or  interpretation
of any provision hereof.

                  SECTION 13.13     Indemnities.

                  (a)  The  Grantor  Trust  shall  indemnify,  defend  and  hold
harmless  each  director  and officer of Derby,  Saber and Sentec (to the extent
that a Servicing  Officer is serving in such  capacity),  and BT and its agents,
but only in its capacities as Servicer, GT Collateral Agent, Custodian,  Grantor
Trust Certificate  Registrar or Grantor Trust Paying Agent, from and against any
and all liabilities,  losses, claims, damages, penalties,  actions, judgments or
suits (other than in connection  with a Remedial  Proceeding  or a  Liquidation)
arising  out  of  or  incurred  in  connection  with  the  execution,  delivery,
enforcement,  performance and administration of its duties under this Agreement,
including  the  reasonable  costs and expenses of defending  itself  against any
claim or liability in connection  with the exercise or performance of any of its
powers or duties  hereunder,  except to the extent  that such  liability,  loss,
claim,  damage,  penalty,  action,  judgment  or suit  (a)  shall  be due to the
misfeasance, willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith of BT or its agents; or
(b) shall arise from BT's  breach of any of its  covenants,  representations  or
warranties  hereunder.  Any amounts to which BT is  entitled as  indemnification
under this Agreement shall be payable to BT as Grantor Trust Expenses.

                  (b) BT, in each of its capacities  hereunder shall  indemnify,
defend and hold  harmless  the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee,  the  Trust,  the REMIC
Trustee,  the Grantor Trust,  the holders of the Certificates and the holders of
the Grantor  Trust  Certificates  from and against any and all costs,  expenses,
losses, damages, claims and liabilities,  to the extent that such cost, expense,
loss,  claim,  damage  or  liability  arose out of, or was  imposed  upon,  such
persons, through the misfeasance, negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of
Bankers  Trust  in the  performance  of its  duties  or by  reason  of  reckless
disregard  of its  obligations  and duties.  This  indemnity  shall  survive any
Service  Transfer,  provided  that a Servicer's  obligations  under this Section
13.13 shall not relate to any actions of any subsequent Servicer after a Service
Transfer.  Each successor to BT in any of its capacities shall be deemed to have
assumed the  obligations  of this  paragraph from and after the date on which it
assumes such office,  and shall be deemed to be a beneficiary of the immediately
preceding paragraph.

                  (c)  The  Grantor  Trust  shall  indemnify,  defend  and  hold
harmless the Grantor  Trust  Trustee  from and against any and all  liabilities,
losses, claims, damages,  penalties,  actions, judgments or suits arising out of
or incurred in connection  with the  acceptance or performance of the trusts and
duties  contained  hereunder,  including  the  reasonable  costs and expenses of
defending  itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise
or  performance of any of its powers or duties  hereunder,  except to the extent
that such liability,  loss, claim, damage, penalty, action, judgment or suit (a)
shall be due to the misfeasance, willful misconduct,  negligence or bad faith of
the Grantor  Trust  Trustee or its  agents;  or (b) shall arise from the Grantor
Trust Trustee's  breach of any of its covenants,  representations  or warranties
hereunder. Any amounts to which the Grantor Trust Trustee is entitled to receive
as  indemnification  under this Agreement  shall be payable to the Grantor Trust
Trustee as Grantor Trust Expenses.

                  (d)  Indemnification  under this Section  13.13 shall  include
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation. If BT or the
Grantor  Trust shall have made any indemnity  payments  pursuant to this Section
13.13 and the recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, the
recipient  shall receive and hold the same in trust pending prompt  repayment of
such amounts to BT and/or the Grantor Trust,  without interest.  The indemnities
under this Section 13.13 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Grantor
Trust  Trustee,  BT in its  capacity as the  Servicer or  otherwise or the REMIC
Trustee, or the termination of this Agreement or the Pooling Agreement.

                  The parties  hereto agree that this  Agreement is the separate
letter  agreement  described  in  each  Paying  Agent  Agreement  and  that  the
indemnification  provisions of this Section 13.13(a) include the indemnification
of BT as the Paying  Agent as and to the extent  provided in each  Paying  Agent
Agreement.

                  SECTION 13.14     Replacement of Bankers Trust.

                  Pursuant  to this  Agreement,  BT has  been  appointed  as the
Servicer.  In its  capacity as Servicer,  BT shall  receive the  Servicing  Fee,
payable from the Servicing and Grantor Trust  Expenses at the times and from the
sources  described  in Section  6.04 of this  Agreement  and Section 6.01 of the
Pooling Agreement.  For its role in each of its other capacities  hereunder,  BT
shall receive no additional  compensation  therefor and BT shall be  responsible
for paying all fees of the Grantor Trust Trustee (and any successor thereto) and
the REMIC Trustee (and any successor  thereto).  This  Agreement is the separate
letter agreement described in each Paying Agent Agreement, and the Servicing Fee
hereunder  includes the  compensation  for BT (or any  successor to BT as Paying
Agent)  for its  services  under each  Paying  Agent  Agreement.  If BT shall be
replaced as Servicer,  it shall be replaced in all of its other capacities under
this  Agreement.  The Grantor Trust Trustee shall  temporarily  assume each such
role and perform the duties and obligations of BT in each such capacity, without
additional  compensation,  until such time as it  appoints a  replacement  which
meets each of the  eligibility  requirements  therefor.  The successor  Servicer
appointed  hereunder shall be the Servicer  hereunder and (except as provided in
Section 10.02)  receive the same Servicing Fee and Special  Servicing Fee as the
Servicer.  The successor  Servicer shall assume each role and perform the duties
of BT in all of the other capacities in which BT currently serves (or retain one
or more Eligible  Institutions to perform in such  capacities) and the successor
Servicer and Eligible  Institutions,  if any,  shall not receive any  additional
compensation therefor.

                  SECTION 13.15     Calculations.

                  Except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  all interest
rate and basis point calculations under this Agreement will be made on the basis
of a 360-day year consisting of twelve thirty-day months and will be carried out
to at least three decimal places.

                  SECTION 13.16     No Bankruptcy Petition.

                  Each of the Seller, the Affiliated Sellers, the Servicer,  the
T-2 Holder and the Grantor Trust Trustee, on behalf of the Grantor Trust, agrees
that,  prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full
of the Offered  Certificates  it will not institute  against,  or join any other
Person in instituting  against,  the Grantor Trust, the T-2 Holder or the Trust,
any   bankruptcy,   reorganization,   arrangement,   insolvency  or  liquidation
proceedings  or other  proceedings  under any  Federal  or state  bankruptcy  or
similar law.

                  SECTION 13.17     Waiver of Lien on Grantor Trust.

                  Each  of the  Grantor  Trust  Trustee  and BT in  each  of its
capacities  hereunder hereby waive and agree not to assert, claim or endeavor to
exercise any right or setoff,  banker's  lien or other  similar  lien,  security
interest or  encumbrance  or other  purported  form of claim with respect to the
Grantor Trust and assets or funds from time to time held in the Grantor Trust or
the  Trust,  the  Pledged  Funds,  the  Net  Sandwich  Investments,  a  Sandwich
Investment  Account any funds or  investments  held on any  account  established
pursuant  to Article  VII  hereof,  and any  proceeds of or income on any of the
foregoing.

                  SECTION 13.18     Presidio Tax Indemnification.

                  Presidio  hereby  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless the
Grantor Trust  against all taxes,  charges,  penalties,  interests and all other
losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities  (i) arising out of the failure to have
filed timely all returns, declarations,  reports, estimates, information returns
and statements with respect to any taxes required to be filed on or prior to the
Closing  Date under U.S.  Federal,  state,  local or any foreign laws by each of
Derby,  Saber and  Sentec,  with  respect to any period or periods  ending on or
prior to the Closing Date and (ii) arising out of the failure by Derby, Saber or
Sentec to have paid,  within the time and in the manner  prescribed  by law, any
taxes that are or may become due and payable by them for all  periods  ending on
or prior to the Closing Date,  without any regard for any  extensions  which may
have been received or to which Derby,  Saber and Sentec are  entitled.  Promptly
after  receipt by the Grantor Trust  Trustee,  the Servicer or the GT Collateral
Agent of a notice of the  commencement of any action or claim that may give rise
to an  indemnification  claim hereunder,  it shall notify in writing Presidio of
the  commencement  of such action but the omission to so notify will not relieve
Presidio of any liability which Presidio may have hereunder  unless such failure
to notify materially  prejudices  Presidio or its ability to defend against such
claim.  Presidio  will be  entitled  to  assume  the  defense  of such  claim at
Presidio's  expense and with counsel selected by Presidio.  Presidio will not be
liable for any settlement of any such action effected  without its prior written
consent which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld,  but, if settled with
such consent,  Presidio shall indemnify the Grantor Trust as provided hereunder.
In no event shall Presidio's  liability under this Section 13.18 exceed $915,000
(less any  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred by Presidio in defending  any claim
which would give rise to an indemnification claim under this Section).
<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed by their respective  officers thereunto duly authorized
as of January 1, 1996.


                              PRESIDIO CR HOLDINGS, L.P.


                              By:      PRESIDIO GP CORP., as
                                         general partner

                              By:      WEXFORD MANAGEMENT
                                       LLC, as agent


                              By: /s/ Mark Plaumann               
                                       Name:  Mark Plaumann
                                       Title: Sr. Vice President


                              PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP.


                              By:      WEXFORD MANAGEMENT
                                       LLC, as agent


                              By: /s/ Mark Plaumann               
                                       Name:  Mark Plaumann
                                       Title: Sr. Vice President


                              INTEGRATED RESOURCES LIFE COMPANIES INC.


                              By: /s/ Mark Plaumann               
                                       Name:  Mark Plaumann
                                       Title: Sr. Vice President


                              BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,
                              as Servicer, Custodian, Collateral Agent, Grantor
                              Trust Certificate Registrar, Grantor Trust Paying
                              Agent, and GT Collateral Agent



                              By:/s/ Katherine M. Keller
                                       Name:  Katherine M. Keller
                                       Title: Assistant Secretary


                              UNION BANK, as Grantor
                                Trust Trustee


                              By:  /s/Mike McGhee  
                                       Name:  Mike McGhee
                                       Title:    Assistant Vice President
<PAGE>
                  Acknowledged  and Agreed Solely for Purposes of Sections 2.05,
                  2.07, 3.02,  4.05(l),  4.20(h),  6.03, 6.05, 7.02, 7.03, 13.10
                  and 13.16.


                              T-TWO PARTNERS, L.P.


                              By:      T-TWO GENERAL, L.P., as
                                          general partner

                              By:      T-TWO GENERAL CORP., as
                                          general partner



                              By: /s/ Mark Plaumann               
                                       Name:  Mark Plaumann
                                       Title: Vice President


                             SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

$31,500,000.00                                                New York, New York
                                                              March 28, 1996


         The undersigned, Roundhill Associates Limited Partnership and Roundhill
Associates  Limited  Partnership  II  (the  "Borrowers"),   HEREBY  JOINTLY  AND
SEVERALLY  PROMISE  TO PAY,  immediately  upon  the  earlier  of the date of the
consummation  of a public  offering of interests in T-Two  Holding,  L.L.C.  and
March  19,  1999,  to the  order of  Presidio  Capital  Corp.  ("PCC"),  (i) the
principal   sum  of   Thirty-One   Million   Five   Hundred   Thousand   Dollars
($31,500,000.00)  and (ii) interest on any and all principal  amounts  remaining
unpaid hereunder from time to time outstanding,  from the date hereof until such
payment is made at a fluctuating rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of
25% per annum.

         (a) All  interest  shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days
for the actual  number of days  (including  the first day but excluding the last
day) elapsed. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Note, interest paid or
becoming due hereunder  shall be the lesser of the rate set forth herein and the
maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

         (b) Both  principal  and  interest  are payable in lawful  money of the
United States and in immediately  available  funds at the offices of PCC located
at c/o Wexford Management LLC, 411 West Putnam Avenue Greenwich,  CT 06830 or at
such other place as PCC shall designate in writing to the Borrowers.

         (c) The Borrowers  represent and warrant as follows:  (a) each Borrower
is a partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its  organization;  (b) the execution,  delivery and
performance  by the  Borrowers of this Note are within each  Borrower's  powers,
have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not contravene (i) the
Borrowers'   organizational  documents  or  (ii)  any  law  or  any  contractual
restriction  binding on or affecting  the  Borrowers;  (c) no  authorization  or
approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with,  any  governmental
authority or  regulatory  body is required for the due  execution,  delivery and
performance  by the  Borrowers of this Note;  and (d) the Note  constitutes  the
legal,  valid and binding obligation of the Borrowers,  enforceable  against the
Borrowers in accordance with its terms.

         (d) This Note shall be governed by, and construed in  accordance  with,
the law of the State of New York without  giving  effect to the conflicts of law
principles thereof,  and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the parties  hereto and their  respective  heirs,  executors,  personal or legal
representatives and permitted assigns.

         (e) The Borrowers hereby waive presentment for payment, demand, protest
and notice of dishonor of this Note.  (f) Each Borrower  hereby (i)  irrevocably
submits to the  jurisdiction  of any New York State or Federal  court sitting in
New York City in any action or  proceeding  arising  out of or  relating to this
Note, (ii)  irrevocably  waives any defense based on doctrines of venue or forum
non conveniens, or similar rules or doctrines, and (iii) irrevocably agrees that
all  claims  in  respect  of such an  action  or  proceeding  may be  heard  and
determined in such New York State or Federal court.
<PAGE>
         (g) Wherever  possible each provision of this Note shall be interpreted
in such manner as to be  effective  and valid under  applicable  law, but if any
provision of this Note shall be  prohibited  by or invalid  under such law, such
provision  shall be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition of invalidity
without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions
of this Note and shall be interpreted so as to be effective and valid.

         SIGNED  AND  DELIVERED  as of the day and year  first  hereinabove  set
forth.


                                     Roundhill Associates Limited Partnership


                                     By: /s/Charles E. Davidson
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                         Name:  Charles E. Davidson
                                         Title:    General Partner




                                     Roundhill Associates Limited Partnership II


                                     By: /s/Charles E. Davidson
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                         Name:  Charles E. Davidson
                                         Title:    General Partner

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN ITEM 8 TO THE PRESIDIO CAPITAL CORP. 1995 FORM 10-K, AND
IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                  1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                         120,613
<SECURITIES>                                    32,769
<RECEIVABLES>                                  311,874
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                46,256
<PP&E>                                           5,519
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 470,775
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           80,652
<BONDS>                                          4,895
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                     385,228
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   470,775
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     0
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                        0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                      0
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                         0
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission